BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP
10-12G/A, 1996-07-22
MANAGEMENT CONSULTING SERVICES
Previous: TRUSTED INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC, 8-A12G, 1996-07-22
Next: COLONIAL REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, 8-K, 1996-07-22



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 22, 1996
    
 
                                                        REGISTRATION NO. 0-28536
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10/A
 
   
                         POST EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
 
                  GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                     PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR 12(G) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                            ------------------------
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                                      74-2781950
       (State or other jurisdiction of                       (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)                     Identification Number)
 
         9311 SAN PEDRO, SUITE 400,
             SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS                                    78216
  (Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)
</TABLE>
 
                                 (210) 321-6900
               Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code
 
                            ------------------------
 
       Securities to be Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                                      Name of each exchange on which
    Title of each class to be registered:             each class is to be registered:
                    NONE                                      NOT APPLICABLE
</TABLE>
 
         Securities to be Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                     COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE
                                (Title of Class)
                         SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING
                        PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
              (INITIALLY CARRIED AND TRADED WITH THE COMMON STOCK)
                                (Title of Class)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT
                              AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
    The  information  required  by  this  item  is  contained  under  "Summary";
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations";  and  "Business"  of the  Information  Statement  (the "Information
Statement") attached hereto  as Exhibit  99.1. Those  sections are  incorporated
herein by reference.
 
ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  information required  by this item  is contained  under "Summary"; "Pro
Forma  Condensed  Consolidated   Financial  Statements";  "Selected   Historical
Financial   Data";  and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and  Results  of  Operations"  of  the  Information  Statement.  Those
sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES
 
    The  information required by this item  is contained under "Business" of the
Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The information required by this item is contained under "Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" of the Information Statement.  That
section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  information required by  this item is  contained under "Management" and
"Liability and Indemnification  of Officers  and Directors"  of the  Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  information  required  by  this  item  is  contained  under  "Executive
Compensation" of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated  herein
by reference.
 
ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  information required  by this item  is contained  under "Summary"; "The
Distribution"; "Preliminary  Transactions";  "Relationship Between  Billing  and
USLD  After  the  Distribution";  "Management";  "Executive  Compensation";  and
"Liability and Indemnification  of Officers  and Directors"  of the  Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The  information required by this item  is contained under "Business" of the
Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
        RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
    The information required  by this  item is contained  under "Summary";  "The
Distribution";  and "Description of Capital Stock" of the Information Statement.
Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    The only securities of Billing  Information Concepts Corp. ("Billing")  that
are  outstanding were issued to U.S.  Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") in connection
with the organization of  Billing and the  Preliminary Transactions in  reliance
upon the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act  of 1933, as amended. Certain information required by this item is contained
under "Preliminary Transactions."
 
                                      R-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
 
    The information required  by this  item is contained  under "Description  of
Capital  Stock" and "Purposes and Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of
Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law" of the Information Statement.
Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The information  required by  this item  is contained  under "Liability  and
Indemnification  of Officers and  Directors" of the  Information Statement. That
section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
    The information required  by this  item is contained  under "Summary";  "Pro
Forma   Condensed  Consolidated  Financial   Statements";  "Selected  Historical
Financial Data"; "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition
and  Results  of  Operations";  and  "Index  to  Financial  Statements"  of  the
Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
    The information required by this item is not applicable.
 
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
 
    (a) See  "Index to  Financial Statements"  on page  F-1 of  the  Information
Statement
 
        (1) Financial Statement Schedules:
            None
 
    (b) Exhibits
 
        (1) See "Index to Exhibits" on pages R-5 and R-6 of this Form 10
 
                                      R-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                          BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                                            (Registrant)
 
                                          By:        /s/ ALAN W. SALTZMAN
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                 Alan W. Saltzman, President
 
   
Date: July 22, 1996
    
 
                                      R-4
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                           NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                                       PAGE
- ----------             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>         <C>        <C>                                                                                      <C>
 3.1           --      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Billing (previously filed)
 3.2           --      Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (previously
                       filed)
 3.3           --      Bylaws of Billing (previously filed)
 4.1           --      Form of Stock Certificate of Common Stock (previously filed)
 4.2           --      Rights Agreement between Billing and U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A. (filed herewith)
 8.1           --      Tax Opinion of Arter & Hadden (filed herewith)
10.1           --      Distribution Agreement between USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.2           --      Tax Sharing Agreement between USLD and Billing (previously filed)
10.3           --      Benefit  Plans and  Employment Matters  Allocation Agreement  between USLD  and Billing
                       (filed herewith)
10.4           --      Transitional Services  and  Sublease Agreement  between  USLD and  Billing  (previously
                       filed)
10.5           --      Zero  Plus -- Zero Minus Billing  and Information Management Services Agreement between
                       USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.6           --      Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Plan Options (previously filed)
10.7           --      Telecommunications Agreement between USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.8           --      Billing's 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan (previously filed)
10.9           --      Billing's 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan (previously filed)
10.10          --      Billing's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (previously filed)
10.11          --      Billing's 401(k)  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  by reference  from  Exhibit  4.5  to
                       Billing's  Registration  Statement on  Form  S-8, File  No.  333-08303, filed  with the
                       Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 1996)
10.12          --      Billing's Executive Compensation Deferral Plan (filed herewith)
10.13          --      Billing's Director Compensation Deferral Plan (filed herewith)
10.14          --      Billing's Executive Qualified Disability Plan (previously filed)
10.15          --      Employment Agreement  to be  entered into  between Billing  and Parris  H. Holmes,  Jr.
                       (previously filed)
10.16          --      Employment  Agreement  to  be  entered  into  between  Billing  and  Alan  W.  Saltzman
                       (previously filed)
10.17          --      Employment  Agreement  to  be  entered  into  between  Billing  and  Kelly  E.  Simmons
                       (previously filed)
10.18          --      Amended  and Restated Loan and Security Agreement  dated May 22, 1991 between Zero Plus
                       Dialing Inc. ("ZPDI"),  U.S. Long Distance,  Inc. ("USLDI"), U.S.  Long Distance  Corp.
                       ("USLD")  and  Bell  Atlantic Capital  Corp.  (f/k/a  Bell Atlantic  --  Tricon Leasing
                       Corporation and currently FINOVA Capital Corporation) ("Lender"); Revolving Credit Note
                       dated May 24, 1991 payable by ZPDI to the order of Lender; Replacement Term Note  dated
                       May  24, 1991 payable by USLDI  to the order of Lender;  First Amendment and Joinder to
                       Amended and Restated Loan and Security
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      R-5
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                           NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                                       PAGE
- ----------             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
                       Agreement dated December 28, 1992 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, U.S. Billing, Inc.  ("USBI")
                       and  Lender; Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated
                       April 2, 1993 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI and Lender; Third Amendment to Amended  and
                       Restated  Loan and Security Agreement  dated October 15, 1993  among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI,
                       USBI and Lender; Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan and Security
                       Agreement dated October 1, 1993 among  ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI, USLD Acquisition  Corp.
                       ("USAcq")  and Lender;  Fifth Amendment  and Joinder to  Amended and  Restated Loan and
                       Security Agreement dated November  16, 1993 among ZPDI,  USLD, USLDI, USBI, USAcq,  STS
                       Telecommunications,  Inc. ("STS") and  Lender; Sixth Amendment  to Amended and Restated
                       Loan and  Security Agreement  dated December  7, 1993  among ZPDI,  USLD, USLDI,  USBI,
                       USAcq,  STS and  Lender; Seventh  Amendment to Amended  and Restated  Loan and Security
                       Agreement dated March  17, 1994  among ZPDI, USLD,  USLDI, USBI,  USAcq, STS,  Enhanced
                       Services  Billing,  Inc. ("ESBI"),  California  Acquisition Corp.  ("CAC")  and Lender;
                       Corporate Guaranty dated  May 24,  1991 executed  by USLD  for the  benefit of  Lender;
                       Corporate  Guaranty dated  May 24, 1991  executed by  USLDI for the  benefit of Lender;
                       Corporate Guaranty dated  May 24,  1991 executed  by ZPDI  for the  benefit of  Lender;
                       Corporate  Guaranty dated  May 24,  1991 executed  by USLD  for the  benefit of Lender;
                       Corporate Guaranty dated  October 1993  executed by USAcq  for the  benefit of  Lender;
                       Corporate  Guaranty dated  November 1993  executed by  STS for  the benefit  of Lender;
                       Corporate Guaranty executed  by Telecom Acquisition  Corp. for the  benefit of  Lender;
                       Corporate  Guaranty  executed by  ESBI for  the benefit  of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty
                       executed by CAC for the  benefit of Lender; Escrow  and Disbursing Agreement dated  May
                       24, 1991 among ZPDI, Lender and Texas Commerce Bank, N.A. (previously filed)
<S>         <C>        <C>                                                                                      <C>
10.19          --      Master  Loan and Security Agreement dated December 31, 1993 between U.S. Long Distance,
                       Inc. and BOT Financial  Corporation, Continuing Corporate  Guaranty dated December  31,
                       1993  executed by U.S. Long Distance Corp.,  Promissory Notes, dated December 31, 1993,
                       March 31, 1994,  April 28, 1994  and March 29,  1995, Supplemental Security  Agreements
                       dated December 31, 1993, April 28, 1994, March 24, 1995, Promissory Note dated June 28,
                       1995,  Supplemental  Security  Agreement dated  June  28, 1995,  Promissory  Note dated
                       September 29, 1995, Supplemental Security Agreement  dated September 29, 1995 and  Form
                       of Continuing Corporate Guaranty to be executed by Billing (filed herewith).
10.20          --      Software  License Agreement dated June 28, 1996  between Saville Systems U.S., Inc. and
                       Billing Information Concepts, Inc. (to be filed by amendment)
10.21          --      Office Building Lease  Agreement dated July  12, 1996 between  Medical Plaza  Partners,
                       Ltd. and Billing Information Concepts, Inc. (filed herewith).
21.1           --      Amended List of Subsidiaries (previously filed)
23.1           --      Consent of Arter & Hadden (included in their opinion filed as Exhibit 8.1)
27.1           --      Financial Data Schedule (previously filed)
99.1           --      Amended Schedule 14C Information Statement of U.S. Long Distance Corp. (filed herewith)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      R-6

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2
   
    
                           CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION,
                              PREFERENCE AND RIGHTS

                                       of

                  SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

                                       of

                       Billing Information Concepts Corp.

                         (Pursuant to Section 151 of the
                General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)


                            -------------------------


     Billing Information Concepts Corp., a corporation organized and existing
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "corporation"),
hereby certifies that the following resolution was adopted by the Board of
Directors of the corporation as required by Section 151 of the General
Corporation Law at a meeting on July 10, 1996:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board
of Directors of the corporation (the "Board of Directors") in accordance with
the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation,
the Board of Directors hereby creates the following series of preferred stock,
par value $.01 per share, of the corporation:

     The designation and number of shares, and the relative rights, preferences,
and limitations of the corporation's Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock is as follows:

     SECTION 1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.
   
     The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and the number
of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 6,000.  Such number
of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors;
provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus
the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding
options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities
issued by the corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
    

                                        1
<PAGE>


     SECTION 2.  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
   
          (A)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any other
     series of preferred stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, the
     holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders
     of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the
     corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive,
     when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
     available for the purpose, cumulative preferential dividends, payable in
     cash on the first day of January, April, July and October in each year
     (each such date being referred to herein as "Quarterly Dividend Payment
     Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the
     first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred
     Stock, at a rate per annum (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the
     greater of (a) $1.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for
     adjustment hereinafter set forth, 10,000 times the aggregate per share
     amount of all cash dividends, and 10,000 times the aggregate per share
     amount (payable in kind) of all noncash dividends or other distributions
     (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision
     of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or
     otherwise)), declared on the Common Stock during the immediately preceding
     fiscal year.  In the event the corporation shall at any time after the date
     on which U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") distributes the Common Stock to
     the holders of USLD's Common Stock (the "USLD Distribution Date") declare 
     or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,
     or effect a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment 
     of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of
     the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of 
     shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders
     of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to 
     such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by
     multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
     of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
     denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were 
     outstanding immediately prior to such event.
    
          (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A)
     above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the
     Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

          (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
     next preceding the date of issuance of such shares, unless the date of
     issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly
     Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin
     to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of
     issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record
     date for determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to
     accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
     Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on
     the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total
     amount


                                        2
<PAGE>


     of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
     allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the
     time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the
     determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to
     receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which
     record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the
     payment thereof.

     SECTION 3.  VOTING RIGHTS.

     The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following
voting rights:
   
          (A)  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder
     thereof to 10,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the
     stockholders of the corporation.  In the event the corporation shall at any
     time after the USLD Distribution Date declare or pay any dividend on the 
     Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision 
     (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares 
     of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares 
     of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, 
     then in each such case the number of votes to which holders of shares of 
     Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event 
     shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator 
     of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately 
     after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of 
     Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
    
          (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of
     Designation, Preferences and Rights in respect of a series of preferred
     stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, in the Restated
     Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, or by law, the holders of
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common
     Stock and any other capital stock of the corporation having general voting
     rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote
     of stockholders of the corporation.

          (C)  Except as set forth herein, in the Restated Certificate of
     Incorporation of the corporation or as otherwise provided by law, holders
     of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their
     consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to
     vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any
     corporate action.

     SECTION 4.  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

          (A)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
     payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in
     arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
     distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the corporation shall not:


                                        3
<PAGE>


               (i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on
          any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
          liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
          Stock;

               (ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions,
          on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
          upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A
          Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A
          Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are
          payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
          holders of all such shares are then entitled;

               (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
          shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
          liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
          Stock, provided that the corporation may at any time redeem, purchase
          or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for
          shares of any stock of the corporation ranking junior (both as to
          dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the
          Series A Preferred Stock; or

               (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
          of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a
          parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a
          purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
          Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as
          the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual
          dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the
          respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will
          result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or
          classes.

          (B) The corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the corporation
     to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of
     the corporation unless the corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this
     Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
     such manner.

     SECTION 5.  REACQUIRED SHARES.

     Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise
acquired by the corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and
cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon
their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock
without designation as to series and may be reissued as part of a new series of
preferred stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth
herein, in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other
Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights in respect of a series of
preferred stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, or as otherwise
required by law.


                                        4
<PAGE>


     SECTION 6.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.
   
     Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, no 
distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of Common Stock or 
any other stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock upon 
liquidation, distribution or winding up, unless, prior thereto, the holders 
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $1.00 per share, 
plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions 
thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment; provided that 
the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to 
receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for 
adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 10,000 times the aggregate amount 
to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) the 
holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred 
Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, except distributions made 
ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in 
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are 
entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the event the 
corporation shall at any time after the USLD Distribution Date declare or pay 
any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect
a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common 
Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under
the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by 
multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number 
of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the 
denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were 
outstanding immediately prior to such event.
    
     SECTION 7.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.

     In case the corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, 
combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are 
exchanged for or converted or changed into other stock or securities, cash 
and/or any other property, then in any such case proper provision shall be 
made so that each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be 
similarly exchanged for or converted or changed into an amount per share, 
subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 
10,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other 
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, for which or into which each 
share of Common Stock is exchanged for or converted or changed.  In the event 
the corporation shall at any time after the USLD Distribution Date declare or 
pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or 
effect a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a 
dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the 
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares 
of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding 
sentence with respect to the exchange or conversion or change of shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock 
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the 
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to 
such event.

                                        5
<PAGE>


     SECTION 8.  NO REDEMPTION.

     Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

     SECTION 9.  AMENDMENT.

     This Certificate of Designation shall not be amended in any manner that
would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of
the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.


                                        6
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights
is executed on behalf of the corporation by its President and attested by its
Secretary this 10th day of July, 1996.

                              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                              By:    /s/  Alan W. Saltzman
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Alan W. Saltzman
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                   Title: President
                                         ---------------------------------------
Attest:


/s/ Kelly E. Simmons
- ------------------------------
Name:  Kelly E. Simmons
     -------------------------
Title: Sr. VP & CFO
      ------------------------

F:\SSDOC\56617\36209.5H


                                        7

<PAGE>


                                   RIGHTS AGREEMENT

    This Rights Agreement (the "Agreement"), is dated as of July 10, 1996,
between Billing Information Concepts Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A. (the "Rights Agent").
Capitalized terms included in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth
herein.

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS, on July 10, 1996 the Board of Directors of the Company (i)
authorized the issuance and declared a dividend of one right (a "Right") for
each share of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of
the Company outstanding as of the close of business on the date (the "Record
Date") on which U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") distributes the Common Stock
to the holders of USLD common stock, par value $.01 per share, each Right
representing the right to purchase, on the terms and conditions contained
herein, one ten-thousandth of a share (subject to adjustment) of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Series A Preferred
Stock"), of the Company having the rights and preferences set forth in the form
of Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights attached hereto as Exhibit
A, and (ii) further authorized the issuance of one Right (subject to adjustment)
with respect to each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding
(whether originally issued or delivered from the Company's treasury) between the
Record Date and the Distribution Date; provided, however, that Rights may be
issued with respect to shares of Common Stock that shall become outstanding
after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with
Section 22.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

    SECTION 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

    For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:

         (a)  "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person who or which shall be
the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then
outstanding, but shall not include an Exempt Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i)
if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person
who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person" became such inadvertently
(including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it
beneficially owned a percentage of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such
Person to be an "Acquiring Person" or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of
its Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock but had no actual knowledge of the
consequences of such Beneficial Ownership under this Agreement) and without any
intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and if such Person
as promptly as practicable divested or divests itself of Beneficial Ownership of
a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no
longer be an "Acquiring Person," then such Person shall not be deemed to be or
to have become an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement; (ii)
if, as of the date hereof, any Person is the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of
the shares of Common Stock outstanding, such Person shall not be or become an
"Acquiring Person" unless and until such


                                          1

<PAGE>

time as such Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of additional shares of
Common Stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by
the Company on the outstanding Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or
pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock), unless,
upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock,
such Person is not then the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of
Common Stock then outstanding; and (iii) no Person shall become an "Acquiring
Person" as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company
which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding increases the proportionate
number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or
more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if
a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of
Common Stock then outstanding by reason of such share acquisitions by the
Company and shall thereafter become the Beneficial Owner of any additional
shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid
or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Stock in shares of Common Stock
or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock), then
such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" unless upon becoming the
Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock such Person does not
beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding.
For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of
determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock
of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with
the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations
under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

         (b)  "Adjustment Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(a)(ii) hereof.

         (c)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under
the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         (d)  A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and shall be
deemed to "beneficially own," any shares of Common Stock:

              (i) that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly (as determined pursuant to
Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in
effect on the date of this Agreement);

              (ii) that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing, or upon the exercise of
conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;
provided that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to
"beneficially own," (x) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange
offer made by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until
such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, (y) securities
that such Person has a right to acquire on the exercise of Rights at any time
prior to the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or (z) securities issuable
upon exercise


                                          2

<PAGE>

of Rights from and after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event if such
Rights were acquired by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 22 hereof
("original Rights") or pursuant to Section 11(i) or Section 11(n) hereof with
respect to an adjustment to original Rights; or (B) the right to vote pursuant
to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing);
provided that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to
"beneficially own," any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding
to vote such security arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in
response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the applicable General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange
Act; or

              (iii) that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (as
determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement), by any other Person
with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any
agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing, for the
purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except as described in clause (B) of
subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (d)) or disposing of any securities of the
Company.  Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (d) to the contrary, (i) a
Person engaged in the business of underwriting securities shall not be deemed
the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any securities acquired in
good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days
after the date of such acquisition and (ii) no Person who is an officer,
director or employee of an Exempt Person shall be deemed, solely by reason of
such Person's status or authority as such, to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, to
have "Beneficial Ownership" of or to "beneficially own" any securities that are
"beneficially owned" (as defined in this Section 1(d)), including, without
limitation, in a fiduciary capacity, by an Exempt Person or by any other such
officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person.

         (e)  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

         (f)  "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday,
or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Texas are authorized or
obligated by law or executive order to close.

         (g)  "Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 p.m.,
Dallas, Texas time, on such date; provided that if such date is not a Business
Day it shall mean 5:00 p.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the next succeeding Business
Day.

         (h)  "Common Stock" when used with reference to the Company shall mean
the Common Stock (currently par value $.01 per share) of the Company.  "Common
Stock" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company which shall
be organized in corporate form shall mean the capital stock or other equity
security with the greatest per share voting power of such Persons.  "Common
Stock" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company which shall
not be organized in corporate form shall mean units of beneficial interest that
shall represent the right to participate in profits, losses, deductions and
credits of such Person and that shall be entitled to exercise the greatest
voting power per unit of such Person.


                                          3

<PAGE>

         (i)  "Common Stock Equivalents" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

         (j)  "Current Market Price" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 24(d) hereof.

         (k)  "Current Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(a)(iii) hereof.

         (l)  "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3(a) hereof.

         (m)  "Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 11(b) hereof.

         (n)  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

         (o)  "Exchange Ratio" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
24(a) hereof.

         (p)  "Exempt Person" shall mean the Company, any Subsidiary of the
Company, U.S. Long Distance Corp., any employee benefit plan or employee stock
plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any person or entity
organized, appointed or established for or pursuant to the terms of any such
plan or for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding other employee
benefits for employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company.

         (q)  "Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
7(a) hereof.

         (r)  "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a) hereof.

         (s)  "Invalidation Time" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(a)(ii) hereof.

         (t)  "NASDAQ" shall mean the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System.

         (u)  "Original Rights" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
1(d)(ii) hereof.

         (v)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,
partnership or other entity.

         (w)  "Principal Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
13(b) hereof.

         (x)  "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4
hereof.


                                          4

<PAGE>

         (y)  "Record Date," with respect to the initial issuance of the Rights
shall be the close of business on the date on which U.S. Long Distance Corp.
distributes the Common Stock of the Company to the holders of the Common Stock
of USLD.

         (z)  "Redemption Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
23(a) hereof.

         (aa) "Right Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3(a) hereof.

         (ab) "Section 11(a)(ii) Event" shall mean any instance in which any
Person, alone or together with its Affiliates and Associates, shall become an
Acquiring Person.

         (ac) "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

         (ad) "Section 13 Event" shall mean any event described in clause (i),
(ii) or (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof.

         (ae) "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

         (af) "Series A Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in
the recitals hereof.

         (ag) "Spread" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof.

         (ah) "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public
announcement (which for purposes of this definition shall include, without
limitation, a report filed pursuant to the Exchange Act) by the Company or an
Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such or such earlier date
as a majority of the Board of Directors shall become aware of the existence of
an Acquiring Person.

         (ai) "Substitution Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(a)(iii) hereof.

         (aj) "Subsidiary" of a Person shall mean any corporation or other
entity which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting
power sufficient to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons
performing similar functions are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
such Person and any corporation or other entity that is otherwise controlled by
such Person.

         (ak) Intentionally omitted.

         (al) "Trading Day" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(d)(i) hereof.

         (am) "Triggering Event" shall mean any Section 11(a)(ii) Event or
Section 13 Event.


                                          5

<PAGE>

         (an) "USLD" shall mean U.S. Long Distance Corp.

    SECTION 2.  APPOINTMENT OF RIGHTS AGENT.

    The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the
Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent
hereby accepts such appointment.  The Company may from time to time appoint such
co-Rights Agent as it may deem necessary or desirable.

    SECTION 3.  ISSUANCE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

         (a)  Until the Close of Business on the day (the "Distribution Date")
which is the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date or
(ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later day as may be determined by action of
the Board of Directors taken prior to the Close of Business on such tenth
Business Day and prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person)
following the commencement by any Person (other than an Exempt Person) of, or
the first public announcement of the intent of any Person (other than an Exempt
Person) to commence, a tender or exchange offer upon the successful consummation
of which such Person would be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock (irrespective of whether any shares are actually
purchased pursuant to any such offer), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject
to the provisions of Section 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for the Common
Stock registered in the names of the holders of the Common Stock and not be
separate Right Certificates, and (y) each Right will be transferable only in
connection with the transfer of a share (subject to adjustment as hereinafter
provided) of Common Stock; provided that if the Distribution Date would be prior
to the Record Date, the Record Date shall be the Distribution Date; and provided
that if a tender offer or exchange offer referred to in clause (ii) above is
cancelled or withdrawn prior to the Distribution Date, such offer shall be
deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, never to have been made.  As soon as
practicable after the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will mail, by first-
class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock as of the
Close of Business on the Distribution Date, as shown by the records of the
Company, at the address of such holder shown on such records, a Right
Certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto ("Right Certificate")
evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held, subject to
adjustment as provided herein.  In the event that an adjustment in the number of
Rights per share of Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(i) or
Section 11(n) hereof, at the time of distribution of the Right Certificates the
Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in
accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Right Certificates representing
only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any
fractional Rights.  As of and after the Distribution Date the Rights will be
evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

         (b)  Intentionally omitted.

         (c)  Certificates for Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date
shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the
legend set forth below in subparagraph 3(d).  With respect to certificates for
Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date (or,
if earlier, the Expiration Date), the Rights will be evidenced by such
certificates for Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof.


                                          6

<PAGE>

Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender
for transfer of any certificate for Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date
shall (subject to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) and the other provisions
hereof) also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with
the Common Stock represented thereby.

         (d)  Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) and the other
provisions hereof, Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common
Stock that become outstanding after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of
the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date and, in certain circumstances
provided for in Section 22 hereof, may be issued in respect of shares of Common
Stock that become outstanding after the Distribution Date.  Certificates issued
for Common Stock (including without limitation certificates issued upon original
issuance, disposition from the Company's treasury or transfer or exchange of
Common Stock) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution
Date or the Expiration Date (or, in certain circumstances as provided in Section
22 hereof, after the Distribution Date) shall have impressed on, printed on,
written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:

         This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to
    certain Rights as set forth in an Agreement between Billing
    Information Concepts Corp. and U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A., as
    Rights Agent, dated as of July 10, 1996, and as amended from time to
    time (the "Agreement"), the terms of which are incorporated herein by
    reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive
    office of U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A.  Under certain
    circumstances, as set forth in the Agreement, such Rights will be
    evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by
    this certificate.  U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A. will mail to the
    holder of this certificate a copy of the Agreement without charge
    promptly after receipt by it of a written request therefor.  Rights
    issued to or beneficially owned by a Person who is or becomes an
    Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of such Acquiring Person
    (as such terms are defined in the Agreement) or, under certain
    circumstances, transferees thereof, will become void as provided in
    Section 11(a)(ii) of the Agreement and thereafter may not be
    transferred to any Person.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, the Rights
associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall, until
the Distribution Date, be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the
surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall (subject to the provisions
of Section 11(a)(ii) and the other provisions hereof) also institute the
surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock
represented thereby.

    Notwithstanding paragraphs (c) or  (d), the omission of a legend shall not
affect the enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any
holder of the Rights.

    SECTION 4.  FORM OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

    The Right Certificates (including the forms of assignment and election to
purchase to be printed on the reverse thereof), when, as and if issued, shall be
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks
of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements
printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are


                                          7

<PAGE>

not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to
comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with
any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on
which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage.
Subject to the provisions of Sections 11 and 22 hereof, the Right Certificates,
whenever issued, evidencing the Rights issued on the Record Date shall be dated
as of the Record Date, and right Certificates evidencing Rights issued after the
Record Date shall be dated as of the date of such issuance, and on their face
Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase one ten-
thousandth of one share of Series A Preferred Stock, or other securities or
property as provided herein, as the same may from time to time be adjusted as
provided herein, at the price per one ten-thousandth of a share set forth
therein, as the same may from time to time be adjusted as provided herein (the
"Purchase Price").

    SECTION 5.  COUNTERSIGNATURE AND REGISTRATION.

         (a)  The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company
by its President and Chief Executive Officer, any Senior Vice President, or the
Treasurer, either manually or by facsimile signature, and have affixed thereto
the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof which shall be attested by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by
facsimile signature.  The Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by
the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned.
In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right
Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before
countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company,
such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent,
issued and delivered with the same force and effect as though the Person who
signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company;
and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any Person
who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a
proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the
date of the execution of this Agreement any such Person was not such an officer.

         (b)  Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or
cause to be kept, at its principal office, books for registration and transfer
of the Right Certificates issued hereunder.  Such books shall show the names and
addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of
Rights evidenced on its face by each Right Certificates, the date of each Right
Certificate, and the certificate number for each Right Certificate.

    SECTION 6.  TRANSFER, SPLIT UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE OF RIGHT
CERTIFICATES; MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

         (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) and the other
provisions hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution
Date and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, any Right
Certificate or Right Certificates may be transferred or split up, combined or
exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the
registered holder to purchase a like number of one ten-thousandths of a share of
Series A Preferred Stock as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates
surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase.  Any registered holder
desiring to transfer any right Certificate shall surrender the Right Certificate
at the principal office of the Rights Agent with the form of assignment on the
reverse side thereof duly endorsed (or enclose with such Right Certificate a


                                          8

<PAGE>

written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the
Rights Agent), duly executed by the registered holder thereof or his attorney
duly authorized in writing, and with such signature duly guaranteed.  Any
registered holder desiring to split up, combine or exchange any Right
Certificate shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent,
and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be split up,
combined or exchanged at the principal office of the Rights Agent.  Thereupon
the Rights Agent, subject to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) and the other
provisions hereof, shall countersign (by manual signature) and deliver to the
Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case
may be, as so requested.  The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

         (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) and the other
provisions hereof, upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, if requested by the Company,
reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and
upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if
mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Right Certificate of like
tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered owner in lieu of the
Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

    SECTION 7.  EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE; EXPIRATION DATE OF RIGHTS.

         (a)  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Rights shall become
exercisable at the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and thereafter
may be exercised in whole or in part to purchase shares of Series A Preferred
Stock upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to
purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed (with such signature duly
guaranteed), to the Rights Agent at its principal office, together with payment
of the aggregate Purchase Price (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided)
with respect to the number of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A
Preferred Stock (except as otherwise provided herein) as to which such
surrendered Rights are then being exercised, at or prior to the Close of
Business on the date (the "Expiration Date") which is the earliest of (i) July
10, 2006 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are
redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof, or (iii) the time at which the Rights
are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.

         (b)  The Purchase Price shall initially be $130 for each one ten-
thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the
exercise of a Right.  The Purchase Price and the number of one ten-thousandths
of a share of Series A Preferred Stock or other securities to be acquired upon
exercise of a Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided
in Sections 11 and 13 hereof.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in lawful
money of the United States of America, in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof.

         (c)  Except as otherwise provided herein, upon receipt of a Right
Certificate representing exercisable Rights with the form of election to
purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the aggregate Purchase Price
for the number of one ten-thousandths of a share of


                                          9

<PAGE>

Series A Preferred Stock to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable
transfer tax, by cash, certified or official bank check or money order payable
to the order of the Company or the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent shall, subject
to Section 20(j) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) requisition from any transfer
agent of the Series A Preferred Stock certificates for the number of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock so elected to be purchased (and/or requisition from the
depository agent depository receipts representing interests in such number of
fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock as are to be purchased, in which
case certificates for the fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock so
represented shall be deposited with the depository agent) and the Company will
comply and hereby authorizes and directs such transfer agent (and any such
depository agent) to comply with all such requests, (ii) requisition from the
Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares
in accordance with Section 14(b) hereof, and (iii) promptly after receipt of
such Series A Preferred Stock certificates cause the same to be delivered to or
upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in
such name or names as may be designated by such holder, or, when appropriate,
after receipt promptly deliver such depository receipts and cash to or upon the
order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate; provided that in the
case of a purchase of securities, other than Series A Preferred Stock, pursuant
to Section 11 or Section 13 hereof, the Rights Agent shall promptly take the
appropriate actions corresponding to the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii).
In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities of the
Company, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a)
hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other
securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the
Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

         (d)  Except as otherwise provided herein, in case the registered
holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights
evidenced thereby, a new right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the
Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the
registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns,
subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

         (e)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any
action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported
exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have
(i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to
purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for
such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the
Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates
thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

    SECTION 8.  CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

    All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer,
split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any
of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled
form or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no
Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted
by any of the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall deliver to the
Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so
cancel and retire, any Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company
otherwise than upon the


                                          10

<PAGE>

exercise thereof.  The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right
Certificates to the Company or shall, at the written request of the Company,
destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a
certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

    SECTION 9.  RESERVATION AND AVAILABILITY OF SHARES OF SERIES A PREFERRED
STOCK.

         (a)  The Company covenants and agrees that at all times it will cause
to be reserved and kept available, out of and to the extent of its authorized
and unissued shares of Series A Preferred Stock not reserved for another purpose
(and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and
other securities) or shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and, following the
occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and other securities)
held in its treasury, the  number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and,
following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and other
securities) that, as provided in this Agreement, including Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof, will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding
Rights, provided that the Company shall not be required to reserve and keep
available shares of Common Stock or other securities sufficient to permit the
exercise in full of all outstanding Rights pursuant to the adjustments set forth
in Section 11(a)(ii), Section 11(a)(iii) or Section 13 hereof unless the Rights
become exercisable pursuant to such adjustments, and then only to the extent the
Rights become exercisable pursuant to such adjustments.

         (b)  So long as the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and, following
the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and other
securities) issuable and deliverable upon the exercise of Rights may be listed
on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, as the case
may be, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such
time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to
be listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, as the case may be,
upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

         (c)  From and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, the
Company shall use its best efforts to, if then necessary to permit the issuance
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a
Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and other securities) upon the exercise
of Rights, register the offering and issuance of and qualify such shares of
Series A Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event,
shares of Common Stock and other securities) under the Securities Act and any
applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws (to the extent exemptions
therefrom are not available), cause the related registration statement and
qualifications to become effective as soon as possible after such filing and
keep such registration and qualifications effective as soon as possible after
such filing and keep such registrations and qualifications effective until the
earlier of the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such
securities and the Expiration Date.  The Company may temporarily suspend, for a
period of time not to exceed 90 days, the exercisability of the Rights in order
to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act and permit
it to become effective.  In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall
issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has
been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the
suspension is no longer in effect.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any
jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have


                                          11

<PAGE>

been obtained and until a registration statement under the Securities Act (if
required) shall have been declared effective.

         (d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action
as may be necessary to insure that all shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and,
following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and other
securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, to the extent applicable,
at the time of delivery of the certificates for such securities (subject to
payment of the aggregate Purchase Price in respect thereof), be duly and validly
authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable securities in accordance
with applicable law.

         (e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due
and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges that may be
payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of
any shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or other securities, as the case may be)
upon the exercise of Rights; provided that the Company shall not be required to
pay any transfer tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery
of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of
certificates for Series A Preferred Stock (or other securities, as the case may
be) upon exercise of rights in a name other than that of, the registered holder
of the Right Certificate, and the Company shall not be required to issue or
deliver a Right Certificate or certificate for Series A Preferred Stock (or
other securities, as the case may be) to a Person other than such registered
holder until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by
the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has
been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.

    SECTION 10.  SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK RECORD DATE.

    Each Person in whose name any certificate for shares of Series A Preferred
Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of
Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of
the Series A Preferred Stock (or other securities, as the case may be)
represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which
the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of
the aggregate Purchase Price therefor (and any applicable transfer taxes) was
made, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a
date upon which the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are closed,
such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on,
and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which
the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are open.  Prior to the
exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate
shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Stock for which the
Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote or
to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to
receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company except as provided herein.


                                          12

<PAGE>

    SECTION 11.  ADJUSTMENTS TO NUMBER AND KIND OF SHARES, NUMBER OF RIGHTS OR
PURCHASE PRICE.

    The number and kind of shares subject to purchase upon the exercise of each
Right, the number of Rights outstanding and the Purchase Price are subject to
adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

         (a)(i) In the event that the Company shall at any time after the
Record Date (A) declare or pay any dividend on Series A Preferred Stock payable
in shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide or split the outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares, (C) combine
or consolidate the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into a smaller
number of shares or effect a reverse split of the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a
reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock (including any such
reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the
Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise
provided in this Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior
to the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of
such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be,
issuable upon exercise of a Right on such date, shall be proportionately
adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be
entitled to receive, upon payment of an amount equal to (x) the Purchase Price
in effect immediately prior to the record date or effective date of such
dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification, multiplied by (y) the
number of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, or shares
of capital stock, as the case may be, as to which a Right was exercisable
immediately prior to such date, the aggregate number and kind of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, which, if such
Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date, the holder thereof
would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive, or would be
deemed to have owned, by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or
reclassification.

              (ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event any
Person becomes an Acquiring Person (the first occurrence of such event being
referred to hereinafter as the "Section 11(a)(ii) Event"), then (A) the Purchase
Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
the Section 11(a)(ii) Event multiplied by the number of one ten-thousandths
(1/10,000) of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable
immediately prior to such Section 11(a)(ii) Event, whether or not such Right was
then exercisable, and (B) each holder of a Right, except as otherwise provided
in this Section 11(a)(ii) and Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall thereafter have
the right to receive upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the Purchase
Price (as so adjusted), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in
lieu of shares of Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock (the
"Adjustment Shares") as shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Purchase
Price (as so adjusted) by 50% of the current per share market price of the
Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of such
Section 11(a)(ii) Event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Purchase Price (as so
adjusted) and the number of Adjustment Shares so receivable upon exercise of a
Right shall, following the Section 11(a)(ii) Event, be subject to further
adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, however, from and
after the Section 11(a)(ii) Event ("Invalidation Time"), any Rights that are
beneficially owned by (x) any Acquiring Person (or Affiliate or


                                          13

<PAGE>

Associate of any Acquiring Person), (y) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or
such Affiliate or Associate) who becomes a transferee after the Section
11(a)(ii) Event or (z) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or any such
Affiliate or Associate) who became a transferee prior to or concurrently with
the Section 11(a)(ii) Event pursuant to either (I) a transfer from the Acquiring
Person to holders of its equity securities or to any Person with whom it has any
continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred
Rights or (II) a transfer that the Board of Directors has determined is part of
a plan, arrangement or understanding that has the purpose or effect of avoiding
the provisions of this paragraph, and subsequent transferees of such Persons,
shall be void without any further action and any holder of such Rights shall
thereafter have no rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights under any
provision of this Agreement.  The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to
ensure that the provisions of this Section 11(a)(ii) are complied with, but
shall have no liability to any holder of Right Certificates or other Person as a
result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring
Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.  From and after
the Section 11(a)(ii) Event, no Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to
Section 3 or Section 6 hereof that represents Rights that are or have become
void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, and any Right Certificate
delivered to the Rights Agent that represents Rights that are or have become
void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be canceled.  From and
after the occurrence of an event specified in Section 13(a) hereof, any Rights
that theretofore have not been exercised pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii)
shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section 13 and not
pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii).

              (iii) The Company may at its option substitute for a share of
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Rights in accordance with the
foregoing subparagraph (ii) a number of shares of Preferred Stock or fraction
thereof such that the current per share market price of one share of Preferred
Stock multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share
market price of one share of Common Stock.  In the event that the number of
shares of Common Stock that are authorized by the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other
than upon exercise of the Rights is not sufficient to permit the exercise in
full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and the Rights
shall become so exercisable, the Board of Directors shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to which
the Company is a party, (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the
Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (computed using the
Current Market Price used to determine the number of Adjustment Shares) (the
"Current Value"), over (2) the then current Purchase Price times the number of
one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A Preferred Stock for which a Right was
exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii)
Event (such excess, the "Spread") and (B) with respect to each Right (other than
Rights which have become void pursuant to  Section 11(a)(ii) hereof), make
adequate provision to substitute for any or all such Adjustment Shares (1) cash,
(2) shares of Series A Preferred Stock or other equity securities of the Company
(including, without limitation, shares, or units of shares, of preferred stock
which, by virtue of having dividend, voting or liquidation rights substantially
comparable to those of the Common Stock, are deemed in good faith by the Board
of Directors to have substantially the same value as shares of Common Stock
(such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and shares or units of shares of
preferred stock are herein called "Common Stock Equivalents")), (3) debt
securities of the Company, (4) other assets, (5) a reduction of the Purchase
Price, or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having a value which, when added
to the value of the shares of


                                          14

<PAGE>

Common Stock actually issued upon exercise of such Right, shall have an
aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based upon the advice of a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm selected in good faith
by the Board of Directors; provided that if the Company shall not have made
adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within 30 days
following the date (the "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date") of the first
occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, then the Company shall be obligated to
deliver, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements
then in effect to which the Company is a party, upon the surrender for exercise
of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, shares of Common
Stock (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, shares of Series A
Preferred Stock and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and cash have an
aggregate value equal to the Spread.  If, upon the occurrence of a Section
11(a)(ii) Event, the number of shares of Common Stock authorized by the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for
issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights is not sufficient
to permit exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii)
hereof, and if the Board of Directors shall determine in good faith that it is
likely that sufficient additional shares of Common Stock could be authorized for
issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, then, if the Board of Directors so
elects, the 30 day period set forth above may be extended to the extent
necessary, but not more than 90 days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date,
in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of
such additional shares (such 30 day period, as it may be extended, is herein
called the "Substitution Period").  The extent that the Company determines that
some action must be taken pursuant to the first or second sentence of this
Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 11(a)(ii)
hereof and the last sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii), that such action shall
apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability
of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek
any authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of
distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the
value thereof.  In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a
public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been
temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the
suspension is no longer in effect.  For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the
value of the Common Stock shall be the Current Market Price per share of the
Common Stock on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the per share or per unit
value of any Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed to be equal to the Current
Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such date.  The Board of Directors
may, but shall not be required to, establish procedures to allocate the right to
receive Common Stock upon the exercise of the Rights among holders of Rights
pursuant to this Section 11(a)(iii).

         (b)  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of
rights, options or warrants to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock entitling
them to subscribe for or purchase (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days
after such record date) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, shares having the
same rights, privileges and preferences as Series A Preferred Stock ("Equivalent
Series A Preferred Stock") or securities convertible into Series A Preferred
Stock or Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share of Series A
Preferred Stock or Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock (or having a conversion
price per share, if a security convertible into Series A Preferred Stock or
Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock) less than the Current Market Price per
share of Series A Preferred  Stock on such record date, the Purchase Price to be
in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase
Price


                                          15

<PAGE>

in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on
such record date, plus the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which
the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock and Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock (and the aggregate initial
conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered, including the
price required to be paid to such convertible security) would purchase at such
Current Market Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of
additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Equivalent Series A Preferred
Stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible
securities so to be offered are initially convertible).  In case such
subscription price may be paid by delivery of consideration part or all of which
may be in a form other than cash, the value of such noncash consideration shall
be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.  Shares of Series
A Preferred Stock owned by or held for the account of the  Company shall not be
deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation.  Such adjustment
shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the
event that such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities are not so
issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price that would
then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

         (c)  In case the Company shall fix a record date for a distribution to
all holders of Series A Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in
connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing
or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash (other than a
regular quarterly cash dividend out of the earnings or retained earnings of the
Company), assets (other than a dividend payable in Series A Preferred Stock, but
including any dividend payable in stock other than Series A Preferred Stock) or
subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b)
hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be
determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market
Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock on such record date, less the fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the
Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or warrants applicable to a
share of Series A Preferred Stock and the denominator of which shall be such
Current Market Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock.  Such adjustments
shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the
event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall be
adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record
date had not been fixed.

         (d)(i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder (including
computations pursuant to Section 14 hereof), other than computations made
pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the "Current Market Price" per share of
Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing
prices per share of such stock for the 30 consecutive Trading Days immediately
prior to such date, and for purpose of computations made pursuant to Section
11(a)(iii) hereof, the "Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock on any
date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of
such stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Days immediately following such date;
provided that in the event the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock is
determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such
stock of (i) any dividend or distribution on such stock (other


                                          16

<PAGE>

than a regular quarterly cash dividend) or (ii) any subdivision, combination or
reclassification of the stock, and prior to the expiration of the requisite 30
Trading Day or 10 Trading Day period, as set forth above, the exdividend date
for such dividend or distribution, or the effective date of such subdivision,
combination or reclassification, occurs, then, and in each such case, the
Current Market Price shall be properly adjusted to take into account exdividend
trading.  The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular
way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the
principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities
listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of
Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading or, if the shares of Common Stock
are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the
last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low
asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the NASDAQ or such
other system as may then be in use, or, if on any such date the prices of shares
of Common Stock are not reported by any such organization, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making
a market in such stock selected by the Board of Directors.  If on any such date
no market maker is making a market in the Common Stock, the fair value of such
shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors shall
be used.  The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal
national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or
admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the shares of
Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
exchange, a Business Day.  If the Common Stock is not publicly held or not so
listed or traded, "Current Market Price" per share shall mean the fair value per
share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.

              (ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "Current
Market Price" per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be determined in the
same manner as set forth above for the Common Stock in clause (i) of this
Section 11(d) (other than the last sentence thereof).  If the Current Market
Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock cannot be determined in the manner
provided above or if the Series A Preferred Stock is not publicly held or listed
or traded in a manner described in clause (i) of this Section 11(d), the
"Current Market Price" per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
conclusively deemed to be an amount equal to ten thousand (as such number may be
appropriately adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock dividends and
recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock occurring after the date of
this Agreement) multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the Common
Stock.  If neither the Common Stock nor the Series A Preferred Stock is publicly
held or so listed or traded, "Current Market Price" per share of the Series A
Preferred Stock shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors, which determination shall be described in a statement
filed with the Rights Agent.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the "Current
Market Price" of one ten-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock shall
be equal to the "Current Market Price" of one share of Series A Preferred Stock
divided by ten thousand (subject to adjustment as provided above).  The "Current
Market Price" per share of Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock shall be
determined in the same manner as set forth above for the Series A Preferred
Stock.

         (e)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in
the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an
increase or decrease


                                          17

<PAGE>

of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided that any adjustments which by
reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All calculations
under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-
thousandth of a share, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the first sentence
of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made
no later than the earlier of (i) three years after the date of the transaction
that mandates such adjustment or (ii) one month prior to the Expiration Date.

         (f)  If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) or
Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become
entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Series A Preferred
Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of
any Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment from
time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the
applicable provisions with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
contained in Sections 7, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 14 hereof, and such provisions shall
apply on like terms to any such other shares.

         (g)  All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any
adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to
purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one ten-thousandths of a
share of Series A Preferred Stock purchasable from time to time hereunder upon
exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustments as provided herein.

         (h)  Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided
in Section 11(i) hereof, upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result
of the calculations made in Section 11(b) and (c) hereof, each Right outstanding
immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the
right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one ten-
thousandths of a share of Series A Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest
ten-thousandth) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of one ten-
thousandths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to such adjustment
by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the
Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price
in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

         (i)  The Company may elect, on or after the date of any adjustment of
the Purchase Price, to adjust the number of Rights in substitution for any
adjustment in the number of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A Preferred
Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a  Right.  Each of the Rights outstanding
after the adjustment in the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number
of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A Preferred Stock for which a Right
was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment.  Each Right held of record
prior to such adjustment in the number of Rights shall become that number of
Rights (calculated to the nearest ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price
by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase
Price.  The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust
the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if
known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made.  This record date
may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter,
but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later
than the date of the public announcement.  If Right Certificates


                                          18

<PAGE>

have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this
Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be
distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right
Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to
which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the
option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record
in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders
prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the
Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders
shall be entitled after such adjustment.  Right Certificates so to be
distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided
for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Purchase
Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right
Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

         (j)  Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or
the number of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A Preferred Stock
issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and
thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of
one ten-thousandths of a share that were expressed in the initial Right
Certificates issued hereunder.

         (k)  Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing
the Purchase Price below the then par value, if any, of the fraction of
Preferred Stock or other shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of a
Right, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of
its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally
issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock or other such
shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

         (l)  In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an
adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a
specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such
event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date
the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and cash, other capital stock or
securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above
the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and cash, other capital stock or
securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of
the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided that the Company
shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument
evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares of Series A
Preferred Stock and cash, other capital stock or securities, if any, upon the
occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

         (m)  Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in
addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to
the extent in their good faith judgment the Board of Directors shall determine
to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Series
A Preferred Stock, (ii) issuance for cash of any shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, (iii) issuance for cash of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or
securities that by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights,
options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the
Company shall not be taxable to holders of its Series A Preferred Stock.


                                          19

<PAGE>

         (n)  The Company covenants and agrees that, after the earlier of the
Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date, it will not, except as
permitted by Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to
take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably
foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or eliminate the
benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

         (o)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event that the Company shall at any time after the Record Date and prior to
the Distribution Date (i) declare a dividend on the outstanding shares of Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding shares
of Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a
smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a
reclassification of the outstanding Common Stock, the number of Rights
associated with each share of Common Stock then outstanding, or issued or
delivered thereafter, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the number of
Rights thereafter associated with each share of Common Stock following any such
event shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the number of Rights
associated with each share of Common Stock immediately prior to such event by a
fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the
denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.

    SECTION 12.  CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTMENTS.

    Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof,
the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such
adjustment and a brief statement of the facts giving rise to such adjustment,
(b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the
Common Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to
each record holder of a Right (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to each
holder of Common Stock) in accordance with Section 26 hereof.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing sentence, the failure of the Company to give such notice shall not
affect the validity of or the force of effect of or the requirement for such
adjustment.  The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon any
certificate prepared by the Company pursuant to this Section 12 hereof and on
any adjustment therein described.

    SECTION 13.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS OR EARNING
POWER.

         (a)  In the event that, directly or indirectly, at any time after the
Section 11(a)(ii) Event (i) the Company shall consolidate with or shall merge
into any other Person, (ii) any Person shall merge with and into the Company and
the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and,
in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Stock shall be changed
into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or of the
Company) or cash or any other property, or (iii) the Company shall sell or
otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise
transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earnings power aggregating 50%
or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(taken as a whole) to any other Person (other than the Company or one or more
wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company), then upon the first occurrence of
such event, proper provision shall be made so that:  (A) each holder of a Right


                                          20

<PAGE>

(other than Rights which have become void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof)
shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the
Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii)
hereof), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of shares of
Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company, such number validly authorized
and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable shares of Common
Stock of the Principal Party (as such term is hereinafter defined), not subject
to any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as
shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Purchase Price as theretofore
adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) by 50% of the current per
share market price of the Common Stock of such Principal Party (determined
pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Purchase
Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) and
the number of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party so receivable upon
exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in
accordance with Section 11(f) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect
of the Common Stock of such Principal Party after the occurrence of such
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (B) such Principal Party shall
thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation,
merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant
to this Rights Agreement; (C) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to
refer to such Principal Party; and (D) such Principal Party shall take such
steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of
its shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection
with such consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure
that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as
reasonably may be, in relation to the shares of its Common Stock thereafter
deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; provided that, upon the subsequent
occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other
extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a
Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and
payment of the Purchase Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash,
shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been
entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the
Common Stock of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of a Right
pursuant to this Section 13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps
(including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be
necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of Rights in accordance with the
terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property.

         (b)  "Principal Party" shall mean

              (i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (i) or
(ii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof:  (A) the Person that is the
issuer of the securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are
converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such
issuer, the issuer the Common Stock of which has the greatest aggregate market
value of shares outstanding or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the
Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives the
merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the Common Stock
of which has the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if
the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger,
the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives)
or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and


                                          21

<PAGE>

              (ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause (iii) of
the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party
receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred
pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if each Person that is a party
to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or
earning power so transferred or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of
the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons as
is the issuer of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of
shares outstanding; provided that in any such case described in the foregoing
clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii), (1) if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such
time or has not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and if such Person is a direct or indirect
Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been so
registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person, or (2)
if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person,
the Common Stocks of all of which are and have been so registered, the term
"Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the
Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding,
or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture
formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the
same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to
each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by
the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and
the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in
this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the
total of such interests.

         (c)  The Company shall not consummate any consolidation, merger, sale
or transfer referred to in Section 13(a) hereof unless prior thereto the Company
and the Principal Party involved therein shall have executed and delivered to
the Rights Agent an agreement confirming that the requirements of Section 13(a)
and (b) hereof shall promptly be performed in accordance with their terms and
that such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets shall not result in
a default by the Principal Party under this Agreement as the same shall have
been assumed by the Principal Party pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof
and providing that, as soon as practicable after executing such agreement
pursuant to this Section 13, the Principal Party will:

              (i) prepare and file a registration statement under the
Securities Act, if necessary, with respect to the Rights and the offering and
sale of the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate
form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become
effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to
cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all
times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date,
and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

              (ii) use its best efforts, if the Common Stock of the Principal
Party shall be listed on a national securities exchange, to list (or continue
the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the
Rights on such securities exchange and, if the Common Stock of the Principal
Party shall not be listed on a national securities exchange, to cause the Rights
and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights to be reported by
NASDAQ or such other system as may then be in use;


                                          22

<PAGE>

              (iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial
statements for the Principal Party that comply in all respects with the
requirements for registration on Form 10 (or any successor form) under the
Exchange Act; and

              (iv) obtain waivers of any rights of first refusal or preemptive
rights in respect of the shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party subject
to purchase upon exercise of outstanding Rights.

In the event that any of the transactions described in Section 13(a) hereof
shall occur, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised pursuant to
either Section 7 or Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall thereafter be exercisable
only in the manner described in Section 13(a) hereof.

         (d)  Furthermore, in case the Principal Party that is to be a party to
a transaction referred to in this Section 13 has provision in any of its
authorized securities or in its Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision
would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than
to holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 13), in connection with, or as a
consequence of, the consummation of a transaction referred to in this Section
13, shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party at less than the then Current
Market Price per share (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) or
securities exercisable for, or convertible into, Common Stock of such Principal
Party at less than such then Current Market Price, or (ii) providing for any
special payment, tax or similar provisions in connection with the issuance of
the Common Stock of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section
13, then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each holder of Rights
that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the
Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights
Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such
Principal Party shall have been cancelled, waived or amended, or that the
authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will
have no effect in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of
the proposed transaction.

         (e)  The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time
after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, enter into any transaction of
the type contemplated by clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof if
(x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale or
other transaction there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or
securities outstanding or agreements in effect that would substantially diminish
or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (y)
prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger,
sale or other transaction, the stockholders of the Person who constitutes, or
would constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(a) hereof
shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or
any of its Affiliates or Associates or (z) the form or nature of organization of
the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.

    SECTION 14.  FRACTIONAL RIGHTS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES.

         (a)  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or
to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights.  If the
Company shall not issue fractions of Rights, in lieu of such fractional Rights,
there shall be paid to the holders of record


                                          23

<PAGE>

of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would
otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the then
current market value of a whole Right.  For the purposes of this Section 14(a),
the then current market value of a Right shall be the closing price of the
Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which fractional
Rights would have been issuable, determined in the same manner as the closing
price of a share of Common Stock shall be determined pursuant to Section 11(d)
hereof.

         (b)  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock or other securities of the Company upon exercise of the
Rights (other than fractions of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are
integral multiples of one ten-thousandths of a share) or to distribute
certificates that evidence interests in fractional shares (other than fractions
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are integral multiples of one ten-
thousandths of a share); provided that in lieu of issuing fractions of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, the Company may, at its election, issue depository
receipts evidencing interests in fractions of shares pursuant to an appropriate
agreement between the Company and a depository selected by it, but only if such
agreement shall provide that the holders of such depository receipts shall have
all of the rights, privileges and preferences to which they would be entitled as
beneficial owners of the Series A Preferred Stock.  With respect to fractional
shares that are not integral multiples of one ten-thousandths of a share, if the
Company does not issue such fractional shares or depository receipts in lieu
thereof, there shall be paid to the holders of record of Right Certificates at
the time the Rights evidenced by such Certificates are exercised as herein
provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the then current market
value of a share of Series A Preferred Stock or other securities of the Company.
For purposes of this Section 14(b), the then current market value of a share of
Series A Preferred Stock or other securities of the Company shall be the closing
price thereof for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such
exercise, as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof or in the same manner
as the closing price of a share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be determined
pursuant to Section 11(d)(ii) hereof, as the case may be.

         (c)  Following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall
not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of
the Rights or to distribute certificates that evidence fractional shares of
Common Stock.  In lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company may pay
to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are
exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of one share of Common Stock.  For purposes of this Section
14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Stock shall be the
closing price of one share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to Section
11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such
exercise.

         (d)  The holder of a Right by the acceptance of a Right expressly
waives his right to receive any fractional Right or any fractional share of
Series A Preferred Stock or other securities of the Company upon exercise of a
Right, except as provided by this Section 14.

    SECTION 15.  RIGHTS OF ACTION.

    All rights of action in respect of this Agreement are vested in the
respective holders of record of the


                                          24

<PAGE>

Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the holders of record
of the Common Stock); and any holder of record of any Right Certificate (or,
prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the
Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the
Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, in his own behalf for his own
benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding
against the Company or any other Person to enforce, or otherwise act in respect
of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the
manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement.  Without
limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is
specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate
remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and, accordingly, that they will
be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive
relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person
subject to this Agreement.

    SECTION 16.  AGREEMENT OF RIGHT HOLDERS.

    Every holder of a Right by accepting the same consents and agrees with the
Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

         (a)  prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will not be evidenced
by a Right Certificate and will be transferrable only in connection with the
transfer of Common Stock;

         (b)  after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates will be
transferrable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at
the designated office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a
proper instrument of transfer;

         (c)  the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in
whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the
associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof
and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership
or writing on the Right Certificate or the associated Common Stock certificate
made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent or the transfer agent
of the Common Stock) for all purposes whatsoever, and either the Company nor the
Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

         (d)  notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder
of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its
obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent
injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent
jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or
commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or
enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining
performance of such obligations; provided that the Company must use its best
efforts to have any such order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned
as soon as possible.

    SECTION 17.  RIGHT CERTIFICATE HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER.

    No holder of a Right, as such, shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends
in respect of or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of Series A
Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be
issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, nor shall


                                          25

<PAGE>

anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer
upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or
withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or
other actions affecting stockholders, or to receive dividends or subscription
rights in respect of any such stock or securities, or otherwise, until the Right
or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

    SECTION 18.  CONCERNING THE RIGHTS AGENT.

         (a)  The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time,
on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and
other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this
Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.  The Company
also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against,
any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent for anything done or omitted to be
done by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of
this Agreement, including the cost and expenses of defending against any claim
of liability in the premises.

         (b)  The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability
for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection
with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right
Certificate, certificate for Series A Preferred Stock or other securities of the
Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement,
affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and,
where necessary, guaranteed, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or
Persons.

    SECTION 19.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF NAME OF RIGHTS AGENT.

         (a)  Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any
corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent
or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to
the corporate trust or stock transfer business of the Rights Agent or any
successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this
Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the parties hereto; provided that such corporation would be
eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of
Section 21 hereof.  In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall
succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates
shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent
may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such
Rights Certificates so countersigned, and in case at that time any of the Right
Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent or in
the name of the successor Rights Agent, and in all such cases such Right
Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in
this Agreement.



                                          26

<PAGE>

         (b)  In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed
and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but
not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior
name and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that
time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights
Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its
changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full
force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

    SECTION 20.  DUTIES OF RIGHTS AGENT.

    The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this
Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company
and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be
bound:

         (a)  The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal
counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken
or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

         (b)  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement
the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter
(including without limitation the identity of any Acquiring Person and the
determination of Current Market Price) be proved or established by the Company
prior to taking or suffering to be taken any action hereunder, such fact or
matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a
certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President and the Chief
Executive Officer, any Senior Vice President, the Treasurer or any Assistant
Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and
delivered to the Rights Agent, and such certificate shall be full authorization
to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered to be taken in good faith
by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

         (c)  The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

         (d)  The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of
the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right
Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the
same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been
made by the Company only.

         (e)  The Rights Agent shall not (i) be responsible for (A) the
validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due
execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or the validity or execution of any Right
Certificate (except its countersignature thereof), (B) any breach by the Company
of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right
Certificate, (C) any adjustment required under the provisions of Section 11 or
13 hereof or (D) the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the
ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment
(except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates
after actual notice of any such adjustment) or (ii) by any


                                          27

<PAGE>

act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the
authorization or reservation of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be
issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any
shares of Series A Preferred Stock will, when issued, be validly authorized and
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

         (f)  The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and
deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such
further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required
by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of
the provisions of this Agreement.

         (g)  The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept
instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the
Chairman of the Board, the President and the Chief Executive Officer, any Senior
Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any
Assistant Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or
instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any
action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with
instructions of any such officer.

         (h)  The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or
employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other
securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in
which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the
Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Rights
Agent under this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from
acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other entity.

         (i)  The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or
powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or
through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or
accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or
agents or for any loss the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect
or misconduct; provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and
continued employment thereof.

         (j)  No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if
there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.

         (k)  If, with respect to any Right Certificate surrendered to the
Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate contained in the form of
election to purchase or the form of assignment set forth on the reverse thereof,
as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative
response to clause 1 or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further
action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first
consulting with the Company.

    SECTION 21.  CHANGE OF RIGHTS AGENT.


                                          28

<PAGE>

    The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged
from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to
the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or
certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class
mail.  The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent
(with or without cause) upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights
Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent
of the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the
Right Certificates by first-class mail.  If the Rights Agent shall resign or be
removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint
a successor to the Rights Agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
this Section 21, in no event shall the resignation or removal of a Rights Agent
be effective until a successor Rights Agent shall have been appointed and have
accepted such appointment.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment
within a period of 30 days after such removal or after it has been notified in
writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated
Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such
notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the
incumbent Rights Agent or the holder of record of any Right Certificate may
apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights
Agent.  Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such
a court, shall be (a) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws
of the United States or any State thereof, in good standing, which is authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which
has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000 or (b) an Affiliate controlled by a corporation
described in clause (a) of this sentence.  After appointment, the successor
Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and
responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without
further act or deed, but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer
to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and
execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for
the purpose.  Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the
Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent
and each transfer agent of the Common Stock, and mail a notice thereof in
writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates.  The failure to
give any notice required by this Section 21 or any defect therein shall not
affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights
Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

    SECTION 22.  ISSUANCE OF NEW RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

    Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement to the contrary,
the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights
in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors to reflect any
adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of
shares of stock or other securities or property purchasable under the Right
Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  In
addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock
following the Distribution Date and prior to a Triggering Event or the
redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company may, with respect to shares
of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of employee stock
options or under any employee plan or arrangement, or upon the exercise,
conversion or exchange of securities hereafter issued by the Company, or in any
other case, if


                                          29

<PAGE>

deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors, issue Right
Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with
such issuance or sale; provided that (i) no such Right Certificate shall be
issued if, and to the extent that, the Company shall be advised by counsel that
such issuance would create a significant risk of material adverse tax
consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Right Certificate would
be issued, and (ii) no such Right Certificate shall be issued if, and to the
extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of
the issuance thereof.

    SECTION 23.  REDEMPTION.

         (a)  The Board of Directors may, at its option, at any time prior to
the earlier of (i) the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, and (ii)
the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, cause the Company to redeem all
but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of
$0.01 per Right, as such amount may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any
stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date
hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption
Price").

         (b)  Immediately upon the effective time of the redemption of the
Rights as specified by the action of the Board of Directors ordering the
redemption of the Rights, and without any further action and without any notice,
the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of
the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price, without any
interest thereon.  Promptly after the effective time of the redemption of the
Rights as specified by the action of the Board of Directors ordering the
redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to
the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such
holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the
Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the
transfer agent of the Common Stock.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner
provided herein shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the
notice.  Each such notice of redemption will state the effective time of the
redemption, the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made
and the time for such payment.  The failure to give any notice required by this
Section 23(b) or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of
the action taken by the Company.

    SECTION 24.  EXCHANGE.

         (a)  The Board of Directors may, at its option, at any time after the
first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, exchange all or part of the then
outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have
become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for shares
of Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right
(such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio").
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to
effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than an Exempt Person),
together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the
Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding.

         (b)  Immediately upon the effective time of the exchange of the Rights
as specified by the action of the Board of Directors ordering the exchange of
any Rights pursuant


                                          30

<PAGE>

to Section 24(a) hereof and without any further action and without any notice,
the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter
of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common
Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the
Exchange Ratio.  The Company shall promptly give notice of any such exchange;
provided that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not
affect the validity of such exchange.  The Company promptly shall mail a notice
of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last
addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent.  Any
notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given,
whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice of exchange
will state the method by which the exchange of shares of Common Stock for Rights
will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights
that will be exchanged.  Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based
on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to
the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

         (c)  In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common
Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any
exchange of Rights as contemplated by this Section 24, the Company shall take
all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common
Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Rights.  In the event that the Company
shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be
necessary to authorize such additional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall
substitute, for each share of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon
exchange of a Right, a number of shares (or fractions thereof) of Series A
Preferred Stock (or Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock), having an aggregate
Current Market Price equal to the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock
as of the date of issuance of such shares (or a fraction thereof) of Series A
Preferred Stock (or Equivalent Series A Preferred Stock).

         (d)  In any exchange pursuant to Section 24(a) hereof, the Company
shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to
distribute certificates that evidence fractional shares of Common Stock.  In
lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay to the
registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such
fractional shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash
equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of
Common Stock.  For the purposes of this Section 24(d), the current market value
of a whole share of Common Stock shall be the Current Market Price of a share of
Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i)
hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant
to Section 24(a) hereof.

    SECTION 25.  NOTICE OF PROPOSED ACTIONS.

         (a)  In case the Company, after the earlier of the Distribution Date
or the Stock Acquisition Date, shall propose to (i) effect any of the
transactions referred to in Section 11(a)(i) hereof or to pay any dividend to
the holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock payable in stock of any class
or to make any other distribution to the holders of record of Series A Preferred
Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), or (ii) offer to the
holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock options, warrants, or other rights
to subscribe for or to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock (including
any security convertible into or exchangeable for Series A Preferred Stock) or
shares of stock of any class or any other securities, options, warrants,


                                          31

<PAGE>

convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights, or (iii) effect any
reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock or any recapitalization or
reorganization of the Company, or (iv) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to
each holder of record of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26
hereof, notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for
the purposes of such transaction referred to in Section 11(a)(i), or such
dividend or distribution, or the date on which such reclassification,
recapitalization, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or winding up is to
take place and the record date for determining participation therein by the
holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock, if any such date is to be fixed,
and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause
(i) or (ii) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining
holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock for purposes of such action, and
in the case of any such other action, at least 10 days prior to the date of the
taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the
holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.
The failure to give any notice required by this Section 25 or any defect therein
shall not affect the legality or validity of the action taken by the Company or
the vote upon any such action.

         (b)  If a Section 11(a)(ii) Event shall occur, then the Company shall,
as soon as practicable thereafter, give to each holder of Rights, in accordance
with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice
shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to the holders of
Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

         (c)  In case any of the transactions referred to in Section 13 hereof
are proposed, then, in any such case, (i) the Company shall give to each holder
of Rights, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, notice of the proposal of such
transaction at least 10 days prior to consummating such transaction, which
notice shall specify the proposed event and the consequences of the event to
holders of Rights under Section 13 hereof, and, upon consummating such
transaction, shall similarly give notice thereof to each holder of Rights and
(ii) all references in the preceding paragraph (a) to Series A Preferred Stock
shall be deemed thereafter to refer to Common Stock or other securities of the
Principal Party, as appropriate.

    SECTION 26.  NOTICES.

    Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
Rights Agent or by the holder of record of any Right Certificate or Right to or
on behalf of the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-
class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in
writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

         Billing Information Concepts Corp.
         9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
         San Antonio, Texas 78216
         Attn:  General Counsel

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized
by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of record
of any Right Certificate or Right to or on the Rights Agent shall be
sufficiently given or made if sent by first-


                                          32

<PAGE>

class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in
writing with the Company) as follows:

         U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A.
         2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 2700
         Dallas, Texas 75201
         Attn:  Corporate Trust Department

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of record of any Right Certificate or
Right shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as it appears
upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date,
on the registry books of the transfer agent of the Common Stock.

    SECTION 27.  SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS.

    For as long as the Rights are redeemable, and except as provided in the
last sentence of this Section 27, the Company may, in its sole and absolute
discretion, and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or
amend any provision of this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any
holders of the Rights or the Common Stock.  At any time when the Rights are not
redeemable, and except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 27, the
Company may, and the Rights Agent shall if the Company so directs, supplement or
amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates
in order to (a) cure any ambiguity, (b) correct or supplement any provision
contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions
herein or (c) change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner that
the Company may deem necessary or desirable; provided that no such supplement or
amendment shall adversely affect the interests of the holders of Right
Certificates as such; and provided that this Agreement may not be so
supplemented or amended to (i) lengthen a time period relating to when the
Rights may be redeemed or this Agreement amended at the sole and absolute
discretion of the Company at such time as the Rights are not redeemable or (ii)
lengthen or shorten any other time period unless such lengthening or shortening
of such other time period is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or
clarifying the rights of, or the benefits to, the holders of Rights as such
(other than any Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of such an
Acquiring Person).  Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate
officer of the Company that states that the proposed supplement or amendment is
in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute
such supplement or amendment.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made that changes
the Redemption Price or the number of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series A
Preferred Stock for which a Right is exercisable.

    SECTION 28.  SUCCESSORS.

    All of the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit
of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their
respective successors and assigns hereunder.


                                          33

<PAGE>

    SECTION 29.  BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

    Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person other than
the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights
Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock) any legal
or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement, and this Agreement
shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and
the holders of record of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution
Date, the Common Stock).

    SECTION 30.  CHOICE OF LAW.

    This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed
to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all
purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such
state applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such
state.

    SECTION 31.  COUNTERPARTS.

    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of such
counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

    SECTION 32.  DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS.

    Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction
of any of the provisions hereof.

    SECTION 33.  SEVERABILITY.

    If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or
unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term hereof,
such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed
and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision never
comprised a part hereof; and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain in
full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or
unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.  Furthermore, in lieu of
such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added
automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in its terms to
such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be
legal, valid and enforceable.

    SECTION 34.  DETERMINATIONS AND ACTIONS BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The
Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority
to administer this Agreement and to exercise the rights and powers specifically
granted to the Board of Directors of the Company or to the Company, or as may be
necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including,
without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this
Agreement, and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for
the administration of this Agreement (including, without limitation, a
determination to redeem or not


                                          34

<PAGE>

redeem the Rights or to amend this Agreement).  All such actions, calculations,
interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below,
all omissions with respect to the foregoing) that are done or made by the Board
of Directors of the Company in good faith shall (x) be final, conclusive and
binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights, as such,
and all other parties, and (y) not subject the Board of Directors to any
liability to the holders of the Rights.


                                          35

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

Attest:                                BILLING INFORMATION
                                       CONCEPTS CORP.


By:  /s/ Kenneth A. Prinz              By:   /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
    -----------------------------           ----------------------------------

    Name: Kenneth A. Prinz                  Name: Kelly E. Simmons
         ------------------------                -----------------------------

    Title:  Assistant Secretary             Title: Sr. VP & CFO
           ----------------------                 ----------------------------


Attest:                           U.S. TRUST COMPANY OF TEXAS, N.A.

   
By: Bill Barber                        By:  /s/ John C. Stohlmann
    -----------------------------           ----------------------------------

    Name: William J. Barber                 Name: John C. Stohlmann
         ------------------------                -----------------------------

    Title: Vice President                   Title: Vice President
          -----------------------                 ----------------------------
    

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                         FORM

                                          of

                             CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION,
                                PREFERENCE AND RIGHTS

                                          of

                    SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

                                          of

                          Billing Information Concepts Corp.

                           (Pursuant to Section 151 of the
                  General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)


                              -------------------------


    Billing Information Concepts Corp., a corporation organized and existing
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "corporation"),
hereby certifies that the following resolution was adopted by the Board of
Directors of the corporation as required by Section 151 of the General
Corporation Law at a meeting on July 10, 1996:

    RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board
of Directors of the corporation (the "Board of Directors") in accordance with
the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation,
the Board of Directors hereby creates the following series of preferred stock,
par value $.01 per share, of the corporation:

    The designation and number of shares, and the relative rights, preferences,
and limitations of the corporation's Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock is as follows:

    SECTION 1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.

    The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and the number
of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 6,000.  Such number
of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors;
provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus
the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding
options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities
issued by the corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.


                                          1

<PAGE>

    SECTION 2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
   
         (A)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any other
    series of preferred stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, the
    holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders
    of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the
    corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive,
    when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
    available for the purpose, cumulative preferential dividends, payable in
    cash on the first day of January, April, July and October in each year
    (each such date being referred to herein as "Quarterly Dividend Payment
    Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the
    first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred
    Stock, at a rate per annum (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the
    greater of (a) $1.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for
    adjustment hereinafter set forth, 10,000 times the aggregate per share
    amount of all cash dividends, and 10,000 times the aggregate per share
    amount (payable in kind) of all noncash dividends or other distributions
    (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision
    of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or
    otherwise)), declared on the Common Stock during the immediately preceding
    fiscal year.  In the event the corporation shall at any time after the date
    on which U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") distributes the Common Stock to
    the holders of USLD's Common Stock (the "USLD Distribution Date") declare or
    pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or
    effect a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of
    a dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of 
    the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of
    shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders
    of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to 
    such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by
    multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
    of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
    denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were 
    outstanding immediately prior to such event.
    
         (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
    Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A)
    above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the
    Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

         (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
    next preceding the date of issuance of such shares, unless the date of
    issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly
    Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin
    to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of
    issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record
    date for determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
    entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend
    Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to
    accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
    Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on
    the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total
    amount


                                          2

<PAGE>

    of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
    allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the
    time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the
    determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to
    receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which
    record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the
    payment thereof.

    SECTION 3.  VOTING RIGHTS.

    The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following
voting rights:
   
         (A)  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder
    thereof to 10,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the
    stockholders of the corporation.  In the event the corporation shall at any
    time after the USLD Distribution Date declare or pay any dividend on the 
    Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision 
    (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares
    of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares
    of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,
    then in each such case the number of votes to which holders of shares of 
    Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event 
    shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator 
    of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately 
    after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of 
    Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
    
         (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of
    Designation, Preferences and Rights in respect of a series of preferred
    stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, in the Restated
    Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, or by law, the holders of
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common
    Stock and any other capital stock of the corporation having general voting
    rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote
    of stockholders of the corporation.

         (C)  Except as set forth herein, in the Restated Certificate of
    Incorporation of the corporation or as otherwise provided by law, holders
    of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their
    consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to
    vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any
    corporate action.

    SECTION 4.  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

         (A)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
    payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in
    arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
    distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred
    Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the corporation shall not:


                                          3

<PAGE>

              (i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on
         any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
         liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
         Stock;

              (ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions,
         on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
         upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A
         Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A
         Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are
         payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
         holders of all such shares are then entitled;

              (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
         shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
         liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
         Stock, provided that the corporation may at any time redeem, purchase
         or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for
         shares of any stock of the corporation ranking junior (both as to
         dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the
         Series A Preferred Stock; or

              (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
         of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a
         parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a
         purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
         Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as
         the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual
         dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the
         respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will
         result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or
         classes.

         (B) The corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the corporation
    to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of
    the corporation unless the corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this
    Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
    such manner.

    SECTION 5.  REACQUIRED SHARES.

    Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise
acquired by the corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and
cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon
their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock
without designation as to series and may be reissued as part of a new series of
preferred stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth
herein, in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other
Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights in respect of a series of
preferred stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, or as otherwise
required by law.


                                          4

<PAGE>

    SECTION 6.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.
   
    Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, no 
distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of Common Stock or 
any other stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock upon 
liquidation, distribution or winding up, unless, prior thereto, the holders 
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $1.00 per share, 
plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions 
thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment; provided that 
the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to 
receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for 
adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 10,000 times the aggregate amount 
to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) the 
holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred 
Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, except distributions made 
ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in 
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are 
entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the event the 
corporation shall at any time after the USLD Distribution Date declare or pay 
any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect 
a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend 
in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the outstanding 
shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common 
Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares 
of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event 
under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted 
by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and 
the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were 
outstanding immediately prior to such event.
    
    SECTION 7.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.

    In case the corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, 
combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are 
exchanged for or converted or changed into other stock or securities, cash 
and/or any other property, then in any such case proper provision shall be 
made so that each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be 
similarly exchanged for or converted or changed into an amount per share, 
subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 
10,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other 
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, for which or into which each 
share of Common Stock is exchanged for or converted or changed.  In the event 
the corporation shall at any time after the USLD Distribution Date declare or 
pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or 
effect a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a 
dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the 
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares 
of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding 
sentence with respect to the exchange or conversion or change of shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock 
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the 
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to 
such event.

                                          5

<PAGE>

    SECTION 8.  NO REDEMPTION.

    Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

    SECTION 9.  AMENDMENT.

    This Certificate of Designation shall not be amended in any manner that
would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of
the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.


                                          6

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights
is executed on behalf of the corporation by its President and attested by its
Secretary this ___ day of _____, 1996.

                                  BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                                  By:
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            ----------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             ---------------------------------
Attest:



- ------------------------------
Name:
    -------------------------
Title:
     ------------------------


                                          7

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                           [Form of Right Certificate]


Certificate No.                                                           Rights
                -------                                          --------

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER JULY 10, 2006 OR EARLIER IF REDEEMED OR EXCHANGED.  THE
RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION, AT THE OPTION OF BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS
CORP., AT $0.01 PER RIGHT (SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT) ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE
RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  RIGHTS ISSUED TO OR BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO IS OR
BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF SUCH ACQUIRING
PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) OR, UNDER CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES, TRANSFEREES THEREOF, WILL BECOME VOID AS PROVIDED IN SECTION
11(a)(ii) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT AND THEREAFTER MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY
PERSON.


                                Right Certificate

                       Billing Information Concepts Corp.

     This certifies that _________________________, or registered assigns, is
the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which
entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of
the Rights Agreement dated as of July 10, 1996, as the same may be amended from
time to time ("Rights Agreement"), between Billing Information Concepts Corp., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A. (the
"Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution
Date (as that term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M.
(Dallas time) on July 10, 2006 at the principal office of the Rights Agent, or
its successors as Rights Agent, in Dallas, Texas, one ten-thousandth (1/10,000)
of a fully paid and nonassessable share of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Series A Preferred Stock"), of the
Company at a purchase price of $130 per one ten-thousandth of a share, as the
same may from time to time be adjusted in accordance with the Rights Agreement
(the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right
Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed.

     As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock that may be purchased upon the exercise of
the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and
adjustment upon the happening of certain events and, upon the happening of
certain events, securities other than shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or
other property, may be acquired upon exercise of the Rights evidenced by this
Right Certificate, as provided by the Rights Agreement.


                                        1
<PAGE>


     This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Rights Agreement, as amended from time to time, which terms,
provisions and conditions are incorporated herein by reference and made a part
hereof, and reference to the Rights Agreement is made for a full description of
the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the
Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of record of Right Certificates.
Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive office of
the Company.

     This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon
surrender at the principal office of the Rights Agent designated for that
purpose, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or right Certificates of
like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder of record to purchase
the same aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as the Rights
evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered entitled
that holder to purchase.  If this Right Certificate is exercised in part, the
holder shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender hereof, another Right
Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole rights not exercised.

     Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by
this right Certificate may be (i) redeemed by the Company by action of the Board
of Directors at its option at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right, or (ii)
exchanged in whole or in part for shares of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Company, or shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

     No fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock or other securities of the
Company are required to be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights
evidenced hereby (other than fractions of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
that are integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a share), and in lieu
thereof, as provided in the Rights Agreement, a cash payment may be made. As
provided in the Rights Agreement, interests in fractions of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depository
receipts.

     No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Series A Preferred Stock or
of any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the
exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein
be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or
withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings or
other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights
Agreement) or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until
the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been
exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

     This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose
until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

     The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to
administer the Rights Plan and to exercise the rights and powers specifically
granted to the Board of Directors or the Company, or as may be necessary or
advisable in the administration of the Rights Plan.


                                        2
<PAGE>


     WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and
its corporate seal.  Dated as of ________________________, ________.

ATTEST:                            BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                                   By:
- --------------------------              ----------------------------------------
Secretary                          Name:
                                             -----------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                             -----------------------------------

COUNTERSIGNED:

U.S. TRUST COMPANY OF TEXAS, N.A.,
as Rights Agent


By:
     ----------------------------
Name:
          -----------------------
Title:
          -----------------------


                                        3
<PAGE>

                    Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

             (To be executed by the registered holder if such holder
                desires to transfer the Rights evidenced by this
                               Right Certificate.)


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED _______________________________________ hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto
______________________________________________________
                  (Please print name and address of transferee)

_____________________________________________________________________ rights
evidenced by this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest
therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
______________________ Attorney, to transfer such Rights on the books of the
within-named company, with full power of substitution.


Dated:
       ----------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in
the United States.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right
Certificate are not beneficially owned by and were not acquired by the
undersigned from, and are not being assigned to, an Acquiring Person or an
Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Signature

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        4
<PAGE>

              Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate - continued

                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

             (To be executed by the registered holder if such holder
                desires to exercise the Rights evidenced by this
                               Right Certificate.)


To: Billing Information Concepts CORP.

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _______ rights
evidenced by this Right Certificate to purchase the securities or other property
due upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for any such
securities be issued in the name of:

Please insert social security or other identifying number

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right
Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the
name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security or other identifying number

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dated:
        ------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in
the United States.


                                        5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right
Certificate are not beneficially owned by, and were not acquired by the
undersigned from, an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as
defined in the Rights Agreement).


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Signature

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     NOTICE


     The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as
the case may be, must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right
Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change
whatsoever.

     In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or
the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the
Company and the Rights Agent will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights
evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or
Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or
Election to Purchase will not be honored.


F:\SSDOC\56617\36209.5H


                                        1

<PAGE>
 
                                   July 10, 1996
 
U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
San Antonio, Texas 78216
 
Billing Information Concepts Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
San Antonio, Texas 78216
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
   
    You have  requested  our  opinion  regarding  (i)  the  federal  income  tax
consequences  of  the distribution  (the "Distribution")  by U.S.  Long Distance
Corp. ("USLD") of 100% of the outstanding capital stock (the "Billing Stock") of
Billing  Information  Concepts   Corp.,  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of   USLD
("Billing"), to the holders of outstanding shares of common stock of USLD ("USLD
Stock"),  (ii) the grant of options to acquire Billing Stock ("Billing Options")
to holders of options to acquire USLD stock ("USLD Options") in connection  with
the  Distribution, and (iii)  the adjustment to  the exercise price  of the USLD
Options  (the  "Formula  Adjustment")  in  connection  with  the   Distribution.
Specifically,  you have  requested our opinions  whether for  federal income tax
purposes any income, gain or  loss will be recognized  by USLD, Billing, or  the
USLD stockholders solely as a result of such Distribution, and whether the grant
of  the Billing Options or the Formula Adjustment will result in the recognition
of taxable income by USLD or Billing or  the holders of the USLD Options or  the
Billing Options.
    
 
    Subject  to the  qualifications and limitations  described below,  it is our
opinion that the Distribution will be a distribution of stock within the meaning
of section 355(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
and, if challenged by the Internal Revenue  Service, it is more likely than  not
that  a court  would so hold.  Accordingly, it  is our opinion  that for federal
income tax purposes:
 
    (1) No gain or loss will be recognized by USLD or by Billing as a result  of
the Distribution;
 
    (2) No gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be required to
be  included in the income of, the USLD  stockholders as a result of the receipt
of the Billing Stock in the Distribution;
 
    (3) The tax basis of the USLD  Stock held by a USLD stockholder  immediately
before the Distribution will be allocated between the USLD Stock and the Billing
Stock  received by such stockholder in  the Distribution based upon the relative
fair market values of the USLD Stock and the Billing Stock as of the date of the
Distribution; and
 
    (4) The  holding  period  of the  Billing  Stock  in the  hands  of  a  USLD
stockholder  will include the period during which such stockholder held the USLD
Stock, provided the USLD Stock is held as a capital asset by such stockholder on
the date of the Distribution.
 
   
    In addition, based on the qualifications and limitations described below, it
is our opinion that  neither the grant  of the Billing  Options nor the  Formula
Adjustment  will result in the recognition of  taxable income to USLD or Billing
or the holders of the USLD Options or the Billing Options.
    
 
    In connection with rendering this opinion, we have examined and are  relying
upon  (without any  independent investigation or  review thereof)  the truth and
accuracy, at all relevant times,  of the statements, covenants,  representations
and warranties contained in the following documents:
 
    1.   The  Registration Statement on  Form 10 of  Billing (including Exhibits
       thereto) dated as of  May 14, 1996 as  thereafter amended and filed  with
       the  United States Securities  and Exchange Commission  ("SEC") ("Form 10
       Registration Statement");
 
    2.  The Information  Statement on Schedule  14C of USLD  filed with the  SEC
       (including the Annexes and Exhibits thereto);
 
    3.  The Distribution Agreement between USLD and Billing;
 
<PAGE>

U.S. Long Distance Corp.
Billing Information Concepts Corp.
July 10, 1996
Page 2


   
    4.   The Benefit  Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement between
       USLD and Billing (the "Benefit Plans Allocation Agreement");
    
 
   
    5.  Representations made to us by USLD and Billing as set forth in Officers'
       Certificates from Michael  E. Higgins,  Senior Vice  president and  Chief
       Financial Officer of USLD and Alan W. Saltzman, President of Billing (the
       "Officers' Certificates");
    
 
   
    6.   A "Best Interest of Shareholders"  Opinion to the Board of Directors of
       USLD by Chicago Corporation; and
    
 
   
    7.  Such other instruments and  documents related to the Distribution as  we
       have deemed necessary or appropriate.
    
 
    In  rendering the  opinion, we  have been  advised of  (and are specifically
relying upon) the following representations:
 
    (1) Neither USLD nor Billing is under the jurisdiction of a court in a Title
11 or similar case within the meaning of section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.
 
    (2) Each of USLD and  Billing and the USLD  stockholders will pay their  own
expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the Distribution.
 
    (3)  After the Distribution, the same individuals will not serve as officers
of both USLD and Billing.  The Chairman of the Board  of Directors of USLD  will
not be an officer of USLD, but will be Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer  of Billing(the  position of  Chairman of  the Board  is not  an officer
position in  either corporation).  A majority  of the  members of  the Board  of
Directors  of  each  of  USLD and  Billing  will  not be  members  of  the other
corporation's Board.
 
    (4) Immediately  following  the  Distribution, USLD  and  Billing  or  their
respective  subsidiaries will  continue the  conduct of  their respective active
businesses, independently and with  their own employees  except as described  in
the   Officers'  Certificates.  Each   such  active  business   will  have  been
continuously conducted for at least a five-year period ending on the date of the
Distribution and will not have been  acquired within such five-year period in  a
transaction in which gain or loss was recognized in whole or in part.
 
    (5) Following the Distribution, at least 90% of the fair market value of the
gross assets of each of USLD and Billing will consist of (i) stock in controlled
corporations, which controlled corporations are engaged in the active conduct of
a  trade or business  or (ii) assets  that are used  in the active  conduct of a
trade or business.
 
    (6) There will be no indebtedness between USLD or its affiliates and Billing
or its affiliates immediately after the Distribution except as described in  the
Officers'  Certificates. Any indebtedness between the two corporate groups owned
by USLD and Billing respectively after the Distribution will be incurred only in
the ordinary course of business and on an arm's length basis.
 
   
    (7) (a) Neither USLD nor Billing is registered under the Investment  Company
Act  of 1940, as amended, as a management  company or an investment trust or has
in effect an election under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  to
be treated as a business development company;
    
 
   
        (b)  neither USLD nor Billing have filed  with any federal tax return an
    election to be a regulated investment  company or has made such an  election
    for any taxable year;
    
 
   
        (c) USLD and Billing each derive less than ninety percent (90%) of their
    respective  gross income from dividends,  interest, payments with respect to
    securities loans and gains  from the sale or  other disposition of stock  or
    securities  or foreign currencies or from  other income derived with respect
    to investing in stock, securities or currency;
    
 
   
        (d) less than fifty percent  (50%) of the value  of the total assets  of
    USLD  and less than fifty percent (50%) of  the value of the total assets of
    Billing are stocks  and securities,  provided that for  such purposes  total
    assets  excludes  (1)  cash  and  cash  items  (including  receivables), (2)
    government securities and (3)  assets acquired (A) such  that not more  than
    twenty-five  percent (25%) of the value  of USLD's or Billing's total assets
    is  invested   in   stock   and   securities   of   any   one   (1)   issuer
    
 
<PAGE>

U.S. Long Distance Corp.
Billing Information Concepts Corp.
July 10, 1996
Page 3


   
    and  not more than fifty  percent (50%) of the value  of its total assets is
    invested in the stock and securities of five (5) or fewer issuers  (treating
    members  of  a controlled  group as  a  single issuer)  or (B)  to terminate
    classification as an investment company; and
    
 
   
        (e) less than eighty percent (80%) of  the value of the total assets  of
    USLD  and less than eighty percent (80%) of the value of the total assets of
    Billing are  assets held  for investment,  provided that  for such  purposes
    total  assets excludes (1) cash and  cash items (including receivables), (2)
    government securities and (3)  assets acquired (A) such  that not more  than
    twenty-five  percent (25%) of the value  of USLD's or Billing's total assets
    is invested in stock and securities of any one (1) issuer and not more  than
    fifty  percent (50%)  of the value  of its  total assets is  invested in the
    stock and securities  of five (5)  or fewer issuers  (treating members of  a
    controlled  group as a single issuer)  or (B) to terminate classification as
    an investment company.
    
 
    (8) The financial information contained in USLD's most recent Form 10-Q  and
in  the  Form  10 Registration  Statement  is representative  of  the respective
business operations of  USLD and  Billing, and  there have  been no  substantial
operational changes since the dates thereof.
 
    (9) There is no current plan or intention on the part of USLD or Billing, as
applicable,  to (i) liquidate USLD  (or any of its  subsidiaries) or Billing (or
any of its subsidiaries) subsequent to the Distribution, (ii) merge any of these
corporations with another corporation subsequent  to the Distribution, or  (iii)
sell   or  otherwise  dispose  of  their  respective  assets  or  the  stock  or
substantially all of the assets  of their respective subsidiaries subsequent  to
the Distribution, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.
 
   (10)  No  part  of  the  Billing  Stock to  be  distributed  by  USLD  in the
Distribution will be received by a USLD stockholder as a creditor or employee or
in any capacity other than that of a stockholder of USLD.
 
   (11) To the best knowledge of  the management of USLD, the USLD  stockholders
have no current plan or intent to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or otherwise
dispose  of, subsequent to the Distribution, any  of their USLD Stock held as of
the date of the Distribution or any of their Billing Stock to be received in the
Distribution. To the best  knowledge of management of  USLD, there is no  person
who  is directly or indirectly,  or together with related  persons, the owner of
five percent or more of any class of USLD stock and who actively participates in
the management or operations of USLD or Billing.
 
   (12) Payments made  in connection  with all  continuing transactions  between
USLD  (or any of its subsidiaries) and Billing (or any of its subsidiaries) will
be for fair  market value  based upon  terms and  conditions arrived  at by  the
parties bargaining at arm's length.
 
   (13)  Following the Distribution, it is  anticipated that Billing will derive
no more than  five percent  (5%) of  its gross  revenues from  the rendering  of
services to or other transactions with USLD and/or any of USLD's affiliates.
 
   
   (14) Immediately prior to the Distribution, USLD will have a positive federal
income tax basis in excess of $10,000,000 with respect to the Billing Stock that
it  then  holds. In  addition, the  internal  tax accounting  staff of  USLD and
Billing, which staff is responsible for (a) maintaining the tax investment basis
of USLD and its investment  in its subsidiaries and  (b) the preparation of  the
consolidated  federal income  tax returns  for such  consolidated group,  is not
aware of  any transactions  between  or among  USLD,  Billing and/or  the  other
corporate members of such consolidated group which would require the recognition
of income for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Distribution.
    
 
   (15)  The  Board  of  Directors  of USLD  (the  "Board")  has  considered the
Distribution and explored alternatives that might achieve the corporate business
purposes of USLD for undertaking the Distribution, and, after due  consideration
and  in accordance with advice received from third-party advisors, the Board has
determined that the  business purposes  of USLD  cannot be  achieved through  an
alternative  nontaxable  transaction  which is  neither  impractical  nor unduly
expensive and, accordingly, has approved the  Distribution as the best means  of
achieving such corporate business purposes.
 
   
   (16)  None of the USLD Options were designated as incentive stock options, at
the time of their grant.
    
 
<PAGE>

U.S. Long Distance Corp.
Billing Information Concepts Corp.
July 10, 1996
Page 4


   
   (17) The USLD Options are not now  and have never been actively traded on  an
established market.
    
 
   
   (18)  None of the USLD Options are  transferable by the holder thereof except
pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution or a domestic relations order.
    
 
   
   (19) None of  the USLD  Options were  immediately exercisable  by the  holder
thereof at the time of its grant.
    
 
    In  addition to  the representations and  assumptions set  forth above, this
opinion is subject to the  exceptions, limitations and qualifications set  forth
below.
 
    To  be tax-free  under the Internal  Revenue Code, the  Distribution must be
motivated by one or  more corporate business purposes  of USLD. This means  that
USLD  must have  identified one  or more  business purposes,  germane to  it (as
opposed to  its  stockholders)  for  the Distribution  and  that  such  business
purposes  create an immediate  need for the Distribution  and cannot be achieved
through any suitable, nontaxable alternative arrangement.
 
    USLD has identified  several business purposes  for the Distribution.  These
include among others described in the Form 10 Registration Statement:
 
    (1)  addressing  concerns  from Billing's  customers  regarding  the current
       relationship between USLD and Billing;
 
    (2) better access to capital markets for Billing; and
 
    (3) enhancing  stockholder  value  for  both  USLD  stockholders  and,  post
       Distribution, Billing stockholders.
 
    Concerns  of key  customers and better  access to capital  markets have been
recognized by the Internal Revenue  Service as legitimate business purposes  but
enhancement  of stockholder value has not been so recognized. However, the Board
of USLD received an opinion from The Chicago Corporation to the effect that  the
Distribution is in the best interest of USLD stockholders from a financial point
of  view.  In light  of this  opinion,  USLD has  identified the  enhancement of
stockholder value  as one  of the  business purposes  for the  Distribution.  We
believe  it is more likely  than not that if  challenged by the Internal Revenue
Service, USLD would  prevail in  its assertion that  enhancement of  stockholder
value  is a legitimate corporate business purpose for the Distribution. In light
of the foregoing, the fact that  the Internal Revenue Service does not  consider
the enhancement of stockholder value a corporate business purpose does not alter
our opinion expressed above concerning the tax consequences of the Distribution.
 
    On  April 21,  1996 the  Internal Revenue  Service issued  Revenue Procedure
96-30 setting forth guidelines for obtaining  an advance ruling that a  spin-off
transaction  meets the standards for tax-free  treatment under Code section 355.
Included in  the  Revenue Procedure  are  detailed requirements  for  supporting
certain  specified corporate business purposes  (including customer concerns and
capital market access) for a spin-off  transaction for purposes of obtaining  an
advance  ruling. Neither USLD nor Billing have sought an advance ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service  and the  requirements set forth  in Revenue  Procedure
96-30  are procedural  guidelines for advance  ruling purposes only  and are not
substantive law requirements to establish a  business purpose where a ruling  is
not  requested. In addition, Appendix A to the Revenue Procedure states that the
failure of a transaction to  meet these guidelines does  not, in and of  itself,
mean there is not a valid business purpose. Therefore, while offering no opinion
on  whether or not any  specific requirements of the  Revenue Procedure would be
met with respect  to the Distribution,  we have concluded  that the issuance  of
Revenue  Procedure 96-30  does not affect  or alter our  opinion expressed above
concerning the tax consequences of the Distribution.
 
    This opinion represents and  is based upon our  best judgment regarding  the
application   of  federal   income  tax   laws,  existing   judicial  decisions,
administrative regulations and published rulings  and procedures as of June  30,
1996.  Our  opinion is  not binding  upon  the Internal  Revenue Service  or the
courts, and  the Internal  Revenue Service  is not  precluded from  successfully
asserting  a contrary position. Only an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service will give a taxpayer assurance as
 
<PAGE>

U.S. Long Distance Corp.
Billing Information Concepts Corp.
July 10, 1996
Page 5


to the tax consequences of a transaction such as the Distribution.  Furthermore,
no  assurance can be  given that future  legislative, judicial or administrative
changes, on  either a  prospective  or retroactive  basis, would  not  adversely
affect the accuracy of the conclusions stated herein. Nevertheless, we undertake
no  responsibility to advise you  of any new developments  in the application or
interpretation of the federal income tax laws subsequent to June 30, 1996.
 
   
    This opinion addresses only the  specific tax consequences set forth  above,
and does not address any other federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences
that  may result from  the Distribution or any  other transaction (including any
transaction undertaken in connection with  the Distribution). In particular,  we
express  no opinion  regarding (i) the  survival and/or  availability, after the
Distribution, of any of the federal  income tax attributes or elections of  USLD
or   Billing;  and  (ii)  except  as  specifically  addressed  herein,  the  tax
consequences of any transaction in which an option or other right to (a) acquire
Billing stock was received or adjusted or (b) acquire USLD stock was received or
adjusted.
    
 
   
    No opinion is expressed as to  any transaction other than the  Distribution.
No  opinion  is  expressed  as  to  any  transaction  whatsoever,  including the
Distribution and the grant of the  Billing Options or the Formula Adjustment  to
the  USLD Options, if all the transactions described in the Billing Registration
Statement on Form 10  are not consummated in  accordance with the terms  thereof
and  without departure  from any  material provision  thereof or  if all  of the
representations, warranties,  statements  and  assumptions upon  which  we  have
relied  are not true and accurate at all relevant times. In the event any one of
the statements, representations,  warranties or assumptions  upon which we  have
relied  to  issue this  opinion  is incorrect,  our  opinion might  be adversely
affected and, therefore, may not be relied upon.
    
 
   
    This opinion is intended solely for your benefit. It may not be relied  upon
for  any other purpose  or by any  other person or  entity, and may  not be made
available to any other  person or entity without  our prior written consent.  We
hereby  consent to the  inclusion of this  opinion as an  exhibit in the Billing
Registration Statement on Form 10 and to  the references to our name therein  in
the  discussions entitled  "Summary-Certain Federal  Tax Consequences", "Special
Factors-Uncertainty of Tax Consequences,"  "The Distribution -- Certain  Federal
Income  Tax Consequences of the  Distribution" and "Relationship Between Billing
and USLD  after  the  Distribution  --  Benefit  Plans  and  Employment  Matters
Allocation  Agreement  -- Tax  Effect of  Option Adjustment"  or in  the summary
thereof.
    
 
    We are members of the  Bar of the State of  Texas and, for purposes of  this
opinion,  we do not purport  to be experts on the  law of any jurisdiction other
than Texas and the United States of America. We call your attention to the  fact
that  the opinion  set forth  in this  letter is  an expression  of professional
judgment and not a guarantee of a result.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          ARTER & HADDEN
 

<PAGE>


   
                            DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                    between

                           U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                      and

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

                                 dated as of

                                July 10, 1996
    





<PAGE>



                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
   
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS.....................................................  1
      Section 1.01.   General..............................................  1
      Section 1.02.   Terms Defined Elsewhere in Agreement.................  8
    

   
ARTICLE II. PRELIMINARY TRANSFERS..........................................  9
      Section 2.01.   Preliminary Transfers................................  9
      Section 2.02.   Transfers of Assets from Billing Group Subsidiaries 
                        to USLD or Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries... 10
      Section 2.03.   Transfers Not Effected Prior to the Distribution..... 10
      Section 2.04.   Cooperation Regarding Assets......................... 10
      Section 2.05.   No Representations or Warranties; Consents........... 11
      Section 2.06.   Preliminary Transfer................................. 11
      Section 2.07.   Cash Allocation; Cash Management..................... 12
    

   
ARTICLE III. ASSUMPTION AND SATISFACTION OF LIABILITIES.................... 13
      Section 3.01.   Assumption and Satisfaction of Liabilities........... 13
      Section 3.02.   USLD and Billing Guarantees.......................... 13
    

   
ARTICLE IV. OBLIGATIONS FOR USLD WARRANTS

      Section 4.01.   Sharing of Warrant Obligations....................... 13
      Section 4.02.   Issuance of Billing Common Stock Upon Exercise
                        of Warrants........................................ 14
      Section 4.03.   Allocation of Exercise Price......................... 14
      Section 4.04.   Amendment to Warrants................................ 14
    

   
ARTICLE V. OBLIGATIONS FOR NON-PLAN OPTIONS................................ 15
      Section 5.01.   Grant of Non-Plan Option............................. 15
    

   
ARTICLE VI. THE DISTRIBUTION............................................... 15
      Section 6.01.   Cooperation Prior to the Distribution................ 15
      Section 6.02.   USLD Board Action; Conditions Precedent to the
                        Distribution....................................... 16
      Section 6.03.   The Distribution..................................... 17
      Section 6.04.   Securities Filings................................... 17
    
   
ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION............................................... 17
      Section 7.01.   Indemnification by USLD.............................. 17
      Section 7.02.   Indemnification by Billing........................... 18
      Section 7.03.   Insurance Proceeds................................... 18
      Section 7.04.   Procedure for Indemnification........................ 18
      Section 7.05.   Remedies Cumulative.................................. 20
      Section 7.06.   Survival of Indemnities.............................. 20
    


                                    (i)
<PAGE>

   
ARTICLE VIII. CERTAIN ADDITIONAL MATTERS................................... 20
      Section 8.01.   Billing Board........................................ 20
      Section 8.02.   Resignations; USLD Board............................. 21
      Section 8.03.   Certificate and Bylaws............................... 21
      Section 8.04.   Certain Post-Distribution Transactions............... 21
      Section 8.05.   Billing Rights Plan.................................. 22
      Section 8.06.   Use of the "USLD" Name and the USLD Logo............. 22
      Section 8.07.   Noncompetition Agreement............................. 22
    

   
ARTICLE IX. ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES............................. 23
      Section 9.01.   Provision of Corporate Records....................... 23
      Section 9.02.   Access to Information................................ 24
      Section 9.03.   Production of Witnesses.............................. 24
      Section 9.04.   Reimbursement........................................ 24
      Section 9.05.   Retention of Records................................. 25
      Section 9.06.   Confidentiality...................................... 25
      Section 9.07.   Privileged Matters................................... 25
    

   
ARTICLE X. INSURANCE....................................................... 27
      Section 10.01.  Policies and Rights Included Within the Billing 
                        Group Assets....................................... 27
      Section 10.02.  Post-Distribution Date Claims........................ 27
      Section 10.03.  Administration and Reserves.......................... 28
      Section 10.04.  Agreement for Waiver of Conflict and Shared Defense.. 28
    

   
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS.................................................. 29
      Section 11.01.  Complete Agreement; Construction..................... 29
      Section 11.02.  Expenses............................................. 29
      Section 11.03.  Governing Law........................................ 29
      Section 11.04.  Notices.............................................. 29
      Section 11.05.  Amendments........................................... 30
      Section 11.06.  Successors and Assigns............................... 30
      Section 11.07.  Termination.......................................... 30
      Section 11.08.  Subsidiaries......................................... 30
      Section 11.09.  No Third-Party Beneficiaries......................... 30
      Section 11.10.  Titles and Headings.................................. 30
      Section 11.11.  Exhibits and Schedules............................... 30
      Section 11.12.  Legal Enforceability................................. 30
      Section 11.13.  Arbitration of Disputes.............................. 30
      Section 11.14.  Prompt Action........................................ 31
      Section 11.15.  Applicability to Related Agreements.................. 31
    

   
INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES............................................ 33
    


                                      (ii)

<PAGE>


                           DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

   
      This DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of this 10th 
day of July, 1996, between U.S. Long Distance Corp., a Delaware corporation 
("USLD"), and Billing Information Concepts Corp., a Delaware corporation and 
wholly-owned subsidiary of USLD ("Billing").
    

                                  RECITALS

      WHEREAS, USLD, through its subsidiaries, (i) provides direct dial long
distance services, primarily to commercial customers, and operator services for
the hospitality and private pay phone industries (the "Telecommunications
Group") and (ii) provides billing clearinghouse and information management
services for other direct dial long distance and operator services companies and
for information providers, equipment suppliers and other telecommunication
services providers (the "Billing Group").
   

      WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of USLD has determined that it is in the
best interests of USLD and the stockholders of USLD to separate the 
Telecommunications Group and the Billing Group, and, in order to effect such 
separation, to cause certain USLD subsidiaries conducting the business of the 
Billing Group to merge with and into two wholly owned subsidiaries of Billing 
and for the Telecommunications Group to transfer to Billing certain assets 
and liabilities relating principally to the Billing Group, for the Billing 
Group to transfer to USLD and/or the Telecommunications Group certain assets 
and liabilities not relating principally to the Billing Group and to engage 
in certain other transactions (the "Preliminary Transfers"), and thereafter 
to distribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 
per share, of Billing to the holders of USLD Common Stock (the 
"Distribution");
    

      WHEREAS, in connection with the Distribution, Billing and USLD have
determined that it is necessary and desirable to set forth the principal
transactions required to effect the Distribution, and to set forth the
agreements that will govern certain matters following the Distribution.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and
covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I.

                                 DEFINITIONS

      Section 1.01.   GENERAL.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the following meanings.


                                        1 
<PAGE>



            ACTION:  Any action, claim, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding
or investigation by or before any court, any government or other regulatory or
administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal.

            AFFILIATE:  Means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or
indirect common control with, such specified Person.  For purposes of this
definition, "control," when used with respect to any Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" shall have meanings correlative to
the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Affiliates of USLD shall
not include Billing, the Billing Group Subsidiaries or any other Person that
otherwise would be an Affiliate of USLD by reason of USLD's ownership of the
capital stock of Billing prior to the Distribution or the fact that any officer
or director of Billing or any of the Billing Group Subsidiaries shall also serve
as an officer or director of USLD or any of the Telecommunications Group
Subsidiaries, and (ii) the Affiliates of Billing shall not include USLD, the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries or any other Person that otherwise would
be an Affiliate of Billing by reason of USLD's ownership of the capital stock of
Billing prior to the Distribution or the fact that any officer or director of
Billing or any of the Billing Group Subsidiaries shall also serve as an officer
or director of USLD or any of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries.

            AGENT:   Montreal Trust Company of Canada, as distribution agent
appointed by USLD to distribute the Billing Common Stock pursuant to the
Distribution.

            BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT:  The
Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement between Billing and
USLD, which agreement shall be entered into on or prior to the Distribution Date
in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

            BILLING BOARD:  The Board of Directors of Billing.

            BILLING BOOKS AND RECORDS:  The books and records (including
computerized records) of Billing and the Billing Group Subsidiaries and any
other books and records of USLD's Subsidiaries that relate principally to the
Billing Group, are necessary to conduct the Billing Group Business, or are
required by law to be retained by Billing or a Billing Group Subsidiary,
including, without limitation, all such books and records relating to Billing
Group Employees, all files relating to any Action being assumed by Billing as
part of the Billing Group Liabilities, original corporate minute books, stock
ledgers and certificates and corporate seals, and all licenses, leases,
agreements and filings, relating to Billing, the Billing Group Subsidiaries or
the Billing Group Business (but not including the USLD Books and Records,
provided that Billing shall have access to, and have the right to obtain
duplicate copies of, the USLD Books and Records that pertain to the Billing
Group Business in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement).


                                        2 
<PAGE>


            BILLING BYLAWS:  The Bylaws of Billing, substantially in the form
of EXHIBIT B, to be in effect at the Distribution Date.

            BILLING CERTIFICATE:  The Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Billing, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C, to be in
effect at the Distribution Date.

            BILLING COMMON STOCK:  The common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of Billing (together with any rights issued pursuant to the Billing
Rights Plan).

            BILLING GROUP:  Billing and the Billing Group Subsidiaries,
collectively.

            BILLING GROUP AGREEMENTS:  All agreements to which USLD or any of
the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries is a party relating principally to the
Billing Group Business.

            BILLING GROUP ASSETS:  (i) The Billing Group Subsidiaries' Stock;
(ii) the Transferred Intellectual Property; (iii) the Billing Books and Records;
(iv) the Billing Group Agreements; (v) all other assets, absolute or contingent,
expressly to be assigned or allocated to Billing or the Billing Group
Subsidiaries under this Agreement or the Related Agreements; and (vi) any other
assets of USLD and its Subsidiaries used principally in the Billing Group
Business and not held by Billing or one of the Billing Group Subsidiaries, but
excluding any assets related to the USLD Group's direct billing function for the
billing of direct dial long distance charges.

            BILLING GROUP BUSINESS:  The business conducted by the Billing
Group, as referenced in the recitals to this Agreement.

            BILLING GROUP EMPLOYEES:  The meaning specified in the Benefit
Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.

            BILLING GROUP LIABILITIES:  (i) All of the Liabilities of the
Billing Group under, or to be retained or assumed by Billing or any of the
Billing Group Subsidiaries pursuant to, this Agreement or any of the Related
Agreements; (ii) all Liabilities for payment, after the Distribution Date, of
outstanding drafts of USLD and its Subsidiaries existing as of the Distribution
Date attributable to the conduct of the Billing Group Businesses by the Billing
Group; (iii) all Liabilities of the Billing Group Subsidiaries, other than
Liabilities transferred to USLD or to any Telecommunications Group Subsidiary as
part of the Preliminary Transfers; and (iv) all other Liabilities arising out
of, or in connection with, any of the Billing Group Assets or the Billing Group
Business, including common area maintenance or other adjustments under
applicable lease agreements, but excluding any liabilities related to the USLD
Group's direct billing function for the billing of direct dial long distance
charges; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Billing Group Liabilities shall not
include any Financing Obligations of USLD or the Telecommunications Group
Subsidiaries, except to the extent otherwise set forth above or reflected in the
Billing Pro Forma Balance Sheet.


                                        3 
<PAGE>


            BILLING GROUP POLICIES:  All Policies, current or past, which are
owned or maintained by or on behalf of USLD or any of its Affiliates or
predecessors, which relate to the Billing Group Business and the
Telecommunications Group Business, and which Policies are to be assigned to the
Billing Group.

            BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES:  The Subsidiaries identified on
SCHEDULE 1.01(a) and directly or indirectly controlled by Billing at the time
of the Distribution.

            BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES' STOCK:  All of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of the Billing Group Subsidiaries.

            BILLING GUARANTEE:  (a) Any guarantee by Billing or any Billing
Group Subsidiary of the performance or obligation of USLD or any
Telecommunications Group Subsidiary under any agreement or obligation to which
USLD or any Telecommunications Group Subsidiary is a party and (b) any
continuing liability of Billing under any Billing Group Agreement transferred to
USLD or any Telecommunications Group Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement or
retained by Billing and held by Billing in trust for USLD pursuant to Section
2.03 of this Agreement.
   
            BILLING PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET:  The Pro Forma Consolidated
Balance Sheet of Billing as of June 30, 1996, attached hereto as EXHIBIT D.
    
            CREDIT SUPPORT FEE:  A fee equal to one percent (1%) per annum of
the monthly average guaranteed rental, performance and other obligations to
which the credit support applies.

            CUT OFF DATE:  The day preceding the Record Date.

   
            DISTRIBUTION DATE:  The date determined by the USLD Board as the
date on which Distribution shall be effected, which Distribution Date is
contemplated by the USLD Board to occur on or about          , 1996.
    

   
            DISTRIBUTION RECORD DATE:  The date established by the USLD Board
as the date for taking a record of the Holders of USLD Common Stock entitled to
participate in the Distribution, which Distribution Record Date has been
established as         , 1996, subject to the fulfillment on or before       ,
1996 of certain conditions to the Distribution as provided in Section 6.02.

            FINANCING OBLIGATIONS:  All (i) indebtedness for borrowed money,
(ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,
(iii) obligations under capitalized leases and deferred purchase arrangements,
(iv) reimbursement or other obligations relating to letters of credit or
similar arrangements, and (v) obligations to guarantee, directly or indirectly,
any of the foregoing types of obligations on behalf of others.
    

                                        4 

<PAGE>


            HOLDERS:  The holders of record of USLD Common Stock as of the
Distribution Record Date.
   
            INFORMATION STATEMENT:  The definitive Information Statement
provided to holders of USLD Common Stock in connection with the Distribution.
    
            INSURANCE PROCEEDS:  Those moneys (i) received by an insured from
an insurance carrier or (ii) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the
insured, in either case net of any applicable premium adjustment,
retrospectively-rated premium, deductible, retention, cost or reserve paid or
held by or for the benefit of such insured.

            INSURED CLAIMS:  Those Liabilities that, individually or in the
aggregate, are covered within the terms and conditions of any of the Policies,
whether or not subject to deductibles, co-insurance, uncollectibility or
retrospectively-rated premium adjustments, but only to the extent that such
Liabilities are within applicable Policy limits, including aggregates.

            IRS:  The Internal Revenue Service.
   
            LEASING AGREEMENT:  The Leasing Agreement between USLD and
Billing, pursuant to which USLD agrees to pay certain usage charges and
expenses relating to the leasing of an airplane owned by Billing, which
agreement shall be entered into on or prior to the Distribution Date in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT E attached hereto.
    
            LIABILITIES:  Any and all debts, liabilities and obligations,
absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated,
accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, including all costs
and expenses relating thereto, and including, without limitation, those debts,
liabilities and obligations arising under any law, rule, regulation, Action,
threatened Action, order or consent decree of any governmental entity or any
award of any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract,
commitment or undertaking.

            PERSON:  Any individual, corporation, partnership, association,
trust, estate or other entity or organization, including any governmental entity
or authority.

            POLICIES:  Insurance policies and insurance contracts of any kind
relating to the Billing Group Business or the Telecommunications Group Business
as conducted prior to the Distribution Date, including without limitation
primary and excess policies, comprehensive general liability policies,
automobile, aircraft and workers' compensation insurance policies, and
self-insurance arrangements, together with the rights and benefits thereunder.
   
            POST DISTRIBUTION BILLING CLOSING STOCK PRICE:  The per share price
equal to the average of the Billing Closing Stock Price for each of the ten
consecutive trading days beginning on and including the Distribution Date.
    

                                        5 
<PAGE>


            POST DISTRIBUTION USLD CLOSING STOCK PRICE:  The per share price
equal to the average of the USLD Closing Stock Price for each of the ten
consecutive trading days beginning on and including the Distribution Date.

            PRELIMINARY TRANSFER INSTRUMENTS:  Collectively, the various
agreements, instruments and other documents to be entered into to effect the
Preliminary Transfers and the assignment of assets and the assumption of
Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements in the
manner contemplated herein and therein.

            PRIVILEGES:  All privileges that may be asserted under applicable
law including, without limitation, privileges arising under or relating to the
attorney-client relationship (including but not limited to the attorney-client
and work product privileges), the accountant-client privilege, and privileges
relating to internal evaluative processes.

            PRIVILEGED INFORMATION:  All information to which USLD, Billing or
any of their respective Subsidiaries are entitled to assert the protection of a
Privilege.
   
            RELATED AGREEMENTS:  All of the agreements, instruments,
understandings, assignments or other arrangements set forth in writing, which
are entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
including, without limitation, the Preliminary Transfer Agreements, the Benefit
Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement,
and the Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement and the Leasing Agreement.
    
            SHARED POLICIES:  All Policies, current or past, that are owned or
maintained by or on behalf of USLD or any of its Subsidiaries or their
respective predecessors, which relate to both the Telecommunications Group
Business and the Billing Group Business.

            SUBSIDIARY:  With respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of
which at least a majority in interest of the outstanding voting stock (having by
the terms thereof voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority
of the directors of such corporation, irrespective of whether or not at the time
stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have
voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time,
directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such Person, by one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more of its
Subsidiaries, or (b) any corporate or non-corporate entity in which such Person
and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the
date of determination thereof, has an ownership interest and which is included
in the consolidated financial reports of such Person consistent with generally
accepted accounting principles.
   
            SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENTS:  The Amendments to the Warrant
Certificates executed by USLD and Billing reflecting the adjustments to the 
Warrants necessary to implement the agreements set forth in Article IV.
    
            TAX OPINION:  The Tax Opinion given by Arter & Hadden in
connection with the Distribution.


                                        6 
<PAGE>


            TAX SHARING AGREEMENT:  The Tax Sharing Agreement between Billing
and USLD, which agreement shall be entered into on or prior to the Distribution
Date in substantially the form of EXHIBIT F attached hereto.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP AGREEMENTS:  All agreements to which USLD
or any of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries is a party relating
principally to the Telecommunications Group Business.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP ASSETS:  The assets of USLD and the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries including without limitation: (i) the
capital stock of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries; (ii) the USLD Books
and Records; (iii) all of the assets expressly to be retained by, or assigned or
allocated to, USLD or any of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries under
this Agreement or the Related Agreements, including assets relating to the USLD
Group's direct billing function for the billing of direct dial long distance
charges; and (iv) any other assets, absolute or contingent, of USLD and its
Subsidiaries not comprising Billing Group Assets.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP BUSINESS:  The business conducted by the
Telecommunications Group, as referenced in the recitals to this Agreement.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP EMPLOYEES:  The meaning specified in the
Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIABILITIES:  (i) all of the Liabilities
of USLD under, or to be retained or assumed by USLD or any of the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries pursuant to, this Agreement or any of the
Related Agreements; (ii) any Financing Obligations of USLD and its Subsidiaries
not constituting Billing Group Liabilities; (iii) all Liabilities for payment of
outstanding drafts of USLD attributable to the conduct of the Telecommunications
Group or to the Billing Group (to the extent not considered a Billing Group
Liability) existing as of the Distribution Date; (iv) all Liabilities
transferred to USLD or the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries in the
Preliminary Transfers; (v) all other Liabilities arising out of, or in
connection with, any of the Telecommunications Group Assets or the
Telecommunications Group Business, including liabilities relating to the USLD
Group's direct billing function for the billing of direct dial long distance
charges; and (vi) all other Liabilities of USLD and its Subsidiaries not
constituting Billing Group Liabilities, if any, as defined herein, whether past
or present.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP SUBSIDIARIES:  All Subsidiaries of USLD,
except Billing and the Billing Group Subsidiaries.

            TRANSFERRED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:  The intangible properties and
rights listed on Schedule 1.01(b) hereto to be conveyed by USLD to Billing in
connection with the Distribution.
   
            TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AND SUBLEASE AGREEMENT:  The Transitional 
Services and Sublease Agreement by and between USLD and Billing pursuant to 
which (a) such parties will provide to the other certain transitional 
services after consummation of the Distribution, (b)


                                        7 
<PAGE>


Billing will agree to sublease certain space from USLD on a month-to-month 
basis and (c) Billing will assume all of the liabilities for certain other 
space from USLD until March 31, 1997, substantially in the form attached hereto
as EXHIBIT G.
    
            USLD BOARD:  The Board of Directors of USLD as it is constituted
prior to the Distribution Date.

            USLD BOOKS AND RECORDS:  The books and records (including
computerized records) of USLD and the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries and
any other books and records of USLD's Subsidiaries that relate principally to
the Telecommunications Group, are necessary to operate the Telecommunications
Group, or are required by law to be retained by USLD or a Telecommunications
Group Subsidiary, including, without limitation, all books and records relating
to Telecommunications Group Employees, all files relating to any Action
pertaining to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities, original corporate
minute books, stock ledgers and certificates and corporate seals, and all
licenses, leases, agreements and filings, relating to USLD, the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries or the Telecommunications Group Business
(but not including the Billing Books and Records, provided that USLD shall have
access to, and shall have the right to obtain duplicate copies of, the Billing
Books and Records in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.)

            USLD CLOSING STOCK PRICE:  The Nasdaq Stock Market's National
Market closing price per share for USLD Common Stock on the applicable date,
trading regular way.

            USLD COMMON STOCK:  The common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
USLD.

            USLD GROUP:  USLD and the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries,
collectively.

            USLD GUARANTEE:  (a) Any guarantee by USLD or any
Telecommunications Group Subsidiary of the performance or obligation of Billing
or any Billing Group Subsidiary under any agreement or obligation to which
Billing or any Billing Group Subsidiary is a party and (b) any continuing
liability of USLD under any Telecommunications Group Agreement transferred to
Billing or any Billing Group Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement or retained
by USLD and held by USLD in trust for Billing pursuant to Section 2.03 of this
Agreement.

            USLD PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET:  The Pro Forma Consolidated Balance
Sheet of USLD as of June 30, 1996, attached hereto as EXHIBIT H.
   
            WARRANTS:  The Warrants (i) dated February 22, 1996 by and 
between USLD and Paytel Northwest, Inc. to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 
shares of USLD Common Stock and (ii) dated February 23, 1996, by and between 
USLD and Communications Central, Inc. to purchase an aggregate of 125,000 
shares of USLD Common Stock.
    


                                        8 
<PAGE>


      Section 1.02.   TERMS DEFINED ELSEWHERE IN AGREEMENT.  Each of the
following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

      TERM                                                      SECTION
   
      Billing...............................................    Recitals
      Billing Applicable Percentage.........................      4.03
      Billing Group.........................................    Recitals
      Billing Indemnifiable Loss............................      7.01
      Billing Indemnitees...................................      7.01
      Billing Initial Trading Price.........................      4.03
      Billing Non-Plan Option...............................      5.01
      Billing Rights........................................      8.05
      Billing Rights Plan...................................      8.05
      Billing Suspension Period.............................      4.05
      Cash..................................................      2.07
      Consents..............................................      6.01
      Distribution..........................................    Recitals
      Exchange Act .........................................      6.02
      Indemnifiable Loss....................................      7.02
      Indemnifying Party....................................      7.03
      Indemnitee............................................      7.03
      Information...........................................      9.02
      Preliminary Transfers.................................    Recitals
      Sales Price...........................................      4.03
      Telecommunications Group..............................    Recitals
      Third-Party Claim.....................................      7.04
      Trading Day...........................................      4.03
      USLD..................................................    Recitals
      USLD Indemnifiable Loss...............................      7.02
      USLD Indemnitees......................................      7.02
      USLD Initial Cash Balance.............................      2.07
      USLD Initial Trading Price............................      4.03
    


                                  ARTICLE II.


                             PRELIMINARY TRANSFERS
   
      Section 2.01.   PRELIMINARY TRANSFERS.  Prior to the Distribution Date,
USLD shall take or cause to be taken all actions necessary (i) to contribute
two of its wholly owned subsidiaries (U.S. Billing MANAGEMENT Corp. and U.S.
Billing, Inc.) to Billing, (ii) to cause MegaPlus Dialing, Inc., its wholly
owned subsidiary to sell to USLD for $8,785,000 all of the preferred and
common shares of ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. that it owns and then to dissolve,
(iii) to cause ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. to redeem all the preferred and
repurchase all of the common shares previously sold by


                                        9 
<PAGE>


MegaPlus Dialing, Inc. to USLD for $8,785,000, (iv) cause its two 
subsidiaries engaged in the Billing Group Business (Zero Plus Dialing, Inc. 
and Enhanced Services Billing, Inc.) to be merged with U.S. Billing Corp. and 
U.S. Billing, Inc., with Zero Plus Dialing, Inc. and Enhanced Services 
Billing, Inc. surviving, and Zero Plus Dialing, Inc. changing its name to 
Billing Information Concepts, Inc., (v) to cause the transfer, assignment, 
delivery and conveyance to Billing or any Billing Group Subsidiary of all of 
USLD's and its Subsidiaries' right, title and interest in the remaining 
Billing Group Assets and (vi) to effect the cash allocation set forth in 
Section 2.07 below.
    
      Section 2.02.   TRANSFERS OF ASSETS FROM BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES TO
USLD OR TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP SUBSIDIARIES.   Prior to the Distribution
Date, Billing shall take or cause to be taken all action necessary to cause the
transfer, assignment, delivery and conveyance to USLD or any Telecommunications
Group Subsidiary of all of Billing's and its Subsidiaries' right, title and
interest in the Telecommunications Group Assets, if any.

      Section 2.03.   TRANSFERS NOT EFFECTED PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION.  To
the extent that any transfers required and legally made by this Article II shall
not have been fully effected on the Distribution Date, the parties shall
cooperate to effect such transfers as promptly as shall be practicable following
the Distribution Date.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the transfer
of any assets or the assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or
operation of law cannot be transferred or assumed; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
USLD and Billing and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall
cooperate in seeking to obtain any necessary consents or approvals for the
transfer of all assets and Liabilities contemplated to be transferred pursuant
to this Article II.  In the event that any such transfer of assets or
Liabilities has not been consummated effective as of the Distribution Date, the
party retaining such asset or Liability shall thereafter hold such asset in
trust for the use and benefit of the party entitled thereto (at the expense of
the party entitled thereto) and retain such Liability for the account of the
party by whom such Liability is to be assumed pursuant hereto, and take such
other actions as may be reasonably required in order to place the parties,
insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as would have existed had
such asset been transferred or such Liability been assumed as contemplated
hereby.  As and when any such asset or Liability becomes transferable, such
transfer and assumption shall be effected forthwith.  The parties agree that,
except as set forth in this Section 2.03, as of the Distribution Date, each
party hereto shall be deemed to have acquired complete and sole beneficial
ownership over all of the assets, together with all rights, powers and
privileges incidental thereto, and shall be deemed to have assumed in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement all of the Liabilities, and all duties,
obligations and responsibilities incidental thereto, which such party is
entitled to acquire or required to assume pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.

      Section 2.04.   COOPERATION REGARDING ASSETS.  In the case that at any
time after the Distribution Date, Billing reasonably determines that any of the
Telecommunications Group Assets are essential for the conduct of the Billing
Group Business, or USLD reasonably determines that any of the Billing Group
Assets are essential for the conduct of the Telecommunications Group Business,
and the nature of such assets makes it impracticable for Billing or USLD, as the
case may be, to obtain substitute assets or to make alternative


                                        10 
<PAGE>


arrangements on commercially reasonable terms to conduct their respective 
businesses, and reasonable provisions for the use thereof are not already 
included in the Related Agreements, then Billing (with respect to the Billing 
Group Assets) and USLD (with respect to the Telecommunications Group Assets) 
shall cooperate to make such assets available to the other party on 
commercially reasonable terms, as may be reasonably required for such party 
to maintain normal business operations (provided that such assets shall be 
required to be made available only until such time as the other party may 
reasonably obtain substitute assets or make alternative arrangements on 
commercially reasonable terms to permit it to maintain normal business 
operations.)
   
      Section 2.05.   NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES; CONSENTS.  Except as 
specifically provided in this Agreement or in any Related Agreement, each of
the parties hereto understands and agrees that no party hereto is, in this
Agreement, in any Related Agreement, or otherwise, representing or warranting in
any way (i) as to the value or freedom from encumbrance of, or any other matter
concerning, any assets of such party, or (ii) as to the legal sufficiency to
convey title to any asset transferred pursuant to this Agreement or any Related
Agreement.  It is also agreed and understood that there are no warranties,
express or implied, as to the merchantability or fitness of any of the assets
either transferred to or retained by the parties, as the case may be, and all
such assets shall be "as is, where is" and "with all faults"; provided, however,
that the absence of warranties shall have no effect upon the allocation of
Liabilities under this Agreement and provided further that Billing represents
and warrants that, prior to the Distribution Date, Billing and the Billing Group
have maintained their cash balances, accounts payable, accounts receivable and
borrowings under their line of credit with FINOVA Capital Corporation in a
manner consistent with the customary practices of the Billing Group Business.
Each party hereto understands and agrees that no party hereto is, in this
Agreement, in any Related Agreement or otherwise, representing or warranting in
any way that the obtaining of any consents or approvals, the execution and
delivery of any amendatory agreements and the making of any filings or
applications contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Agreement or otherwise
will satisfy the provisions of any or all applicable laws or judgments or other
instruments or agreements relating to such assets.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the parties shall use their good faith efforts to obtain all consents
and approvals, to enter into all reasonable amendatory agreements and to make
all filings and applications that may be reasonably required for the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related
Agreements, and shall take all such further reasonable actions as shall be
reasonably necessary to preserve for each of the Billing Group and the USLD
Group, to the greatest extent feasible, the economic and operational benefits of
the allocation of assets and Liabilities provided for in this Agreement.  In
case at any time after the Distribution Date any further action is necessary or
desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, proper officers and
directors of each party to this Agreement shall take all such necessary or
desirable action.
    
      Section 2.06.   PRELIMINARY TRANSFER INSTRUMENTS.  In connection with
the Preliminary Transfers, the merger of USLD's subsidiaries engaged in the
Billing Group Business with wholly owned subsidiaries of Billing, the assignment
of assets and the assumption of Liabilities and other related transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and any Related Agreements, the parties shall
execute, or cause to be executed by the appropriate entities, the Preliminary


                                        11

<PAGE>


Transfer Instruments in such forms as the parties shall reasonably agree.  All
transactions involving capital stock shall be effected by means of delivery of
stock certificates and executed stock powers and notation on the stock record
books of the corporation or other legal entities and, to the extent required by
applicable law, by notation on public registries.

      Section 2.07.   CASH ALLOCATION; CASH MANAGEMENT.
   
      (a)   CASH ALLOCATION ON THE DISTRIBUTION DATE.  As of the close of 
business on the Distribution Date, Billing shall transfer to USLD out of the 
cash bank balances and short-term investments ("Cash") that it and the 
Billing Group Subsidiaries then hold Cash in an amount necessary for USLD's 
working capital to be approximately $21,500,000 after taking into account the 
payment by USLD of the direct costs of the Distribution and all Preliminary 
Transfers ("USLD Initial Cash Balance"), and Billing shall retain all other 
Cash.  The calculation of the cash amount to be transferred will be based on 
current assets and current liabilities as reported on the USLD balance sheet 
at June 30, 1996.  To the extent practicable, the parties shall use their 
reasonable best efforts to take all necessary action to cause the Cash 
balances of the USLD Group immediately prior to consummation of the 
Distribution to equal the USLD Initial Cash Balance.  In the event the actual 
Cash balances of the USLD Group as of the Distribution are less than the USLD 
Initial Cash Balance, the amount of the deficiency shall be recorded in the 
accounts of USLD and Billing as of the Distribution Date as a payable from 
Billing to USLD (which payable will be paid as promptly as practicable 
following the Distribution); and in the event the actual Cash balances of the 
USLD Group as of the Distribution Date exceeds the USLD Initial Cash Balance, 
the amount of such excess shall be recorded in the accounts of USLD and 
Billing as of the Distribution Date as a payable from USLD to Billing (which 
payable will be paid as promptly as practicable following the Distribution).
    
      (b)   CASH MANAGEMENT AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION DATE.  Billing shall
establish and maintain a separate cash management system and accounting records
with respect to the Billing Group effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the day
following the Distribution Date.  Thereafter, (i) any payments by USLD or the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries on behalf of Billing or the Billing Group
Subsidiaries in connection with the Billing Group (including, without
limitation, any such payments in respect of Liabilities or other obligations of
Billing or the Billing Group Subsidiaries under this Agreement and the Related
Agreements) shall be recorded in the accounts of the Billing Group as a payable
from the Billing Group to the USLD Group; (ii) any payments by Billing or the
Billing Group Subsidiaries on behalf of USLD or the Telecommunications Group
Subsidiaries in connection with the Telecommunications Group Business
(including, without limitation, any such payments in respect of Liabilities or
other obligations of USLD or the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries under
this Agreement and the Related Agreements) shall be recorded in the accounts of
the USLD Group as a payable from the USLD Group to the Billing Group; (iii) any
cash payments received by USLD and the Telecommunications Subsidiaries relating
to the Billing Group Business shall be recorded in the accounts of the USLD
Group as a payable from the USLD Group to the Billing Group; (iv) any cash
payments received by Billing or the Billing Group Subsidiaries relating to the
Telecommunications Group Business shall be recorded in the accounts of the
Billing Group as a payable from the Billing


                                        12

<PAGE>


Group to the USLD Group; (v) Billing and USLD shall make adjustments for late 
deposits, checks returned for not sufficient funds and other 
post-Distribution Date transactions as shall be reasonable under the 
circumstances consistent with the purpose and intent of this Agreement and 
the Related Agreements; and (vi) the net balance due to the USLD Group or the 
Billing Group, as the case may be, in respect of the aggregate amounts of 
clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) shall be paid by Billing or USLD, as 
appropriate, as promptly as practicable.  For purposes of this Section 
2.07(b), the parties contemplate that the Telecommunications Group Business 
and the Billing Group Business, including, but not limited to, the respective 
parties' administration of accounts payable and accounts receivable, will be 
conducted in the normal course.


                                 ARTICLE III.

                 ASSUMPTION AND SATISFACTION OF LIABILITIES
   
      Section 3.01.   ASSUMPTION AND SATISFACTION OF LIABILITIES.   Except as
set forth in the Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement, the
Tax Sharing Agreement, the Transition Services and Sublease Agreement, the
Leasing Agreement or other Related Agreements, effective as of and after
the Distribution Date, (a) Billing shall, and/or shall cause  the Billing Group
Subsidiaries to, assume, pay, perform and discharge in due course all of the
Billing Group Liabilities, and (b) USLD shall, and/or shall cause the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries, to assume, pay, perform and discharge in
due course all of the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.
    
      Section 3.02.   USLD AND BILLING GUARANTEES.  (a)  Billing shall use its
reasonable best efforts to obtain the release of any USLD Guarantee existing on
and after the Distribution Date.  USLD shall use its best efforts to obtain the
release of any Billing Guarantee existing on and after the Distribution Date.
   
      (b)   Commencing on the first business day of calendar year 1997 after the
Distribution, and on the first business day of each calendar year thereafter,
Billing shall become obligated to pay to USLD, in cash, a Credit Support Fee in
respect of each USLD Guarantee that was outstanding at any date during the
immediately preceding calendar year and USLD shall become obligated to pay to
Billing, in cash, a Credit Support Fee in respect of each Billing Guarantee that
was outstanding at any date during the immediately preceding calendar year.  The
Credit Support Fee payable with respect to any USLD Guarantee or Billing
Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be an amount equal to the Credit Support
Fee times the average outstanding monthly balance of the principal amount of
indebtedness for the applicable calendar year (and for calendar 1996 from the
Distribution Date through December 31, 1996), the payment of which
is guaranteed pursuant to the applicable USLD Guarantee or Billing Guarantee.
The aggregate amount of any such Credit Support Fee shall be paid by January 31,
of the applicable year.
    
                                  ARTICLE IV.


                                        13

<PAGE>


                         OBLIGATIONS FOR USLD WARRANTS

   
      Section 4.01.  SHARING OF WARRANT OBLIGATIONS.  USLD has issued certain 
Warrants, of which approximately 225,000 Warrants were outstanding and 
unexercised as of the date of this Agreement.  USLD and Billing have agreed 
that, in connection with the Distribution, Billing will assume its 
proportionate share of the obligations represented by the Warrants, as set 
forth below in this Article IV.
    
   
      Section 4.02.  ISSUANCE OF BILLING COMMON STOCK UPON EXERCISE OF 
WARRANTS.  (a) Following the Distribution Record Date, upon exercise of a 
Warrant to purchase a share of USLD Common Stock and payment of the exercise 
price therefor, at USLD's option, the holder of the Warrant will be entitled 
to receive, in addition to each share of USLD Common Stock issuable upon 
exercise of the Warrant, one share of Billing Common Stock.  Upon receipt of 
a notice of exercise of Warrants, USLD, if it so elects, will 
promptly provide notice thereof to Billing or a transfer agent designated by 
Billing to receive such notice (which notice will contain the number of 
shares of Billing Common Stock issuable by Billing in connection with such 
exercise, the person in whose name such shares are to be issued and the 
address for delivery of the share certificates issuable to such person); and 
in such event Billing shall promptly thereafter (and in any event within five 
Business Days after receipt of such notice) issue the shares of Billing 
Common Stock as set forth in such notice.  Billing and USLD will, and will 
cause their respective transfer agents to, work together in good faith to 
establish procedures to ensure that such notices are received by Billing, and 
such shares are issued by Billing, as promptly as practicable.
    
   
      (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.02(a) above, Billing 
shall not be required to issue any frational shares of Billing Common Stock 
upon exercise of any Warrant.  If any fraction of a share of Billing Common 
Stock would, except for the provision of this Section 4.02(b), be issuable on 
the exercise of any Warrants, Billing shall pay to the exercising Warrant 
holder (in lieu of issuance of such fractional share) an amount in cash equal 
to such fraction multiplied by the Billing Warrant Exercise Amount, where the 
"Billing Warrant Exercise Amount" equals the Billing Applicable Percentage 
(as defined below) multiplied by the exercise price paid by the Warrant 
holder upon such exercise.
    
   
      Section 4.03.  ALLOCATION OF EXERCISE PRICE.  In the event Billing is 
required to issue shares of Billing Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.02 
above, Billing shall be entitled to receive the Billing Applicable 
Percentage (as defined below) of the exercise price paid upon the exercise of 
any Warrants (which exercise price currently is $12.50 per share for the 
Warrants held by Paytel Northwest, Inc. and $12.50 per share for the Warrants 
held by Communications Central, Inc.).  Such Billing Applicable Percentage 
shall be paid over to Billing by USLD as promptly as practicable following 
USLD's receipt of the exercise price for any Warrants.  The term "Billing 
Applicable Percentage" shall mean the result of the following calculation, 
expressed as a percentage: (i) the Post Distribution Billing Closing Stock 
Price, DIVIDED BY (ii) the sum of (x) the Post Distribution Billing Closing 
Stock Price PLUS (y) the Post Distribution USLD Closing Stock Price.
    

                                        14 
<PAGE>

   
      Section 4.04.  AMENDMENT TO WARRANTS.  At USLD's option and request, 
Billing agrees to execute prior to the Supplemental Warrant Agreements
reflecting any changes necessary to implement the agreements set forth in this
Article IV.
    

   
                                  ARTICLE V.
    
                      OBLIGATIONS FOR NON-PLAN OPTIONS
   
      Section 5.01.   GRANT OF NON-PLAN OPTION.  (a) Billing agrees to grant 
to a former USLD Director who has agreed to join the Board of Directors of 
Billing, in consideration of his joining the Billing Board of Directors and 
to replace an unvested option for 5,000 of USLD Common Stock, a non-qualified 
stock option of Billing to purchase 5,000 shares of Billing Common Stock 
("Billing "Non-Plan Option") at an exercise price that preserves the current 
spread between the exercise price of the USLD unvested option and the price of 
the USLD Common Stock as of the Cut Off Date.
    
   
      (b) For purposes of determining the exercise price of the Billing 
Non-Plan Option, the following formula shall be used to maintain the holder's 
exercise price spread per share from the unvested USLD option to the Billing 
Non-Plan Option.  The exercise price spread per share shall be maintained by 
setting the exercise price for the Billing Non-Plan Option so that the 
differences between (a) the Post Distribution Billing Closing Stock Price and 
(b) the adjusted price of the Billing Non-Plan Option shall be equal to the 
difference between (y) the USLD Closing Price on the day prior to the Record 
Date and (z) the exercise price of the former Director's USLD unvested option 
on the day prior to the Record Date.
    
   
      (c) The obligation of Billing to issue Billing Common Stock upon the 
exercise of the Billing Non-Plan Option shall be adjusted in accordance with 
paragraph 5.01(b).  Except for that adjustment, the terms of the Billing 
Non-Plan Option will be the same as those in effect for the USLD unvested 
option prior to the Distribution.
    
   
      (d) Billing agrees to execute and deliver to the Billing Non-Plan 
Option holder following the Distribution the Billing Non-Plan Option 
agreement.
    


                                  ARTICLE VI.

                               THE DISTRIBUTION

      Section 6.01.   COOPERATION PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION.

      (a)   Billing and USLD shall cooperate in preparing, filing with the
Commission and causing to become effective any registration statements or
amendments thereof that are appropriate to reflect the establishment of, or
amendments to, any employee benefits plans and other plans contemplated by the
Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.


                                        15

<PAGE>


      (b)   Billing and USLD shall take all such actions as may be necessary or
appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of states or other political
subdivisions of the United States in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

      (c)   Billing and USLD shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain any
third-party consents or approvals necessary or desirable in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby ("Consents").

      (d)   Billing and USLD will use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause
to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary
or desirable under applicable law, to consummate the transactions contemplated
under this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

      Section 6.02.   USLD BOARD ACTION; CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE
DISTRIBUTION.  The USLD Board shall, in its discretion, establish any
appropriate procedures in connection with the Distribution.  In no event shall
the Distribution occur unless the following conditions have been satisfied:

            (i)    the transactions contemplated by Section 2.01 shall have been
consummated in all material respects;

            (ii)   the Billing Board, comprised as contemplated by Section 8.01,
shall have been elected by USLD, as sole stockholder of Billing, and the Billing
Certificate and Billing Bylaws shall have been adopted and shall be in effect;

            (iii)  USLD shall have received the opinion of The Chicago
Corporation substantially in the Form of EXHIBIT I and such opinion shall not
have been withdrawn;
   
            (iv)   USLD shall have received the opinion of Houlihan, Lokey, 
Howard & Zukin, Inc. substantially in the form of EXHIBIT J and such opinion
shall not have been withdrawn;
    
            (v)    USLD shall have received the Tax Opinion of Arter & Hadden
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT K and such opinion shall not have been
withdrawn;
   
            (vi)   the Registration Statement on Form 10 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), filed by Billing shall have
been declared effective by the Commission and not be subject to further 
comment by the Staff of the Commission;
    
            (vii)  Billing and USLD shall have entered into the Related
Agreements;

            (viii) Billing's application to effect the listing of the Billing
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market shall have become effective;

            (ix)   the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in compliance
with applicable federal and state securities laws and USLD shall have received a
satisfactory "no action letter"


                                        16

<PAGE>


from the Commission with regard to exemptions from registration of the
Distribution and related matters;

            (x)    USLD shall have received such consents, and shall have
received executed copies of such agreements and amendments of agreements, as it
shall deem necessary in connection with the completion of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement;

            (xi)   no legal proceedings affecting or otherwise arising out of 
the transactions contemplated hereby or which could otherwise affect USLD or 
Billing in a materially adverse manner shall have been commenced or 
threatened against USLD, Billing or the directors or officers of either USLD 
or Billing; and

            (xii)  no material adverse change shall have occurred with 
respect to USLD or Billing, the securities markets or general economic or 
financial conditions which shall, in the reasonable judgment of USLD and 
Billing, make the transactions contemplated by this Agreement inadvisable.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) any such condition may be waived by the USLD
Board in its sole discretion, and (y) the satisfaction of such conditions shall
not create any obligation on the part of USLD or any other party hereto to
effect the Distribution or in any way limit USLD's power of termination set
forth in Section 11.07 or alter the consequences of any such termination from
those specified in such Section.

      Section 6.03.   THE DISTRIBUTION.  On the Distribution Date, subject to
the conditions and rights of termination set forth in this Agreement, USLD shall
deliver to the Agent a share certificate representing all of the then
outstanding shares of Billing Common Stock owned by USLD and shall instruct the
Agent to distribute, on or as soon as practicable following the Distribution
Date, such Billing Common Stock to the Holders.  Billing agrees to provide all
share certificates that the Agent shall require in order to effect the
Distribution.

      Section 6.04.   SECURITIES FILINGS.  For a period of five years after
the Distribution Date, each of USLD and Billing shall provide to the other,
promptly following such time at which such documents shall be filed with the
Commission, copies of all documents which shall be publicly filed with the
Commission pursuant to the periodic and interim reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder.


                                 ARTICLE VII.

                               INDEMNIFICATION

      Section 7.01.   INDEMNIFICATION BY USLD.  Except as otherwise expressly
set forth in a Related Agreement, USLD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Billing and each of the Billing Group Subsidiaries, and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates and each of the heirs,
executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing


                                        17 
<PAGE>


(the "Billing Indemnitees") from and against the Telecommunications Group 
Liabilities and any and all losses, Liabilities, damages including without 
limitation, the costs and expenses of any and all Actions, threatened 
Actions, demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises 
relating thereto and attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever 
reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such 
Actions or threatened Actions (collectively, "Billing Indemnifiable Losses" 
and, individually, a "Billing Indemnifiable Loss") of the Billing Indemnitees 
arising out of or due to the failure or alleged failure of USLD, any 
Telecommunications Group Subsidiary, or any of their respective Affiliates to 
(i) pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of the 
Telecommunications Group Liabilities, or (ii) comply with the provisions of 
Section 7.04.  To the extent that counsel is provided to Billing under this 
indemnification, such counsel shall be selected by USLD and such counsel may 
include its in-house corporate counsel.

      Section 7.02.   INDEMNIFICATION BY BILLING.  Except as otherwise
expressly set forth in a Related Agreement, Billing shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless USLD and each of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries, and
each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates
and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing
(the "USLD Indemnitees") from and against the Billing Group Liabilities and any
and all losses, Liabilities, damages, including, without limitation, the costs
and expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments,
judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees and
any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing
or defending against any such Actions or threatened Actions (collectively, "USLD
Indemnifiable Losses" and, individually, a "USLD Indemnifiable Loss") of the
USLD Indemnitees arising out of or due to the failure or alleged failure of
Billing, any Billing Group Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Affiliates
to (i) pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of the Billing
Group Liabilities or (ii) comply with the provisions of Section 7.04.  The
"Billing Indemnifiable Losses" and the "USLD Indemnifiable Losses" are
collectively referred to as the "Indemnifiable Losses."  To the extent that
counsel is provided to USLD under this Indemnification, such counsel shall be
selected by Billing and such counsel may include its in-house corporate counsel.

      Section 7.03.   INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  The amount that any party (an
"Indemnifying Party") is or may be required to pay to any other Person (an
"Indemnitee") pursuant to Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 shall be reduced
(including, without limitation, retroactively) by any Insurance Proceeds or
other amounts actually recovered by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in reduction
of the related Indemnifiable Loss.  If an Indemnitee shall have received the
payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of an
Indemnifiable Loss and shall subsequently actually receive Insurance Proceeds,
or other amounts in respect of such Indemnifiable Loss as specified above, then
such Indemnitee shall pay to such Indemnifying Party a sum equal to the amount
of such Insurance Proceeds or other amounts actually received.

      Section 7.04.   PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION.  (a)  Except as may be
set forth in a Related Agreement, if an Indemnitee shall receive notice or
otherwise learn of the assertion by a Person (including, without limitation, any
governmental entity) who is not a party to this Agreement or to any of the
Related Agreements of any claim or of the commencement by any


                                        18

<PAGE>


such Person of any Action with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be 
obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to this Agreement (a 
"Third-Party Claim"), such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party 
written notice thereof promptly after becoming aware of such Third-Party 
Claim; PROVIDED, that the failure of any Indemnitee to give notice as 
required by this Section 7.04 shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its 
obligations under this Article VII, except to the extent that such 
Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  Such notice 
shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, and shall indicate 
the amount (estimated if necessary) of the Indemnifiable Loss that has been 
or may be sustained by such Indemnitee.

      (b)   An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend or to seek to settle or
compromise, at such Indemnifying Party's own expense and by such Indemnifying
Party's own counsel, any Third-Party Claim, provided that the Indemnifying Party
must confirm in writing that it agrees that the Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification hereunder in respect of such Third-Party Claim.  Within 20 days
of the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 7.04(a)
(or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the
Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnitee of its election whether to assume
responsibility for such Third-Party Claim (provided that if the Indemnifying
Party does not so notify the Indemnitee of its election within 20 days after
receipt of such notice from the Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall be
deemed to have elected not to assume responsibility for such Third-Party Claim),
and such Indemnitee shall cooperate in the defense or settlement or compromise
of such Third-Party Claim.  After notice from an Indemnifying Party to an
Indemnitee of its election to assume responsibility for a Third-Party Claim,
such Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnitee under this
Article VII for any legal or other expenses (except expenses approved in advance
by the Indemnifying Party) subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee in
connection with the defense thereof; PROVIDED, that if the defendants in any
such claim include both the Indemnifying Party and one or more Indemnitees and
in such Indemnitees' reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such
Indemnitees and such Indemnifying Party exists in respect of such claim, such
Indemnitees shall have the right to employ separate counsel and in that event
the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel (but not more than one
separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party) shall be
paid by such Indemnifying Party.  If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume
responsibility for a Third-Party Claim (which election may be made only in the
event of a good faith dispute that a claim was inappropriately tendered under
Section 7.01 or 7.02, as the case may be) such Indemnitee may defend or (subject
to the following sentence) seek to compromise or settle such Third-Party Claim.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any
claim without prior written notice to the Indemnifying Party, which shall have
the option within 10 days following the receipt of such notice (i) to disapprove
the settlement and assume all past and future responsibility for the claim,
including reimbursing the Indemnitee for prior expenditures in connection with
the claim, or (ii) to disapprove the settlement and continue to refrain from
participation in the defense of the claim, in which event the Indemnifying Party
shall have no further right to contest the amount or reasonableness of the
settlement if the Indemnitee elects to proceeds therewith, or (iii) to approve
the amount of the settlement, reserving the Indemnifying Party's right to
contest the Indemnitee's right to indemnity, or (iv) to approve and agree to pay
the settlement.  In the event


                                        19

<PAGE>


the Indemnifying Party makes no response to such written notice from the 
Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have elected option 
(ii).

      (c)   If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise
any Third-Party Claim, the Indemnitee shall make available to such Indemnifying
Party any personnel and any books, records or other documents within its control
or which it otherwise has the ability to make available that are necessary or
appropriate for such defense.

      (d)   Any claim on account of an Indemnifiable Loss that does not result
from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the
Indemnitee to the applicable Indemnifying Party.  Such Indemnifying Party shall
have a period of 15 days after the receipt of such notice within which to
respond thereto.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 15-day
period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept
responsibility to make payment.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond
within such 15-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such
Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such
party under applicable law or under this Agreement.

      (e)   In addition to any adjustments required pursuant to Section 7.03, if
the amount of any Indemnifiable Loss shall, at any time subsequent to the
payment required by this Agreement, be reduced by recovery, settlement or
otherwise, the amount of such reduction, less any expenses incurred in
connection therewith, shall promptly be repaid by the Indemnitee to the
Indemnifying Party.

      (f)   In the event of payment by an Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee
in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be
subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events
or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right or claim
relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting
such Third-Party Claim.  Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying
Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying
Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right or claim.

      Section 7.05.   REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  The remedies provided in this
Article VII shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any
Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies
against any Indemnifying Party.

      Section 7.06.   SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES.  The obligations of each of
Billing and USLD under this Article VII shall survive the sale or other transfer
by it of any assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities,
with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss of the other related to such assets,
businesses or Liabilities.


                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                          CERTAIN ADDITIONAL MATTERS


                                        20 

<PAGE>

   
      Section 8.01.   BILLING BOARD.  Billing and USLD shall take all actions
which may be required to constitute, effective as of the Distribution Date, the
following persons as the directors of Billing:  Parris H. Holmes, Jr., Alan W.
Saltzman, Lee Cooke and James E. Sowell.
    

      Section 8.02.   RESIGNATIONS; USLD BOARD.  Billing shall cause all of
its directors and Billing Group Employees to resign, effective as of the
Distribution Date, from all boards of directors or similar governing bodies of
USLD or any of its Subsidiaries on which they serve, and from all positions as
officers or employees of USLD or any of its Subsidiaries in which they serve,
except that Parris H. Holmes, Jr. shall serve as a director of both Billing and
USLD and as Chairman of both the USLD Board and the Billing Board.  USLD shall
cause all of its directors and the Telecommunications Group Employees to resign
from all boards of directors or similar governing bodies of Billing or any of
its Subsidiaries on which they serve, and from all positions as officers or
employees of Billing or any of its Subsidiaries in which they serve, except that
Parris H. Holmes, Jr. shall serve as a director of both Billing and USLD and as
Chairman of both the USLD Board and the Billing Board and as Chief Executive
Officer of Billing.

      Section 8.03.   CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS.  On or prior to the Distribution
Date, Billing shall adopt the Billing Certificate and the Billing Bylaws, and
shall file the Billing Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.  USLD shall provide all necessary stockholder approvals for the
Billing Certificate prior to the filing of the Billing Certificate with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

      Section 8.04.   CERTAIN POST-DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS.
   
      (a)   BILLING.  (i) Billing shall, and shall cause each of the Billing
Group Subsidiaries to, comply with each representation and statement made, or to
be made, to any Person in connection with the Tax Opinion with respect to any
transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) until the second
anniversary of the Distribution Date, neither Billing nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall (a) make a material disposition, by means of a sale or
exchange of assets or capital stock, a distribution to stockholders or
otherwise, of any substantial portion of its assets, (b) repurchase or issue any
Billing capital stock (other than stock issued pursuant to employee plans or
outstanding options or Warrants), or (c) in the case of Billing, cease the
active conduct of a material portion of its business independently, with its own
employees and without material change, unless, in each of cases (a), (b) and
(c), in the opinion of counsel to Billing, which opinion shall be reasonably
satisfactory to USLD, or pursuant to a favorable IRS letter ruling or tax
opinion reasonably satisfactory to USLD, such act or omission would not
adversely affect the tax consequences of the Distribution to USLD or the
stockholders of USLD, as set forth in any ruling issued by any taxing authority
or tax opinion; and Billing has no present intention to take any such actions.
    
   
      (b)   USLD.  (i) USLD shall, and shall cause each of the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries to comply with each representation and
statement made, or to be made, to any Person in connection with the Tax Opinion
with respect to any transaction contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) until
the second anniversary of the Distribution Date, neither USLD nor any


                                        21

<PAGE>


of its Subsidiaries shall (a) make a material disposition, by means of a sale 
or exchange of assets or capital stock, a distribution to stockholders or 
otherwise, of any substantial portion of its assets (other than Billing Group 
Assets in connection with the Distribution or transactions effected in 
contemplation thereof), (b) repurchase or issue any capital stock of USLD 
(other than stock issued pursuant to employee plans or outstanding options or 
Warrants), or (c) in the case of USLD, cease the active conduct of a material 
portion of its business independently, with its own employees and without 
material change, unless, in each of cases (a), (b) and (c), in the opinion of 
counsel to USLD, which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to Billing, 
or pursuant to a favorable IRS letter ruling or tax opinion reasonably 
satisfactory to Billing, such act or omission would not adversely affect the 
tax consequences of the Distribution to Billing or the stockholders of 
Billing, as set forth in any ruling issued by any taxing authority or tax 
opinion; and USLD has no present intention to take any such actions.
    
      Section 8.05.   BILLING RIGHTS PLAN.  Prior to the Distribution Date,
the Billing Board may elect, in its sole discretion, to recommend that Billing
adopt a stockholder rights plan (the "Billing Rights Plan").  The Billing Rights
Plan will be substantially similar to the USLD Rights Plan and will provide for
the distribution of preferred share purchase rights ("Billing Rights") with
respect to each share of Billing Common Stock.  The Billing Rights will be
attached to the Billing Common Stock and will not be exercisable, or
transferrable apart from the Billing Common Stock, unless and until certain
events occur.  If certain events occur relating to the acquisition by an
acquiring person of Billing Common Stock, or a merger or other combination of
Billing with an acquiring person, the Billing Rights will entitle holders (other
than the acquiring person) to purchase either Billing Common Stock or common
stock of the acquiring person at a discount.  The specific terms of the Billing
Rights will be determined by the Board of Directors of Billing consistent with
the description thereof in the Information Statement.

      Section 8.06.   USE OF THE "USLD" NAME AND THE USLD LOGO.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including the
conveyance to Billing of the Transferred Intellectual Property) or in any
Related Agreement, the parties hereto agree that USLD shall retain the exclusive
right to use the mark "USLD" without limitation or expiration and the right to
use the USLD Logo following the Distribution.
   
      Section 8.07.   NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT; RESTRICTED TRANSACTIONS.  (a)
Each USLD and Billing agrees that for a period of one (1) year after the
Distribution Date, whether a breach of this Agreement or any Related Agreement
is alleged or not, neither USLD nor Billing will, without the prior written
consent of the other, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of
each, engage, whether for compensation or not, as an owner, partner,
stockholder, investor or in any other capacity whatsoever in any activity or
endeavor that competes directly or indirectly with the business of the other as
engaged in, or proposed to be engaged in, as of the Distribution Date; provided,
however, that nothing contained herein shall prohibit either USLD or Billing
from engaging in a merger, consolidation or other business combination with
another person or entity with departments or divisions that competes with either
USLD or Billing, as the case may be.  Such restriction applies worldwide.
    


                                        22

<PAGE>


      (b)   Each USLD and Billing further agrees for a period of six (6) 
months after the Distribution Date, notwithstanding any allegation of breach 
of this Agreement or any Related Agreement, not, without the prior written 
consent of the other, to solicit, influence or attempt to influence any 
employee of the other to terminate his or her employment or other contractual 
relationship with his or her respective employer for any reason including, 
without limitation, working for such soliciting party.  Either Billing or 
USLD may elect to pay to the other fifty percent (50%) of the total previous 
12 months salary and bonus of any employee of the other for the privilege of 
soliciting the employment of such employee without the necessity of obtaining 
the consent of the employing party.

      (c)   The covenants of USLD and Billing contained in Section 8.07 will be
construed as independent of any other provision in this Agreement; and the
existence of any claim or cause of action by USLD or Billing against the other
will not constitute a defense to the enforcement of said covenants.  Each USLD
and Billing further agrees and acknowledges that this Section 8.07 (1) is
reasonable as to length of time, scope and geographic area for purposes of
protecting the commercial advantages enjoyed by each USLD and Billing, (2) does
not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill or
business interests of each USLD and Billing and (3) is more than adequately paid
for in the consideration derived by each USLD and Billing under this Agreement.
Each of USLD and Billing also agree that the arbitrators (under Section 11.13)
have jurisdiction to modify any provisions of this Section 8.07 in accordance
with the court's or arbitrators' respective ruling as to reasonableness or scope
of application and that this Agreement shall remain enforceable as modified or
amended in the jurisdiction where this Agreement is so modified or amended.

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                     ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES

      Section 9.01.   PROVISION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.

      (a)   Except as may otherwise be provided in a Related Agreement, USLD
shall arrange as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, to the
extent not previously delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated
in Article II, for the transportation (at Billing's cost) to Billing of the
Billing Books and Records in USLD's possession, except to the extent such items
are already in the possession of Billing or a Billing Subsidiary.  The Billing
Books and Records shall be the property of Billing, but shall be available to
USLD for review and duplication until USLD shall notify Billing in writing that
such records are no longer of use to USLD.

      (b)   Except as otherwise provided in a Related Agreement, Billing shall
arrange as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, to the extent
not previously delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated in
Article II, for the transportation (at USLD's cost) to USLD of the USLD Books
and Records in Billing's possession, except to the extent such items are already
in the possession of USLD.  The USLD Books and Records shall be the property of
USLD, but the USLD Books and Records that reasonably relate to the Billing Group


                                        23 
<PAGE>

Business shall be available to Billing for review and duplication until Billing
shall notify USLD in writing that such records are no longer of use to Billing.

      Section 9.02.   ACCESS TO INFORMATION.

      Except as otherwise provided in a Related Agreement, from and after the
Distribution Date, USLD shall afford to Billing and its authorized accountants,
counsel and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using
reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information)
and duplicating rights during normal business hours to all records, books,
contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information relating to
pre-Distribution operations (collectively, "INFORMATION") within USLD's
possession insofar as such access is reasonably required by Billing for the
conduct of its business, subject to appropriate restrictions for classified or
Privileged Information.  Similarly, except as otherwise provided in a Related
Agreement, Billing shall afford to USLD and its authorized accountants, counsel
and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using
reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information)
and duplicating rights during normal business hours to Information within
Billing's possession, insofar as such access is reasonably required by USLD for
the conduct of its business, subject to appropriate restrictions for classified
or Privileged Information.  Information may be requested under this Article IX
for the legitimate business purposes of either party, including without
limitation, audit, accounting, claims (including claims for indemnification
hereunder), litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes for fulfilling
disclosure and reporting obligations and for performing this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.  The parties hereby agree that Billing shall
also grant to USLD reasonable access to data maintained by Billing after the
Distribution that contain data and other information reasonably related to the
Telecommunications Group Assets or the Telecommunications Group Business, for
purposes of review and retrieval of such data (including the generation of
reports containing such data).  USLD agrees to reimburse Billing for the
reasonable costs of the use of such computer systems.  The parties also agree
that USLD shall grant to Billing reasonable access to data maintained by USLD
after the Distribution that certain data and other information reasonably
related to the Billing Group Assets or the Billing Group Business, for purposes
of review and retrieval of such data (including the generation of reports
containing such data).  Billing agrees to reimburse USLD for the reasonable
costs of the use of such computer systems.

      Section 9.03.   PRODUCTION OF WITNESSES.  At all times from and after
the Distribution Date, each of Billing and USLD shall use reasonable efforts to
make available to the other, upon written request, its and its Subsidiaries'
officers, directors, employees and agents as witnesses to the extent that such
persons may reasonably be required in connection with any Action.

      Section 9.04.   REIMBURSEMENT.  Except to the extent otherwise
contemplated in any Related Agreement, a party providing Information or witness
services to the other party under this Article IX shall be entitled to receive
from the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payments of such
amounts, relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses
(at cost) and direct and indirect expenses of employees who are witnesses or
otherwise 


                                        24 
<PAGE>

furnish assistance (at cost), as may be reasonably incurred in
providing such Information or witness services.

      Section 9.05.   RETENTION OF RECORDS.  Except as otherwise required by
law or agreed to in a Related Agreement or otherwise in writing, each of Billing
and USLD may destroy or otherwise dispose of any of the Information, which is
material Information and is not contained in other Information retained by USLD
or Billing, as the case may be, at any time after the tenth anniversary of this
Agreement, provided that, prior to such destruction or disposal, (a) it shall
provide no less than 90 or more than 120 days prior written notice to the other,
specifying in reasonable detail the Information proposed to be destroyed or
disposed of and (b) if a recipient of such notice shall request in writing prior
to the scheduled date for such destruction or disposal that any of the
Information proposed to be destroyed or disposed of be delivered to such
requesting party, the party proposing the destruction or disposal shall promptly
arrange for the delivery of such of the Information as was requested at the
expense of the party requesting such Information.

      Section 9.06.   CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each of USLD and its Subsidiaries on
the one hand, and Billing and its Subsidiaries on the other hand, shall hold,
and shall cause its consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, all
Information concerning the other in its possession or furnished by the other or
the other's representatives pursuant to this Agreement or the Related Agreements
(except to the extent that such Information has been (i) in the public domain
through no fault of such party or (ii) later lawfully acquired from other
sources by such party), and each party shall not release or disclose such
Information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial
advisors, rating agencies, bankers or other consultants and advisors, unless
compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process, or as reasonably
advised by its counsel or by other requirements of law, or unless such
Information is reasonably required to be disclosed in connection with (x) any
litigation with any third-parties or litigation between the USLD Group and the
Billing Group, (y) any contractual agreement to which the USLD Group or the
Billing Group are currently parties, or (z) in exercise of either party's rights
hereunder or under any Related Agreement.

      Section 9.07.   PRIVILEGED MATTERS.  Billing and USLD recognize that
legal and other professional services that have been and will be provided prior
to the Distribution Date have been and will be rendered for the benefit of both
the USLD Group and the Billing Group and that both the USLD Group and the
Billing Group should be deemed to be the client for the purposes of asserting
all Privileges.  To allocate the interests of each party in the Privileged
Information, the parties agree as follows:

      (a)   USLD shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or
waiver of all Privileges in connection with Privileged Information that relates
solely to the Telecommunications Group, whether or not Privileged Information is
in the possession of or under the control of USLD or Billing.  USLD shall also
be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all Privileges
in connection with Privileged Information that relates solely to the subject
matter of any claims constituting Telecommunications Group Liabilities, now
pending or which may be asserted in the future, in any lawsuits or other
proceedings initiated


                                        25

<PAGE>


against or by USLD, whether or not the Privileged Information is in the 
possession of or under the control of USLD or Billing.

      (b)   Billing shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion
or waiver of all Privileges in connection with Privileged Information that
relates solely to the Billing Group, whether or not the Privileged Information
is in the possession of or under the control of USLD or Billing.  Billing shall
also be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all
Privileges in connection with Privileged Information that relates solely to the
subject matter of any claims constituting Billing Group Liabilities, now pending
or which may be asserted in the future, in any lawsuits or other proceedings
initiated against or by Billing, whether or not the Privileged Information is in
the possession of Billing or under the control of USLD or Billing.

      (c)   Billing and USLD agree that they shall have a shared Privilege, with
equal right to assert or waive, subject to the restrictions in this Section
9.07, with respect to all Privileges not allocated pursuant to the terms of
Sections 9.07(a) and (b).  All Privileges relating to any claims, proceedings,
litigation, disputes, or other matters that involve both Billing and USLD in
respect of which Billing and USLD retain any responsibility or liability under
this Agreement or any Related Agreement, shall be subject to a shared Privilege.

      (d)   No party may waive any Privilege that could be asserted under any
applicable law, and in which the other party has a shared Privilege, without the
consent of the other party, except to the extent reasonably required in
connection with any litigation with third-parties or as provided in subsection
(e) below.  Consent shall be in writing, or shall be deemed to be granted unless
written objection is made within 20 days after notice upon the other party
requesting such consent.

      (e)   In the event of any litigation or dispute between a member of the
USLD Group and a member of the Billing Group, either party may waive a Privilege
in which the other party has a shared Privilege, without obtaining the consent
of the other party, provided that such waiver of a shared Privilege shall be
effective only as to the use of Information with respect to the litigation or
dispute between the USLD Group and the Billing Group, and shall not operate as a
waiver of the shared Privilege with respect to third-parties.

      (f)   If a dispute arises between the parties regarding whether a
Privilege should be waived to protect or advance the interest of either party,
each party agrees that it shall negotiate in good faith, shall endeavor to
minimize any prejudice to the rights of the other party, and shall not
unreasonably withhold consent to any request for waiver by the other party.
Each party specifically agrees that it will not withhold consent to waiver for
any purpose except to protect its own legitimate interests.

      (g)   Upon receipt by any party of any subpoena, discovery or other
request that arguably calls for the production or disclosure of Information
subject to a shared Privilege or as to which the other party has the sole right
hereunder to assert a Privilege, or if any party obtains knowledge that any of
its current or former directors, officers, agents or employees have received any
subpoena, discovery or other requests that arguably calls for the production or


                                        26

<PAGE>


disclosure of such Privileged Information, such party shall promptly notify 
the other party of the existence of the request and shall provide the other 
party a reasonable opportunity to review the Information and to assert any 
rights it may have under this Section 9.07 or otherwise to prevent the 
production or disclosure of such Privileged Information.

      (h)   The transfer of the Billing Books and Records and the USLD Books and
Records and other Information between USLD and its Subsidiaries and Billing and
its Subsidiaries, is made in reliance on the agreement of Billing and USLD, as
set forth in Sections 9.06 and 9.07, to maintain the confidentiality of
Privileged Information and to assert and maintain all applicable Privileges.
The access to information being granted pursuant to Sections 9.01 and 9.02
hereof, the agreement to provide witnesses and individuals pursuant to Section
9.03 hereof and the transfer of Privileged Information between USLD and its
Subsidiaries and Billing and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall
not be deemed a waiver of any Privilege that has been or may be asserted under
this Agreement or otherwise.


                                  ARTICLE X.

                                  INSURANCE

      Section 10.01.  POLICIES AND RIGHTS INCLUDED WITHIN THE BILLING GROUP
ASSETS.  Without limiting the generality of the definition of the Billing Group
Assets set forth in Section 2.01 or the effect of Section 2.01, the Billing
Group Assets shall include (a) any and all rights of an insured party under each
of the Shared Policies, specifically including rights of indemnity and the right
to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer, with respect to all
injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred or claimed to have
been incurred on or prior to the Distribution Date by any party in or in
connection with the conduct of the Billing Group or, to the extent any claim is
made against Billing or any of its Subsidiaries, the Telecommunications Group,
and which injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses may arise out of
insured or insurable occurrences or events under one or more of the Shared
Policies; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this clause shall be deemed
to constitute (or to reflect) the assignment of the Shared Policies, or any of
them, to Billing and (b) the Billing Group Policies.


      Section 10.02.  POST-DISTRIBUTION DATE CLAIMS.  If, subsequent to the
Distribution Date, any person, corporation, firm or entity shall assert a claim
against Billing or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any injury, loss,
liability, damage or expense incurred or claimed to have been incurred prior to
the Distribution Date in, or in connection with, the conduct of the Billing
Group Business or, to the extent any claim is made against Billing or any of its
Subsidiaries, the Telecommunications Group Business, and which injury, loss,
liability, damage or expense may arise out of insured or insurable occurrences
or events under one or more of the Shared Policies, USLD shall at the time such
claim is asserted be deemed to assign, without need of further documentation, to
Billing any and all rights of an insured party under the applicable Shared
Policy with respect to such asserted claim, specifically including rights of
indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 


                                        27 

<PAGE>


that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to constitute (or to reflect) 
the assignment of the Shared Policies, or any of them, to Billing.

      Section 10.03.  ADMINISTRATION AND RESERVES.  (a)  Notwithstanding the
provisions of Article III, but subject to any contrary provisions of any Related
Agreement, from and after the Distribution Date:

            (i)   Billing shall be entitled to any reserves established by USLD
      or any of its Subsidiaries, or the benefit of reserves held by any
      insurance carrier, with respect to the Billing Group Liabilities; and

            (ii)  USLD shall be entitled to any reserves established by USLD or
      any of its Subsidiaries, or the benefit of reserves held by any insurance
      carrier, with respect to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.

      (b)   INSURANCE PREMIUMS.  Billing shall have the right but not the
obligation to pay the premiums, to the extent that USLD does not pay premiums
with respect to Telecommunications Group Liabilities (retrospectively-rated or
otherwise), with respect to Shared Policies and the Billing Group Policies, as
required under the terms and conditions of the respective Policies, whereupon
USLD shall forthwith reimburse Billing for that portion of such premiums paid by
Billing as are attributable to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.  USLD
shall provide continued coverage under its director and officer liability
insurance policy for a period of not less than five years for acts that took
place or were alleged to have taken place prior to the Distribution Date
covering persons who were directors and officers of USLD prior to the
Distribution Date.  Fifty percent of the additional premiums, if any, for such
coverage shall be reimbursed by Billing within 15 days of the Distribution Date.
Such coverage for director and officer liability insurance shall not be
discontinued by USLD without the consent of Billing, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

      (c)   ALLOCATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  Insurance Proceeds received
with respect to claims, costs and expenses under the Policies shall be paid to
Billing with respect to the Billing Group Liabilities and to USLD with respect
to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.  Payment of the allocable portions
of indemnity costs of Insurance Proceeds resulting from the liability policies
will be made to the appropriate party upon receipt from the insurance carrier.
In the event that the aggregate limits on any Shared Policies are exceeded, the
parties agree to provide an equitable allocation of Insurance Proceeds received
after the Distribution Date based upon their respective bona fide claims.  The
parties agree to use their best efforts to cooperate with respect to insurance
matters.

      Section 10.04.  AGREEMENT FOR WAIVER OF CONFLICT AND SHARED DEFENSE.  In
the event that Insured Claims of both Billing and USLD exist relating to the
same occurrence, Billing and USLD agree to jointly defend and to waive any
conflict of interest necessary to the conduct of that joint defense.  Nothing in
this paragraph shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter in any way the
indemnity obligations of the parties to this Agreement, including those created
by this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.


                                        28 

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XI.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 11.01.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT; CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement,
including the Schedules and Exhibits and the Related Agreements and other
agreements and documents referred to herein, shall constitute the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
thereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings
with respect to such subject matter.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in
this Agreement to the contrary, in the event and to the extent that there shall
be a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the
Related Agreements, then the Related Agreements shall control.

      Section 11.02.  EXPENSES.  Except as otherwise set forth in this
Agreement or any Related Agreement, all costs and expenses in connection with
the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement, the
Distribution and with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement shall be charged to the party for whose benefit the expenses are
incurred, with any expenses that cannot be allocated on such basis to be split
equally between the parties.

      Section 11.03.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to
the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

      Section 11.04.  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or mailed by registered or
certified mail (return receipt requested) to the parties at the following
addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like
notice) and shall be deemed given on the date on which such notice is received:

            To Billing:

                   Billing Information Concepts Corp.
                   9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
                   San Antonio, Texas 78216
                   Attention:  President

            To USLD:

                   U.S. Long Distance Corp.
                   9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
                   San Antonio, Texas 78216
                   Attention:  President


                                        29 

<PAGE>


      Section 11.05.  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be modified or
amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties.

      Section 11.06.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement and all of the
provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

      Section 11.07.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated and the
Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in the
sole discretion of the USLD Board without the approval of Billing or of USLD's
stockholders.  In the event of such termination, no party shall have any
liability to any other party pursuant to this Agreement.

      Section 11.08.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Each of the parties hereto shall cause to
be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements
and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Subsidiary of such party
which is contemplated to be a Subsidiary of such party on and after the
Distribution Date.

      Section 11.09.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement is solely
for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective Subsidiaries and
Affiliates and should not be deemed to confer upon third-parties any remedy,
claim, Liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of
those existing without reference to this Agreement.

      Section 11.10.  TITLES AND HEADINGS.  Titles and headings to sections
herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended
to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

      Section 11.11.  EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES.  The Exhibits and Schedules
shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same
extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein.

      Section 11.12.  LEGAL ENFORCEABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement
that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.  Any such
prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Without
prejudice to any rights or remedies otherwise available to any party hereto,
each party hereto acknowledges that damages would be an inadequate remedy for
any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and agrees that the obligations
of the parties hereunder shall be specifically enforceable.

      Section 11.13.  ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES.  (a) Any controversy or claim
arising out of this Agreement or any Related Agreement, or any breach of this
Agreement or any Related Agreement, including any controversy relating to a
determination of whether specific assets constitute Billing Group Assets or
Telecommunications Group Assets or whether specific Liabilities constitute
Billing Group Liabilities or Telecommunications Group Liabilities, but excluding
any controversy relating to the matters set forth in Section 2.06, shall be
settled by


                                        30 

<PAGE>


arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association
then in effect, as modified by this Section 11.13 or by the further agreement of
the parties.

      (b)   Such arbitration shall be conducted in Bexar County, Texas.

      (c)   Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The arbitrators shall not,
under any circumstances, have any authority to award punitive, exemplary or
similar damages, and may not, in any event, make any ruling, finding or award
that does not conform to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the
Related Agreements.

      (d)   Nothing contained in this Section 11.13 shall limit or restrict in
any way the right or power of a party at any time to seek injunctive relief in
any court and to litigate the issues relevant to such request for injunctive
relief before such court (i) to restrain the other party from breaching this
Agreement or (ii) for specific enforcement of this Section 11.13.  The parties
agree that any legal remedy available to a party with respect to a breach of
this Section 11.13 will not be adequate and that, in addition to all other legal
remedies, each party is entitled to an order specifically enforcing this Section
11.13.

      (e)   The Parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the federal courts
located in the State of Texas for all purposes under this Agreement.

      (f)   Neither party nor the arbitrators may disclose the existence or
results of any arbitration under this Agreement or any Related Agreement or any
evidence presented during the course of the arbitration without the prior
written consent of both parties, except as required to fulfill applicable
disclosure and reporting obligations, or as otherwise required by law.

      (g)   Each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the arbitration.  If
either party refuses to submit to arbitration any dispute required to be
submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.13, and instead commences
any other proceeding, including, without limitation, litigation, then the party
who seeks enforcement of the obligation to arbitrate shall be entitled to its
attorneys' fees and costs incurred in any such proceeding.

      Section 11.14.  PROMPT ACTION.   Where the terms of this Agreement
require payment or action "as promptly as possible," "as soon as practicable,"
or "as soon as possible" such payment or action shall be made or taken, as the
case may be, within five (5) business days.

      Section 11.15.  APPLICABILITY TO RELATED AGREEMENTS.  To the extent that
an issue or question arises under a Related Agreement and such issue or question
is not specifically addressed in the Related Agreement (i.e. indemnification;
access to information, confidentiality, etc.), such issue or question shall be
governed by the applicable provisions in this Agreement.


                                        31 

<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the date and year first above written.


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

   
                                       By: /s/  LARRY M. JAMES 
                                          --------------------------------
                                       Title:   President
                                             -----------------------------
    
                                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

   
                                       By: /s/  ALAN W. SALTZMAN 
                                          --------------------------------
                                       Title:   President
                                             -----------------------------
    

                                        32 

<PAGE>


                        INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

                                                                    REFERENCED
                                                                         ON
EXHIBITS                                                                PAGE
- --------                                                            ----------

   
Exhibit A

       Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement........ 2

Exhibit B

       Billing Bylaws................................................... 3

Exhibit C

       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Billing..... 3

Exhibit D

       Billing Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet..................... 4

Exhibit E

       Leasing Agreement................................................ 5

Exhibit F

       Tax Sharing Agreement............................................ 6

Exhibit G

       Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement..................... 7

Exhibit H

       USLD Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet........................ 8

Exhibit I

       Opinion of The Chicago Corporation.............................. 16

Exhibit J

       Opinion of Houlihan Lokey....................................... 16


                                       33
<PAGE>



Exhibit K

       Opinion of Arter & Hadden....................................... 16
    


SCHEDULES

1.01(a) Billing Group Subsidiaries....................................   7

1.01(b) Transferred Intellectual Property ............................   7



                                       34
<PAGE>


                                SCHEDULE 1.01(a)



                           BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES


   
Billing Information Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (100%)

Enhanced Services Billing, Inc. a Delaware corporation (100%)

InterLata Aviation, Inc., a Texas corporation (100%)
    

                                       35

<PAGE>


                                SCHEDULE 1.01(b)



                        TRANSFERRED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY



                                      NONE



                                       36 


<PAGE>



                              BENEFIT PLANS AND
                    EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT

                                    between

                           U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                      and

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.



<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE 1         DEFINITIONS..............................................  1
      1.1   DEFINITIONS....................................................  1
            Billing Business...............................................  1
            Billing Stock Option...........................................  1
            Code...........................................................  1
            Commission.....................................................  1
            Common Stock...................................................  2
                  (i)   BILLING COMMON STOCK...............................  2
                  (ii)  EMPLOYER COMMON STOCK..............................  2
                  (iii) USLD COMMON STOCK..................................  2
            Company Contribution...........................................  2
            Current Plan Year..............................................  2
            Cutoff Date....................................................  2
            Deferred Compensation Plan.....................................  2
                  (i)   USLD EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN..........  2
                  (ii)  USLD DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN...........  2
                  (iii) BILLING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.......  2
                  (iv)  BILLING DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN........  3
            Distribution Agreement.........................................  3
            Distribution Date..............................................  3
            Employee.......................................................  3
                  (i)   USLD TERMINEE......................................  3
                  (ii)  RETAINED EMPLOYEE..................................  3
                  (iii) RETAINED INDIVIDUAL................................  3
                  (iv)  BILLING TERMINEE...................................  3
                  (v)   BILLING EMPLOYEE...................................  3
                  (vi)  BILLING INDIVIDUAL.................................  3
            ERISA..........................................................  3
            Existing USLD Stock Option.....................................  4
            401(k) Retirement..............................................  4
                  (i)   USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN........................  4
                  (ii)  BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.....................  4
            IRS............................................................  4
            Medical/Dental Plan............................................  4
                  (i)   USLD MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS..........................  4
                  (ii)  BILLING MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS.......................  4
            Nonqualified Award.............................................  4
            Plan...........................................................  4
            Post-Conversion Stock Price....................................  4
            Qualified Beneficiary..........................................  5
                  (i)   USLD FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY..................  5
                  (ii)  USLD CURRENT QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.................  5
                  (iii) BILLING FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY...............  5
            Retained Business..............................................  5

                                      -i-
<PAGE>



            Service Credit.................................................  5
            Stock Plans....................................................  5
                  (i)   USLD 1990 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN...............  5
                  (ii)  USLD 1993 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN...............  5
                  (iii) USLD 1995 EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN...........  5
                  (iv)  BILLING 1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN.....  6
                  (v)   BILLING NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.................  6
            Stock Purchase Plan............................................  6
            Subsidiary.....................................................  6
                  (i)   RETAINED SUBSIDIARY................................  6
                  (ii)  BILLING SUBSIDIARY.................................  6
            USLD...........................................................  6
            Welfare Plan...................................................  6
      1.2   CERTAIN CONSTRUCTIONS..........................................  6
      1.3   SCHEDULES; SECTIONS............................................  6
      1.4   SURVIVAL.......................................................  6

ARTICLE 2         EMPLOYEE BENEFITS........................................  7
      2.1   EMPLOYMENT.....................................................  7
            (a)   ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ON DISTRIBUTION DATE......  7
            (b)   SERVICE CREDITS..........................................  7
                  (i)   DISTRIBUTION DATE TRANSFERS........................  7
                  (ii)  POST-DISTRIBUTION DATE TERMINATIONS................  7
      2.2   401(k) RETIREMENT PLANS........................................  7
            (a)   CONTINUATION OF USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN..............  7
            (b)   ESTABLISHMENT OF THE BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN......  7
            (c)   OBLIGATION TO MAKE COMPANY CONTRIBUTION..................  8
            (d)   ADJUSTMENT MADE TO ACCOUNT BALANCES......................  8
            (e)   TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF ACCOUNT BALANCES..............  8
            (f)   USLD TO PROVIDE INFORMATION..............................  8
            (g)   REGULATORY FILINGS.......................................  8
      2.3   COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS....................................  9
            (a)   USLD COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.........................  9
            (b)   BILLING COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS......................  9
      2.4   STOCK PLANS....................................................  9
            (a)   USLD STOCK OPTION PLAN AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN.........  9
            (b)   BILLING COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN AND NON-EMPLOYEE
                    DIRECTOR PLAN.......................................... 10
            (c)   EFFECT OF THE DISTRIBUTION ON GRANTS AND AWARDS MADE 
                   PRIOR TO THE CUTOFF DATE................................ 10
                  (i)   RESTRICTED STOCK................................... 10
                  (ii)  GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS............................. 10
                  (iii) ADJUSTMENT AND SETTING OF EXERCISE PRICES.......... 11
            (d)   COMMUNICATION REGARDING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 
                    VESTING AND LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS...................... 11
      2.5   STOCK PURCHASE PLAN............................................ 11
            (a)   USLD STOCK PURCHASE PLAN................................. 11

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>



            (b)   BILLING STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.............................. 11
      2.6   MEDICAL/DENTAL PLAN LIABILITY AND COVERAGE..................... 12
            (a)   USLD..................................................... 12
            (b)   BILLING. ................................................ 12
            (c)   CONTINUATION COVERAGE ADMINISTRATION..................... 12
      2.7   VACATION AND SICK PAY LIABILITIES.............................. 13
            (a)   DIVISION OF LIABILITIES.................................. 13
            (b)   FUNDED RESERVES.......................................... 13
      2.8   PRESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE PLANS.............. 13
      2.9   NOTICE......................................................... 13
      2.10  PAYROLL REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING.............................. 14
            (a)   FORM W-2 REPORTING....................................... 14
            (b)   FORMS W-4 AND W-5........................................ 14
            (c)   GARNISHMENTS, TAX LEVIES, CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS, QUALIFIED
                  MEDICAL CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS AND WAGE ASSIGNMENTS........ 14
            (d)   AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.................... 14

ARTICLE 3         LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS............................. 15
      3.1   SEPARATE EMPLOYERS............................................. 15
      3.2   EMPLOYMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES.............................. 15
      3.3   CLAIMS......................................................... 15
            (a)   SCOPE.................................................... 15
            (b)   EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS................................ 15
            (c)   OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY.................................. 15
            (d)   PRE-DISTRIBUTION CLAIMS.................................. 16
            (e)   DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER JOINT LIABILITY CLAIMS............ 16
            (f)   POST-DISTRIBUTION EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS.............. 16
      3.4   FUNDING OF PLANS............................................... 16
      3.5   NOTICE OF CLAIMS............................................... 16
      3.6   ASSUMPTION OF EMPLOYMENT TAX RATES............................. 16
      3.7   INTERCOMPANY SERVICE CHARGE.................................... 17
      3.8   WARN CLAIMS.................................................... 17
      3.9   EMPLOYEES ON LEAVE OF ABSENCE.................................. 17
      3.10  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.............................. 17
      3.11  ATTORNEY-CLIENT PRIVILEGE...................................... 17

ARTICLE 4         DEFAULT.................................................. 17
      4.1   DEFAULT........................................................ 17
      4.2   FORCE MAJEURE.................................................. 17
                                                                         
ARTICLE 5         MISCELLANEOUS............................................ 18
      5.1   RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES........................................ 18
      5.2   ACCESS TO INFORMATION; COOPERATION............................. 18
      5.3   ASSIGNMENT..................................................... 18
      5.4   HEADINGS....................................................... 18
      5.5   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS..................................... 18
      5.6   PARTIES BOUND.................................................. 18

                                      -iii-
<PAGE>



      5.7   NOTICES........................................................ 18
      5.8   FURTHER ACTION................................................. 19
      5.9   WAIVER......................................................... 19
      5.10  GOVERNING LAW.................................................. 19
      5.11  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION........................................ 19
      5.12  ENTIRE AGREEMENT............................................... 19


                                      -iv-
<PAGE>



                               BENEFIT PLANS AND
                   EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT


      THIS BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
("Agreement") is made and entered into as of July 10, 1996, by and between
U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation ("USLD"), and BILLING
INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Billing").

                              R E C I T A L S:


      WHEREAS, subject to certain conditions, USLD intends to pay a special
dividend to the holders of USLD Common Stock on a one share-for-one share basis,
consisting of all outstanding shares of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
common stock (the "Distribution"); and

      WHEREAS, in connection with this special dividend, USLD and Billing have
entered into a Distribution Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") dated as of
July 10, 1996; and

      WHEREAS, pursuant to the aforesaid Distribution Agreement, USLD and
Billing have agreed to enter into an agreement allocating responsibilities with
respect to employee compensation, benefit plans, labor and certain other
employment matters pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
and other valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, USLD and Billing agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  DEFINITIONS

      1.1   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the meanings indicated below:

      BILLING BUSINESS.  Any business or operation of USLD or its Subsidiaries
that is, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, defined as the Billing Group
Business, or which is to be conducted, following the Distribution, by Billing or
any Billing Subsidiary.

      BILLING STOCK OPTION.  An option to acquire Billing Common Stock granted
under the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan or Billing Non-Employee
Director Plan.

      CODE.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor
legislation.

      COMMISSION.  The Securities and Exchange Commission.



<PAGE>



      COMMON STOCK.  The common stock of USLD or Billing, as more specifically
described below:

            (i)   BILLING COMMON STOCK.  The common stock, par value $.01 per
      share, of Billing;

            (ii)  EMPLOYER COMMON STOCK.  USLD Common Stock in the case of
      Retained Employees and USLD Terminees and Billing Common Stock in the case
      of Billing Employees; or

            (iii) USLD COMMON STOCK.  The common stock, par value $.01 per
      share, of USLD.

      COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.  The Company Contribution of USLD under the USLD
401(k) Retirement Plan (as provided in the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan
document), as may be supplemented in the sole and absolute discretion of the
USLD Board of Directors.

      CURRENT PLAN YEAR.  The plan year or fiscal year, whichever is
applicable with respect to any Plan, during which the Distribution occurs.

      CUTOFF DATE.  The date immediately preceding the Distribution Date.

      DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN.  A plan of deferred compensation that is not
tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and that is maintained for
Employees of USLD or Billing and their beneficiaries, as described below:

            (i)   USLD EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The current USLD
      Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, restated as of December 12, 1995,
      through which eligible executives of USLD may defer current compensation
      for retirement or other purposes, and that serves as the means by which
      amounts that would otherwise exceed certain limitations for contributions
      to the tax-qualified USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan are credited and
      automatically deferred;

            (ii)  USLD DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The current USLD
      Director Compensation Deferral Plan, restated as of December 19, 1995,
      through which members of USLD's Board of Directors may defer current
      compensation for retirement or other purposes, and that serves as a means
      by which amounts that would otherwise exceed certain limitations for
      contributions to tax qualified retirement plans are credited and
      automatically deferred;

            (iii) BILLING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The Billing
      Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, adopted as of July 10, 1996,
      but effective as of the Distribution Date, through which eligible
      executives of Billing may defer current compensation for retirement or
      other purposes, and that serves as the means by which amounts that would
      otherwise exceed certain limitations for contributions to the
      tax-qualified Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan are credited and
      automatically deferred; or



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



            (iv)  BILLING DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The Billing
      Director Compensation Deferral Plan, adopted as of July 10, 1996, but
      effective as of the Distribution Date, through which members of Billing's
      Board of Directors may defer current compensation for retirement or other
      purposes, and that serves as a means by which amounts that would otherwise
      exceed certain limitations for contributions to tax qualified retirement
      plans are credited and automatically deferred.

      DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT.  The agreement described in the second recital
of this Agreement.

      DISTRIBUTION DATE.  The date on which the Distribution occurs.

      EMPLOYEE.  An individual who, on the Distribution Date, is identified as
being in any of the following categories:

            (USLD CATEGORIES OF EMPLOYEES)

            (i)   USLD TERMINEE.  Any individual formerly employed in any
      Retained Business of USLD or of any Subsidiary of USLD who terminated such
      employment prior to the Distribution Date, including, but not limited to,
      any USLD Employee who has retired from a Retained Business prior to the
      Distribution Date;

            (ii)  RETAINED EMPLOYEE.  Any individual who is an Employee of
      USLD or any Retained Subsidiary on the Distribution Date; or

            (iii) RETAINED INDIVIDUAL.  Any individual who (i) is a Retained
      Employee, or (ii) is, as of the Cutoff Date, a USLD Terminee whose last
      employment with USLD or a Retained Subsidiary was with a Retained Business
      or any Retained Subsidiary, or (iii) is a beneficiary of any individual
      described in clause (i) or (ii).

            (BILLING CATEGORIES OF EMPLOYEES)

            (iv)  BILLING TERMINEE.  Any individual formerly employed by any
      Billing Business or any Subsidiary of USLD who terminated such employment
      prior to the Distribution Date, including, but not limited to, any Billing
      Employee who has retired from a Billing Business prior to the Distribution
      Date;

            (v)   BILLING EMPLOYEE.  Any individual who is an Employee of
      Billing or any Billing Subsidiary on the Distribution Date; or

            (vi)  BILLING INDIVIDUAL.  Any individual who (i) is a Billing
      Employee, or (ii) is, as of the Cutoff Date, a Billing Terminee whose last
      employment with USLD or a Retained Subsidiary was with a Billing Business
      or any Billing Subsidiary, or (iii) is a beneficiary of any individual
      specified in clause (i) or (ii).

      ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
or any successor legislation.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      EXISTING USLD STOCK OPTION.  An unexercised option to purchase USLD
Common Stock held by a grantee on the Cutoff Date pursuant to the USLD 1990
Employee Stock Option Plan or USLD 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan.

      401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  A defined contribution plan maintained pursuant
to Section 401(k) or 401(a) of the Code for Employees and their beneficiaries,
as specifically identified using one of the categories described below:

            (i)   USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  The USLD Employees' 401(k)
      Retirement Plan and Trust, as in effect prior to the Distribution Date; or

            (ii)  BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  The Billing Employees'
      401(k) Retirement Plan and Trust to be adopted by Billing and to become
      effective on the Distribution Date.

      IRS.  The Internal Revenue Service.

      MEDICAL/DENTAL PLAN.  A Welfare Plan providing health benefits to
Employees of USLD and their dependents, or to Employees of Billing and their
dependents, as described below:

            (i)   USLD MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS.  The existing USLD Medical/Dental
      Plans maintained prior to the Distribution primarily for the benefit of
      Retained Employees and Billing Employees and continued by USLD after the
      Distribution Date pursuant to Section 2.6; or

            (ii)  BILLING MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS.  The Medical/Dental Plans to
      be established by Billing in accordance with Section 2.6.

      NONQUALIFIED AWARD.  An award under the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option
Plan, the USLD Non-Employee Director Plan or the Billing 1996 Employee
Comprehensive Stock Plan of a stock option that is not qualified as an incentive
stock option under Code Section 422.

      PLAN.  Any plan, policy, arrangement, contract or agreement providing
compensation or benefits for any group of Employees or former employees or for
any individual Employee or former employee or the dependents or beneficiaries of
any such Employee or former employee, whether formal or informal or written or
unwritten, and including, without limitation, any means, whether or not legally
required, pursuant to which any benefit is provided by an employer to any
Employee or former employee or the beneficiaries of any such Employee or former
employee.  The term "Plan" as used in this Agreement does not include any
contract, agreement or understanding entered into by USLD prior to the
Distribution or by USLD or Billing after the Distribution and relating to
settlement of actual or potential employee-related litigation claims.

      POST-CONVERSION STOCK PRICE.  The per share price of USLD Common Stock
or Billing Common Stock, as applicable, equal to the average of the closing
sales price per share of that Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market for
each of ten consecutive trading days beginning with and including the
Distribution Date.



                                     -4-
<PAGE>



      QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  An individual (or dependent thereof) who either
(1) experiences a "qualifying event" (as that term is defined in Code Section
4980B(f)(3) and ERISA 603) while a participant in any Medical/Dental Plan, or
(2) becomes a "qualified beneficiary" (as that term is defined in Code Section
4980B(g)(1) and ERISA 607(3)) under any Medical/Dental Plan, and who is included
in any one of the following categories:

            (i)   USLD FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any person who becomes a
      Qualified Beneficiary on or after the Distribution Date under any USLD
      Medical/Dental Plan;

            (ii)  USLD CURRENT QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any USLD Terminee who
      on or before the Cutoff Date, was a Qualified Beneficiary under any USLD
      Medical/Dental Plan;

            (iii) BILLING FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any person who
      becomes a Qualified Beneficiary after the Cutoff Date under any Billing
      Medical/Dental Plan; or

            (iv)  BILLING CURRENT QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any Billing Terminee
      who on or before the Cutoff Date was a Qualified Beneficiary under any
      USLD Medical/Dental Plan.

      RETAINED BUSINESS.  Any business or operation of USLD or its
Subsidiaries that is, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, defined as the
Telecommunications Group Business, or that is to be conducted, following the
Distribution, by USLD or any Retained Subsidiary.

      SERVICE CREDIT.  The period taken into account under any Plan for
purposes of determining length of service or plan participation to satisfy
eligibility, vesting, benefit accrual and similar requirements under such Plan.

      STOCK PLANS.  Stock based incentive Plans maintained for Employees and
Non-Employee Directors of USLD or Billing and their respective beneficiaries, as
described below:

            (i)   USLD 1990 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN.  A stock-based
      incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of stock options
      maintained for employees of USLD and its subsidiaries, and their
      beneficiaries, adopted in 1990 and continued by USLD pursuant to Section
      2.4(a);

            (ii)  USLD 1993 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.  A stock-based
      incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of stock options
      maintained for non-employee directors of USLD and its subsidiaries, and
      their beneficiaries, adopted in 1993 (which incorporated and expanded a
      1991 non-employee director plan) and continued pursuant to Section 2.4(a);

            (iii) USLD 1995 EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN.  A stock-based
      incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of restricted stock
      maintained for employees of USLD and its subsidiaries, and their
      beneficiaries, adopted in 1995 and continued by USLD pursuant to Section
      2.4(a);



                                     -5-
<PAGE>



            (iv)  BILLING 1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN.  A
      stock-based incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of stock
      options and restricted stock maintained for employees of Billing, its
      parent and subsidiaries, and their beneficiaries, adopted by USLD as sole
      stockholder of Billing on July 10, 1996, but effective as of the
      Distribution Date, and continued by Billing pursuant to Section 2.4(b); or

            (v)   BILLING NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.  A stock-based incentive
      compensation Plan providing for awards of stock options to non-employee
      directors of Billing, its parent and subsidiaries, adopted by USLD as the
      sole stockholder of Billing on July 10, 1996, but effective as of the
      Distribution Date, and continued by Billing pursuant to Section 2.4(b).


      STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  A stock-based Plan meeting the requirements of
Section 423 of the Code, maintained for Employees of USLD or Billing.

      SUBSIDIARY.  Any corporation, including each of the following
categories:

            (i)   RETAINED SUBSIDIARY.  Any subsidiary of USLD except Billing
      and the Billing Subsidiaries; or

            (ii)  BILLING SUBSIDIARY.  Each of the Billing Group Subsidiaries
      as defined in the Distribution Agreement and all other Subsidiaries of
      Billing as defined in the Distribution Agreement at the time of the
      Distribution.

      USLD.  U.S. Long Distance Corp., a Delaware corporation.

      WELFARE PLAN.  Any Plan that provides medical, health, disability,
accident, life insurance, death, dental or any other welfare benefit, including,
without limitation, any post-employment benefit.

      1.2   CERTAIN CONSTRUCTIONS.  References to the singular in this
Agreement shall refer to the plural and vice-versa and references to the
masculine shall refer to the feminine and vice-versa.

      1.3   SCHEDULES; SECTIONS.  References to a "Schedule" are, unless
otherwise specified, to one of the Schedules attached to this Agreement, and
references to a "Section" are, unless otherwise specified, to one of the
Sections of this Agreement.

      1.4   SURVIVAL.  Obligations described in this Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect and shall survive the Distribution Date.



                                     -6-
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 2

                               EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

      2.1   EMPLOYMENT.

      (a)   ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ON DISTRIBUTION DATE.  On the
Distribution Date, except to the extent retained or assumed by USLD under this
Agreement or any other agreement related to the Distribution, Billing shall
retain or assume, as the case may be, responsibility as employer for the Billing
Employees.  On the Distribution Date, except to the extent retained or assumed
by Billing under this Agreement or any other agreement relating to the
Distribution, USLD shall retain or assume, as the case may be, responsibility as
employer for the Retained Employees.  The assumption or retention of
responsibility as employer by USLD or Billing described in this Section 2.1
shall not, of itself, constitute a severance or a termination of employment
under any plan of severance, of income or other Plan extension maintained by
USLD or Billing, and no such severance, separation or termination shall be
deemed to occur.

      (b)   SERVICE CREDITS.

            (i)   DISTRIBUTION DATE TRANSFERS.  On the Distribution Date, for
      purposes of determining Service Credits under any Plans, USLD shall credit
      each Retained Employee and Billing shall credit each Billing Employee with
      such Employee's Service Credits and original hire date as are reflected in
      the USLD payroll system records.  Such Service Credits and hire date shall
      continue to be maintained as described herein for as long as the Employee
      does not terminate employment.

            (ii)  POST-DISTRIBUTION DATE TERMINATIONS.  Subject to the
      provisions of ERISA, USLD may, in the case of Retained Employees, and
      Billing may, in the case of Billing Employees, each in its sole
      discretion, make such decisions as it deems appropriate with respect to
      determining Service Credits for such Employees who terminate employment
      from the other company after the Distribution Date.

      2.2   401(k) RETIREMENT PLANS.

      (a)   CONTINUATION OF USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  Effective as of the
Distribution Date, USLD shall continue sponsorship of the USLD 401(k) Retirement
Plan.

      (b)   ESTABLISHMENT OF THE BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  Effective as
of the Distribution Date, Billing shall take, or cause to be taken, all action
necessary and appropriate to establish and administer a new Plan named the
Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan and Trust in the form approved by the Billing
Board of Directors.  Billing shall provide benefits under such Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan after the Distribution Date for all Billing Employees who,
immediately prior to the Distribution Date, were participants in or otherwise
entitled to benefits under the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan.  The Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan shall be intended to qualify for tax-favored treatment under
Section 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code and to be in compliance with the
requirements of ERISA.  All Billing Employees who wish to participate in


                                     -7-
<PAGE>



the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan will be required to enroll in the Billing
401(k) Retirement Plan as provided by such Plan.

      (c)   OBLIGATION TO MAKE COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.  USLD is responsible for
USLD's obligation to make payment of Company Contributions under the USLD 401(k)
Retirement Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the USLD 401(k)
Retirement Plan for the period up to and including the Cutoff Date.  The Company
Contribution to the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan for the remainder of the
Current Plan Year shall be paid by Billing in accordance with the provisions of
the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan document and applicable law.

      (d)   ADJUSTMENT MADE TO ACCOUNT BALANCES.  As of the Distribution Date,
the plan administrator of the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan shall adjust the
account balances of all participants entitled under such Plan to Company
Contributions and forfeitures for the Current Plan Year to reflect such Company
Contributions and forfeitures.

      (e)   TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF ACCOUNT BALANCES.  As soon as
practicable after the Distribution Date, USLD shall cause the trustees of the
USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan to transfer to the trustee or other funding agent of
the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan the amounts (in cash, securities, other
property, plan loans, or a combination thereof) acceptable to the Billing
administrator or trustee of the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan representing the
account balances of all Billing Individuals, and Billing shall credit the
accounts of such individuals under the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan with said
amounts.  Each such transfer shall comply with Section 414(l) of the Code and
the requirements of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Billing
shall cause the trustees or other funding agent of the Plan to accept the
plan-to-plan transfer from the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan trustees, and to
credit the accounts of such Billing Individuals under the Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan with amounts transferred on their behalf.

      (f)   USLD TO PROVIDE INFORMATION.  USLD shall provide Billing, as soon
as practicable after the Distribution Date (with the cooperation of Billing to
the extent that relevant information is in the possession of Billing or a
Billing Subsidiary, and in accordance with Section 5.2), with a list of Billing
Individuals who, to the best knowledge of USLD, were participants in or
otherwise entitled to benefits under the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan on the
Cutoff Date, together with a listing of each participant's Service Credits under
the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan and a listing of each such Billing Individual's
account balance thereunder.  USLD shall, as soon as practicable after the
Distribution Date and in accordance with Section 5.2, provide Billing with such
additional information in the possession of USLD or a Retained Subsidiary (and
not already in the possession of Billing or a Billing Subsidiary) as may be
reasonably requested by Billing and necessary for Billing to administer
effectively the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan.

      (g)   REGULATORY FILINGS.  Billing and USLD shall, in connection with
the plan-to-plan transfer described in Section 2.2(e), cooperate in making any
and all appropriate filings required by the Commission or the IRS, or required
under the Code, ERISA, or any applicable securities laws and the regulations
thereunder, and take all such action as may be necessary and appropriate to
cause such plan-to-plan transfer to take place as soon as practicable after the


                                     -8-
<PAGE>



Distribution Date or otherwise when required by law.  Further, Billing shall
seek a favorable IRS determination letter to the effect that the Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan, as organized, satisfies all qualification requirements under
Section 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code, and the transfers described in Section
2.2(e) shall take place as soon as practicable.  Such transfers may take place
pending issuance of a favorable determination letter, upon receipt of an opinion
of counsel reasonably satisfactory to both USLD and Billing that the Billing
Plan so qualifies, or can be made to so qualify by retroactive amendment, and
that the transfer will not adversely affect the qualified status of either Plan
or decrease the accrued benefits of any participant.

      2.3   COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.

      (a)   USLD COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.  USLD shall continue sponsorship
of the USLD Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD Director Compensation
Deferral Plan and to provide future deferred compensation benefits thereunder
accruing after the Cutoff Date for all Retained Employees and outside directors
of USLD, as the case may be, who are admitted to participation in such
respective Plans on or after the Distribution Date.  USLD shall be responsible
for all liabilities and obligations of USLD relating to Retained Individuals and
such outside directors of USLD, as the case may be, accrued through the Cutoff
Date with respect to the USLD Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD
Director Compensation Deferral Plans, respectively, along with earnings required
to be credited to account balances included therein.

      (b)   BILLING COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.  Billing shall adopt new
plans named the Billing Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and Billing
Director Compensation Deferral Plan.  Billing shall thereafter (1) provide
similar deferred compensation opportunities to Billing Individuals and outside
directors of Billing as shall have been provided to participants in the USLD
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD Director Compensation Deferral
Plan, respectively, prior to the Distribution Date; and (2) shall assume all
liabilities and obligations of USLD relating to Billing Individuals and outside
directors of Billing accrued through the Cutoff Date with respect to the USLD
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD Director Compensation Deferral
Plan, respectively, along with earnings required to be credited to account
balances included in such Plans.  The foregoing shall be subject to the
requirements of ERISA and the Code.  All Billing Employees who wish to
participate in the Billing Executive Compensation Deferral Plan or Director
Deferral Plan, as applicable, must so elect as provided by such Plan.

      2.4   STOCK PLANS.

      (a)   USLD STOCK OPTION PLAN AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN.  USLD shall
continue the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan, the USLD 1993 Non-Employee
Director Plan and the USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan.  All awards
under these Plans will continue to be denominated in USLD Common Stock.  USLD
shall continue to reserve those shares already reserved under the USLD 1990
Employee Stock Option Plan, the USLD 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan and the
USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan.  Additionally, USLD, after the
Distribution, will cause to be reserved any additional shares identified for
reservation thereunder to the extent authorized by the stockholders.



                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      (b)   BILLING COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN AND NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.
As soon as practicable after the date hereof, Billing shall take, or cause to be
taken, all action necessary and appropriate (i) to ratify the adoption of the
Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and the Billing Non-Employee
Director Plan, and (ii) to present such Plans to USLD, as the sole stockholder
of Billing, for its approval of these Plans.  All awards of options under the
Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and the Billing Non-Employee
Director Plan will be denominated in Billing Common Stock.  To the extent
authorized by USLD, its sole stockholder, prior to the Distribution Date,
Billing will reserve as shares under the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive
Stock Plan and the Billing Non-Employee Director Plan 3,500,000 shares and
400,000 shares, respectively, of Billing Common Stock, identified for
reservation thereunder.  Any such shares not used to grant Billing Stock Options
or restricted share awards pursuant to Section 2.4(c) will be available for
future awards to Billing Individuals.  Billing shall administer all grants of
Billing Stock Options and awards of restricted shares of Billing Common Stock
under the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and all grants of
Billing Stock Options under the Billing Non-Employee Director Plan under the
terms of such Plans governing such grants or awards.

      (c)   EFFECT OF THE DISTRIBUTION ON GRANTS AND AWARDS MADE PRIOR TO THE
CUTOFF DATE.

            (i)   RESTRICTED STOCK.  On the Distribution Date, the grantee of
each restricted share of USLD Common Stock awarded under the USLD 1995 Employee
Restricted Stock Plan shall retain such share and shall receive as part of the
Distribution one restricted share of Billing Common Stock under the Billing 1996
Comprehensive Stock Plan for each restricted share of USLD Common Stock awarded
under the USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan as of the record date for the
Distribution.  For the Retained Employees and USLD Terminees, the restricted
shares of Billing Common Stock will be held by Billing and will be subject to
restrictions identical to those applicable to the underlying restricted shares
of USLD Common Stock, which are and will continue to be held by USLD.  For
Billing Employees and Billing Terminees, their restricted shares of USLD Common
Stock will continue to be held by USLD under the 1995 Employee Restricted Stock
Plan, the Billing Common Stock will be subject to restrictions for the benefit
of Billing identical to the restrictions for the benefit of USLD that are
applicable to the underlying shares of USLD Common Stock and Billing will hold
the restricted shares of Billing Common Stock under the Billing 1996
Comprehensive Stock Plan.  Restricted shares of Billing Common Stock awarded as
part of the Distribution shall be released by Billing from restrictions at the
same time and on the same schedule as the restricted shares of USLD Common Stock
retained, under the terms of the restrictions to which the grantee's award under
the USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan were subject.  The Distribution
shall not be deemed a termination of employment by any Retained Employee or
Billing Employee for purposes of the USLD 1995 Restricted Stock Plan.

            (ii)  GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS.  As soon as practicable after the
date hereof and prior to the Distribution Date, Billing shall grant to (1) each
Retained Employee or Billing Employee that is a grantee of a Nonqualified Award
of an Existing USLD Stock Option under the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan,
a Nonqualified Award of a Billing Stock Option to purchase a number of shares of
Billing Common Stock under the Billing 1996 Comprehensive Stock Plan equal to
the number of shares of USLD Common Stock purchasable under the Existing USLD
Stock Option and (2) each non-employee director of USLD that is a grantee of


                                     -10-
<PAGE>



an Existing USLD Stock Option under the USLD 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan, a
Billing Stock Option to purchase a number of shares of Billing Common Stock
under the Billing 1996 Comprehensive Stock Plan equal to the number of shares of
USLD Common Stock purchasable under the Existing USLD Stock Option. The Billing
Stock Options will be subject to the same terms and conditions of the
corresponding Existing USLD Stock Options, except that the exercise price of the
Billing Stock Options shall be set as described in paragraph 2.4(c)(iii) and the
Distribution shall not be deemed a termination of employment of any Retained
Employee or Billing Employee for purposes of the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option
Plan or the Billing 1996 Comprehensive Stock Plan.  The Existing USLD Stock
Options shall remain in effect with the same terms and conditions, including
that the same number of shares of USLD Common Stock shall be purchasable upon
exercise thereof, except that the exercise price of the Existing USLD Stock
Options shall be adjusted pursuant to paragraph 2.4(c)(iii).

      (iii) ADJUSTMENT AND SETTING OF EXERCISE PRICES.  The adjusted exercise
price (the "Adjusted USLD Option Exercise Price") of each Existing USLD Stock
Option and the exercise price of the related Billing Stock Option shall be as
follows.  The Adjusted USLD Option Exercise Price shall equal the product of (1)
the exercise price of the Existing USLD Stock Option multiplied by (2) the ratio
of (a) the Post Conversion Stock Price of USLD Common Stock to (b) the sum of
(x) the Post Conversion Stock Price of the USLD Common Stock plus (y) the Post
Conversion Stock Price of the Billing Common Stock.  The exercise price of the
related Billing Stock Option shall equal the product of (1) the exercise price
of the related Existing USLD Stock Option multiplied by (2) the ratio of (a) the
Post Conversion Stock Price of Billing Common Stock to (b) the sum of (x) the
Post Conversion Stock Price of the Billing Common Stock plus (y) the Post
Conversion Stock Price of the USLD Common Stock.

      (d)   COMMUNICATION REGARDING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, VESTING AND 
LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS.  USLD shall promptly notify Billing of the termination 
of employment of any Retained Employee holding Billing Stock Options or 
restricted shares of Billing Common Stock and of any amendment to an Existing 
USLD Stock Option held by a Retained Employee holding a related Billing Stock 
Option.  Billing shall promptly notify USLD of the termination of employment 
of any Billing Employee holding an Existing USLD Stock Option or restricted 
shares of USLD Common Stock and of any amendment to a Billing Stock Option 
held by a Billing Employee holding a related Existing USLD Stock Option.  
Such notices with respect to termination shall specify the date of 
termination, the reason for termination (e.g. for cause, without cause, upon 
a change of control, etc.), whether the termination is with or without 
written consent and that the impact that such termination has on any 
outstanding grant or award of options on restricted shares. Such notices 
with respect to  amendments to an Existing USLD Stock Option or Billing Stock 
Option shall specify the amendment, the name of the Retained Employee or 
Billing Employee, as applicable, and such other information as the other 
party shall reasonably require. USLD agrees that each Existing USLD Stock 
Option held by a Billing Employee whose related Billing Stock Option is 
amended following the Distribution Date shall be deemed amended and shall be 
amended to the same extent as the related Billing Stock Option is amended 
without further action. Billing agrees that each Billing Stock Option held by 
a Retained Employee whose related Existing USLD Stock Option is amended 
following the Distribution Date shall be deemed amended and shall be amended 
to the same extent as the related Existing USLD Stock Option is amended 
without further action.

   
      (e)   CHANGE IN CONTROL.  Each Existing USLD Stock Option agreement 
provides or will provide, and each relating Billing Stock Option agreement 
will provide, that (a) upon a change of control (as defined in the 
applicable stock option agreement) of USLD, all nonvested Existing USLD Stock 
Options, whether held by a Retained Employee or a Billing Employee, and all 
nonvested Billing Stock Options held by Retained Employees shall immediately 
vest, and (b) upon a change of control (as defined in the applicable stock 
option agreement) of Billing, all nonvested Billing Stock Options, whether 
held by a Retained Employee or a Billing Employee, and all nonvested Existing
USLD Stock Options held by Billing Employees shall immediately vest.
    

      (f)  DETERMINATION OF CONSENT TO TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF BILLING 
EMPLOYEES UNDER USLD EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN.  USLD agrees that with respect to 
Billing Employees who hold USLD Stock Options under the USLD 1990 Employee 
Stock Plan, for purposes of Section 14 of the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Plan, 
the giving or withholding of consent to the termination of employment of a 
Billing Employee shall be as determined by Billing and stated in the notice 
of termination provided by Billing to USLD as required by Section 2.4(d) 
above.

      2.5   STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.

      (a)   USLD STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The current six-month enrollment period
for the USLD Stock Purchase Plan shall close early on June 30, 1996, or such
other date preceding the Distribution Date as the Plan administrator shall
specify, and shares of USLD Common Stock shall be purchased for all eligible
Plan participants so as to allow Plan participants to participate in the
Distribution of the shares of Billing Common Stock.  The next six-month
enrollment period for the USLD Stock Purchase Plan shall begin on August 1,
1996, or such other date as the Plan Administrator shall specify following the
Distribution Date.

      (b)   BILLING STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The Billing Stock Purchase Plan,
approved by USLD in its role as sole stockholder of Billing on July 10, 1996,
but effective as of the Distribution Date, shall begin its initial enrollment
period on August 1, 1996, or such other date


                                     -11-
<PAGE>



as Plan administrator shall specify following the Distribution Date.  All
Billing Employees who wish to participate in the Billing Stock Purchase Plan
must so elect as provided by such Plan.

      2.6   MEDICAL/DENTAL PLAN LIABILITY AND COVERAGE.

      (a)   USLD.  USLD shall sponsor and continue the existing USLD
Medical/Dental Plans and be responsible for providing medical/dental coverage,
including appropriate stop-loss insurance, and assuming responsibility for the
associated liabilities and accrued obligations of these plans relating to
Retained Employees and Retained Individuals.  The medical/dental plans to be
sponsored and continued by USLD are listed on Schedule 2.6(a) attached to and
incorporated into this Agreement.

      (b)   BILLING.  After the Distribution Date, Billing shall be
responsible for providing medical/dental coverage and assuming responsibility
for the associated liabilities and accrued obligations of and relating to all
Billing Employees and their eligible dependents who will be offered
participation in the Billing Medical/Dental Plan or plans on terms and
conditions deemed appropriate by Billing.  Billing Employees shall have no
preexisting condition limitation imposed other than that which is or was imposed
under their existing plan or plans, and they will be credited with any expenses
incurred toward deductibles, out-of-pocket expenses, maximum benefit payments,
and any benefit usage toward plan limits that would have been applicable to the
plan in which they were enrolled prior to the Distribution.  The medical/dental
plans to be sponsored and continued by Billing are listed on Schedule 2.6(b)
attached to and incorporated into this Agreement.

      (c)   CONTINUATION COVERAGE ADMINISTRATION.  As of the Distribution
Date, USLD or a Retained Subsidiary shall assume or retain and shall be solely
responsible for, or cause its insurance carriers (including for this purpose
HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be responsible for, the administration of
the continuation coverage requirements imposed by Code Section 4980B and ERISA
Sections 601 through 608 as they relate to any USLD Current Qualified
Beneficiary or any USLD Future Qualified Beneficiary.  As of the Distribution
Date, USLD or a Retained Subsidiary shall assume or retain and shall be
responsible for, or cause its insurance carriers (including for this purpose
HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be responsible for, all liabilities and
obligations in connection with coverage to be provided, claims incurred and
premiums owed on or after the Cutoff Date under any USLD Medical/Dental Plan in
respect of any USLD Current Qualified Beneficiary or any USLD Future Qualified
Beneficiary.  As of the Distribution Date, Billing or a Billing Subsidiary shall
assume or retain and shall be solely responsible for, or cause it insurance
carriers (including for this purpose HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be
responsible for, the administration of the continuation coverage requirements
imposed by Code Section 4980B and ERISA Sections 601 through 608 as they relate
to any Billing Current Qualified Beneficiary or any Billing Future Qualified
Beneficiary.  As of the Distribution Date, Billing or a Billing Subsidiary shall
assume or retain and shall be responsible for, or cause its insurance carriers
(including for this purpose HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be responsible
for, all liabilities and obligations in connection with coverage to be provided,
claims incurred and premiums owed on or after the Cutoff Date under any Billing
Medical/Dental Plan in respect of any Billing Current Qualified Beneficiary or
any Billing Future Qualified Beneficiary.



                                     -12-
<PAGE>



      (d)   In the event that subsequent to the Distribution Date, refunds are
received from or additional premium adjustments become payable to carriers
providing health or medical insurance where such amounts are the result of
actual experience differing from that used to compute premiums for any periods
prior to the Distribution Date, such refunds or obligations will be shared
between USLD and Billing based on the following formula.  Billings share will
equal the percentage represented by the average number of Billing employees
during the period to which the refund or obligation relates divided by the
average total of Billing and USLD employees during such period.  USLD's share
will equal  the percentage represented by the average number of USLD employees
during the period to which the refund or obligation relates divided by the
average total of Billing and USLD employees during such period.

      2.7   VACATION AND SICK PAY LIABILITIES.

      (a)   DIVISION OF LIABILITIES.  Effective on the Distribution Date, USLD
shall retain, as to the Retained Employees, and, Billing shall assume, as to the
Billing Employees, all accrued liabilities (whether vested or unvested, and
whether funded or unfunded) for vacation and sick leave in respect of such
employees as of the Cutoff Date.  USLD shall be solely responsible for the
payment of such vacation or sick leave to Retained Employees after the Cutoff
Date and Billing shall be solely responsible for the payment of such vacation or
sick leave to Billing Employees after the Cutoff Date. Each party shall provide
to its own Employees on the Distribution Date the same vested and unvested
balances of vacation and sick leave as credited to such Employee on the USLD
payroll systems on the Cutoff Date.  The preceding sentence shall not be
construed as in any way limiting the right of either USLD or Billing to change
its vacation or sick leave policies as it deems appropriate.

      (b)   FUNDED RESERVES.  Assets attributable to funded reserves for the
vacation or sick leave liabilities being divided in accordance with Section
2.7(a) (whether held in a trust, a voluntary employees beneficiary association,
or any other funding vehicle) shall be allocated in an appropriate and equitable
manner between USLD and Billing.

      2.8   PRESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE PLANS.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided in Article 2, no provisions of this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the agreement of USLD or Billing, or any Retained
Subsidiary or Billing Subsidiary, to make a contribution or payment to or under
any Plan herein referred to for any period, shall be construed as a limitation
on the right of USLD or Billing or any Retained Subsidiary or Billing Subsidiary
to amend such Plan or terminate its participation therein which USLD or Billing
or any Retained Subsidiary or Billing Subsidiary would otherwise have under the
terms of such Plan or otherwise.  No provision of this Agreement shall be
construed to create a right in any employee or former employee, or dependent or
beneficiary of such employee or former employee, under a Plan which such person
would not otherwise have under the terms of the Plan itself.

      2.9   NOTICE.  USLD and Billing acknowledge that USLD and the Retained
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Billing and the Billing Subsidiaries, on the
other hand, may incur costs and expenses, including, but not limited to,
contributions to Plans and the payment of insurance premiums arising from or
related to any of the Plans that are, as set forth in this Agreement, the
responsibility of the other party hereto.  Accordingly, USLD (and any Retained
Subsidiary


                                     -13-
<PAGE>



responsible therefor) and Billing (and any Billing Subsidiary responsible
therefor) shall (i) give notice to the other party of the costs to be incurred
prior to payment and (ii) demand that the other party which has the obligation
to pay shall pay the cost and expense.

      2.10  PAYROLL REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING.

      (a)   FORM W-2 REPORTING.  Billing and USLD hereby adopt the
"alternative procedure" for preparing and filing IRS Forms W-2 (Wage and Tax
Statements), as described in Section 5 of Revenue Procedure 84-77, 1984-2 IRS
Cumulative Bulletin 753 ("Rev. Proc. 84-77").  Under this procedure Billing as
the successor employer shall provide all required Forms W-2 to all Billing
Individuals reflecting all wages paid and taxes withheld by both USLD as the
predecessor and Billing as the successor employer for the entire year during
which the Distribution takes place.  USLD shall provide all required Forms W-2
to all Retained Individuals reflecting all wages and taxes paid and withheld by
USLD before, on and after the Distribution Date.  In connection with the
aforesaid agreement under Rev. Proc. 84-77, each business unit or business
operation of USLD shall be assigned to either USLD or Billing, depending upon
whether it is a Retained Business or a Billing Business, and each Retained
Individual or Billing Individual associated with such business unit or business
operation shall be assigned for payroll reporting purposes to USLD or Billing,
as the case may be.

      (b)   FORMS W-4 AND W-5.  Billing and USLD agree to adopt the
alternative procedure of Rev. Proc. 84-77 for purposes of filing IRS Forms W-4
(Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate) and W-5 (Earned Income Credit
Advance Payment Certificate).  Under this procedure USLD shall provide to
Billing as the successor employer all IRS Forms W-4 and W-5 on file with respect
to each Billing Individual, and Billing will honor these forms until such time,
if any, that such Billing Individual submits a revised form.

      (c)   GARNISHMENTS, TAX LEVIES, CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS, QUALIFIED MEDICAL
CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS AND WAGE ASSIGNMENTS.  With respect to Employees with
garnishments, tax levies, child support orders, qualified medical child support
orders, and wage assignments in effect with USLD on the Cutoff Date, Billing
with respect to each Billing Individual shall honor such payroll deduction
authorizations or court or governmental orders applicable to Billing Plans, and
will continue to make payroll deductions and payments to any authorized payee,
as specified by the court or governmental order that was filed with USLD.
Likewise, USLD with respect to each Retained Individual shall honor such payroll
deduction authorization or court or governmental orders applicable to USLD Plans
and will continue to make payroll deductions and payments to any authorized
payee, as specified by the court or governmental order that was filed with USLD.

      (d)   AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.  Unless otherwise
prohibited or provided by this Agreement or another agreement entered into in
connection with the Distribution, or by a Plan document, with respect to
Employees with authorizations for payroll deductions in effect with USLD on the
Cutoff Date, Billing as the successor employer will honor such payroll deduction
authorizations relating to each Billing Individual, including, without
limitation, scheduled loan repayments to the 401(k) Retirement Plan and direct
deposit of payroll, bonus advances and types of authorized company receivables
usually collectible through payroll


                                     -14-
<PAGE>



deductions, and shall not require that such Billing Individual submit a new
authorization to the extent that the type of deduction by Billing does not
differ from that made by USLD.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                         LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other
Agreement between USLD and Billing to the contrary, USLD and Billing understand
and agree that:

      3.1   SEPARATE EMPLOYERS.  After the Distribution Date and the
separation of Employees into their respective companies, USLD and Billing will
be separate and independent employers.

      3.2   EMPLOYMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES.  USLD and Billing may adopt,
continue, modify or terminate such employment policies, compensation practices,
retirement plans, welfare benefit plans, and other employee benefit plans or
policies of any kind or description, as each may determine, in its sole
discretion, are necessary and appropriate.

      3.3   CLAIMS.

      (a)   SCOPE.  This section is intended to allocate all liabilities for
employment-related claims involving USLD or Billing including, but not limited
to, claims against either or both USLD and Billing and their respective
officers, directors, agents and employees, or against or by their respective
employee benefit plans and plan administrators and fiduciaries; provided,
however, that this section shall not apply to any indemnification between the
parties for matters and services contemplated in that certain Transitional
Services and Sublease Agreement between the parties dated July 10, 1996 and
effective as of the Distribution Date.

      (b)   EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS.  An employment-related claim shall
include any actual or threatened lawsuit, arbitration, ERISA claim, or federal,
state or local judicial or administrative proceeding of whatever kind involving
a demand by or on behalf of or relating to Retained Individuals or Billing
Individuals, or by or relating to any federal, state or local government agency
alleging liability against USLD or Billing, or against any employee health,
welfare, deferred compensation or other benefit plan and/or their respective
officers, directors, agents, employees, administrators, trustees and
fiduciaries.

      (c)   OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY.  The duty of a party to indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the other party under this Section 3.3 shall include the
following obligations of the party having such duty:  to provide a legal defense
and incur all attorneys' fees and litigation costs that may be associated with
such a defense; to pay all costs of settlement or judgment where the
indemnifying party has the full duty to do so or to pay the full percentage of
the party's share when the duty is only a percentage of the full settlement or
judgment; and to hold harmless from all claims and costs that may be asserted
with or arising from the duty of the indemnifying party to defend and indemnify.



                                     -15-
<PAGE>



      (d)   PRE-DISTRIBUTION CLAIMS.

            (i)   USLD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Billing from
any employment-related claims of a Retained Individual arising from acts
occurring on or before the Cutoff Date.

            (ii)  Billing shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless USLD from
any employment-related claims of a Billing Individual arising from acts
occurring on or before the Cutoff Date.

      (e)   DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER JOINT LIABILITY CLAIMS.  Where
employment-related claims alleging or involving joint and several liability
asserted against USLD and Billing are not separately traceable to liabilities
relating to Retained Individuals or Billing Individuals, any liability shall be
appointed between USLD and Billing in accordance with the percentage that each
party's Employees represents of the combined total number of Employees of both
parties, as described below.  The percentage of the liability assumed by USLD
shall equal the ratio of (i) the total number of Retained Employees on the
Distribution Date to (ii) the combined total number of Retained Employees and
Billing Employees on such date.  The percentage of the liability assumed by
Billing shall equal the ratio of (i) the total number of Billing Employees on
the Distribution Date, to (ii) the combined total number of Retained Employees
and Billing Employees on such date.  Each party will indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other to the extent of the indemnifying party's apportioned
percentage determined in accordance herewith.

      (f)   POST-DISTRIBUTION EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS.  Employment related
claims arising from acts occurring after the Distribution and division of the
Employees between the parties and not relating to, arising from, or in
connection with the Distribution will be the sole responsibility of USLD as to
Retained Individuals and of Billing as to Billing Individuals.  Each Company
will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other from employment-related
claims of the other company.

      3.4   FUNDING OF PLANS.  Without limitation to the scope and application
of Section 3.3, any claims by or on behalf of Employees or any federal, state or
local government agency for alleged underfunding of, or failure to make payments
to, health and welfare funds based on acts or omissions occurring on or before
the Cutoff Date or arising from or in connection with the Distribution, will be
the sole responsibility of each party as to its own employees (i.e., USLD with
respect to Retained Individuals and Billing with respect to Billing
Individuals), and the responsible party will indemnify, defend, and hold
harmless the other from any such claims.

      3.5   NOTICE OF CLAIMS.  Without limitation to the scope and application
to each party in the performance of its duties under Section 3.3 and 3.4 herein,
each party will notify in writing and consult with the other party prior to
making any settlement of an employee claim, for the purpose of avoiding any
prejudice to such other party arising from the settlement.

      3.6   ASSUMPTION OF EMPLOYMENT TAX RATES.  Changes in state unemployment
tax experience as of the Cutoff Date shall be handled as follows:  In the event
an option exists to allocate state unemployment tax experience of USLD, the USLD
experience shall be transferred to Billing if this results in the lowest
aggregate unemployment tax costs for both USLD and


                                     -16-
<PAGE>



Billing combined, and the USLD experience shall be retained by USLD if this
results in the lowest aggregate unemployment tax costs for USLD and Billing
combined.

      3.7   INTERCOMPANY SERVICE CHARGE.  Legal, professional, managerial,
administrative, clerical, consulting and support or production services provided
to one party by personnel of the other party, upon the request of the first
party or when such services are otherwise required by this Agreement between
Billing and USLD, shall be charged to the party receiving such services on
commercially reasonable terms to be negotiated (or in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable agreement between the parties).

      3.8   WARN CLAIMS.  Before and after the Distribution Date, each party
shall comply in all material respects with the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Act ("WARN").  USLD shall be responsible for WARN claims relating to Retained
Individuals or to Employees who prior to the Distribution Date were employed in
a Retained Business.  Billing shall be responsible for WARN Claims relating to
Billing Individuals or to Employees who prior to the Distribution Date were
employed in a Billing Business.  Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other in connection with WARN Claims for which the indemnitor is
responsible and which are brought against the indemnitee.

      3.9   EMPLOYEES ON LEAVE OF ABSENCE.  After the Distribution Date, USLD
shall assume responsibility, if any, as employer for all Employees returning
from an approved leave of absence who prior to the Distribution Date were
employed in a Retained Business.  After the Distribution Date, Billing shall
assume responsibility, if any, as employer for all Employees returning from an
approved leave of absence who prior to the Distribution Date were employed in a
Billing Business.

      3.10  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.  Neither this Agreement nor any
other intercompany agreement between Billing and USLD is intended to nor does it
create any third party contractual or other common law rights.  No person shall
be deemed a third-party beneficiary of the agreement between Billing and USLD.

      3.11  ATTORNEY-CLIENT PRIVILEGE.  Consistent with the provisions of the
Distribution Agreement, the provisions herein requiring either party to this
Agreement to cooperate shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the attorney/client
privilege for either party or shall it require either party to waive its
attorney/client privilege.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                    DEFAULT

      4.1   DEFAULT.  If either party materially defaults hereunder, the
nondefaulting party shall be entitled to all remedies provided in the
Distribution Agreement, including the arbitration of disputes set forth in
Section 11.13.

      4.2   FORCE MAJEURE.  Billing and USLD shall incur no liability to each
other due to a default under the terms and conditions of this Agreement
resulting from fire, flood, war, strike, lock-out, work stoppage or slow-down,
labor disturbances, power failure, major equipment


                                     -17-
<PAGE>



breakdowns, construction delays, accident, riots, acts of God, acts of United
States' enemies, laws, orders or at the insistence or result of any governmental
authority or any other delay beyond each other's reasonable control.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      5.1   RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed or construed by the parties or any third party as creating the
relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the
parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and
no act of the parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the
parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

      5.2   ACCESS TO INFORMATION; COOPERATION.  USLD and Billing and their
authorized agents will be given reasonable access to and may take copies of all
information relating to the subjects of this Agreement (to the extent permitted
by federal and state confidentiality laws) in the custody of the other party,
including in the custody of any agent, contractor, subcontractor, agent or any
other person or entity under contract by such party.  The parties will provide
one another with such information within the scope of this Agreement as is
reasonably necessary to administer each party's Plans and to otherwise carry out
the provisions of this Agreement.  The parties will cooperate with each other to
minimize the disruption caused by and such access and providing of information.

      5.3   ASSIGNMENT.  Neither party shall, without the prior written
consent of the other, have the right to assign any rights or delegate any
obligations under this Agreement.

      5.4   HEADINGS.  The headings used in this Agreement are inserted only
for the purpose of convenience and reference, and in no way define or limit the
scope or intent of any provision or part hereof.

      5.5   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  Neither USLD nor Billing intends to
violate statutory or common law or existing contractual obligations by executing
this Agreement.  If any section, sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of
provisions in this Agreement is in violation of any law, such sections,
sentences, paragraphs, clauses or combinations shall be inoperative and the
remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be
binding upon the parties.

      5.6   PARTIES BOUND.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
assigns.  Nothing herein, expressed or implied, shall be construed to give any
other person any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

      5.7   NOTICES.  All notices, consents, approvals and other
communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or by overnight courier
or three days after being mailed by registered or certified mail (postage
prepaid, return receipt requested) to the named representatives of the


                                     -18-
<PAGE>



parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as
shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address
shall be effective upon receipt):

      (a)   if to USLD:

            U.S. Long Distance Corp.
            9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
            San Antonio, Texas 78216
            Attention:  W. Audie Long, General Counsel

      (b)   if to Billing:

            Billing Information Concepts Corp.
            9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
            San Antonio, Texas 78216
            Attention: Marshall N. Millard, Esq.
                      --------------------------

      Billing agrees that, upon the request of USLD, Billing will give copies of
all of its notices, consents, approvals and other communications hereunder to
any lender to USLD or other person specified by USLD.

      5.8   FURTHER ACTION.  Billing and USLD each shall cooperate in good
faith and take such steps and execute such papers as may be reasonably requested
by the other party to implement the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

      5.9   WAIVER.  Billing and USLD each agree that the waiver of any
default under any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a
waiver of any subsequent default or nullify the effectiveness of that term or
condition.  All waivers must be in writing and must be signed by the party
against whom the waiver is sought to be enforced.

      5.10  GOVERNING LAW.  All controversies and disputes arising out of or
under this Agreement shall be determined pursuant to the laws of the State of
Texas regardless of the laws that might be applied under applicable principles
of conflicts of law.

      5.11  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  The parties irrevocably submit to the
exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the courts of the State of Texas in Bexar County,
or (b) any federal district court where there is federal jurisdiction for the
purpose of any suit, action or other court proceeding arising out of this
Agreement.  The parties hereby irrevocably designate, appoint and empower the
President of USLD or Billing, as the case may be, as its true and lawful agent
and attorney-in-fact in its name, place and stead to receive on its behalf
service of process in any action, suit, or proceeding with respect to any
matters as to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth in the
immediately preceding sentence.

      5.12  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the Distribution Agreement
constitute the entire understanding between the parties hereto, and supersede
all prior written or oral communications, relating to the subject matter covered
by said agreements.  No amendment, modification, extension or failure to enforce
any condition of this Agreement by either party


                                     -19-
<PAGE>



shall be deemed a waiver of any of its rights herein.  This Agreement shall not
be amended except by a writing executed by the parties.



                                     -20-
<PAGE>



      IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.

                                          U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:   /s/ Larry M. James 
                                                ----------------------------
                                                Larry M. James 
                                                President      

                                          BILLING INFORMATION
                                          CONCEPTS CORP.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:   /s/ Alan W. Saltzman
                                                ----------------------------
                                                Alan W. Saltzman
                                                President



                                     -21-
<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE 2.6(a)

          [Medical/Dental Plans to be Sponsored and Continued by USLD]

<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE 2.6(b)

        [Medical/Dental Plans to be Sponsored and Established by Billing]


<PAGE>



                TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AND SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

   
      This TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AND SUBLEASE AGREEMENT, is made as of
July 10, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by and between U. S. LONG DISTANCE
CORP., a Delaware corporation ("USLD"), and BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS
CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Billing").
    

      WHEREAS, USLD has agreed to provide certain transitional services to and
sublease certain facilities to Billing in connection with the distribution of
all of the shares of common stock of Billing to the stockholders of USLD (the
"Distribution") upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

      WHEREAS, Billing has agreed to provide certain transitional services to
USLD in connection with the Distribution upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained
herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1.    USLD SERVICES.

   
            (a)  To the extent requested by Billing, USLD agrees to provide 
to Billing those administrative, support and other services, with respect to 
the billing clearinghouse and information management services business of 
Billing and its subsidiaries, listed and described in EXHIBIT A hereto (the 
"USLD Services"), at the rate or rates specified in EXHIBIT A hereto.  The 
USLD Services are based on USLD's and Billing's understanding of the 
administrative, support and other services reasonably required by Billing and 
its subsidiaries at the date of this Agreement. 
    

            (b)   If, following the Distribution, Billing reasonably determines
that additional services, consistent with the recent historical practices of
USLD or the billing clearinghouse and information management services business
provided by Billing and its subsidiaries, should be provided, USLD and Billing
agree to negotiate in good faith to appropriately modify this Agreement with
respect to such additional services.

            (c)   Billing shall pay USLD, for the USLD Services, on a monthly
basis, the amount stated in EXHIBIT A hereto, or, in the case of additional
services agreed to pursuant to paragraph 1.(b), such fees as the parties shall
negotiate on an arms-length basis.  Charges for the USLD Services shall be
invoiced on or about the 20th business day of the calendar month next following
the calendar month in which the USLD Services have been performed, and such
invoices shall be payable net thirty (30) days following receipt thereof.

            (d)   USLD shall use good faith and its reasonable best efforts to
provide the USLD Services in a timely and competent manner.  All USLD Services
provided under this Agreement shall be provided in accordance with USLD's
standard policies, procedures and practices.


<PAGE>

            (e)   USLD shall provide USLD Services as an independent contractor,
and the employees or agents of USLD providing such USLD Services shall remain
employees or agents of USLD.  USLD shall use its discretion in performing the
USLD Services, subject to the general discretion of Billing and subject to
compliance with applicable law.  USLD shall determine its work location, hours
and rules.  However, to the extent USLD or an employee or agent of USLD
supplying USLD Services shall be on the premises of Billing, it shall observe
the working hours and working rules of such premises.  USLD agrees, upon
Billing's reasonable request, to replace any of its employees assigned to
perform or assist in the performance of the USLD Services.

   
            (f)   USLD shall provide USLD Services to Billing for the term 
set forth in EXHIBIT A, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 4.
    

      2.    BILLING SERVICES.

   
            (a)   To the extent requested by USLD, Billing agrees to provide 
to USLD those administrative, support and other services, with respect to the 
direct dial long distance telecommunications services and operator services 
businesses of USLD and its subsidiaries, listed and described in EXHIBIT B 
hereto (the "Billing Services"), at the rate or rates specified in EXHIBIT B 
hereto.  The Billing Services are based on Billing's and USLD's understanding 
of the administrative, support and other services reasonably required by USLD 
and its subsidiaries at the date of this Agreement.
    

            (b)   If, following the Distribution, USLD reasonably determines
that additional services, consistent with the recent historical practices of
Billing or the direct dial long distance telecommunications services and
operator services businesses provided by USLD and its subsidiaries, should be
provided, Billing and USLD agree to negotiate in good faith to appropriately
modify this Agreement with respect to such additional services.

            (c)   USLD shall pay Billing, for the Billing Services, on a monthly
basis, the amount stated in EXHIBIT B hereto, or, in the case of additional
services agreed to pursuant to paragraph 2.(b), such fees as the parties shall
negotiate on an arms-length basis.  Charges for the Billing Services shall be
invoiced on or about the 20th business day of the calendar month next following
the calendar month in which the Billing Services have been performed, and such
invoices shall be payable net thirty (30) days following receipt thereof.

            (d)   Billing shall use good faith and its reasonable best efforts
to provide the Billing Services in a timely and competent manner.  All Billing
Services provided under this Agreement shall be provided in accordance with
Billing's standard policies, procedures and practices.

            (e)   Billing shall provide Billing Services as an independent 
contractor, and the employees or agents of Billing providing such Billing 
Services shall remain employees or agents of Billing.  Billing shall use its 
discretion in performing the Billing Services, subject to the general 
discretion of USLD and subject to compliance with applicable law. Billing 
shall 

                                     -2-
<PAGE>

determine its work location, hours and rules.  However, to the extent Billing 
or an employee or agent of Billing supplying Billing Services shall be on the 
premises of USLD it shall observe the working hours and working rules of such 
premises.  Billing agrees, upon USLD's reasonable request, to replace any of 
its employees assigned to perform or assist in the performance of the Billing 
Services.

   
            (f)   Billing shall provide Billing Services to USLD for the term 
set forth in EXHIBIT B, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 4.
    

      3.    SUBLEASE OF FACILITIES.

   
            (a)   USLD, in consideration of the covenants, conditions and 
agreements and stipulations of Billing hereinafter expressed, hereby leases, 
demises and rents to Billing (i) approximately 6,200 square feet of the space 
occupied by USLD at Suite 800, 9311 San Pedro, San Antonio, Texas, together 
with the right to use the hallways, restrooms and common areas of Suite 800 
and the 8th floor (the "8th Floor Subleased Premises") more fully described 
in EXHIBIT C attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes and (ii) 
approximately 18,633 square feet of the space occupied by Billing at Suite 
400, 9311 San Pedro, San Antonio, Texas, together with the right to use 
hallways, restrooms and common areas of Suite 400 and the 4th floor (the "4th 
Floor Subleased Premises") more fully described in EXHIBIT D attached hereto 
and made a part hereof for all purposes (collectively, the 4th Floor 
Subleased Premises and the 8th Floor Subleased Premises are referred to as 
the "Subleased Premises").  The Subleased Premises are situated in the Nowlin 
building (the "Building") located in the city of San Antonio in Bexar County, 
Texas.  The Building is located on a tract of land situated in said county, 
which land is more fully described in EXHIBIT E attached hereto and made a 
part hereof for all purposes.
    

   
           (b)    To have and to hold the Subleased Premises, together 
with the appurtenances thereto, unto Billing beginning on the date of the 
Distribution until terminated as provided in Section 4, to be used and 
occupied by Billing for general office purposes. 
    

   
            (c)   In consideration of this sublease, Billing shall pay to 
USLD at the address stated herein the sum of (i) approximately $6,500 per 
month for the 8th Floor Subleased Premises and (ii) approximately $19,600 per 
month for the 4th Floor Subleased Premises in legal tender of the United 
States of America, payable, without demand, in advance on or before the 1st 
day of each calendar month during the full term hereof; provided, however, 
that if the term of this sublease commences on a date other than the 1st day 
of the calendar month, the first rental payment to be made on said 
commencement date shall be the rental for one calendar month plus the 
prorated rental remainder for the calendar month in which the subleased term 
commences.
    

   
            (d)   Insofar as the provisions of that certain Office Lease 
Agreement dated September 29, 1988 by and between Nowlin Building 
Partnership, Ltd., as Landlord, and USLD, as Tenant, as amended (the "Main 
Lease"), do not conflict with the specific provisions herein contained, they 
and each of them are incorporated into this Agreement as fully as if 
completely rewritten, and Billing agrees to be bound to USLD by all of the 
terms of the Main Lease and to assume and perform all of the obligations and 
responsibilities of USLD pursuant to the Main Lease and to indemnify and hold 
harmless USLD from any claim or liability under the Main Lease except for the 
payment of rental by USLD to the Landlord as provided in the Main Lease. The 
relationship between Billing and USLD hereunder shall be the same as that 
between USLD and the Landlord under the Main Lease.
    


                                     -3-

<PAGE>


      4.    TERMINATION.

            (a)   TERMINATION  WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.  USLD and Billing may
each immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other (i) in
the event of the other's voluntary bankruptcy or insolvency, (ii) in the event
that the other shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iii)
in the event that a petition shall have been filed against the other under any
bankruptcy law, corporate reorganization law or other law for relief of debtors
(or any other law similar in purpose or effect), which has caused the other to
have its business effectively discontinued in its then present form.

   
            (b)   TERMINATION WITH NOTICE.  If either USLD or Billing (the 
"Defaulting Party") shall fail adequately to perform in any material respect 
any of its material obligations under Sections 1 or 2 or this Agreement, 
whether voluntarily or involuntarily or as a result of any law or regulation 
or otherwise, the other may terminate the services portion of this Agreement 
upon ten (10) days' written notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the 
respects in which the Defaulting Party has so failed to perform its 
obligations under this Agreement, unless during such period the Defaulting 
Party shall have remedied such failure.  The sublease of the 8th Floor 
Subleased Premises my be terminated by Billing only upon thirty (30) days 
advance written notice and the sublease of the 4th Floor Subleased Premises 
may be terminated by Billing only after March 31, 1997; provided, further, 
that should Billing terminate the sublease on the 4th Floor Subleased 
Premises at any time after March 31, 1997 and USLD is not able to sublease or 
turn back to the landlord under the Main Lease the 4th Floor Subleased 
Premises and cover all of its out of pocket costs in doing so, Billing shall 
promptly pay, as invoiced by USLD monthly 50% of USLD's out of pocket costs 
related to the 4th Floor Subleased Premises until the Main Lease expires in 
January 1998.
    

      5.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  Neither USLD nor Billing shall be
liable for any indirect, special or consequential damages in connection with, or
arising out of, this Agreement or the USLD Services or Billing Services provided
under this Agreement.

      6.    DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES.  Except as expressly set forth in this
Agreement or in any other agreement between the parties modifying or
supplementing this Agreement, neither USLD nor Billing makes any representation
or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, including, but not limited to, any
representation or warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose, arising out of this Agreement or the USLD Services or Billing Services
provided under this Agreement.

      7.    NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered by hand or mailed by registered or certified
mail (return receipt requested) to the parties at the following addresses (or at
such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice) and shall
be deemed given on the date in which such notice is received:

      To Billing:                   Billing Information Concepts Corp.
                                    9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
                                    San Antonio, TX  78216
                                    Attention:  President

      To USLD:                      U.S. Long Distance Corp.
                                    9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
                                    San Antonio, TX  78216
                                    Attention:  President


                                     -4-
<PAGE>


      8.   INDEMNITY.

      (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions specified herein, USLD agrees to
defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Billing and its agents, employees,
directors, and stockholders from any claims or actions of whatever nature that
may arise in connection with USLD providing USLD Services under this Agreement
to Billing.  USLD shall not become a fiduciary to Billing by virtue of providing
USLD Services under this Agreement.

      (b)   Subject to the terms and conditions specified herein, Billing agrees
to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless USLD and its agents, employees,
directors, and stockholders from any claims or actions of whatever nature that
may arise in connection with Billing providing Billing Services under this
Agreement to USLD.  Billing shall not become a fiduciary to USLD by virtue of
providing Billing Services under this Agreement.

      9.   GENERAL.

            (a)   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither USLD
nor Billing shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder
without the prior written consent of the other and any such attempted assignment
without such prior written consent shall be void and have no force or effect.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the
successors and permitted assigns of USLD and Billing.

            (b)   USLD agrees that it shall take appropriate action by
instruction of or agreement with its personnel to ensure that all personnel
performing USLD Services under this Agreement shall be bound by and comply with
all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the related Agreements
executed in connection with the Distribution.  Billing agrees that it shall take
appropriate action by instruction of or agreement with its personnel to ensure
that all personnel performing Billing Services under this Agreement shall be
bound by and comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the related Agreements executed in connection with the Distribution.

            (c)   USLD shall be responsible for its actions in the performance
of the USLD Services and shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (upon
request) Billing from and against all claims and losses of any type (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) in connection with, in whole or in part, any
negligent act or omission, any willful misconduct, or any failure to comply with
federal, state or local law, in the performance of the USLD Services.  Billing
shall be responsible for its actions in the performance of the Billing Services
and shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (upon request) USLD from and
against all claims and losses of any type (including reasonable attorneys' fees)
in connection with, in whole or in part, any negligent act or omission, any
willful misconduct, or any failure to comply with federal, state or local law,
in the performance of the Billing Services.


                                     -5-
<PAGE>

            (d)   USLD shall not be liable for any failure of, or delay in the
performance of, USLD Services under this Agreement for the period that such
failure or delay is due to acts of God, public enemy, civil war, strikes or
labor disputes, or any other cause beyond its reasonable control.  Billing shall
not be liable for any failure of, or delay in the performance of, Billing
Services under this Agreement for the period that such failure or delay is due
to acts of God, public enemy, civil war, strikes or labor disputes, or any other
cause beyond its reasonable control.  Each party agrees to notify the other
party hereto promptly of the occurrence of any such cause and to carry out this
Agreement as promptly as practicable after such cause is terminated.

            (e)   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of USLD and
Billing with respect to the USLD Services, the sublease and the Billing
Services.  This Agreement may be amended or modified, and any of the terms or
conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by USLD
and Billing, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  Any
waiver by either USLD or Billing of any condition, or of the breach of any
provision or term in any one or  more instances, shall not be deemed to be nor
construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such condition, or of the
breach of any other provision or term of this Agreement.

            (f)   Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer any rights or
remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than USLD or
Billing and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this
Agreement is intended to relieve or discharge the obligations or liability of
any third persons to USLD or Billing.  No provision of this Agreement shall give
any third persons any right of subrogation or action over or against USLD or
Billing.

            (g)   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Texas without
reference to principles of conflicts of law.

            (h)   The section headings in this Agreement are for reference
purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement.


            (i)   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same
instrument.



U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.                      BILLING INFORMATION
                                              CONCEPTS CORP.



By: /s/ Larry M. James                        By: /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
   ---------------------------                   ---------------------------

Title: President                              Title: Sr. VP & CFO
      ------------------------                      ------------------------


                                     -6-



<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                                 USLD SERVICES


   
  DEPT.              SERVICES                      DATE OF TERM        COST EST.

Accounting           Reporting/Financial Planning    12/31/96              1

Accounting           Accounts Payable & Payroll      12/31/96      $1.30/payment
                                                                           2
Tax                  Tax Returns, Planning           12/31/96              1

Finance              Borrowing, Cash Mgmt,           12/31/96              1
                     Investor Relations

Legal                Contracts, SEC Compliance,    AS REQUESTED            1
                     Stock Transfer, Employee 
                     Stock Options

Office Services      Mail                            12/31/96         $1,500 per
                                                                      month plus
                                                                      postage

Employee Benefits    Recordkeeping, Tax            AS REQUESTED            1
                     Filings, Workers 
                     Compensation Claims, 
                     Health & Dental Claims

Information Services LAN, E-Mail, PC Support,        12/31/96              1
                     Consulting
    



- -----------------
   
 1    General pricing rule is that time spent on services or projects will be
      charged at 1.5 times the salary of the individuals providing the service
      plus out-of-pocket expenses.
    

   
 2    Assumes that Billing will pay staffing requirements separately.
    


<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT B

                               BILLING SERVICES


   
  DEPT.              SERVICES                      DATE OF TERM        COST EST.

Accounting           Reporting/Financial Planning    12/31/96              1

Accounting           Accounts Payable & Payroll      12/31/96      $1.30/payment
                                                                           2
Tax                  Tax Returns, Planning           12/31/96              1

Finance              Borrowing, Cash Mgmt,           12/31/96              1
                     Investor Relations

Legal                Contracts, SEC Compliance,    AS REQUESTED            1
                     Stock Transfer, Employee 
                     Stock Options

Office Services      Mail                            12/31/96         $1,500 per
                                                                      month plus
                                                                      postage

Employee Benefits    Recordkeeping, Tax            AS REQUESTED            1
                     Filings, Workers 
                     Compensation Claims, 
                     Health & Dental Claims

Information Services LAN, E-Mail, PC Support,        12/31/96              1
                     Consulting
    



- -----------------
 1    General pricing rule is that time spent on services or projects will be
      charged at 1.5 times the salary of the individuals providing the service
      plus out-of-pocket expenses.

   
 2    Assumes that USLD will pay staffing requirements separately.
    


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

                              SUBLEASED PREMISES 


                  [Diagram of 8th Floor Subleased Premises]

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT D

                                 [REAL ESTATE]


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT E


3.33 acres including all of the land known as Lot 57, Block 5, NCB 11715, 
Nowlin Subdivision, City of San Antonio, Bexar County Texas, according to 
Plat recorded in Volume 9515, Page 179


<PAGE>



                              ZERO PLUS - ZERO MINUS

                        BILLING AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

                                SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Zero Plus - Zero Minus Billing and Information Management Services 
Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into this 10th day of July 1996, by 
and between BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC., a Delaware corporation 
("BICI"), and U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC., a Texas corporation ("Customer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Customer is engaged in the business of providing certain "zero plus" or
"zero minus" telecommunication services for which Customer desires to bill and
collect for these services through the local exchange companies (LECs); and

WHEREAS, BICI has entered into billing and collection agreements with certain 
LECs which allow BICI to provide billing and information management services 
for qualifying "zero plus" and "zero minus" Message Telephone Service ("MTS") 
calls on behalf of BICI's customers; and

WHEREAS, BICI has the ability through its computer hardware, computer 
software and accounting systems to provide billing and information management 
services for qualifying MTS calls for Customer, and Customer desires to 
obtain such billing and information management services from BICI on the 
terms and conditions contained herein:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual covenants 
and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, 
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, do hereby agree 
as follows:

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below, unless the context otherwise requires:
      
      BAD DEBT:  See Uncollectible Amounts and Written-Off Accounts.
      
      BILLING TELEPHONE COMPANY (BTC):  See Local Exchange Carrier.
      
      BOC:  Bell Operating Company.
      
      BUSINESS DAY:  A day other than Saturday and Sunday on which
      commercial banks are open in the State of Texas.
      
      CLAIM:  Claim, loss, liability, damage, cost, correction and expense,
      and whether ordinary, special, consequential or otherwise.
      
      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION:  See Section 8.


<PAGE>



      EMI BILLING RECORDS:  Computer readable records containing the
      billing data for Customer's qualifying MTS calls, in the Bellcore EMI
      (electronic message interface) format, for which each LEC has the
      capability of processing through its billing and collection systems.
      
      END USER:  A natural person, partnership, corporation, business trust,
      joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
      governmental agency or instrumentality, or other entity that subscribes to
      or uses Customer's services.
      
      FCC:  The Federal Communications Commission.
      
      FOREIGN INTRASTATE TAXES:  Those applicable Taxes for MTS calls
      originating and terminating in the same state but billed in another state
      as described in Section 9 herein.
      
      INDEPENDENT TELEPHONE COMPANIES:  Those LECs that are not BOCs, which
      presently include, subject to revision by BICI from time to time:  General
      Telephone Operating Companies (GTOCs), United Telecommunications Operating
      Companies (United), Alltel, the alliance of Independent Telephone
      Companies through Independent NECA Services, and U. S. Intelco.
      
      INTEREXCHANGE CARRIER (IXC):  Those telephone companies, other than
      the LECs, that can provide intraLATA (where applicable), interLATA,
      interstate and international telecommunications service.
      
      LEC PROCESSING FEES:  As described in paragraph 4.(c)(i) and 4.(f).
      
      LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER (LEC):  Any one of the local telephone
      companies, as listed on Exhibit A hereto, providing intraLATA exchange
      telephone services or issuing calling cards and with whom BICI has entered
      into a billing and collection agreement.
      
      MTS (MESSAGE TELEPHONE SERVICES):  Direct dialed or operator assisted
      station-to-station or person-to-person telephone calls billed:  (i) to the
      originating telephone number, (ii) collect to the terminating telephone
      number, (iii) to a third telephone number other than the originating or
      terminating telephone number, or (iv) to a LEC or IXC calling card.
      "ENHANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES" OR "INFORMATION SERVICES" ARE NOT
      CONSIDERED MTS CALLS HEREIN AND CANNOT BE BILLED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.
      
      POST-BILLING ADJUSTMENT OR CREDIT:  Credits or rate adjustments
      applied to an End User's account by the LEC or by BICI.
      
      RBOCS:  Regional Bell Operating Companies.
      
      SUBMISSION DATE:  As Described in paragraph 3.(a).
      
      TARIFFS:  The rates, terms and conditions for providing intraLATA,
      interLATA (intrastate), interstate and international telecommunication
      services as authorized and filed with the FCC, or with state or local
      regulatory authorities.


                                        2 
<PAGE>



      TAXES:  The word "Taxes" shall mean all those taxes and tax-like
      surcharges described in paragraph 9.(a) herein.
      
      UNBILLABLE RECORDS:  Those EMI Billing Records that pass BICI's edits
      and screens and are submitted to the LECs for billing and collection but
      subsequently fail the LEC's edits and screens and are not posted to an End
      User's account by the LECs.
      
      UNCOLLECTIBLE AMOUNTS:  Those amounts that are billed to an End User's
      account for Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records but are not collected due
      to the End User receiving a Post-Billing Adjustment or Credit to its bill
      or the End User failing to pay its bill to the LEC and the account
      subsequently being written off as Bad Debt by the LEC.
      
      VALID EMI BILLING RECORDS:  As described in paragraph 3.(b).
      
      WRITTEN-OFF ACCOUNTS:  Those End Users' accounts that are not paid by
      the End Users and are subsequently written off as Bad Debt by the LECs.
      
      BICI REJECTED RECORDS:  Those EMI Billing Records that fail BICI's edits
      and screens and are returned to Customer and not submitted to the LECs for
      billing and collection.

SECTION 2.  SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.

Customer hereby agrees to purchase from BICI the services described in Section 3
herein, and BICI agrees to provide such services at the time and in the manner,
and subject to the terms and upon the conditions, set forth herein.  Customer
agrees that BICI shall be the EXCLUSIVE source for LEC billing and information
management services in the United States and Canada for the billing telephone
companies listed in Exhibit A, attached hereto.  However, nothing contained
herein shall be interpreted to prohibit Customer from contracting directly with
any LEC for its own direct LEC billing and collection agreement, provided that
Customer shall notify BICI of its intent at least sixty (60) days prior to
activation of such agreement.  As BICI enters into billing and collection
arrangements with additional LECs, BICI will provide billing and information
management services to Customer for such LECs on the same terms and conditions
as contained herein.

SECTION 3.  BILLING SERVICES.
      
      (a)   SUBMISSION OF EMI BILLING RECORDS.  Customer shall submit to BICI 
its EMI Billing Records for its qualifying MTS calls for BICI to submit to 
each LEC under contract with BICI.  Customer shall be responsible for 
submitting to BICI EMI Billing Records that contain adequate information so 
that BICI and the LECs can process such EMI Billing Records.  Customer shall 
submit these EMI Billing Records to BICI once per week, except when Customer 
cannot satisfy BICI's minimum volume requirements as described in paragraph 
7.(f), in which case Customer shall submit its EMI Billing Records at least 
once per month.  The cost of these submissions shall be borne by Customer.  
The date BICI receives Customer's EMI Billing Records will be, for those 
records, the "Submission Date."

                                        3 
<PAGE>



      (b)   BICI'S EDITS AND SCREENS.  Upon receipt of Customer's EMI Billing 
Records, BICI will promptly process Customer's EMI Billing Records through 
BICI's computer edits and screens.  Those EMI Billing Records that pass 
BICI's edits and screens shall be "Valid EMI Billing Records."  Those EMI 
Billing Records that do NOT pass BICI's edits and screens shall be "BICI 
Rejected Records," and shall be returned to Customer.
      
      (c)   SUBMISSION TO LECS.  Promptly after receipt of Customer's EMI 
Billing Records (within five (5) Business Days after such receipt for the 
RBOCs and GTE, or within ten (10) Business Days after such receipt for 
Independent Telephone Companies), BICI will submit Customer's Valid EMI 
Billing Records to the appropriate LECs.
      
      (d)   PURCHASE BY LEC.  Each LEC shall be responsible, to the extent
required by its agreement with BICI, to purchase Customer's Valid EMI Billing
Records.

      (e)   BILLING AND COLLECTION BY LEC.  Each LEC shall be responsible, for
such Valid EMI Billing Records purchased by the LEC, for the billing and
collection of the revenue, for Customer's qualifying MTS calls, from End Users
residing within the applicable billing area of such LEC.
      
      (f)   PRINTING OF CUSTOMER'S NAME ON END USER'S LEC TELEPHONE BILL: 
Wherever possible, BICI will use its best efforts to cause each Billing 
Telephone Company to print Customer's name, along with the associated Valid 
EMI Billing Records, on each End User's telephone bill.  Customer 
acknowledges that where the Billing Telephone Companies do not provide this 
service, Customer's name shall not appear on the End User's telephone bill.

SECTION 4:  LEC PAYMENTS, FEES AND CHARGES:
      
      (a)   PAYMENT BY LECS:  Each LEC shall make payments to BICI for Valid 
EMI Billing Records purchased from Customer in accordance with the LEC's 
billing and collection agreement with BICI.
      
      (b)   AMOUNT PAID BY LECS:  The LEC shall pay to BICI the gross amount 
of Valid EMI Billing Records purchased by the LEC LESS the then-applicable 
fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments as prescribed in its 
billing and collection agreement with BICI.
       
       (c)  LEC FEES, CHARGES, CHARGE BACKS, CREDITS AND ADJUSTMENTS: 
Customer acknowledges and understands that BICI is and will be bound by the 
terms of its billing and collection agreement with each LEC with respect to 
each LEC's right to deduct or to reduce its collectible funds for: (i) the 
amount charged by each LEC for processing, billing and collecting Customer's 
Valid EMI Billing Records ("LEC Processing Fees"), (ii) any Unbillable 
Records, (iii) any Post-Billing Adjustments or Credits provided to End Users, 
(iv) any reserve for anticipated Uncollectible Amounts ("Bad Debt Holdback 
Reserve"), and (v) any LEC Bad Debt "true-ups" (i.e. periodic true-ups 
between the Bad Debt Holdback Reserve and the actual Uncollectible Amounts 
realized by the LECs).  In addition, Customer shall be responsible for any 
data transmission and distribution fees for delivering or receiving 
Customer's EMI Billing Records and for any other LEC charges specifically 
related to billing and collecting Customer's EMI Billing Records.  Customer 
further agrees that payment of all amounts described in this paragraph 4.(c)

                                        4 
<PAGE>



shall be its sole responsibility and that BICI may withhold such amounts from 
payments to Customer.  Should such amounts exceed the amounts due to 
Customer, such amounts shall be due and payable by Customer to BICI within 
ten (10) Business Days of notification by BICI of any amounts due.  A 
schedule setting forth BICI's contractual average LEC Processing Fees for 
each LEC is attached hereto as Exhibit B hereto.

      (d)   BAD DEBT HOLDBACK RESERVE:  BICI will holdback or cause the LECs 
to holdback an amount estimated to be sufficient to set-off any Uncollectible 
Amounts that may be determined after the date BICI makes its final payment to 
Customer for Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records billed and collected by the 
LEC.  Any Bad Debt Holdback Reserve withheld by the LEC shall be passed 
through to Customer on the same percentage or the same amount as BICI was 
assessed by the individual LECs.  However, once sufficient data becomes 
available to BICI from the LECs to enable BICI to determine a specific Bad 
Debt history attributable to Customer, the Bad Debt Holdback Reserve rate 
shall be based on Customer's specific historical Uncollectible Amounts.  A 
schedule setting forth the past twelve months' average Bad Debt Holdback 
Reserve withheld by each LEC is attached hereto, for your reference, as 
Exhibit G.

      (e)   MONTHLY LEC BAD DEBT TRUE-UP.  Between six and eighteen (6 - 18) 
months after BICI submits Customer's EMI Billing Records to the LECs for 
billing and collection, the LECs will determine the actual amounts collected 
from the End Users and true-up the difference between this amount and the 
face amount of Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records purchased by the LEC.  
BICI will provide Customer monthly reports on Bad Debt true-ups for these 
differences.  If the amount of these true-ups is "in favor" (positive) of 
Customer, BICI will remit such amount to Customer when BICI receives the 
true-up amount from the LECs.  If the amount of these true-ups is "not in 
favor" (negative) of Customer, BICI will withhold such amounts from the next 
scheduled payment due to Customer.  If the amounts due to Customer are not 
sufficient to satisfy such true-up amounts, such amounts shall be due and 
payable by Customer to BICI within ten (10) Business Days of notification by 
BICI of any amounts due.

      (f)   LEC PROCESSING FEE CALCULATION.  Each calendar month BICI will 
determine the number of End User bills (renderings) that were or will be 
required to bill all of BICI's similarly situated customer's Valid EMI 
Billing Records submitted to BICI during that month and the average number of 
Valid EMI Billing Records contained on each End User's bill.  BICI will then 
multiply these quantities by its contractual LEC Processing Fee schedules for 
each LEC to calculate the "Average LEC Processing Fees" for each LEC.  
Exhibit B, attached hereto, contains the Average LEC Processing Fees for each 
LEC for the date thereof.  BICI will then multiply this Average LEC 
Processing Fee for each LEC by the number of Customer's Valid EMI Billing 
Records submitted to each LEC to calculate Customer's LEC Processing Fees.  
These Average LEC Processing Fees will also include any data transmission 
fees, distribution fees, programming fees and any other charges directly 
associated with billing Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records.

      (g)   END USER INQUIRY AND REBATE.  Primary End User inquiry, 
investigation and rebate policies are set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto. 
Customer shall be responsible for payment of all Post-Billing Adjustments and 
Credits provided to End Users by either the LEC or BICI.  Such amounts may be 
deducted weekly from the amounts due to Customer.  If the amount due to 
Customer is not sufficient to satisfy these amounts, then Customer shall pay 
BICI such amount

                                        5 
<PAGE>



as is required to satisfy these amounts within ten (10) Business Days of
notification by BICI of any amounts due.

      (h)   REJECTED RECORDS.  Those EMI Billing Records that fail BICI's 
edits and screens and not submitted to the LECs for billing and collection, 
BICI Rejected Records, shall be returned to Customer at no charge.  
Unbillable Records rejected by the LEC, through no fault of BICI, shall be 
charged the same BICI Processing Fees as described in Exhibit C attached 
hereto.
      
      (i)   RESUBMITTED EMI BILLING RECORDS:  Unbillable Records which are 
resubmitted to the LECs for billing and collection shall be charged the 
standard BICI Processing Fees as described in Exhibit C attached hereto.

SECTION 5.  BICI BILLING SERVICE FEES, CHARGES AND CHARGE BACKS.

In addition to the LEC Processing Fees, charges, charge backs, credits and 
adjustments set forth in Section 4, Customer agrees to pay to BICI and BICI 
may deduct from amounts collected by the LECs on behalf of Customer and paid 
to BICI, the following BICI billing service fees, charges, charge backs, 
credits and assessments:

      (a)   A billing and information management service fee, the BICI 
Processing Fee, for each Valid EMI Billing Record submitted to the LECs for 
billing and collection by BICI, as specified in Exhibit C attached hereto;
      
      (b)   An End User inquiry, investigation and rebate fee for each Valid 
EMI Billing Record submitted to the LECs for billing and collection by BICI, 
as specified in Exhibit C attached hereto;
      
      (c)   Any Post-Billing Adjustment or Credit amounts refunded to End 
Users by BICI's customer service inquiry and investigation activities, along 
with any LEC charges associated with making such refunds to End Users;

      (d)   A charge, as specified in Exhibit C attached hereto, for any 
submission of EMI Billing Records that contains less than the minimum volume 
requirements of BICI for each "library code";

      (e)   An additional End User inquiry, investigation and rebate fee, as 
described in Exhibit C attached hereto, for each inquiry that exceeds one 
percent (1%) of the number of Valid EMI Billing Records for each library code 
processed by BICI on behalf of Customer each month; and

      (f)   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE RECONCILIATION SYSTEM - FASTRACK:  Customer 
shall pay to BICI an initial, one-time fee, as described in Exhibit C 
attached hereto, for BICI's accounts receivable reconciliation system known 
as FASTRACK.

As collateral for all obligations now existing or hereafter arising from 
Customer to BICI, Customer hereby grants to BICI a security interest in all 
the following property of Customer, whether now owned or hereafter acquired 
or created, and all proceeds and products thereof:

                                        6 
<PAGE>



      (a)   All amounts paid, and all amounts owing, by each LEC to BICI on
accounts for Customer's EMI Billing Records;

      (b)   All accounts owing from an End User to Customer arising from
services which give rise to Customer's EMI Billing Records;

      (c)   All amounts deposited by Customer with BICI pursuant to paragraph
13.(b) hereof; and

      (d)   all amounts owing and all amounts to be owing from BICI to Customer.

SECTION 6.  PAYMENTS TO CUSTOMER.

      (a)   DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT DUE TO CUSTOMER.  BICI will determine the
amount collected by each LEC for Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records and deduct
the then-applicable fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments of the
LECs and BICI.  If the amount due to Customer is not sufficient to satisfy these
fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments, then Customer shall pay
this difference to BICI within ten (10) Business Days of notification by BICI of
any amounts due.

      (b)   RESERVES AND TRUE-UPS FOR UNBILLABLE RECORDS:  BICI will reserve an
amount, from one month to the next, that is equal to Customer's prior history
for Unbillable Records.  BICI will recalculate Customer's historical experience
quarterly from its prior three months results.  Until such history can be
determined for Customer, BICI will reserve two and one-half percent (2.5%) from
the amount due to Customer.  BICI will true-up this reserve each month when the
information becomes available from the LECs.  BICI will then return excess
amounts to Customer or withhold additional amounts as may be required to satisfy
these liabilities from the amounts due to Customer.

      (c)   PAYMENT SCHEDULES:  BICI will advance to Customer the estimated
amount determined under paragraph 6.(a) above within seven (7) Business Days of
receipt by BICI of any funds from a LEC for Customer's EMI Billing Records;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Customer has ceased doing business for five (5)
Business Days, is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding, or a receiver, trustee
or custodian is appointed over substantially all of Customer's assets, or if
Customer fails to make any deposit required under paragraph 13.(b), or if BICI
has reasonable grounds to believe that the fees, charges, charge backs, credits
and adjustments to Customer may exceed any amount owing or to become owing from
BICI to Customer, BICI may withhold payments to Customer until all such amounts
have been determined and deducted from the amount owing to Customer.  If the
amount owing to Customer is determined not sufficient to satisfy these fees,
charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments, then Customer shall pay the
difference to BICI within ten (10) Business Days of notification by BICI of any
amount due.

      (d)   METHOD OF PAYMENT:  BICI will make all advance payments and final
payments due to Customer, using ACH wire transfer, each Tuesday or the first
Business Day following Tuesday should Tuesday not fall on a Business Day based
on the schedule described in paragraph 6.(c) herein.


                                        7 
<PAGE>



      (e)   ACCOUNTING FOR FUNDS:  Funds received from the LECs for Customer's
Valid EMI Billing Records, less applicable fees, charges, charge backs, credits
and adjustments, shall be deposited and held by BICI in a common account until
such time as the amount determined to be due Customer is paid to Customer.  BICI
will maintain an accounting of the balance owing or to be owing by BICI to
Customer of such amounts deposited and held by BICI.

SECTION 7.  CUSTOMER'S OBLIGATIONS.

The Customer agrees as follows:
      
      (a)   COOPERATION BY CUSTOMER.  Customer agrees to cooperate with BICI to
the fullest extent possible and to the best of Customer's ability to facilitate
the provisioning of services described in Section 3 herein.  Such cooperation
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

            (i)   Supplying BICI with Customer's identification codes, any and
      all certifications of regulatory authority necessary for Customer to offer
      its services, and any other information and documents necessary or helpful
      to BICI; and

            (ii)  Supplying BICI with all technical information and assistance
      with testing that may be necessary or helpful to BICI in providing its
      services herein.

      (b)   APPLICABLE APPROVALS AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Customer shall
obtain and keep current all applicable federal, state and local licenses,
certifications and approvals and shall fully comply with all other applicable
federal, state and local regulations, laws, rules and Tariffs.  Customer agrees
that BICI shall assume and will assume no responsibility for such compliance
whatsoever.  Customer acknowledges and understands that certain LEC billing
systems contain edits and screens that "block" Customer's EMI Billing Records
from being billed to End Users until BICI can demonstrate to such LECs that
Customer has proper authority for providing its services to the End User.
Customer further acknowledges and understands that it may take as long as sixty
(60) days after notification to the LECs of such authority before the LECs will
begin billing Customer's EMI Billing Records.  Therefore, BICI will not be
responsible for billing Customer's EMI Billing Records for services provided
prior to the LECs removing their regulatory edits and screens from their billing
systems.

      (c)   VALIDATION.  Customer shall validate all collect, third party and
calling card billed MTS calls using the LECs' LIDBs (line information data
bases) or some other alternative validation method that is acceptable to the
LECs and to BICI.
      
      (d)   COMPLETED CALLS.  Customer acknowledges and agrees that where
required, Customer shall be in compliance with the FCC's order to determine call
connection using hardware or software "answer detection."  Customer further
agrees that it will submit to BICI only those EMI Billing Records for calls that
represent valid, completed calls as defined in Exhibit D attached hereto.

      (e)   AGED EMI BILLING RECORDS.  Customer shall not submit EMI Billing
Records to BICI that are more than ninety (90) days old or that exceed the "age
of toll" acceptable by the LECs, whichever is less.


                                        8 
<PAGE>



      (f)   MINIMUM TRANSMISSION VOLUMES.  Customer shall not submit to BICI
fewer than five thousand (5,000) EMI Billing Records per "library code" in any
transmission of its EMI Billing Records.  The minimum BICI Processing Fee, as 
set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto, shall apply if the minimum volume per
transmission is not met.

      (g)   OBJECTIONABLE CONTENT.  Customer agrees, as a condition of BICI's
performance under this Agreement, that BICI will not provide billing and
information management services which BICI deems harmful, damaging or against
public policy, including, but not limited to:

            (i)   Services which explicitly or implicitly refer to sexual
      conduct;

            (ii)  Services which contain indecent, obscene or profane language;

            (iii) Services which allude to bigotry, racism, sexism or other
      forms of discrimination;

            (iv)  Services which through advertising, content or delivery are
      deceptive, or that may take unfair advantage of minors or the general
      public;

            (v)   Services which are publicly accessible, multi-party
      connections commonly known as "gab" or "chat" services;

            (vi)  Services which are prohibited by Federal, state, or local laws
      or Tariffs; or

            (vii) Services which individual LECs exclude from the "types" of
      services or products for which their policies permit them to bill and
      collect.

      (h)   NO OTHER BILLING ARRANGEMENT:  Customer warrants that the EMI
Billing Records submitted and to be submitted by Customer to BICI pursuant to
this Agreement are NOT and will NOT be subject to any other valid or
existing billing and collection agreement, have NOT been billed previously and
will NOT be billed by another party following their submission by Customer to
BICI.

SECTION 8.  PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

As used herein, "Confidential Information" shall mean (a) proprietary
information, (b) information marked or designated as confidential, (c)
information otherwise disclosed in a manner consistent with its confidential
nature, (d) information of one party, whether or not in written form and whether
or not designated as confidential, that is known or should reasonably be known
by the other party as being treated as confidential, and (e) information
submitted by one party to the second party where the second party knows or
reasonably should know that the first party is obligated to keep the information
confidential.  The parties hereto expressly recognize and acknowledge that, as
result of the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement, Confidential
Information which may be proprietary to each party must or may be disclosed to
the other.  Each party hereby agrees that it will make no disclosure of
Confidential Information provided under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the other party.  Additionally, each party shall restrict disclosure
of said information to its own employees, agents or independent contractors to
whom disclosure is necessary and who have agreed to be bound by the obligations
of confidentiality hereunder.  Such employees, agents or independent contractors
shall use reasonable care, but not less care than they use with respect to their
own information of like character, to prevent disclosure of any Confidential
Information.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be considered as
granting or conferring rights by license or otherwise in any Confidential
Information disclosed.


                                        9 
<PAGE>



SECTION 9.  TAXES.
      
      (a)   CALCULATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TAXES:  BICI will be responsible
for calculating or will use its best efforts to cause the LECs to calculate the
following taxes applicable to each MTS call and allow them to be passed through
to the End User, such taxes being referred to herein collectively as "Taxes":
Federal excise tax, any state and local sales taxes or tax-like charges, or any
Foreign Intrastate Taxes or foreign tax-like charges.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Customer acknowledges and agrees it is responsible for compliance
with all taxing requirements; therefore, Customer shall promptly notify BICI of
any tax or tax-like surcharges and the associated rates that apply to Customer's
MTS calls in any specific jurisdiction.

      (b)   BILLING AND COLLECTION OF TAXES:  BICI will, for the benefit of and
on behalf of Customer, use its best efforts to cause the LECs to bill End Users
for all Taxes.  Customer acknowledges and agrees that BICI is acting merely as
Customer's agent with respect to arranging for the billing and collection of
Taxes, and in no event shall BICI be entitled to retain or receive from 
Customer, or from any End User, any statutory fee or share of Taxes to which
the person collecting the same may be entitled under applicable law.

      (c)   TAX EXEMPT STATUS FOR END USERS:  BICI will have the authority, on
behalf of Customer, to authorize the LECs to calculate Taxes in the same manner
as the LECs calculate Taxes for their End Users and to authorize the LECs to
establish the tax exempt status of End Users in the same manner as the LECs
establish such status for their End Users.  If Customer's MTS calls are exempt
from federal, state and local Taxes or tax-like charges, Customer shall so
indicate on each EMI Billing Record submitted to BICI.

      (d)   FILING AND PAYMENT OF TAXES:  Based upon the information
calculated by BICI and/or received from the LECs with respect to Taxes assessed,
billed and collected by the LECs, BICI will, on behalf of Customer, prepare and
file in a timely manner with the applicable taxing authorities all returns
covering Taxes, and will, on behalf of Customer, but only to the extent of
amounts otherwise owing from BICI to Customer, pay in full and promptly remit to
such taxing authorities all Taxes owed thereto.  Upon written request, BICI will
provide to Customer copies of any and all tax returns and other applicable
information relating to the payment of Taxes by BICI within thirty (30) days
after being filed and paid by BICI.

      (e)   HOLD HARMLESS:  Customer shall indemnify and hold BICI and its
employees, agents and representatives free and harmless from and against any
Claim (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court
costs) relating to or arising out of any Taxes, penalties, interest, additions
to tax, surcharge or other amounts to which BICI may be subject or incur,
relating to or arising out of (i) BICI's reliance upon any calculations,
determinations or other directives, or lack thereof, given by Customer to BICI
with respect to the calculation, assessment, billing and/or collection of any
Taxes contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) a determination by the Internal
Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that any amount paid by BICI
pursuant to paragraph 9.(d) above with respect to Taxes was insufficient, except
in the event such insufficiency was the result of gross negligence on the part
of BICI; provided, however, that Customer shall not be required to indemnify 
BICI or the employees, agents and


                                        10 
<PAGE>



representatives thereof for any loss, damage, Claim, cause of action or other
liability to the extent, but only to the extent, caused by the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of BICI.

      (f)   BILLED TAXES:  Customer shall be responsible for the payment of
any additional Taxes or tax-like charges assessed against BICI based on the
revenues collected by BICI from Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records, "Billed
Taxes" under this Agreement, excluding Federal and state income Taxes.

SECTION 10.  FORCE MAJEURE.

BICI shall not be held liable for any delay or failure in performance of any 
part of this Agreement or Exhibits attached hereto from any cause beyond its 
control and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of 
civil or military authority, government regulations, embargoes, epidemics, 
war, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, 
nuclear accidents, floods, strikes, power blackouts, volcanic action, other 
major environmental disturbances, unusually severe weather conditions, 
inability to secure products or services of other persons or transportation 
facilities, or acts or omissions of transportation common carriers.

SECTION 11.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

      (a)   BICI will use its best efforts at all times to provide prompt and 
efficient service; however, BICI makes no warranties or representations 
regarding the services except as specifically stated in this paragraph 11.(a).
BICI will use due care in processing all work submitted to it by Customer and 
agrees that it will, at its expense, correct any errors which are due solely 
to malfunction of BICI's computers, operating systems or programs or errors 
by BICI's employees or agents.  Correction shall be limited to reprocessing 
Customer's EMI Billing Records.  BICI will not be responsible in any manner 
for failures of, or errors in, proprietary systems and programs other than 
those of BICI, nor shall BICI be liable for errors or failures of Customer's 
software or operational systems. THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF 
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, AND CUSTOMER HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, 
EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY 
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Should there 
be any failure in performance or errors or omissions by BICI with respect to 
the information being processed and being submitted to the LECs for billing 
and collection, BICI's liability shall be limited to using its best efforts 
to correct such failure.  In no event, except as specifically set forth herein,
shall BICI be liable to Customer or any third parties (including Customer's 
customers) for any Claim even if BICI has been advised of the possibility of
such Claim.

      (b)   Due to the nature of the services being performed by BICI, Customer
agrees that in no event will BICI be liable for any Claim caused by BICI's
performance or failure to perform hereunder which is not reported by Customer in
writing to BICI within thirty (30) days of such performance or failure to
perform.

      (c)   Customer shall indemnify and save harmless BICI from and against any
Claim asserted against BICI by third parties and arising out of Customer's use
of the services provided


                                        11 
<PAGE>



under this Agreement, unless such Claim arises out of the willful misconduct or
gross negligence of BICI.

      (d)   Liability of BICI in any and all categories and for any and all
Claims arising out of this Agreement or out of any act or omission relating
thereto shall, in the aggregate, not exceed one (1) month's average of BICI's
Processing Fees to Customer over the twelve (12) months preceding such date in
which the damage or injury is alleged to have occurred, but if this Agreement
has not been in effect for twelve (12) months preceding such date, then over
such fewer number of preceding months that this Agreement has been in effect.

SECTION 12.  TERM OF AGREEMENT.

The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date on page 1 of this
Agreement or the date Customer begins submitting its EMI Billing Records to 
BICI, whichever is later, and continue in full force and effect for a minimum
period of one (1) year from such date unless terminated in accordance with 
paragraph 14.(b)(i) and shall automatically renew for successive periods of one
(1) year unless terminated by written notice from either party at least sixty
(60) days prior to the scheduled expiration date.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Customer is
currently billing more than twenty-five thousand (25,000) EMI Billing Records
per month, Customer may elect an initial term for this Agreement of two (2) or
three (3) years.  Should Customer elect to extend the initial term of this
Agreement, Customer shall pay BICI a minimum Processing Fee, as described in
Exhibit C attached hereto, each month for the entire term of this Agreement.  In
consideration for such, BICI will charge Customer a reduced billing services fee
for the term selected which coincides with the BICI fee schedule as presented in
Exhibit C, attached hereto.

SECTION 13.  EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION.

      (a)   PAYMENT UPON EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION:  Upon the expiration or
termination of this Agreement for any reason, Customer agrees to satisfy, when
or before due, any and all of its obligations arising under this Agreement.

      (b)   DEPOSIT FOR CHARGES:  In addition, Customer acknowledges and 
understands that certain LEC charges for Uncollectible Amounts, Bad Debt 
true-ups and Post-Billing Adjustments and Credits which are not determined by 
the LECs or provided to BICI for a period of up to eighteen (18) months after 
the final processing of Customer's EMI Billing Records by BICI on behalf of 
Customer. Customer further acknowledges and agrees that payment of these 
amounts shall be its sole responsibility.  To ensure such payments, Customer 
shall, at the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, 
deposit with BICI an amount equal to two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the 
face amount of Customer's gross billings for the prior twelve (12) months, or 
such other amount as is estimated by BICI, based on Customer's prior history, 
necessary to satisfy such charges.  Such deposited amount shall be used by 
BICI to pay Uncollectible Amounts, Bad Debt true-ups, Post-Billing Adjustments
and Credits and other charges incurred on behalf of Customer for billing and 
collecting Customer's EMI Billing Records submitted by Customer to BICI during
the term of this Agreement. Each quarter BICI will re-examine the amount of 
funds deposited and make such adjustments as BICI estimates may

                                        12 
<PAGE>



be necessary to satisfy the aforementioned charges.  BICI will provide Customer
with proper documentation to substantiate charges attributable to Customer on
the same and consistent method as BICI determines such charges for all of its
customers.  At the end of eighteen (18) months from the expiration or
termination date, BICI will return all unused amounts to Customer.

      (c)   REMAINING LIABILITY:  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the deposit 
of such amounts does not relieve or waive Customer's responsibility and 
obligation to pay its obligations to BICI including, without limitations, any 
and all fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments associated with 
billing and collecting its EMI Billing Records.  In the event such associated 
fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments exceed the amount of the 
deposit described in paragraph 13.(b), Customer shall remit to BICI such 
additional amounts as are required to satisfy Customer's obligations under 
this Agreement to BICI within ten (10) Business Days of notification by BICI 
of any such amounts due.

      (d)   SAVINGS CLAUSE:  Except as otherwise provided herein, expiration
or termination of this Agreement under this Section 13 shall terminate all
further rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, provided that:
            (i)   Neither BICI nor Customer shall be relieved of its respective
      obligations to pay any sums of money due or to become due or payable or
      accrued under this Agreement;
            (ii)  If such expiration or termination is a result of a default
      hereunder or a breach hereof by a party hereto, the other party shall be
      entitled to pursue any and all rights and remedies it has to redress such
      default or breach in law or equity, subject to Sections 11, 14 and 24
      hereof; and
            (iii) The provisions of Sections 8 and 9 hereof, except paragraph
      9.(b), shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
      
      (e)   EARLY TERMINATION OF EXTENDED TERM AGREEMENT:  If Customer elects
to extend the initial term of this Agreement and should Customer terminate or
breach this Agreement before the expiration of the full initial term elected by
Customer upon execution hereof, BICI will recalculate and Customer shall pay to
BICI a processing fee for all EMI Billing Records processed under this Agreement
based on the current processing fee schedule at the one (1) year rate, attached
hereto as Exhibit C, plus ten percent (10%) for each EMI Billing Record
processed under this Agreement, at Customer's monthly volume levels.

SECTION 14.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

      (a)   DEFAULT:  Either Party shall be in default hereunder if it:
            (i)   Fails to make any payment specified hereunder when or before
      due and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days after written
      notice;
            (ii)  Breaches any other material covenant or undertaking contained
      in this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within thirty (30)
      Business Days after written notice thereof from the non-defaulting party;
      or
            (iii) Files, or there is filed against it, any voluntary or
      involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, or makes an assignment
      for the benefit of creditors, dissolves, ceases to conduct business for
      three (3) Business Days, resorts to any insolvency law, declares that it
      is unable to pay its debts as they mature or if a receiver, trustee or


                                        13 
<PAGE>



      custodian is appointed over, or an execution, attachment, or levy is made
      upon, all or any material part of the property of such party.
      
      (b)   REMEDIES:  Time is of the essence of this Agreement.  In the event
of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party shall have the following
rights and remedies:
            (i)   To terminate or cancel this Agreement, subject to the
      provisions of paragraph 13.(d), by giving written notice thereof to the
      defaulting party;
            (ii)  To declare all amounts due under this Agreement from the
      defaulting party to the non-defaulting party to be immediately due and
      payable;
            (iii) To withhold, setoff, and retain, until all obligations of
      Customer to BICI have been satisfied in full, any and all amounts which 
      may otherwise be due and payable to Customer under this Agreement and 
      apply such amounts to any balance due or to become due from Customer 
      to BICI;
            (iv)  All rights and remedies allowed by the applicable Uniform
      Commercial Code;
            (v)   All other rights and remedies allowed by this Agreement and
      under applicable law; and
            (vi)  All rights and remedies shall be cumulative and can be
      exercised separately or concurrently.

SECTION 15.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no
consent to any default under this Agreement, shall be effective unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party against whom such
modification, amendment, waiver or consent is claimed.  In addition, no course
of dealing or failure of any party to strictly enforce any term, right or
condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver or such term, right
or condition.

SECTION 16.  ASSIGNMENT.

      (a)   BY CUSTOMER OR BICI.  Assignment by Customer or BICI of any right,
obligation or duty or of any other interest hereunder, in whole or in part,
shall require consent by both parties.  Such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld by either party.
      (b)   GENERALLY.  All rights, obligations, duties and interests of any
party under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on all
successors in interest and assigns of such party and shall survive any
acquisition, merger, reorganization or other business combination to which it is
a party.

SECTION 17.  NOTICES AND DEMANDS.

      (a)   HOW NOTICE GIVEN:  Except as otherwise provided under this
Agreement, all notices, demands and requests which may be given by any party to
the other party shall be in writing and shall be:  (i) delivered in person; (ii)
mailed, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested;
(iii) placed in the hands of a national overnight delivery service


                                        14 
<PAGE>



or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission to the recipient's facsimile machine,
with an extra copy immediately following by first class mail; and addressed as
follows:

                              IF TO BICI, TO IT AT:
                         BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC.
                          ATTENTION:  MARSHALL N. MILLARD 
                           9311 SAN PEDRO, SUITE 400
                           SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS  78216
                          TELEPHONE:  (210) 321-6900
                            FAX:  (210) 525-6298
        _________________________________________________________________

                         IF TO CUSTOMER, TO IT AT:
                          U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                         ATTENTION: MR. AUDIE LONG
                         9311 SAN PEDRO, SUITE 100
                         SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS  78216
                        TELEPHONE:   (210) 525-9009
                           FAX:   (210) 366-2437 

If personal delivery is selected as the method of giving notice under this
Section, a receipt for such delivery shall be obtained.  The address to which
such notices, demands, requests, elections or other communications may be given
by either party may be changed by written notice given by such party to the
other party pursuant to this Section 17.
      
      (b)   WHEN NOTICE EFFECTIVE:  Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, all such notices shall be effective upon receipt if delivered by hand,
facsimile, national overnight delivery service, certified or registered mail and
otherwise five (5) Business Days after placement in the U.S. mails.

SECTION 18.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

This Agreement shall not provide any person not a party to this Agreement with
any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in
excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

SECTION 19.  GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State
of Texas, and the construction, interpretation and performance of this Agreement
and all transactions hereunder shall be governed by the domestic laws of such
State without regard to conflict of law principles.

SECTION 20.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.


                                        15 
<PAGE>



This Agreement constitutes the entire and exclusive Agreement between the
parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, and oral or
written representations, between them.

SECTION 21.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one
and the same document.

SECTION 22.  HEADINGS.

The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
construed to define or limit any of the terms herein or affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 23.  MOST FAVORED CUSTOMER.

It is the intent of the parties hereto that Customer shall be considered by 
BICI as one of its most favored customers under this Agreement.  By virtue of 
this consideration, Customer shall not pay a greater BICI Processing Fee per 
call, or in the alternative, receive a lesser number of out-cleared messages 
for the same or lesser BICI Processing Fee, than any other similarly situated 
customer of BICI under this Agreement.  BICI will promptly reduce Customer's 
monthly BICI Processing Fee and minimum revenue guarantees if it should grant 
a lower rate per call or provide a greater number of out-cleared messages for 
the same or lesser BICI Processing Fee to any customer of BICI under this 
Agreement, similarly situated to Customer.  Regardless of the mechanics of 
the aforementioned, it is the intent of this clause and the principle 
hereunder that Customer be treated as well as or better than the most 
favorably treated customer of BICI under this Agreement.

SECTION 24. ARBITRATION

Any controversy, dispute or Claim arising out of or in connection with this 
Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be settled by 
final and binding arbitration to be conducted by an arbitration tribunal in 
San Antonio, Texas, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration 
Association. In the event of any procedural matter not covered by the 
aforesaid rules, the procedural law of the State of Texas shall govern.  The 
arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators.  The party 
initiating arbitration shall nominate one arbitrator in the request for 
arbitration and the other party shall nominate a second in the answer thereto 
within 15 days of receipt of the request.  The two arbitrators so named will 
then jointly appoint the third arbitrator.  If the answering party fails to 
nominate its arbitrator within the fifteen day period, or if the arbitrators 
named by the parties fail to agree on the third arbitrator within thirty 
days, the Office of the American Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas 
shall make the necessary appointments of such arbitrator(s).  The arbitrator 
shall only have authority to award compensatory damages and shall not have 
authority to award punitive damages, other non-compensatory damages or any 
other form of relief: the parties hereby waive all rights to and claims for 
relief other than compensatory damages.  The decision or award of the 
arbitration tribunal (by a majority determination, or if there is no 
majority, then by the determination of the third arbitrator, if any) shall be 
final, and judgment upon such decision or award may be entered in the courts 
of the

                                        16 
<PAGE>



State of Texas or the United States of America for the Western District of the
State of Texas.  By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the
parties hereto accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally , the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.

Term

The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three years from 
the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands as of the date first
set forth above.

                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC.:


                                    By:  /s/ Alan W. Saltzman
                                       --------------------------------
                                         Alan W. Saltzman
                                         President and
                                         Chief Operating Officer

                                    Date: July 10, 1996
                                         ------------------------------

                                    CUSTOMER:

                                    U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ Larry M. James
                                       --------------------------------

                                    Name: Larry M. James
                                         ------------------------------
                                                      (print)

                                    Its: President
                                        -------------------------------


                                    Date: July 10, 1996
                                         ------------------------------



                                    ______________________________
                                    Account Representative


                                        17 

<PAGE>



                         TELECOMMUNICATIONS AGREEMENT

      This Agreement is entered into this 10th of July, 1996, by and between
U. S. LONG DISTANCE, INC., a Texas corporation with its principal office at 9311
San Pedro, Suite 100, San Antonio, Texas 78216 ("USLD"), and BILLING INFORMATION
CONCEPTS INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal office at 9311 San
Pedro, Suite 400, San Antonio, Texas 78216 ("Customer").

                                  WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, USLD is in the business of providing telecommunications services;
and

      WHEREAS, Customer desires to purchase telecommunications services from
USLD:

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and convenants
contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties do
hereby contract and agree as follows:

      1.    USLD agrees to furnish to Customer, and Customer agrees to purchase
from USLD, the telecommunication services as set forth in EXHIBIT "A" attached
hereto and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth verbatim herein.

      2.    This Agreement shall commence on the date on which U.S. Long 
Distance Corp. distributes the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of 
Billing Information Concepts Corp. to the holders of U.S. Long Distance 
Corp.'s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Commencement Date") and 
continue for a period of three (3) years. This Agreement shall be extended, 
on the same terms and conditions, for an additional period of one (1) year 
unless either party notifies the other party in writing not less than sixty 
(60) days prior to the termination date of its desire to terminate this 
Agreement.

      3.    During the term of this Agreement, USLD shall charge for the
telecommunication services, and Customer shall pay for such telecommunication
services, that amount as determined by using the rates set out in EXHIBIT "A."

      4.    USLD shall give Customer at least forty-five (45) days' notification
in the event any service rate in EXHIBIT "A" is modified.  Upon such
notification, Customer will have the right to terminate this Agreement without
penalty by providing USLD written notice within thirty (30) days of Customer's
intent to cancel service sixty (60) days from notice.

      5.    Customer hereby acknowledges that USLD's charges for the provision
of its telecommunication services will be billed on a monthly basis and that
payment for such services is due and payable fifteen (15) days from the invoice
date.  Late payments will be assessed a late charge of 1.5% per month.  Payments
not received within thirty (30) days of the invoice date will result in the
right of USLD to cancel and terminate the services provided herein, after
providing Customer with written notice, via facsimile, of such intent to
terminate service and allowing Customer ten (10) working days to cure the
deficiency.

      6.    Should Customer dispute any of the monthly charges on its monthly
invoice, it shall notify USLD of the disputed charges not later than ten (10)
days from the date of invoice.  This notice shall set forth in writing all
details concerning the disputed charges.  In the event of a dispute, Customer
shall pay the entire invoice in accordance with the payment terms set forth
therein.  After resolution of the disputed portion of the invoice, the
adjustment, if any, shall be immediately credited to Customer's account.

      7.    Should Customer claim any exemption of any sales, use or other tax,
then Customer shall provide documentation regarding such exemption to USLD.
USLD will be allowed to maintain a copy of such


<PAGE>



documentation in its offices in San Antonio, Texas.  It will be the
responsibility of Customer to make sure that its proof of exempt status remains
current.

      8.    No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, and
no breach shall be deemed excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in
writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived or consented.  No consent
by any party to, or waiver of, a breach or default by the other, whether
expressed or implied, shall constitute a consent to, waiver of or excuse for any
different or subsequent breach or default.

      9.    Neither USLD nor Customer shall be liable to the other for any
consequential, indirect, special or incidental damages whatsoever, including,
without limitation, any loss of revenue, goodwill, or profits or claims by third
parties or otherwise in connection with or related to any of the services
provided pursuant to this Agreement.

      10.   USLD warrants that the equipment used in providing the services to
Customer pursuant to this Agreement is suitable for the uses intended, and
Customer warrants and represents that it is fully authorized to contract for the
services under this Agreement.

           USLD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED.

      11.   This Agreement authorizes USLD to start provisioning of
telecommunications services, as set forth herein, to Customer on the
Commencement Date.  This Agreement also authorizes USLD to act as Customer's
agent in placing orders with other carriers in order to provide
telecommunications services, if requested.

      12.   If the performance of the respective obligations of USLD or Customer
shall be prevented or interfered with by reason of any fire, flood, epidemic,
earthquake or any other act of God, explosion, strike or other disputes, riot or
civil disturbance, war (whether declared or undeclared) or armed conflict, any
municipal ordinance or state or federal law, governmental order or regulation or
order of any court of competent jurisdiction, or other similar forces not within
the control of USLD nor Customer, as the case may be, then Customer and/or USLD,
as the case may be, shall not be liable to the other for its failure to perform
such obligations hereunder.

      13.   If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found to be
illegal or unenforceable, then, notwithstanding such illegality or
unenforceability, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and such
term or provision shall be deemed to be deleted.  In addition, this Agreement
shall be terminated upon the determination of a governmental entity having
jurisdiction over the services provided under this Agreement.

      14.   Except as otherwise provided herein, the remedies provided for in
this Agreement are in addition to any other remedies available at law or in
equity, by statute or otherwise.

      15.   Should it be necessary for either party to this Agreement to retain
the services of an attorney to enforce its rights under this Agreement, and
should any suit be necessary to enforce said rights, then the prevailing party
shall be entitled to receive reasonable attorney's fees from the other party.
      
      16.   This Agreement shall be governed by the substantive laws of the
State of Texas, without regard to conflict of law principles, with venue at San
Antonio, Texas.



                                        2 
<PAGE>




      17.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
USLD and Customer and their respective successors and assigns.  USLD retains the
right to assign all or part of this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
assigned by Customer without the prior written consent of USLD.  USLD reserves
the right to obtain necessary credit information or require additional security
deposits from successors and assigns.

      18.   This Agreement, including the exhibits hereto and the documents and
instruments referred to therein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding
of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein.  There
are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or
undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein.  This
Agreement, and any documents and instruments contemplated hereby, supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such
subject matter.

      19.   This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by an
instrument in writing executed by the party against which enforcement of the
amendment, modification or supplement is sought.

      20.   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original.  It shall not be necessary in making proof
of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one (1) of such
counterparts.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written, and the individuals signing below warrant that
they have authority to sign for and on behalf of the respective parties.

U. S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.                BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC.

By:   /s/  LARRY M. JAMES               By:  /s/  ALAN W. SALTZMAN 
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------

Name:      Larry M. James               Name:     Alan W. Saltzman 
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------

Title:     President                    Title:   President 
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------

Date:      July 10, 1996                Date:    July 10, 1996 
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------


                                        3 

<PAGE>



                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                     (With Company Matching Contribution)


                                 PLAN DOCUMENT

   
      THE BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL
PLAN  (the "Plan") is hereby adopted the 10th day of July, 1996 effective on 
the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form 10 under the 
Securities Act of 1934, as amended, filed by Billing Information Concepts Corp.
(the "Company") (the "Effective Date").  The Plan is established and maintained
by the Company solely for the purpose of permitting a select group of management
and/or highly compensated employees to defer all or a portion of their Eligible
Compensation and to provide for a partial Company Matching Contribution.
    

      Accordingly, Billing Information Concepts Corp. hereby adopts the Plan
pursuant to the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth, and designates the
Company as Plan Administrator of this Plan.

                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

      Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as set
forth in this Article:

1.1   "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means the individual or individuals
      designated by a Participant on a Beneficiary Form filed with the Company
      to receive the amount of benefit specified in Section 6.1 in the event of
      the Participant's death prior to Retirement, Disability, or other lifetime
      termination of employment, or to receive the death benefit as provided in
      Section 6.5 in the event of the Participant's death while receiving
      installment payments after the occurrence of one of such events.  If a
      Participant has not designated any beneficiary, or if no designated
      beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, then such amounts shall
      be paid to the Participant's spouse, or if the Participant's spouse is not
      then living or if the Participant is unmarried or action for divorce or
      annulment has been filed at the time of death, then, unless the provisions
      of Section 9.8 apply, such amounts shall be paid to the Participant's
      estate.

1.2   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any committee of
      the Board authorized to act in its behalf in connection with the Plan.

1.3   "Change of Control" shall mean change in at least 51% ownership interest
      in the Company by sale, merger or liquidation, dissolution or
      reorganization.

1.4   "Company" means BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware
      corporation, or, to the extent provided in Section 9.7, any successor
      corporation or other entity resulting


<PAGE>



      from a merger or consolidation into or with the Company or from a transfer
      or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company.

1.5   "Company Matching Contribution" means the contribution made by the Company
      out of its own funds in behalf of a Plan Participant during any Plan Year
      pursuant to Article IV.

1.6   "Deferred Compensation Accounts" means the Accounts established in the
      name of a Plan Participant pursuant to Article V.  One of such Accounts
      shall be designated as the "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and
      the other Account shall be designated as the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account."

1.7   "Disability" means that the Participant is unable to perform the usual and
      customary duties of his or her regular job and is unable to work elsewhere
      in the Company in a capacity for which the Participant is suited by
      education, training, or experience, for a period of six (6) months as a
      result of illness or injury.

1.8   "Eligible Compensation" means the base compensation payable to a
      Participant by the Company for individual performance.

1.9   "Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution" means the contribution
      credited to a Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account
      resulting from a deferral from Eligible Compensation under and in
      accordance with the terms of the Plan during any Plan Year.

1.10  "Enrollment Form" means the Enrollment Form completed by each Eligible
      Employee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, pursuant to which
      an Eligible Employee elects to participate in the Plan, makes an annual
      deferral election and elects a payment timing option from the Plan.

1.11  "Interest Crediting Rate" means the interest rate declared by the Company
      which will be credited at least annually to a Participant's Deferred
      Compensation Accounts.  For the first Plan Year, the interest rate shall
      be declared by the Company at the inception of the Plan and shall apply
      until the end of that year.  Thereafter, the interest rate shall be
      declared by the Company by December 15th of each year for the following
      Plan Year.  If it is not declared by that time, the rate for the following
      year shall be the prime rate of interest declared by the Frost National
      Bank of San Antonio plus two percent (2%), determined as of December 15th.

1.12  "Participant" means an employee of the Company who qualifies to
      participate in the Plan under the eligibility requirements set forth in
      Article II and who elects to participate in the Plan by filing with the
      Company an Enrollment Form.

1.13  "Plan" means the Executive Compensation Deferral Plan provided for herein
      for selected management and/or highly compensated employees of the
      Company.



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



1.14  "Plan Entry Date" shall mean the Effective Date, the date an Employee
      first becomes an Eligible Employee (as defined in Article II),  and each
      January 1st thereafter.

1.15  "Plan Year" means each 12-month calendar year, except that the first Plan
      Year shall be a short Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date and ending
      on December 31st of that calendar year.

1.16  "Prior Plan" means the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Executive Compensation
      Deferral Plan, as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

1.17  "Retirement" means either (i) a Participant's actual early, normal or late
      retirement from employment with the Company, whether under the terms of
      the Company's qualified retirement plan or otherwise, or (ii) the
      Participant's attainment of age 65 if later than actual retirement, as
      elected by the Participant on the  Enrollment Form filed at the time of
      the Participant's initial election to defer Eligible Compensation under
      the Plan.

1.18  "Termination for cause" shall mean an employee's termination of employment
      by the Board of Directors for fraud, embezzlement, or such other egregious
      and serious act against the Company that warrants immediate termination.

1.19  Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine, and the singular
      shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless otherwise required by
      context.  Any headings used herein are for ease of reference only and are
      not to be construed as to alter the meaning of the substantive provisions
      of the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                 ELIGIBILITY

      Selected employees occupying management positions with the Company or its
subsidiaries who are determined by the Board from time to time to be eligible to
participate in the Plan ("Eligible Employees") shall be eligible to participant
hereunder.  All Eligible Employees may thereafter participate in the Plan
beginning on the effective date of the Plan or any Plan Entry Date thereafter.
Each Eligible Employee shall complete and deliver to the Company an Enrollment
Form.

                                 ARTICLE III

                   ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTION

3.1  AMOUNT OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  An Eligible Employee may elect
      effective on a Plan Entry Date to defer all or a portion of his or her
      Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year by filing with the Company an
      Enrollment Form prior to the Plan Year to which such election relates;
      provided, however, that (i) for employees who are eligible to participate
      in the Plan upon adoption of the Plan, the election for the first Plan
      Year


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      may be made within the 30-day period immediately after adoption of the
      Plan, and (ii) for employees who become eligible to participate in the
      Plan thereafter, the election for the Plan Year during which they first
      become eligible may be made within the first pay period immediately after
      becoming eligible.  Deferrals from Eligible Compensation shall be made in
      equal monthly amounts up to 100% of a Participant's Eligible Compensation.

3.2   VESTING OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  All amounts credited to a
      Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account are 100% vested,
      unless the Participant's employment terminates as a result of Termination
      for cause, in which case all amounts credited to the Participant's
      Eligible Compensation Deferral Account shall be forfeited.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                        COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1   AMOUNT OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  In addition to a Participant's
      deferral from Eligible Compensation, the Company intends, each Plan Year,
      to contribute out of its own funds, on behalf of each Participant, an
      amount equal to the lesser of (a) 100% of the amount of such Participant's
      Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution for such Plan Year or (b) an
      amount which when combined with the Eligible Compensation Deferral
      Contribution which actuarily determined would yield a 10-year annuity
      equal to 50% of the Participant's Eligible Compensation payable at age 65.
      The amount described in (b) shall in no event be less than $3,000.
      Further, the interest rate used for purposes of determining the amount
      required to provide the annuity described in (b) above shall be the
      Interest Crediting Rate declared by the Company for the same Plan Year
      pursuant to Section 5.2.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
      paragraph, the Company in its sole discretion, reserves the right at any
      time for any Plan Year, either (i) not to provide such Company Matching
      Contribution altogether, or (ii) to make a Company Matching Contribution
      of a different amount, in either case by giving written notice to each
      affected Participant by December 15th of the prior Plan Year.  Any such
      skipped or reduced Company Matching Contribution shall not be required to
      be made up in future Plan Years.

4.2   VESTING OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The portion of the Company
      Matching Contribution Account established for a Participant pursuant to
      Article V to which the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall be entitled upon the occurrence of one of the payment
      events specified in Section 6.2 shall be based upon the number of full
      years of employment with the Company completed by the Participant as of
      the last day of the plan year prior to the date payment is due under this
      Plan.  For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Participant's service with the
      former parent corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of such former
      parent shall be considered service with the Company.  Such vested portion
      shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

                  YEARS OF SERVICE                VESTED PORTION


                                     -4-
<PAGE>



            Less than 1 year                                     0.00%
            More than 1 and less than 2                         33.33%
            More than 2 and less than 3                         66.66%
            3 years or more                                    100.00%
            Change of Control of Company                       100.00%
            Termination for Cause                                0.00%

                                  ARTICLE V

                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

5.1   ESTABLISHMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS.  The Company shall
      establish and maintain in the name of each Plan Participant two separate
      accounts (the "Participant's Accounts") designated, respectively, as the
      "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account."  Such Accounts shall be segregated from other
      accounts on the books and records of the Company and shall together be
      carried as a contingent liability of the Company to the Participant.

      (a)   ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.  The Company shall credit
            to the Eligible Compensation Deferral Account (the "Deferral
            Account") the amount of each deferral from Eligible Compensation
            which the Participant elects to make on a timely filed  Enrollment
            Form.  Such amount shall be credited to the Deferral Account on the
            day such Eligible Compensation would otherwise be payable to the
            Participant.

      (b)   COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  The Company shall credit to
            the Company Matching Contribution Account (the "Matching Account")
            the amount of each Company Matching Contribution.  Such amount shall
            be credited to the Matching Account on the same day as the
            Participant's deferral from Eligible Compensation to which it
            relates is credited to the Participant's Deferral Account.

      (c)   PRIOR PLAN ACCOUNT.  The Company shall credit to the Deferral
            Account and the Matching Account of each Participant who, as of the
            Effective Date, was a participant in the Prior Plan the amounts so
            credited to such Participant's deferral account and matching account
            under the Prior Plan.

5.2   CREDITING OF INTEREST.  From time to time, the Company shall credit each
      of the Participant's Accounts with interest at the Interest Crediting Rate
      declared by the Company for that year.  Interest on amounts in an Account
      for less than a full calendar year shall be appropriately prorated based
      upon the number of days within the calendar year such amounts have been in
      such Account.  Interest shall continue to be credited to a Participant's
      Account in the foregoing manner as long as the Participant is an employee
      with the Company and not disabled or deceased.  Thereafter, the Company
      shall credit the Participant's Deferral Account and the vested Matching
      Account with the rate of


                                     -5-
<PAGE>



      interest earned on federally insured passbook savings accounts at Frost
      National Bank of San Antonio, Texas.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                              BENEFIT OF PAYMENT

6.1   AMOUNT OF BENEFIT.  The benefit payable to a Participant or a
      Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be equal to 100% of the
      value of such Participant's Deferral Account, unless terminated for cause,
      plus the vested percentage of the value of such Participant's Matching
      Account, "value" in each case to be determined in accordance with Article
      V as of the date of the applicable payment event specified in Section 6.2,
      except, in the event of a Participant's death, the Participant's
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be entitled to a minimum benefit equal
      to twelve (12) times the monthly Eligible Compensation which the
      Participant received as of the month prior to the Participant's death.

6.2   PAYMENT EVENTS.  Benefits shall become due and payable to a Participant
      or a Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries upon the occurrence of the
      first to occur of the following events:

      (a)   Retirement of the Participant as defined in Section 1.17;

      (b)   Disability of the Participant as defined in Section 1.7, except that
            the Company may, in its sole discretion, commence benefit payments
            prior to the date specified in Section 1.7 if the Participant is
            unable to work for the Company as a result of illness or injury;

      (c)   The later of any termination of employment or termination of the
            written employment contract of the Participant;

      (d)   Death of the Participant prior to the occurrence of any of the other
            events specified in this Section 6.2;

6.3   TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS.  Benefits payable upon the
      occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid, or
      installment payments shall commence, on the first day of the month next
      following the occurrence of the event, or as soon thereafter as may
      reasonably be practicable.  Benefits payable upon the occurrence of an
      event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid in a lump sum, except that
      elections of payment in installments with interest over a period of five
      (5) or ten (10) years signed prior to December 12, 1995 with respect to
      amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 5.1(c),
      and not subsequently revoked shall be honored.  The Retirement of a
      Participant under Section 1.17 may be changed at any time by means of
      execution and filing of a new  Enrollment Form, but any new  Enrollment
      Form shall not become effective until the date that is two calendar years
      following the date of the


                                     -6-
<PAGE>



      new election.  In addition, a Participant who has elected payment of
      benefits in installment form prior to December 12, 1995 with respect to
      amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 5.1(c),
      may subsequently elect payment in lump sum form, but such election shall
      not become effective until two calendar years following the date of the
      election.

6.4   DEATH AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLMENT BENEFITS PAYMENTS.  If a
      Participant dies after the commencement of installment benefit payments
      but before distribution of the full amount specified in Section 6.1,
      either (i) such payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or (ii) the balance due shall be paid to
      such Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a lump sum, as elected by the
      Participant on the  Enrollment Form filed with the Company.

6.5   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM GENERAL ASSETS; UNSECURED CREDITOR STATUS OF
      Participants.  All benefits payable under the Plan to or in behalf of any
      Participant shall be paid from the general assets of the Company.  The
      Company shall set aside funds with which to discharge its obligations
      hereunder, and may if it chooses to do so by the purchase of Corporate
      Owned Life Insurance (COLI) policies on the lives of the Participants or
      otherwise.  Any and all funds which may be so set aside shall remain
      subject to the claims of the present and future general creditors of the
      Company in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy, and any recipient of
      benefits hereunder shall not have any security or other interest in such
      funds.  Neither any Participant, his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries,
      nor any other person shall, under any circumstances, have any interest
      whatsoever in any particular property or assets of the Company by virtue
      of the Plan, and the rights of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary
      or Beneficiaries under the Plan shall be no greater than the rights of a
      general unsecured creditor of the Company.  The right of a Participant or
      his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive a benefit payment
      hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the
      Company, and neither the Participant nor his or her Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall have any rights in, to or against any specific assets
      of the Company.  All amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation
      Accounts of a Participant shall constitute general assets of the Company
      and, subject to any trust agreement established to hold assets pursuant to
      this Plan, may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such
      purposes as it may deem appropriate in the event of bankruptcy or
      insolvency.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                                ADMINISTRATION

7.1   ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company shall be entitled to rely
      conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and
      reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel, or
      other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan.
      The Company shall have full power and discretion to administer the Plan in
      all of its details, and its decision shall be binding.  For this


                                     -7-
<PAGE>



      purpose, the Company's powers shall include, but shall not be limited to,
      the following authority, in addition to all other powers provided
      hereunder:

      (a)   To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary
            or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

      (b)   To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to
            be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the
            Plan;

      (c)   To decide all questions concerning the Plan (including questions of
            fact) and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

      (d)   To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other
            persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and

      (e)   To allocate and delegate its responsibilities under the plan and to
            designate other persons or an administrative committee to carry out
            any of its responsibilities under the Plan, any such allocation,
            delegation or designation to be in writing.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                           AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

8.1   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Company intends the Plan to be permanent,
      but reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan when, in the sole
      opinion of the Company, such amendment or termination is advisable.  Any
      such amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of
      the Board and shall be effective as of the date specified in such
      resolution.

8.2   EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  No amendment or termination of the
      Plan shall directly or indirectly reduce the value of any Deferred
      Compensation Account held hereunder as of the effective date of such
      amendment or termination.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1   NO GUARANTEE OF BENEFITS.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute
      a guarantee by the Company or by any other person or entity that the
      assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any benefits thereunder.

9.2   NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS.  No Participant shall have any right
      to receive a benefit payment under the Plan except in accordance with the
      terms of the Plan.  Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to
      give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the
      Company.


                                     -8-
<PAGE>



9.3   SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION.  No interest of any person or entity in, or right
      to receive a benefit payment under, the Plan shall be subject in any
      manner to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, garnishment or
      other alienation or encumbrance of any kind; nor may any such interest or
      right to receive a benefit payment be taken, either voluntarily or
      involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts of, or other obligations
      or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony,
      support or separate maintenance, or claims in bankruptcy proceedings.


9.4   APPLICABLE LAW.  The Plan shall be construed and administered under the
      laws of the State of Texas.

9.5   INCAPACITY OF RECIPIENT.  If any person entitled to a benefit payment
      under the Plan is deemed by the Company to be incapable of personally
      receiving and giving a valid receipt for, such payment, then, unless and
      until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian,
      conservator or other legal representative of such person, the Company may
      provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any other
      person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care
      and maintenance of such person.  Any such payment shall be a payment for
      the account of such person and shall constitute a complete discharge of
      any liability of the Company and the Plan therefor.

9.6   CORPORATE SUCCESSORS.  The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by
      a transfer or sale of assets of the Company or by the merger or
      consolidation of the Company into or with any other corporation or other
      entity, but the Plan shall be continued after such sale, merger, or
      consolidation only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or
      successor entity agrees to continue the Plan.  In the event that the Plan
      is not continued by the transferee, purchaser or successor entity, then
      the Plan shall terminate subject to the provisions of Section 8.2.

9.7   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS.  Each Participant shall keep the Company informed of
      his or her current address and the current address of his or her
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  The Company shall not be obligated to
      search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a
      Participant is not made known to the Company within three (3) years after
      the date on which payment of the Participant's benefit may first be made,
      payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the
      three-year period, provided that proof of death satisfactory to the Plan
      Administrator is provided.  If, within one additional year after such
      three-year period has elapsed, or within three years after the actual
      death of a Participant, the Company is unable to locate any Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries of the Participant, and is further unable to locate a
      spouse, dependent or descendant of the Participant, then the Company shall
      have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to or in behalf of
      such Participant or Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be irrevocably
      forfeited.

9.8   LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding any of the preceding
      provisions of the Plan, neither the Company nor any individual acting as
      employee or agent of the Company


                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      shall be liable to any Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary, or
      other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in
      connection with the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE X

                             CLAIM FOR BENEFITS

10.1  CLAIMS PROCEDURE.  The Plan Administrator shall make all determinations
      as to the right of a Participant or Beneficiary to a benefit under the
      Plan.  If any person does not receive the benefit to which he or she
      believes he or she is entitled under this Plan, said person may file a
      claim for benefits in writing which shall be signed by the Participant,
      Beneficiary or legal representative of a Participant or Beneficiary.
      Claims shall be granted or denied within 30 days after receipt unless
      additional time is required because of special circumstances.  If
      additional time is required, the claimant will be notified in writing
      before the expiration of 30 days from the receipt of the claim.  In no
      event shall the time for reaching a decision with respect to a claim be
      extended beyond 180 days after receipt of the claim.

      In the event that the Plan Administrator denies a claim for benefits, the
      claimant will be notified in writing.  Such notice shall set forth the
      specific reasons for the denial, the specific provisions of this Plan on
      which the denial is based, a description of any additional materials or
      information necessary to perfect the claim along with an explanation of
      why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the
      claim review procedure.

      If no action is taken by the Plan Administrator on a claim within 30 days
      after its receipt, or, if the period for considering the claim has been
      extended, then if no action is taken within 180 days after receipt of the
      claim, the claim shall be deemed to be denied for purposes of the
      following review procedure.

10.2  REVIEW PROCEDURE.  If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the
      claimant may request the Board to review the decision with the Plan
      Administrator, neither body to include the claimant.  This request must be
      made in writing within 30 days after the claim has been denied or is
      deemed to be denied under Section 10.1 and must set forth all of the
      grounds upon which the request is based, any facts in support of the
      request, and any issues or comments which the claimant considers relevant
      to the review.  In preparing a request for review, the claimant will be
      entitled to review any documents which are pertinent to his or her claim
      at the office of the Company during regular business hours.

      The Board of Directors shall act upon each request as soon as possible but
      not later than 60 days after the request for review is received.  No
      Director shall participate in any Board action taken with respect to his
      or her own claim.



                                     -10-
<PAGE>



      The Board of Directors shall make an independent determination concerning
      the claim for benefits under this Plan and shall give written notice of
      its decision to the claimant.  The decision of the Board of Directors on
      any claim review shall be final.

      If the Board of Directors fails to deliver a decision within 60 days after
      receipt of the request for review, the claim shall be deemed denied on
      review.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. has caused this
instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 10th day of
July, 1996.


                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

ATTEST:

Marshall N. Millard               By: Alan W. Saltzman
- ---------------------------           -------------------------------------
Marshall N. Millard                             Name: Alan W. Saltzman
                                                      ----------------------
                                                Title:     President
                                                      ----------------------

145340.1A (4/25/96 Compare Version)
145338.1A (4/25/96 Clean Version)



                                     -11-
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT A
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                                ENROLLMENT FORM

Name: ________________________________________        Date:__________________

Social Security #: ______________________________     Plan Year:_____________

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ANNUAL DEFERRAL ELECTION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect to participate in the Plan at
this time.

I understand that the Plan permits elective deferrals from compensation not yet
earned, during the current year and during each year the Plan is in effect.
This Annual Deferral Election Form indicates the amount of compensation I 
elect to defer for the Plan Year stated above.  The election made cannot be 
revoked for the Plan Year.  This election will remain in effect for future Plan
Years unless otherwise changed or revoked by me by the prior December 31st.  
If the amount I designate exceeds my base compensation for the Plan Year, my 
actual deferral amount will be equal to my base compensation.  I understand 
that this election does not guarantee me any compensation.

I understand further that amounts deferred by me under the Plan will earn
interest at a rate determined annually by the interest rates declared by the
Company.

As a participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Executive
Compensation Deferral Plan, I hereby elect to defer the following amount of base
compensation otherwise payable to me in the Plan Year(s) indicated above:
    Monthly Deferral Amount _________
    The deferral election I am choosing is effective beginning with my first 
payment of compensation from the Company.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PAYMENT OF BENEFIT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. As a Participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Executive 
   Compensation Deferral Plan, I understand that the manner of payment of my 
   accumulated account balance will be made as a lump sum, except as provided
   below.

   For Participants with prior Plan accounts (from the USLD Executive 
   Compensation Deferral Plan) who elected installment payments prior to 
   December 12, 1995, and never revoked that election:

   Retirement benefits paid from my Prior Plan Account as follows:
         ______ in installments as previously elected.
         ______ in a lump sum. I understand that if I choose payment in a 
                lump sum, that election may never be changed and, furthermore, 
                that the lump sum election will not take effect until 2 years
                after the date the election is made.

2. Additionally, I elect the choice checked below regarding the time of payment:
                        _______Actual Retirement
                        _______Age 65 if Later Than Actual Retirement

I understand that this choice may be made ONLY on my first Enrollment Form 
filed under the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Executive Compensation 
Deferral Plan.

I understand further that the foregoing election regarding time of payment 
applies to all deferrals made by me under the Plan and to all interest 
credited thereto.

I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING MATERIAL.  I HAVE RECEIVED A COPY OF 
THE BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN 
AND I AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS ELECTION AND THE REQUIREMENTS, 
CONDITIONS, AND TERMS OF THE PLAN.

EXECUTIVE SIGNATURE:  _______________________________________________________
DATE: ______________________________
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          WAIVER OF PARTICIPATION

I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect not to participate in the Plan
at this time.

Executive Signature ___________________________________Date:__________________

<PAGE>



                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                      DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                     (With Company Matching Contribution)


                                 PLAN DOCUMENT

   
The Billing Information Concepts Corp. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN 
(the "Plan") is hereby adopted the 10th day of July, 1996 effective on the 
effective date of the Registration Statement on Form 10 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, filed by Billing Information Concepts Corp. 
(the "Company") (the "Effective Date").  The Plan is established and 
maintained by the Company solely for the purpose of permitting a group of 
outside directors of the Company to defer all or a portion of their 
director's fees and to provide for a partial Company Matching Contribution. 
    

Accordingly, Billing Information Concepts Corp. hereby adopts the Plan pursuant
to the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth and designates the Company as
Plan Administrator of this Plan.

                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as set forth
in this Article:

1.1   "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means the individual or individual
      designated by a Participant on a Beneficiary Form filed with the Company
      to receive the amount of benefit specified in Section 6.1 in the event of
      the Participant's death prior to Retirement, Disability, or other lifetime
      termination of employment, or to receive the death benefit as provided in
      Section 6.5 in the event of the Participant's death while receiving
      installment payments after the occurrence of one of such events.  If a
      Participant has not designated any beneficiary, or if no designated
      beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, then such amounts shall
      be paid to the Participant's spouse, or if the Participant's spouse is not
      then living or if the Participant is unmarried or action for divorce or
      annulment has been filed at the time of death, then, unless the provisions
      of Section 9.8 apply, such amounts shall be paid to the Participant's
      estate.

1.2   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any committee of
      the Board authorized to act in its behalf in connection with the Plan.

1.3   "Change of Control" shall mean change in at least 51% ownership interest
      in the Company by sale, merger or liquidation, dissolution or
      reorganization.

1.4   "Company" means BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware
      corporation, or, to the extent provided in Section 9.7, any successor
      corporation or other


<PAGE>



      entity resulting from a merger or consolidation into or with the Company
      or from a transfer or sale of substantially all of the assets of the
      Company.

1.5   "Company Matching Contribution" means the contribution made by the Company
      out of its own funds in behalf of a Plan Participant during any Plan Year
      pursuant to Article IV.

1.6   "Deferred Compensation Accounts" means the Accounts established in the
      name of a Plan Participant pursuant to Article V.  One of such Accounts
      shall be designated as the "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and
      the other Account shall be designated as the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account."

1.7   "Disability" means that the Participant is unable to perform the usual and
      customary duties of his or her regular job and is unable to work elsewhere
      in the Company in a capacity for which the Participant is suited by
      education, training, or experience, for a period of six (6) months as a
      result of illness or injury.

1.8   "Eligible Compensation" means the base fees payable to a Participant by
      the Company for services as a Director of the Company.

1.9   "Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution" means the contribution
      credited to a Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account
      resulting from a deferral from Eligible Compensation under and in
      accordance with the terms of the Plan during any Plan Year.

1.10  "Enrollment Form" means the Enrollment Form completed by each Eligible
      Director, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, pursuant to which
      an Eligible Director elects to participate in the Plan, makes an annual
      deferral election and elects a payment timing option from the Plan.

1.11  "Interest Crediting Rate" means the interest rate declared by the Company
      which will be credited at least annually to a Participant's Deferred
      Compensation Accounts.  For the first Plan Year, the interest rate shall
      be declared by the Company at the inception of the Plan and shall apply
      until the end of that year.  Thereafter, the interest rate shall be
      declared by the Company by December 15th of each year for the following
      Plan Year.  If it is not declared by that time, the rate for the following
      year shall be the prime rate of interest declared by the Frost National
      Bank of San Antonio plus two percent (2%), determined as of December 15th.

1.12  "Outside Directors" shall mean those Directors of the Company that are not
      employed by the Company on a full time basis.

1.13  "Participant" means an individual who qualifies to participate in the Plan
      under the eligibility requirements set forth in Article II and who elects
      to participate in the Plan by filing with the Company an Enrollment Form.



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



1.14  "Plan" means the Director Compensation Deferral Plan provided for herein
      for selected Directors of the Company.

1.15  "Plan Entry Date" shall mean the Effective Date, the date a Director first
      becomes an Eligible Director (as defined in Article II), and each January
      1st thereafter.

1.16  "Plan Year" means each 12-month calendar year, except that the first Plan
      Year shall be a short Plan Year beginning on the date of adoption of the
      Plan and ending on December 31st of that calendar year.

1.17  "Prior Plan" means the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Director Compensation
      Deferral Plan, as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

1.18  "Retirement" means either (i) a Participant's actual retirement from
      service with the Company, whether under the terms of the Company's regular
      retirement plan or otherwise, or (ii) the Participant's attainment of age
      65 if later than actual retirement, as elected by the Participant on the
      Enrollment Form filed at the time of the Participant's initial election to
      defer Eligible Compensation under the Plan.

1.19  "Termination for cause" shall mean a Participant's removal from the Board
      of Directors by the Board of Directors for fraud, embezzlement, or such
      other egregious and serious act against the interests of the Company that
      warrants immediate removal.

1.20  Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine, and the singular
      shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless otherwise required by
      context.  Any headings used herein are for the ease of reference only and
      are not to be construed as to alter the meaning of the substantive
      provisions of the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                 ELIGIBILITY

Selected individuals occupying positions as Outside Directors of the Company who
are determined by the Board from time to time to be eligible to participate in
the Plan ("Eligible Director").  All Eligible Directors may thereafter
participate in the Plan beginning on the effective date of the Plan or any Plan
Entry Date thereafter.  Each Eligible Director shall complete and deliver to the
Company an Enrollment Form.

                                 ARTICLE III

                   ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTION

3.1  AMOUNT OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  An Eligible Director of the
     Company may elect effective on a Plan Entry Date to defer all or a portion
     of his or her Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year by filing with the
     Company an  Enrollment Form prior to the Plan Year to which such election
     relates; provided, however, that (i) for Directors


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      who are eligible to participate in the Plan upon adoption of the Plan, the
      election for the first Plan Year may be made within the 30-day period
      immediately after adoption of the Plan, and (ii) for Directors who become
      eligible to participate in the Plan thereafter, the election for the Plan
      Year during which they first become eligible may be made within the first
      pay period immediately after becoming eligible.  Deferrals from Eligible
      Compensation may be made  up to 100% of a Participant's Eligible
      Compensation.

3.2   VESTING OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  All amounts credited to a
      Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account are 100% vested,
      unless the Participant is removed for cause, in which case all amounts
      credited to the Eligible Compensation Deferral Account shall be forfeited.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                        COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1   AMOUNT OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION.  In addition to a Participant's
      deferral from Eligible Compensation, the Company intends, each Plan Year,
      to contribute out of its own funds, on behalf of each Participant, an
      amount equal to thirty three (33%) percent of the amount of such
      Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution for such Plan
      Year, provided, however, that the Company, in its sole discretion,
      reserves the right at any time for any Plan Year, either (i) not to
      provide such Company Matching Contribution altogether, or (ii) to make a
      Company Matching Contribution of a different amount, in either case by
      giving written notice to each affected Participant by December 15th of the
      prior Plan Year.  Any such skipped or reduced Company Matching
      Contribution shall not be required to be made up in future Plan Years.

4.2   VESTING OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The portion of the Company
      Matching Contribution Account established for a Participant pursuant to
      Article V to which the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall be entitled upon the occurrence of one of the payment
      events specified in Section 6.2 shall be based upon the number of full
      years of service with the Company completed by the Participant as of the
      last day of the plan year prior to the date payment is due under this
      Plan.  For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Participant's service with the
      former parent corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of such former
      parent shall be considered service with the Company.  Such vested portion
      shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

                  YEARS OF SERVICE                        VESTED PORTION
            Less than 1 year                                      0.00%
            More than 1 and less than 2                          33.33%
            More than 2 and less than 3                          66.66%
            3 years or more                                     100.00%
            Change of Control of Company                        100.00%
            Termination for Cause                                 0.00%



                                     -4-
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE V

                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

5.1   ESTABLISHMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS.  The Company shall
      establish and maintain in the name of each Plan Participant two separate
      accounts (the "Participant's Accounts") designated, respectively, as the
      "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account".  Such Accounts shall be segregated from other
      accounts on the books and records of the Company and shall together be
      carried as a contingent liability of the Company to the Participant.

      (a)   Eligible Compensation Deferral Account.  The Company shall credit to
            the Eligible Compensation Deferral Account (the "Deferral Account")
            the amount of each deferral from Eligible Compensation which the
            Participant elects to make on a timely filed  Enrollment Form.  Such
            amounts shall be credited to the Deferral Account on the day such
            Eligible Compensation would otherwise be payable to the Participant.

      (b)   Company Matching Contribution Account.  The Company shall credit to
            the Company Matching Contribution Account (the "Matching Account")
            the amount of each Company Matching Contribution.  Such amount shall
            be credited to the Matching Account on the same day as the
            Participant's deferral from Eligible Compensation to which it
            relates is credited to the Participant's Deferral Account.

      (c)   Prior Plan Account.  The Company shall credit to the Deferral
            Account and the Matching Account of each Participant who, as of the
            Effective Date, was a participant in the Prior Plan the amounts so
            credited to such Participant's deferral account and matching account
            under the Prior Plan.

5.2   CREDITING OF INTEREST.  From time to time, the Company shall credit each
      of the Participant's Accounts with interest at the Interest Crediting Rate
      declared by the Company for that year.  Interest on amounts in an Account
      for less than a full calendar year shall be appropriately prorated based
      upon the number of days within the calendar year such amounts have been in
      such Account.  Interest shall continue to be credited to a Participant's
      Account in the foregoing manner as long as the Participant is a Director
      of the Company and not disabled or deceased.  Thereafter, the Company
      shall credit the Participant's Deferral Account and the vested Matching
      Account with the rate of interest earned on federally insured passbook
      savings accounts at Frost National Bank of San Antonio, Texas.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                              BENEFIT OF PAYMENT

6.1   AMOUNT OF BENEFIT.  The benefit payable to a Participant or a
      Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be equal to 100% of the
      value of such Participant's Deferral


                                     -5-
<PAGE>



      Account, unless terminated for cause, plus the vested percentage of the
      value of such Participant's Matching Account, "Value" in each case to be
      determined in accordance with Article V as of the date of the applicable
      payment event specified in Section 6.2, except, in the event of a
      Participant's death, the Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall
      be entitled to a minimum amount equal to the annual standard fee which the
      Participant received as of the year prior to the Participant's death.

6.2   PAYMENT EVENTS.  Benefits shall become due and payable to a Participant
      or a Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries upon the occurrence of the
      first to occur of the following events:

      (a)   Retirement of the Participant as defined in Section 1.18;

      (b)   Disability of the Participant as defined in Section 1.7, except that
            the Company may, in its sole discretion, commence benefit payments
            prior to the date specified in Section 1.7 if the Participant is
            unable to serve the Company as a result of illness or injury;

      (c)   Termination of service;

      (d)   Death of the Participant prior to the occurrence of any of the other
            events specified in this Section 6.2;

6.3   TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS.  Benefits payable upon the
      occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid, or
      installment payments shall commence, on the first day of the month next
      following the occurrence of the event, or as soon thereafter as may
      reasonably be practicable.  Benefits payable upon the occurrence of an
      event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid in a lump sum, except that
      elections of payment in installments with interest over a period of five
      (5) or ten (10) years signed prior to December 19, 1995 with respect to
      amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 5.1(c),
      and not subsequently revoked shall be honored.  The Retirement of a
      Participant under Section 1.18 may be changed at any time by means of
      execution and filing of a new  Enrollment Form, but any new  Enrollment
      Form shall not become effective until the date that is two calendar years
      following the date of the new election.  In addition, a Participant who
      has elected payment of benefits in installment form prior to December 19,
      1995 with respect to amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant
      to Section 5.1(c) may subsequently elect payment in lump sum form, but
      such election shall not become effective until two calendar years
      following the date of the election.

6.4   DEATH AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLMENT BENEFIT PAYMENTS.  If a
      Participant dies after the commencement of installment benefit payments
      but before distribution of the full amount specified in Section 6.1,
      either (i) such payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or (ii) the balance due shall be paid to
      such Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a lump sum, as elected by the
      Participant on the  Enrollment Form filed with the Company.


                                     -6-
<PAGE>



6.5   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM GENERAL ASSETS; UNSECURED CREDITOR STATUS OF
      Participants.  All benefits payable under the Plan to or in behalf of any
      Participant shall be paid from the general assets of the Company.  The
      Company shall set aside funds with which to discharge its obligations
      hereunder, and may if it  chooses to do so by the purchase of Corporate
      Owned Life Insurance (COLI) policies on the lives of the Participants or
      otherwise.  Any and all funds which may be so set aside shall remain
      subject to the claims of the present and future general creditors of the
      Company in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy, and any recipient of
      benefits hereunder shall not have any security or other interest in such
      funds.  Neither any Participant, his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries,
      nor any other person shall under any circumstances, have any interest
      whatsoever in any particular property or assets of the Company by virtue
      of the Plan, and the rights of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary
      or Beneficiaries under the Plan shall be no greater than the rights of a
      general unsecured creditor of the Company.  The right of a Participant or
      his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive a benefit payment
      hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the
      Company, and neither the Participant nor his or her Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall have any rights in, to or against any specific assets
      of the Company.  All amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation
      Accounts of a Participant shall constitute general assets of the Company
      and, subject to any trust agreement established to hold assets pursuant to
      this Plan, may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such
      purposes as it may deem appropriate in the event of bankruptcy or
      insolvency.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                                ADMINISTRATION

7.1   ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company shall be entitled to rely
      conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and
      reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel, or
      other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan.
      The Company shall have full power and discretion to administer the Plan in
      all of its details, and its decision shall be binding.  For this purpose,
      the Company's powers shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
      following authority, in addition to all other powers provided hereunder:

      (a)   To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary
            or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

      (b)   To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to
            be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the
            Plan;

      (c)   To decide all questions concerning the Plan (including questions of
            fact), and the eligibility of any person to participant in the Plan;

      (d)   To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other
            persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and



                                     -7-
<PAGE>



      (e)   To allocate and delegate its responsibilities under the Plan and to
            designate other persons or an administrative committee to carry out
            any of its responsibilities under the Plan, any such allocation,
            delegation or designation to be in writing.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                           AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

8.1   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Company intends the Plan to be permanent,
      but reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan when, in the sole
      opinion of the Company, such amendment or termination is advisable.  Any
      such amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of
      the Board and shall be effective as of the date specified in such
      resolution.

8.2   EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  No amendment or termination of the
      Plan shall directly or indirectly reduce the value of any Deferred
      Compensation Account held hereunder as of the effective date of such
      amendment or termination.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1   NO GUARANTEE OF BENEFITS.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute
      a guarantee by the Company or by any other person or entity that the
      assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any benefits hereunder.

9.2   NO ENLARGEMENT OF DIRECTOR RIGHTS.  No Participant shall have any right
      to receive a benefit payment under the Plan except in accordance with the
      terms of the Plan.  Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to
      give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the
      Company.

9.3   SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION.  No interest of any person or entity in, or right
      to receive a benefit payment under, the Plan shall be subject in any
      manner to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, garnishment or
      other alienation or encumbrance of any kind; nor may any such interest or
      right to receive a benefit payment be taken, either voluntarily or
      involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts or, or other obligations
      or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony,
      support or separate maintenance, or claims in bankruptcy proceedings.

9.4   APPLICABLE LAW.  The Plan shall be construed and administered under the
      laws of the State of Texas.

9.5   INCAPACITY OF RECIPIENT.  If any person entitled to a benefit payment
      under the Plan is deemed by the Company to be incapable of personally
      receiving, and giving a valid receipt for, such payment, then, unless and
      until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian,
      conservator or other legal representative of such person, the


                                     -8-
<PAGE>



      Company may provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any
      other person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the
      care and maintenance of such person.  Any such payment shall be a payment
      for the account of such person and shall constitute a complete discharge
      of any liability of the Company and the Plan therefor.

9.6   CORPORATE SUCCESSORS.  The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by
      a transfer or sale of assets of the Company or by the merger or
      consolidation of the Company into or with any other corporation or other
      entity, but the Plan shall be continued after such sale, merger, or
      consolidation only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or
      successor entity agrees to continue the Plan.  In the event that the Plan
      is not continued by the transferee, purchaser or successor entity, then
      the Plan shall terminate subject to the provisions of Section 8.2

9.7   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS.  Each Participant shall keep the Company informed of
      his or her current address and the current address of his or her
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  The Company shall not be obligated to
      search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a
      Participant is not made known to the Company within three (3) years after
      the date on which payment of the Participant's benefit may first be made,
      payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the
      three-year period, provided that proof of death satisfactory to the Plan
      Administrator is provided.  If, within one additional year after such
      three-year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual
      death of a Participant, the Company is unable to locate any Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries of the Participant, and is further unable to locate a
      spouse, dependent or descendant of the Participant, then the Company shall
      have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to or in behalf of
      such Participant or Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be irrevocably
      forfeited.

9.8   LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding any of the preceding
      provisions of the Plan, neither the Company nor any individual acting as
      employee or agent of the Company shall be liable to any Participant,
      former Participant, Beneficiary, or other person for any claim, loss,
      liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE X

                              CLAIM FOR BENEFITS

10.1  CLAIMS PROCEDURE.  The Plan Administrator shall make all determinations
      as to the right of a Participant or Beneficiary to a benefit under the
      Plan.  If any person does not receive the benefit to which he or she
      believes he or she is entitled under this Plan, said person may file a
      claim for benefits in writing which shall be signed by the Participant,
      Beneficiary or legal representative of a Participant or Beneficiary.
      Claims shall be granted or denied within 30 days after receipt unless
      additional time is required because of special circumstances.  If
      additional time is required, the claimant will be notified in writing
      before the expiration of 30 days from the receipt of the claim.  In no
      event shall


                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      the time for reaching a decision with respect to a claim be extended
      beyond 180 days after receipt of the claim.

      In the event that the Plan Administrator denies a claim for benefits, the
      claimant will be notified in writing.  Such notice shall set forth the
      specific reasons for the denial, the specific provisions of this Plan on
      which the denial is based, a description of any additional materials or
      information necessary to perfect the claim along with an explanation of
      why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the
      claim review procedure.

      If no action is taken by the Plan Administrator on a claim within 30 days
      after its receipt, or, if the period for considering the claim has been
      extended, then if no action is taken within 180 days after receipt of the
      claim, the claim shall be deemed to be denied for purposes of the
      following review procedure.

10.2  REVIEW PROCEDURE.  If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant
      may request the Board to review the decision with the Plan Administrator,
      neither body to include the claimant.  This request must be made in
      writing within 30 days after the claim has been denied or is deemed to be
      denied under Section 10.1 and must set forth all of the grounds upon which
      the request is based, any facts in support of the request, and any issues
      or comments which the claimant considers relevant to the review.  In
      preparing a request for review, the claimant will be entitled to review
      any documents which are pertinent to his or her claim at the office of the
      Company during regular business hours.

      The Board of Directors shall act upon each request as soon as possible but
      not later than 60 days after the request for review is received.  No
      Director shall participate in any Board action taken with respect to his
      or her own claim.

      The Board of Directors shall make an independent determination concerning
      the claim for benefits under this Plan and shall give written notice of
      its decision to the claimant.  The decision of the Board of Directors on
      any claim review shall be final.

      If the Board of Directors fails to deliver a decision within 60 days after
      receipt of the request for review, the claim shall be deemed denied on
      review.



                                     -10-
<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Billing Information Concepts Corp. has caused this 
instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 10th day of 
July, 1996.

                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
ATTEST:


Marshall N. Millard                 By  Alan W. Saltzman
- ------------------------               ---------------------------------
Marshall N. Millard                  Name  Alan W. Saltzman
                                          ------------------------------
                                     Title  President
                                           -----------------------------


                                     -11-
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT A
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                      DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                                ENROLLMENT FORM
Name: ________________________________________       Date:___________________

Social Security #: ______________________________    Plan Year:______________
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ANNUAL DEFERRAL ELECTION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Director Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect to participate in the Plan at
this time.

I understand that the Plan permits elective deferrals from compensation not 
yet earned, during the current year and during each year the Plan is in 
effect. This Annual Deferral Election Form indicates the amount of 
compensation I elect to defer for the Plan Year stated above.  The election 
made cannot be revoked for the Plan Year.  This election will remain in 
effect for future Plan Years unless otherwise changed or revoked by me by the 
prior December 31st.  If the amount I designate exceeds my base compensation 
for the Plan Year, my actual deferral amount will be equal to my base 
compensation.  I understand that this election does not guarantee me any 
compensation.

I understand further that amounts deferred by me under the Plan will earn
interest at a rate determined annually by the interest rates declared by the
Company.

As a participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Director Compensation
Deferral Plan, I hereby elect to defer the following amount of base compensation
otherwise payable to me in the Plan Year(s) indicated above:
               Deferral Percentage _________%
     The deferral election I am choosing is effective beginning with my 
first payment of Director's fees by the Company.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PAYMENT OF BENEFIT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. As a Participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Executive 
   Compensation Deferral Plan, I understand that the manner of payment of my 
   accumulated account balance will be made as a lump sum, except as provided 
   below.

   For Participants with prior Plan accounts (from the USLD Director
   Compensation Deferral Plan) who elected installment payments prior to 
   December 19, 1995, and never revoked that election:

   Retirement benefits paid from my Prior Plan Account shall be paid as follows:
         ______ in installments as previously elected.
         ______ in a lump sum. I understand that if I choose payment in a 
                lump sum, that election may never be changed and, furthermore, 
                that the lump sum election will not take effect until 2 years
                after the date the election is made.

2. Additionally, I elect the choice checked below regarding the time of payment:
                        _______Actual Retirement
                        _______Age 65 if Later Than Actual Retirement

I understand that this choice may be made ONLY on my first Enrollment Form 
filed under the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Director Compensation 
Deferral Plan.

I understand further that the election regarding time of payment applies to 
all deferrals made by me under the Plan and to all interest credited thereto.

I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING MATERIAL.  I HAVE RECEIVED A COPY OF 
THE BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN 
AND I AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS ELECTION AND THE REQUIREMENTS, 
CONDITIONS, AND TERMS OF THE PLAN.

Director Signature:  _________________________________________________________
Date: ________________________________
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          WAIVER OF PARTICIPATION
I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Director Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect not to participate in the Plan
at this time.

Director Signature ______________________________________Date:_______________
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       - 12 -

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.19

                          MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

         This MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered
into as of December 31, 1993 by and between U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. ("Debtor"),
a Texas corporation with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro,
Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216 and BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Lender"), a
Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 125 Summer Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  In consideration of the mutual agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS.  The following terms shall have the following
respective meanings, and, except where the context otherwise requires, shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms.

    "AGREEMENT", "HEREOF", "HERETO", "HEREUNDER" and words of similar import
shall mean this Agreement, as from time to time amended, modified or
supplemented.

    "ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL" shall mean the items of collateral specified as the
Additional Collateral in the Supplemental Security Agreements in which the same
is described.

    "CASUALTY LOSS VALUE" of an item of Equipment, as of any Installment
Payment Date, means an amount obtained by multiplying the Cost of such item of
Equipment financed by the Lender by the percentage set forth opposite the
Installment Payment Date on the Schedule of Casualty Loss Values attached to the
Supplemental Security Agreement to which such item of Equipment relates.

    "CASUALTY LOSS VALUE DETERMINATION DATE" means the Installment Payment Date
coincident with or next preceding the date of the Event of Loss, if the
installment payments on the Note relating to the item(s) of Equipment to which
such Event of Loss pertains are payable in advance, or the Installment Payment
Date next following the date of such Event of Loss, if such installment payments
are payable in arrears.

    "CLOSING DATE" shall mean each date on which a Loan is made.

    "CODE" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in 
effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

    "COLLATERAL" shall mean the Equipment, the Proceeds thereof, the Additional
Collateral, if any, and all of Debtor's rights, title and interests therein and
thereto.


                                          1

<PAGE>

    "COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE" for Loans to be made for Equipment described
on a Loan Schedule shall mean the date set forth on such Loan Schedule as the
"Commitment Expiration Date".

    "COST" shall mean, with respect to any item of Equipment, an amount equal 
to the sum of (i) the seller's invoiced purchase price therefor (after giving 
effect to any discount or other reduction) payable or paid by Debtor, or, in 
the case of a re-financing, Debtor's original cost thereof, plus (ii) all 
excise and sales taxes payable or paid by Debtor in connection with its 
acquisition of such item, plus (iii) all costs and expenses payable or paid 
by Debtor, and approved by Lender, in connection with the delivery and 
installation of such item, which amount shall be set forth in the Supplemental
Security Agreement in which such item is described.

    "EQUIPMENT" shall mean any and all items of equipment which are described
in Loan Schedules and Supplemental Security Agreements, together with all
accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, substitutions, attachments,
modifications, additions, improvements, upgrades and accessions of, to or upon
such items of equipment, now or hereafter acquired.

    "EVENT OF LOSS" shall mean, with respect to any item of Equipment, the
actual or constructive loss thereof or of the use thereof, due to theft,
destruction, damage beyond repair or to an extent which makes repair
uneconomical, or the condemnation, confiscation or seizure thereof, or
requisition of title thereto or of use thereof, by any governmental authority
or any other person.

    "GUARANTOR" means any guarantor of the payment and performance of the
Obligations under or relating to the Principal Documents.

    "GUARANTY" means any guaranty of the payment and performance of the 
Obligations under or relating to the Principal Documents, executed and 
delivered by any Guarantor.

    "INSTALLMENT PAYMENT DATE" shall mean, with respect to any Note, each date
on which a regular installment of principal and interest is due.

    "LATE CHARGE RATE" shall mean a rate per annum equal to the higher of 2%
over the Prime Rate or 15%, but not to exceed the highest rate permitted by
applicable law.

    "LENDER'S COMMITMENT" means, with respect to Loans to be made for Equipment
described on any Loan Schedule, the amount set forth as the "Lender's
Commitment" on such Loan Schedule.


                                          2

<PAGE>

    "LIENS" shall means liens, mortgages, security interests, pledges, title
retentions, charges, financing statements or other encumbrances of any kind
whatsoever.

    "LOAN" shall mean each loan made by Lender pursuant to this Agreement and
each Loan Schedule.

    "LOAN SCHEDULE" means a Loan Schedule to be executed by Lender and Debtor
and to be attached hereto and made a part hereof, setting forth a general
description of the Equipment covered by such Loan Schedule, the Commitment
Expiration Date, Lender's Commitment and Minimum Loan Amount for all Loans
relating to the Equipment covered by such Loan Schedule, the interest rate,
payment factors and number of periodic payments of principal and interest
applicable to such Loans and such other details as may be requested by Lender.

    "MINIMUM LOAN AMOUNT" means, with respect to Loans to be made for Equipment
described by any Loan Schedule, the amount set forth as the "Minimum Amount" on
such Loan Schedule.

    "NOTE" shall mean each promissory note executed and delivered by Debtor
pursuant hereto, satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

    "OBLIGATIONS" shall mean (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of, and
accrued interest on, the Notes; (b) all other obligations and liabilities of
Debtor, now existing or hereafter incurred, under, arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement or any Note or any Supplemental Security
Agreement; (c) any and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of
any kind whatsoever of Debtor to Lender, whether now existing or hereafter
incurred.

    "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, trustee(s) of a trust, unincorporated
organization, or government or governmental authority, agency or political
subdivision thereof.

    "PRIME RATE" shall mean the interest rate per annum announced and made
effective from time to time by The Bank of Tokyo Trust Company, at its principal
office in New York, New York, as the prime rate or, as the case may be, the
base, reference or other similar rate then designated by it for general
commercial lending reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a
reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, which serves as the basis upon which
effective rates of interest are calculated for obligations making reference
thereto.


                                          3

<PAGE>

    "PRINCIPAL DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, any Guaranty, the Notes, the
Loan Schedules and the Supplemental Security Agreements.

    "PROCEEDS" shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Code, and in any
event, shall include, but not be limited to, (i) any and all proceeds of any
insurance, indemnity, warranty or Guaranty payable to or on behalf of Debtor
from time to time with respect to the Equipment; (ii) any and all payments (in
any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to Debtor from time to time in
connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or
forfeiture of all or any part of the Equipment by any governmental body,
authority, bureau or agency or any other person (whether or not acting under
color of governmental authority); (iii) any and all other rents or profits or
other amounts from time to time paid or payable in connection with the
Equipment.

    "SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT" means each Supplemental Security 
Agreement executed and delivered by Debtor pursuant hereto, satisfactory 
in form and substance to Lender.

         SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS; USE OF PROCEEDS; SECURITY
INTEREST; NOTES; EVENT OF LOSS.

         Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of each Loan Schedule,
Lender agrees to make Loans to Debtor with respect to the Equipment described on
any Loan Schedule, from time to time prior to the Commitment Expiration Date set
forth on such Loan Schedule, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the
amount of Lender's Commitment set forth on such Loan Schedule, and with each 
such Loan to be in an amount not less than the Minimum Loan Amount set forth 
on such Loan Schedule.

         The proceeds of each Loan shall be applied by Debtor solely in payment
of the Cost of (or in reimbursement to Debtor for payment of the Cost of) the
Equipment identified in the Supplemental Security Agreement to which such Loan
relates, in each case to the extent such Cost is financed by Lender.  The
Equipment shall be satisfactory to Lender and shall be more specifically
described in the applicable Supplemental Security Agreement.  As collateral
security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due of all the
Obligations and in order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and make
the Loans and to extend other credit from time to time to Debtor, whether under
this Agreement or otherwise, Debtor hereby grants to Lender a continuing
security interest in the Collateral.

         Each Loan shall be evidenced by Debtor's Note.  Each Note shall (i) be
in the original principal amount of the Loan evidenced thereby and be dated the
date on which such Loan is made; (ii) be payable in such number and type of
installments of

                                          4

<PAGE>

principal and interest and bear such interest rate on the unpaid principal
amount thereof as is specified in the Loan Schedule relating to such Loan; and
(iii) be payable on the dates and in the amounts set forth therein.  Whenever
any unpaid principal amount of a Note shall become due and payable, interest
thereon shall thereafter accrue and be payable at the Late Charge Rate until
such principal amount shall be paid in full.

         If an Event of Loss occurs with respect to an item of Equipment,
Debtor shall make a prepayment on the corresponding Note on the Installment
Payment Date next following the date of such Event of Loss in an amount equal to
the Casualty Loss Value of such item as of the Casualty Loss Value 
Determination Date.  Upon payment in full of any such prepayment amount, plus 
any installments of principal and interest than due and payable on such Note,
and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the 
affected item of Equipment shall be released from Lender's security interest.

         SECTION 3.  CONDITIONS OF BORROWING.  Lender shall not be required to
make any Loan hereunder unless on the Closing Date thereof all legal matters
with respect to, and all legal documents executed in connection with, the
contemplated transactions are satisfactory to Lender and all of the following
conditions are met to the satisfaction of Lender (except that (a) and (b) are
required in connection with the initial Loan only):

         (a) Lender has received a certificate signed by Debtor's Secretary or
Assistant Secretary, certifying the corporate proceedings or Debtor authorizing
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other
Principal Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and
certifying the names and specimen signatures of the officers of Debtor
authorized to execute this Agreement and the other Principal Documents, and any
related documents, together with their specimen signatures; (b) the Guaranty, if
any, has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor and Lender has
received an executed counterpart thereof, together with a certificate signed by
Guarantor's Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the corporate
proceedings of Guarantor authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
the Guaranty, and certifying the names of the officers of Guarantor authorized
to execute the Guaranty and any related documents, together with their specimen
signatures;  (c) if requested, Lender has received the written opinions
addressed to it of counsel for Debtor and Guarantor, if any, as to such matters
incident to the contemplated transactions as Lender may be reasonably request;
(d) Debtor has executed and delivered to Lender a Loan Schedule with respect to
the Equipment to be financed with the proceeds of such Loan; (e) Debtor has 
executed and delivered to Lender the Note evidencing, and a Supplemental
Security Agreement describing the Equipment to be financed with the proceeds of,
such Loan; (f) the


                                          5

<PAGE>


Equipment being financed with the proceeds of such Loan has been delivered to
and accepted by Debtor, and Lender has received satisfactory evidence that it is
insured in accordance with the provisions hereof and that the Cost thereof has 
been, or concurrently with the making or the Loan shall be, fully paid;  
(g) Lender has received copies of the invoices and bills of sale, if any 
(including the manufacturers' statements of origin or the certificates of 
title, showing Lender as sole lienholder in the case of titled vehicles), 
covering Debtor's acquisition of the Equipment being financed with such Loan 
and showing Debtor as the owner thereof; (h) Lender has received evidence, 
satisfactory to Lender, of the insurance coverage to be maintained by Debtor 
pursuant to Section 5A.(13) hereof; (i) all filings, recordings, notations of 
lien, assignments and other actions (including the obtaining of landlord 
and/or mortgagee waivers) deemed necessary or desirable by Lender in order to 
perfect a valid first priority security interest in the Equipment (and related 
Proceeds and rights of Debtor) being financed by such Loan and in the 
Additional Collateral, if any, have been duly made or effected (except that 
Lender's security interest in any Additional Collateral may be subject to a 
prior security interest if so specified in the Supplemental Security Agreement 
in which such Additional Collateral is described), and all fees, taxes and 
other charges relating thereto have been paid; (j) the representations and 
warranties contained in this Agreement, in any Guaranty and in the Supplemental 
Security Agreement covering the Equipment with respect to which such Loan is 
being made, are true and correct with the same effect as if made on and as of 
such Closing Date and no Event of Default is in existence on such Closing Date 
or shall occur as a result of such Loan; (k) in the sole judgment of Lender, 
there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, business 
or operations of Debtor or any Guarantor since the date of the then most recent
financial statement of Debtor or any Guarantor delivered to Lender; (l) Lender 
has received from Debtor and any Guarantor such other documents and information
as Lender has reasonably requested; (m) the amount of such Loan is not less 
than the Minimum Loan Amount specified on the related Loan Schedule, and such 
Loan, when added to the aggregate amount of all Loans theretofore made with 
respect to the Equipment covered by such Loan Schedule, will not cause the 
amount of Lender's Commitment specified on such Loan Schedule to be exceeded; 
and (n) the Closing Date for such Loan is a date not later than the Commitment 
Expiration Date specified on the related Loan Schedule.

         SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce Lender
to enter into this Agreement and to make each Loan, Debtor represents and
warrants to Lender that:  (a) Debtor is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, has
the necessary authority and power to own the Equipment and its other


                                          6

<PAGE>


assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged, and is duly 
qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the Equipment is located 
and in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the 
ownership of its assets requires such qualification; (b) Debtor has full 
power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and 
the other Principal Documents, to perform its obligations hereunder and 
thereunder, to borrow hereunder and to grant the security interest created 
hereby and by each Supplemental Security Agreement; (c) this Agreement has 
been (and each other Principal Document when executed and delivered shall 
have been) duly authorized, executed and delivered by Debtor and constitutes 
(and each other Principal Document when executed and delivered shall 
constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of Debtor enforceable in 
accordance with its terms; (d) no consent of any other party (including any 
stockholders, trustees or holders of indebtedness), and no consent, license, 
approval or other action of or by filing with any governmental 
instrumentality, is required in connection with the execution, delivery or 
performance by Debtor of, or the validity or enforceability of, this 
Agreement or the other Principal Documents; (e) the execution, delivery and 
performance by Debtor of this Agreement and the other Principal Documents do 
not and will not violate any provision of any applicable law or regulation or 
of any judgement, order, or the like of any court or governmental 
instrumentality, will not violate any provision of Debtor's charter or bylaws 
and will not violate any provision of, or cause a default under, any loan 
agreement, indenture, contract, agreement or judgment to which Debtor is a 
party or which is binding upon Debtor or any of its assets; (f) Debtor is not 
in default under any material contract or judgment to which Debtor is a 
party or which is binding upon Debtor or upon any of its assets; (g) there is 
no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened against or 
affecting Debtor or any of its assets which involves any of the Collateral or 
any of  the contemplated transactions or which, if adversely determined, 
could have a material adverse effect on Debtor's business, operations or 
financial condition; (h) all financial statements of Debtor which have been 
delivered to Lender have been prepared (and those financial statements which 
hereafter will be delivered to Lender will be prepared) in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and present 
fairly (and those financial statements which hereafter will be delivered to 
Lender will present fairly) Debtor's financial position as at, and the 
results of its operations for the periods ended on, the respective dates 
thereof; (i) the security interest granted to Lender in the Collateral 
constitutes and will continue to constitute a first priority security 
interest in the Collateral, and there are (and will be) no other liens on or 
against the Collateral whatsoever (except in the case of any Additional 
Collateral for any prior security interest that is specified in the 
Supplemental Security Agreement in which such Additional

                                          7

<PAGE>


Collateral is described); and (j) on the date of each Loan, Debtor will have
good and marketable title to each item of Equipment financed with the proceeds
of such Loan and to the Additional Collateral, if any.

         SECTION 5.  COVENANTS.  Debtor covenants and agrees that from and
after the date hereof and so long as Lender's Commitment or any of the Notes is
outstanding:

         A.  Debtor will:  (1) promptly give written notice to Lender of the 
occurrence of any Event of Loss or Event of Default, of the commencement or 
threat of any material litigation or proceedings affecting Debtor or the 
Collateral or of any dispute between Debtor and any governmental regulatory 
body or other party that involves any  of the Collateral;  (2) observe and 
comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and all requirements 
of any governmental authorities relating to the performance of its 
obligations hereunder and to the use, operation, maintenance and ownership of 
the Collateral; (3) maintain its existence as a legal entity and obtain and 
keep in full force and effect all rights, franchises, licenses and permits 
which are necessary to the proper conduct of its business, and pay all fees, 
taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon any of the 
Collateral; (4) permit Lender or its authorized representative at any 
reasonable time or times to inspect the Collateral (including, without 
limitation, the use of photographic and video equipment) and, following the 
occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, at any 
reasonable time or times to inspect the books and records of Debtor; (5) keep 
proper books of record and account in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles; (6) furnish to Lender the following financial 
statements all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistently maintained 
throughout the periods involved: (a) as soon as available, but not later than 
120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet as 
of the end of such fiscal year, and its consolidated statements of income and 
changes in financial position for such fiscal year, audited by certified 
public accountants acceptable to Lender; (b) as soon as available, but not 
later than 90 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods 
of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such 
quarter and its consolidated statement of income for such quarter and for the 
portion of the fiscal year then ended, certified by its chief financial 
officer; and (c) promptly, such additional financial and other information as 
Lender may from time to time reasonably request; (7) promptly, at its 
expense, execute and deliver to Lender such instruments and documents, and 
take such action, as Lender may from time to time reasonably request in order 
to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and to establish and 
protect the rights, interests and remedies created, or intended to be


                                     8

<PAGE>

created, in favor of Lender hereby, including, without limitation, the
execution, delivery, recordation and filing of financing statements and
continuation statements, and Debtor hereby authorizes Lender, in such
jurisdictions where such action is authorized by law, to effect any such
recordation or filing of financing statements without Debtor's signature; (8)
warrant and defend its good and marketable title to the Collateral, and Lender's
security interest in the Collateral, against all claims and demands whatsoever;
(9) at its expense, take such action (including the obtaining and recording of
waivers) as may be necessary to prevent any third party from acquiring any right
or interest in the Equipment by virtue of its being deemed to be real property,
a part of real property, or a part of other personal property (Debtor hereby
agreeing that the Equipment shall be and at all times remain separately
identifiable personal property), and if at any time any person shall claim any
such right or interest, Debtor will cause such claim to be waived in writing or
otherwise eliminated to Lender's satisfaction within 30 days after such claim
shall have first become known to it; (10) at its expense, if requested by Lender
in writing, attach to such item of Equipment a notice satisfactory to Lender
disclosing Lender's security interest in such item of Equipment; (11) use the
Equipment in a careful and proper manner, in accordance with the manufacturer's
or supplier's instructions or manuals, and only by competent and duly qualified
personnel; (12) at its expense, maintain the Equipment in good condition and
working order and furnish all parts, replacements, and servicing required
therefor so that the value, condition and operating efficiency thereof will at
all times be maintained, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and with any
repairs, replacements and parts added to the Equipment immediately, without
further act, becoming part of the Equipment and subject to the security interest
created by this Agreement; (13) (a) obtain and maintain at all times with
respect to the Equipment, at Debtor's expense, (i) "All-Risk" physical damage
insurance (including theft and collision for Equipment consisting of motor
vehicles) in an amount not less than the applicable Casualty Loss Value of the
Equipment, naming Lender and its assigns as loss payees as their interests may
appear, and (ii) comprehensive liability (including bodily injury, death and
property damage) insurance, in such amounts and insuring against such risks as
shall be satisfactory to Lender, and naming Lender and its assigns as 
additional insureds, and with all such insurance to be in such form and with 
such insurers as shall be satisfactory to Lender, and each insurance policy to 
require that the insurer shall give Lender and its assigns at least 30 days 
prior written notice of any alteration in the terms of such policy or of the 
cancellation thereof, or of any reduction in the amount of such coverage, and 
that the interests of Lender and its assigns shall continue to be insured 
regardless of any breach of or violation by Debtor of any warranties, 
declarations or conditions contained in such insurance policy, and (b) promptly
deliver certificates evidencing such insurance


                                          9

<PAGE>

coverage (and, if requested by Lender or any of its assigns, copies of the
policies evidencing such insurance coverage) to Lender and its assigns (Debtor
agreeing that neither Lender nor any of its assigns shall bear any duty or
liability to ascertain the existence or adequacy of such insurance); and (14)
promptly cause to be furnished to Lender, in the case of titled vehicles, the
certificates of title showing Debtor as owner and Lender as sole lienholder.

         B.   Debtor will not without Lender's prior written consent:  (1)
sell, convey, transfer, assign, exchange, lease or otherwise relinquish
possession or dispose of any of the Collateral or any of its rights, title or
interests therein, or attempt or offer to do any of the foregoing; (2) create,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Collateral except for the security
interest created hereby and by each Supplemental Security Agreement (and except
in the case of any Additional Collateral for any prior or subordinate security
interest that is specified in the Supplemental Security Agreement in which such
Additional Collateral is described); (3) (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose
of all or any substantial part of its assets; (b) change the form of
organization of its business; or (c) without thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Lender, change its name or its chief place of business; (4) move (or
in the case of titled vehicles, change the principal location of) any of the
Collateral from the location specified in the Supplemental Security Agreement
relating thereto without the prior written consent of Lender; or (5) make or
authorize any improvement, change, addition or alteration to the Equipment which
would impair its originally intended function, use or economic value.

         SECTION 6  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES.  The following events shall
each constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

         (a)  Debtor shall fail to pay any Obligation within five (5) days
after the same becomes due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise); (b) any representation or warranty made by Debtor in this Agreement
or in any other Principal Document or in any document, certificate or financial
or other statement now or hereafter furnished by Debtor in connection with this
Agreement or any Loan, or by any Guarantor under any Guaranty, shall at any time
prove to be untrue or misleading in any material respect as of the date when
made; (c) Debtor shall fail to observe any covenant, condition or agreement
contained in subsections 5A.13, 5B.1, 5B.3, 5B.4 or 5B.5 hereof; (d) Debtor
shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or condition contained in
this Agreement or in any other Principal Document, and such failure shall 
continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of the date on 
which Debtor obtains knowledge of such failure or the date on which notice 
thereof shall be given by Lender to Debtor; (e) Debtor or any Guarantor shall 
default in payment or performance of any other indebtedness


                                          10

<PAGE>

or obligations now or hereafter owing by Debtor or any Guarantor to Lender or
to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Lender; (f) Debtor or any Guarantor
shall default in the payment or performance of any obligation of Debtor (or any
Guarantor) to any Person (other than Lender, or any parent, subsidiary or
affiliate of Lender, and other than any Guarantor) in excess of $1,000,000.00
(excluding any such obligation which is being contested in good faith by Debtor
or any Guarantor by appropriate proceedings, and the liability for which has not
been reduced to judgment) relating to the payment of borrowed money or the
payment of rent or hire under any lease agreement, and such obligation shall be
declared to be due and payable prior to the maturity thereof; or an attachment
or other Lien shall be filed or levied against a substantial part of the
property of Debtor (or any Guarantor), and such judgment shall continue unstayed
and in effect, or such attachment or Lien shall continue undischarged or
unbonded, for a period of 30 days; (g) Debtor or any Guarantor shall institute
proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the
institution of bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation or
dissolution proceedings against it, or commence a voluntary proceeding or case
under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law, as now or hereafter constituted, or consent to the filing of any such
petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar
official) of Debtor or any Guarantor or of any substantial part of its 
property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit its 
inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or its willingness to 
be adjudicated a bankrupt, or fail generally to pay its debts as they become 
due, or take corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; (h) the 
entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in respect
of Debtor or any Guarantor adjudging Debtor or any Guarantor a bankrupt or 
insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking a reorganization, 
arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of Debtor or any 
Guarantor in an involuntary proceeding or case under any applicable federal or 
state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, as now or hereafter 
constituted, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, or assignee, custodian, 
trustee, or sequestrator (or similar official) of Debtor or any Guarantor or 
of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or 
liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order 
unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 days; (i) a change in the ownership 
of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Debtor 
or of any Guarantor; (j) Debtor or Guarantor shall enter into any merger, 
consolidation or corporate reorganization or shall liquidate or dissolve; (k) 
the condition of Debtor's or any Guarantor's affairs shall change so that, in 
Lender's reasonable opinion, Lender's security interest in the Collateral is


                                          11

<PAGE>

materially impaired or its credit risk is materially increased; (l) Debtor
shall, at any time, fail to maintain a ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible
Net Worth no greater than 5 to 1 through September 30, 1994 and then 3.5 to 1
thereafter; or (m) the Securities Exchange Commission causes or rules that
Debtors 1993 financial statements need to be restated in whole or in part.

    As used in this Section 6, "Tangible Net Worth" means the total of the par
value of common stock and any class or series of preferred stock (after
deduction for treasury stock), additional paid-in capital, general contingency
reserves and retained earnings or deficit of Debtor, determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, minus the following items
(without duplication of deductions), if any, appearing on the balance sheet of
Debtor: (i) the book value of all assets (including, without limitation,
goodwill) which would be treated as intangibles under generally accepted
accounting principles; and (ii) any write-up in the book amount of any existing
asset resulting from a re-evaluation thereof from the book amount entered upon
acquisition in excess of that permitted under generally accepted accounting
principles; and "Total Liabilities" means the total current liabilities and long
term indebtedness of Debtor, determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

         If an Event of Default shall occur, Lender may, by notice of default
given to Debtor, (a) terminate the Commitment and/or (b) declare the Notes to be
due and payable, whereupon the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, together
with accrued interest thereon, shall become immediately due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived (and in the case of any Event of Default specified in
clauses (g) or (h) such acceleration of the Notes shall be automatic, without
any notice by Lender) and/or (c) declare all of the other unpaid Obligations to
become immediately due and payable whereupon the same shall become immediately
due and payable; and/or (d) pursue and enforce any other rights and remedies
available to Lender, whether under this Agreement, under any other instrument or
agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, under the Code,
or otherwise available at law or in equity.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Debtor agrees that in any such event, Lender, without demand 
of performance or other demand, advertisement, or notice of any kind (except 
the notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or 
upon Debtor or any other person (all and each of which demands, advertisements 
and/or notices are hereby expressly waived), may forthwith collect, receive, 
appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may 
forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase or otherwise 
dispose of and deliver the Collateral (or contract to do so), or any part 
thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private


                                          12
<PAGE>

sale or sales, at such prices as it may deem best, and for cash or on credit. 
Lender shall have the right at any such public sale or sales, and to the 
extent permitted by law, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral 
so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in Debtor, which right or 
equity is hereby expressly released. Debtor further agrees, at Lender's 
request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places 
which Lender shall reasonably select, whether at Debtor's premises or 
elsewhere. Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, 
recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale (after deducting all 
reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to 
the care, safekeeping or otherwise of any or all of the Collateral or in any 
way relating to the rights of Lender hereunder, including attorneys' fees and 
legal expenses) to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in 
such order as Lender may elect. Only after so applying such net proceeds and 
after the payment by Lender of any other amount required by any provision of 
law (including Section 9-504(1)(c) of the Code) need Lender account for the 
surplus, if any, to Debtor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Debtor 
waives all claims, damages, and demands against Lender arising out of the 
repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral. Debtor agrees that Lender 
need not give more than 10 days' notice (which notification shall be deemed 
given when mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to Debtor at its address set 
forth herein) of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after 
which a private sale may take place and that such notice is reasonable 
notification of such matters. Debtor shall be liable for any deficiency if 
the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to 
pay all amounts to which Lender is entitled. Debtor agrees to pay all costs 
of Lender, including attorneys' fees, incurred with respect to collection of 
any of the Obligations and enforcement of any of its rights hereunder. To the 
extent permitted by law, Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or 
any notice (except as expressly provided in this Section 6) of any kind in 
connection with this Agreement or any Collateral.

         SECTION 7.  ASSIGNMENTS.  Debtor may not assign or transfer the 
Obligations (or any thereof) or any of its rights or interests under any of 
the Principal Documents without the prior written consent of Lender. Lender 
may assign any of its rights and interests hereunder and under any of the 
Principal Documents and in any of the Collateral and any such assignee may 
re-assign any of such rights and interests. After any such assignment such 
assignee shall have and may exercise all of Lender's rights and interests 
assigned to it and the term "Lender" shall be deemed to include such assignee 
with respect to the rights and interests so assigned.

         SECTIONS.  MISCELLANEOUS.

                                          13

<PAGE>

         8.1  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Debtor hereby irrevocably constitutes and 
appoints Lender, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful 
attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and 
stead of Debtor and in the name of Debtor or in its own name, for the purpose 
of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate 
action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be 
necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement with 
respect to the Collateral. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an 
interest and shall be irrevocable. The powers conferred on Lender hereunder 
are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any 
duty upon it to exercise any such powers.

         8.2  NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS. No failure or delay by Lender in 
exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Note or other 
Principal Document shall operate as any waiver thereof, nor shall any single 
or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder 
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other 
right, power or privilege. No right or remedy in this Agreement is intended 
to be exclusive but each shall be cumulative and in addition to any other 
remedy referred to herein or otherwise available to Lender at law or in 
equity; and the exercise by Lender of any one or more of such remedies shall 
not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Lender of any or all such 
other remedies. No express or implied waiver by Lender of an Event of Default 
shall in any way be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any other or 
subsequent Event of Default. The acceptance by Lender of any regular 
installment payment or any other sum owing hereunder shall not constitute a 
waiver of any Event of Default in existence at the time, regardless of 
Lender's knowledge or lack of knowledge thereof at the time of such 
acceptance, and shall not constitute a reinstatement of the Agreement if 
Lender has sent Debtor a notice of default, unless Lender shall have agreed 
in writing to reinstate the Agreement and waive the Event of Default.

         8.3  NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands to or upon any party 
hereto shall be deemed duly given or made when deposited in the United States 
mail, first class postage prepaid, addressed to such party at its address set 
forth above or such other address as may be hereafter designated in writing 
by such party to the other party hereto.

         8.4  OTHER PAYMENTS AND INDEMNIFICATION.  Debtor agrees, whether or 
not the contemplated transactions are consummated, to pay or reimburse Lender 
for (i) all fees and taxes in connection with the recording of this Agreement 
or any other document or instrument required hereby; (ii) all fees and 
expenses of whatever nature incurred in connection with creation, 
preservation and protection of Lender's security

                                          14

<PAGE>

interest in the Equipment, including, without limitation, all fees and taxes in 
connection with the recording or filing of instruments and documents in 
public offices, payment or discharge of any taxes or Liens upon or in respect 
of the Equipment, and all other fees and expenses in connection with 
protecting or maintaining the Equipment and Lender's security interest 
therein, or in connection with defending or prosecuting any actions, suits or 
proceedings arising out of or related to the Equipment; and (iii) all costs 
and expenses (including legal fees and disbursements) of Lender in connection 
with the enforcement of this Agreement and the Notes and any other Principal 
Document. Debtor also agrees to pay, and to indemnify and save Lender 
harmless from any delay in paying, all taxes (other than taxes on Lender's 
net income), including without limitation, sales, use, stamp and personal 
property taxes and all license, filing, and registration fees and assessments 
and other charges, if any, payable or determined to be payable in connection 
with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Notes 
or any other Principal Document or any modification thereof. If Debtor fails 
to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained in this Agreement 
and Lender shall itself perform, comply, or cause performance or compliance, 
the expenses of Lender so incurred, together with interest thereon at the 
Late Charge Rate, shall be payable by Debtor to Lender on demand and until 
such payment shall constitute Obligations secured hereby.

         8.5  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS.  All representations and 
warranties made in, or in connection with this Agreement shall survive the 
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans, and the 
agreements contained in Section 8.4 hereof shall survive payment of the Notes.

         8.6  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the other 
Principal Documents, contains the entire agreement between Lender and Debtor 
related to the contemplated transactions, and neither this Agreement nor any 
other Principal Document, nor any terms hereof, or thereof, may be changed, 
waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing 
signed by the party against which enforcement of a change, waiver, discharge 
or termination is sought.

         8.7  BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure 
to the benefit of Debtor and Lender and (subject in the case of Debtor to the 
restrictions set forth in Section 7 hereof) their respective successors and 
assigns.

         8.8  SEVERABILITY.  Headings of Sections and paragraphs are for 
convenience only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to 
affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. Any 
provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any 
jurisdiction shall, as to

                                          15

<PAGE>

such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or 
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and 
any such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate or render 
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent 
permitted by law, Debtor waives any rights now or hereafter conferred by 
statute or otherwise which limit or modify any of Lender's rights or remedies 
under this Agreement and waives any provision of law which renders any 
provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

         8.9  NO OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT. Except for any prepayment required by 
the terms of this Agreement or of any Note to be made by Debtor, the Notes 
shall not (except as otherwise specifically agreed to in writing by Lender) 
be subject to optional prepayment by Debtor in whole or in part.

         8.10 COPIES AS FINANCING STATEMENTS:  A copy of the Agreement or of 
any Supplemental Security Agreement may be filed as a financing statement.

         8.11 VENUE; GOVERNING LAW. Debtor agrees that at Secured Party's 
sole election any suit, action or proceeding brought by Secured Party against 
Debtor in connection with or arising out of this Agreement may be brought in 
any federal or state court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and Debtor 
waives personal service of all process upon it and consents that service of 
process may be made by mail or messenger directed to it at its address set 
forth above and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the 
earlier of actual receipt or three (3) days after the same shall have been 
posted to Debtor's said address. Nothing herein contained shall affect 
Secured Party's right to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by 
law or to bring any suit, action or proceeding against Debtor or its property 
in the courts of any other jurisdiction  This Agreement, the Notes and the 
other Principal Documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance 
with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including all matters of 
construction, validity and performance.

                                          16

<PAGE>

THE ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS IN LOAN SCHEDULES AND IN ANY OTHER RIDERS 
HERETO EXECUTED BY DEBTOR AND LENDER ARE INCORPORATED IN AND MADE PART OF 
THIS AGREEMENT.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this 
Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above 
written.

U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.                         BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION    
 (Debtor)                                        (Lender)

By:  /s/ Kelly E. Simmons                   By:  /s/ David A. Meehan 
   ---------------------------------           --------------------------------
Title:  VP                                  Title:  Senior Vice President

                                          17

<PAGE>

                            CONTINUING CORPORATE GUARANTY


    In consideration of, and as an inducement for BOT Financial Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Obligee") (a) to enter into a certain Master Loan and
Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 (herein, as the same may be
supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, being
called the "Loan Agreement") with U.S. Long Distance, Inc., with its principal
place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216
(hereinafter called the "Obligor"), and (b) to make Loans from time to time to
the Obligor pursuant to the Loan Agreement (hereinafter individually and
collectively called the "Loan(s)") to finance the payment of the Cost of (or to
reimburse the Obligor for the payment of the Cost of) the Equipment identified
in the Supplemental Security Agreements from time to time executed by the
Obligor, and to which the Loans relate, the undersigned, U.S. Long Distance
Corp., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Guarantor"), with its
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas
78216, does hereby unconditionally and irrevocable guarantee to the Obligee and
its successors and assigns, without offset or deduction, (i) the prompt payment
when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, of all payments of the principal
of and interest on the promissory notes from time to time executed by the 
Obligor evidencing the Loan(s) (hereinafter individually and collectively 
called the "Note(s)"), and all other amounts whatsoever now or hereafter owing 
and payable by the Obligor under, arising out of or in connection with the Loan
Agreement, any Note(s) evidencing the Loan(s), any Loan Schedule or 
Supplemental Security Agreement, the guaranty under this clause (i) 
constituting hereby a continuing guaranty of payment and not of collection, and
(ii) that the Obligor will perform punctually and faithfully each and every
duty, agreement, covenant and obligation of the Obligor under or pursuant to the
Loan Agreement, the Note(s) and each Loan Schedule and Supplemental Security
Agreement.  The Guarantor does hereby agree that in the event that the Obligor
does not or is unable to pay or perform in accordance with the terms of any of
the Note(s) and/or the Loan Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental
Security Agreement for any reason (including, without limitation, the
liquidation, dissolution, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for
the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or
readjustment of, or other similar proceedings affecting the status, existence,
assets or obligations of, the Obligor) it will pay the installments of principal
and interest (and premium, if any) due on such Note(s) and all other amounts
whatsoever due under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any Loan Schedule or
Supplemental Security Agreement, or otherwise provide for and bring about
promptly when due such payment and the performance of such duties, agreements,
covenants and


                                          1

<PAGE>

obligations of the Obligor. All of the liabilities and obligations of the 
Obligor hereby guaranteed are hereinafter collectively referred to as the 
"Obligations". Without limiting the generality of clause (i) of this 
paragraph, the Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary 
or required, and that the Guarantor shall not be entitled to require, that 
the obligee, or any successor or assignee of Obligee, file suit or proceed to 
obtain or assert a claim for personal judgment against the Obligor for the 
Obligations or make any effort at collection of the Obligations from the 
Obligor or foreclose against or seek to realize upon any security now or 
hereafter existing for the Obligations or file suit or proceed to obtain or 
assert a claim for personal judgment against any other party liable for the 
Obligations or make any effort at collection of the Obligations from any such 
other party or exercise or assert any other right or remedy to which any of 
them is or may be entitled in connection with the Obligations or any security 
or other guaranty therefor or assert or file any claim against the assets 
of the Obligor or other person liable for the Obligations, or any part 
thereof, before or as a condition of enforcing the liability of the Guarantor 
under this Guaranty or requiring payment of said Obligations by the 
Guarantor hereunder, or at any time thereafter. The Guarantor agrees, upon 
demand of the Obligee to either, at the Obligee's option, pay directly, or 
reimburse the Obligee for the payment of, all costs, fees and expenses, 
including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, incurred by the Obligee in 
the enforcement or attempted enforcement of any of its rights hereunder.

      The Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or 
required in order to enforce the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder that 
there be, and the Guarantor specifically waives: notice of the acceptance of 
this Guaranty and of the performance or nonperformance of the any of the 
Obligations; demand of payment from the Obligor except to the extent required 
by the Note(s) and/or Loan Agreement; presentment for payment upon the 
Obligor or the making of any protest; notice of the amount of the Obligations 
outstanding at any time; and notice of nonpayment or failure to perform on 
the part of the Obligor. The Guarantor further waives all defenses, offsets 
and counterclaims which the Guarantor may at any time have to the payment or 
performance of the Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor under this 
Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force 
and effect until the Obligor shall have fully and satisfactorily discharged 
all of the Obligations and shall not be released or discharged by reason of: 
(i) any waiver by the Obligee, or its successors or assigns, of the 
performance or observance by the Obligor of any of the agreements, 
covenants, terms or conditions contained in the Note(s) and/or Loan 
Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or of any 
Event of Default under the Loan Agreement; (ii) the extension of the time for 
payment by the Obligor of any


                                     2

<PAGE>

payment of principal and interest due on the Note(s) or other sums or any part
thereof owing or payable under or pursuant to the Note(s) and/or the Loan
Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or of the
time for performance by the Obligor of any other obligations under or pursuant
to the Note(s) and/or the Loan Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental
Security Agreement; (iii) any failure, omission or delay of the Obligee or its
successors or assigns to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy
conferred on the Obligee under or pursuant to the Note(s) and/or Loan Agreement
or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or any action on the
part of the Obligee or its successors or assigns granting any extension or
indulgence in any form to the Obligor; (iv) any compromise, settlement, release,
renewal, extension, indulgence, change in or waiver or modification of, any of
the Obligations or the release or discharge of the Obligor from the performance
or observance of any of the Obligations by operation of law; (v) any change in,
waiver or modification of, or amendment to, any of the terms or provisions of
the Note(s) and/or Loan Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security
Agreement; (vi) any consolidation or merger of Obligor or any leveraged buy-out
or other form of corporate reorganization that Obligor may become the subject of
or become engaged in, whether or not permitted under the terms of the Loan
Agreement or otherwise, or the sale, transfer or other disposition by the
Obligor or all or substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the
Obligor; (vii) any change in the ownership of any shares of capital stock of the
Obligor; (viii) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution,
receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of the Obligor, or any
other similar proceeding affecting the status, existence, assets or obligations
of the Obligor; (ix) any fictitiousness, incorrectness, invalidity or
unenforceability, for any reason, of the Note(s) and/or Loan Agreement or any
Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or of any provision thereof,
or of any of the Obligations; (x) any transfer or assignment by the Obligor of
any of the Obligor's rights or obligations under the Loan Agreement or Note(s)
or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or any use of the
Collateral (as defined in the Loan Agreement) or any part thereof by any person
or party, or any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, mortgage, pledge, 
hypothecation or further encumbering of the Collateral or any part thereof by 
Obligor; or (xi) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a 
legal or equitable discharge of the Obligor (including a discharge in 
bankruptcy) or of the Guarantor.

    The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Obligee that:  (a) the
Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of its state of


                                          3

<PAGE>

incorporation set forth above; the Guarantor has the power and authority to
execute and perform this Guaranty, and has duly authorized the execution,
delivery and performance of this Guaranty; (b) the Guarantor is the owner 
of, and so long as any of the Obligations remain to be paid or performed 
the Guarantor will continue to be the owner of, of all of the issued and 
outstanding capital stock of Obligor; (c) no approval is required from any 
regulatory body, board, authority or commission, nor from any other 
administrative or governmental agency, nor from any other person, firm or 
corporation, with respect to the execution of this Guaranty by the Guarantor 
and the payment and performance by the Guarantor of all of the Guarantor's 
obligations hereunder; (d) this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and 
binding obligations of the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its 
terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of the same by the 
Guarantor will not violate the Guarantor's Charter, Certificate of 
Incorporation, or By-Laws, or any provision of law, any order of any court 
or other agency of government, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument
to which the Guarantor is a party, or by or under which the Guarantor or any 
of the Guarantor's property is bound, or be in conflict with, result in a 
breach of, or constitute (with due notice and/or lapse of time) a default 
under, any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in
the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature
whatsoever upon any of the Guarantor's property or assets; (e) all balance
sheets, statements of profit and loss and other financial data that have been
delivered to Obligee with respect to the Guarantor (i) are complete and correct
in all material respects, (ii) accurately present the financial condition of the
Guarantor on the dates for which, and the results of its operations for the
periods for which, the same have been furnished, and (iii) have been certified
by the Guarantor's independent certified public accountants, in the case of the
audited financial statements, and by the Guarantor's chief financial officer, 
in the case of any unaudited financial statements, and have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently followed
throughout the period(s) covered thereby; all balance sheets disclose all known
liabilities, direct and contingent, as of their respective dates; and there has
been no change in the condition of the Guarantor, financial or otherwise, since
the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Obligee with
respect to the Guarantor, other than changes in the ordinary course of business,
none of which changes has been materially adverse; (f) there are no suits or
proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor threatened, in any
court or before any regulatory commission, board or other governmental agency
against or affecting the Guarantor, which, if decided adversely to the
Guarantor, will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or
business of the Guarantor; (g) the Guarantor will furnish Obligee (i) as soon 
as available, and in any event within


                                          4
<PAGE>

120 days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, a copy of the
consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries as
of the end of such fiscal years, and related consolidated statements of income
and retained earnings of the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries for
such fiscal year, certified by an independent certified public accounting firm
of recognized standing, each on a comparative basis with corresponding
statements for the prior fiscal year, (ii) within 45 days after the last day of
each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor (except the last such fiscal quarter), a
copy of the balance sheet as of the end of such quarter, and statement of income
and retained earnings of the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries
covering the fiscal year to date, each on a comparative basis with the
corresponding period of this prior year, all in reasonable detail and certified
by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor, (iii) contemporaneously with
its transmittal to each stockholder of the Guarantor and to the Securities and
Exchange Commission, such reports as the Guarantor shall send to its
stockholders and to the Securities and Exchange Commission, (iv) as soon as
available to the Guarantor, the notice of any adjustment resulting from any
audit of the books and/or records of Guarantor by any taxing authority having
jurisdiction over Guarantor, and (v) such additional financial information a
Obligee may reasonably request concerning the Guarantor; and (h) the Guarantor
and its consolidated subsidiaries have filed all United States income tax
returns which are required to be filed and have paid or made provisions for 
the payment of, all taxes which have or may become due pursuant to said returns
or pursuant to any assessment received by the Guarantor or such consolidated
subsidiaries, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith
and as to which adequate reserves have been provided.  Notwithstanding any
payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be
entitled to be subrogated to any of the Obligee's rights against the Obligor or
the Collateral (or any part thereof) until all amounts owing to the Obligee by
the Obligor for or on account of the Obligations shall have been paid in full.

    This Guaranty (a) may be assigned by the Obligee, without the consent of
the Guarantor, but may not be assigned by the Guarantor; (b) may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument; (c) shall inure to
the benefit of the Obligee, and its successors and assigns, and be binding upon
the successors and, subject to the restrictions of clause (a) of this paragraph,
assigns of the Guarantor; (d) may be modified only by an instrument in writing,
signed by the duly authorized representative of the party to be bound; and (e)
shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


                                          5

<PAGE>

     All capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.  The 
Guarantor hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Loan Agreement as 
executed by the Obligor and Obligee.


                                          6

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF; the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed
by its duly authorized officer and its corporate seal to be affixed hereto this
31st day of December, 1993.

                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

Attest:


/s/ Audie Long                         By: /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
- ------------------------------            -------------------------------
          Secretary                         Its:  V.P. & Treasurer
      (corporate seal)                      -----------------------------


                                          7

<PAGE>

                                   PROMISSORY NOTE

$3,940,048.72                                         December 31, 1993


    FOR VALUE RECEIVED, U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. ("DEBTOR"), a Delaware
corporation, with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
San Antonio, Texas 78216 hereby promises to pay to the order of BOT Financial
Corporation ("Lender") at its office at 125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110 (or as Lender may otherwise designate) the principal sum of Three Million
Nine Hundred Forty Thousand Forty-Eight and 72/100 Dollars ($3,940,048.72),
together with interest on the principal balance from time to time remaining
unpaid at the rate of 6.75% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months).  Principal and interest shall be payable in sixty (60)
consecutive equal monthly installments of Seventy-Seven Thousand Five Hundred
Fifty-Three and 79/100 Dollars ($77,553.79) each (except that the last
installment shall be in an amount sufficient to discharge in full the accrued
interest on, and the entire unpaid principal of, this Note), with each
installment to be due and payable on the first day of each month, in arrears,
commencing on February 1, 1994.  Each such installment shall be applied first to
the payment of any unpaid interest on the principal sum and then to the payment
of principal.  After the maturity of any installment of principal, such
installment shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the higher of two
percent (2%) over the Prime Rate or fifteen percent (15%) (but not to exceed the
highest rate permitted by applicable law) until such installment is paid in
full.  Any payment received after the maturity of any installment of principal
shall be applied first to the payment of interest on said principal.

         If this Note is dated other than the first day of a calendar month,
Debtor shall, on the first day of the next succeeding month, pay to Lender an
installment of interest in an amount equal to the sum obtained by multiplying
$738.75 by the number of days then remaining in the calendar month in which this
Note is dated, including the date hereof.

         This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Master Loan and
Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 between Debtor and Lender
(herein, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified, called the "Agreement"), is secured by, and entitled to the benefits
of, the Agreement and a Supplemental Security Agreement of even date herewith
between Debtor and Lender, and is subject to prepayment only as provided in the
Agreement.



<PAGE>

    Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor,
and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery,
acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and hereby consents
to any extensions of time, renewals, releases of any party to this Note, 
waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by the holder 
of this Note.

    Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified
in the Agreement, the amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note together with
any interest accrued may be declared to be (or, with respect to certain Events
of Default, automatically shall become) immediately due and payable as provided
therein.

    In the event that any holder shall institute any action for the enforcement
or the collection of this Note, there shall be immediately due and payable, in
addition to the unpaid balance hereof, all late charges, and all costs and
expenses of such action, including attorneys' fees.  Debtor hereby waives the
right to interpose any setoff, counterclaim or defense of any nature or
description whatsoever to the obligations evidenced by this Note.

    Debtor agrees that its liability hereunder is absolute and unconditional
without regard to the liability of any other party and that no delay on the part
of the holder hereof in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as
a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right
hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other power or right.  This Note is not assignable by Debtor, but may be
assigned by Lender or any other holder hereof.

    All capitalized terms used in this Note which are not otherwise defined in
this Note shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the
Agreement.

    This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                             U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.



                             By: /s/  KELLY E. SIMMONS 
                                --------------------------------
                             Title:  VP


<PAGE>

                                   PROMISSORY NOTE



$828,218.40                                                     March 31, 1994

    FOR VALUE RECEIVED, U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. ("Debtor"), a Delaware
corporation, with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
San Antonio, Texas 78216 hereby promises to pay to the order of BOT Financial
Corporation ("Lender") at its office at 125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110 (or as Lender may otherwise designate) the principal sum of Eight Hundred
Twenty-Eight Thousand Two Hundred Eighteen and 40/100 Dollars ($828,218.40),
together with interest on the principal balance from time to time remaining
unpaid at the rate of 6.75% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months).  Principal and interest shall be payable in sixty (60)
consecutive equal monthly installments of Sixteen Thousand Three Hundred Two and
20/100 Dollars ($16,302.20) each (except that the last installment shall be in
an amount sufficient to discharge in full the accrued interest on, and the
entire unpaid principal of, this Note), with each installment to be due and
payable on the first day of each month, in arrears, commencing on May 1, 1994. 
Each such installment shall be applied first to the payment of any unpaid
interest on the principal sum and then to the payment of principal.  After the
maturity of any installment of principal, such installment shall bear interest
at a rate per annum equal to the higher of two percent (2%) over the Prime rate
or fifteen percent (15%) (but not to exceed the highest rate permitted by
applicable law) until such installment is paid in full.  Any payment received
after the maturity of any installment of principal shall be applied first to the
payment of interest on said principal.

    If this Note is dated other than the first day of a calendar month, 
Debtor shall, on the first day of the next succeeding month, pay to Lender an 
installment of interest in an amount equal to the sum obtained by multiplying 
$155.29 by the number of days then remaining in the calendar month in which 
this Note is dated, including the date hereof.

    This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Master Loan and Security
Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 between Debtor and Lender (herein, as
the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified,
called the "Agreement"), is secured by, and entitled to the benefits of, the
Agreement and a Supplemental Security Agreement of even date herewith between
Debtor and Lender, and is subject to prepayment only as provided in the
Agreement.


<PAGE>

    Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor,
and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery,
acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this note and hereby consents
to any extensions of time, renewals, releases of any party to this Note, waivers
or modifications that may be granted or consented to by the holder of this Note.

    Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified
in the Agreement, the amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note together with
any interest accrued may be declared to be (or, with respect to certain Events
of Default, automatically shall become) immediately due and payable as provided
therein.

    In the event that any holder shall institute any action for the enforcement
or the collection of this Note, there shall be immediately due and payable, in
addition to the unpaid balance hereof, all late charges, and all costs and
expenses of such action, including attorneys' fees.  Debtor hereby waives the
right to interpose any setoff, counterclaim or defense of any nature or
description whatsoever to the obligations evidenced by this Note.

    Debtor agrees that its liability hereunder is absolute and unconditional
without regard to the liability of any other party and that no delay on the part
of the holder hereof in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as
a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right
hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other power or right.  This Note is not assignable by Debtor, but may be
assigned by Lender or any other holder hereof.

    All capitalized terms used in this Note which are not otherwise defined in
this Note shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the
Agreement.

    This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.



                             U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.



                             By:  /s/  KELLY E. SIMMONS 
                                --------------------------------
                             Title:  VP
                                   -----------------------------


<PAGE>

                                   PROMISSORY NOTE



$183,173.02                                                     April 28, 1994

    FOR VALUE RECEIVED, U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. ("Debtor"), a Delaware
corporation, with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
San Antonio, Texas 78216 hereby promises to pay to the order of BOT Financial
Corporation ("Lender") at its office at 125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110 (or as Lender may otherwise designate) the principal sum of One Hundred
Eighty-Three Thousand One Hundred Seventy-Three and 02/100 Dollars
($183,173.02), together with interest on the principal balance from time to time
remaining unpaid at the rate of 8.0% per annum (computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months).  Principal and interest shall be payable
in sixty (60) consecutive equal monthly installments of Three Thousand Seven
Hundred Fourteen and 02/100 Dollars ($3,714.02) each (except that the last
installment shall be in an amount sufficient to discharge in full the accrued
interest on, and the entire unpaid principal of, this Note), with each
installment to be due and payable on the first day of each month, in arrears,
commencing on June 1, 1994.  Each such installment shall be applied first to the
payment of any unpaid interest on the principal sum and then to the payment of
principal.  After the maturity of any installment of principal, such installment
shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the higher of two percent (2%)
over the Prime rate or fifteen percent (15%) (but not to exceed the highest rate
permitted by applicable law) until such installment is paid in full.  Any
payment received after the maturity of any installment of principal shall be
applied first to the payment of interest on said principal.

    If this Note is dated other than the first day of a calendar month, 
Debtor shall, on the first day of the next succeeding month, pay to Lender an 
installment of interest in an amount equal to the sum obtained by multiplying 
$40.66 by the number of days then remaining in the calendar month in which 
this Note is dated, including the date hereof.

    This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Master Loan and Security
Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 between Debtor and Lender (herein, as
the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified,
called the "Agreement"), is secured by, and entitled to the benefits of, the
Agreement and a Supplemental Security Agreement of even date herewith between
Debtor and Lender, and is subject to prepayment
<PAGE>

only as provided in the Agreement.

    Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, 
and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery, 
acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and hereby 
consents to any extensions of time, renewals, releases of any party to this 
Note, waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by the 
holder of this Note.

    Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified
in the Agreement, the amounts then remaining unpaid on this note together with
any interest accrued may be declared to be (or, with respect to certain Events
of Default, automatically shall become) immediately due and payable as provided
therein.

    In the event that any holder shall institute any action for the enforcement
or the collection of this Note, there shall be immediately due and payable, in
addition to the unpaid balance hereof, all late charges, and all costs and
expenses of such action, including attorneys' fees.  Debtor hereby waives the
right to interpose any setoff, counterclaim or defense of any nature or
description whatsoever to the obligations evidenced by this Note.

    Debtor agrees that its liability hereunder is absolute and unconditional
without regard to the liability of any other party and that no delay on the part
of the holder hereof in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as
a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right
hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other power or right.  This Note is not assignable by Debtor, but may be
assigned by Lender or any other holder hereof.

    All capitalized terms used in this Note which are not otherwise defined in
this Note shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the
Agreement.

    This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.


                                       By: /s/ KELLY E. SIMMONS
                                          --------------------------------
                                       Title:  VP & Treasurer
                                             -----------------------------

<PAGE>

                                   PROMISSORY NOTE


$2,685,140.47                                                     March 29, 1995

    FOR VALUE RECEIVED, U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. ("Debtor"), a Delaware
corporation, with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
San Antonio, Texas 78216 hereby promises to pay to the order of BOT Financial
Corporation ("Lender") at its office at 125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110 (or as Lender may otherwise designate) the principal sum of Two Million
Six Hundred Eighty Five Thousand One Hundred Forty and 47/100 Dollars
($2,685,140.47), together with interest on the principal balance from time to
time remaining unpaid at the rate of 9.5% per annum (computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months).  Principal and interest shall be payable
in sixty (60) consecutive equal monthly installments of Fifty Six Thousand Three
Hundred Ninety Three and 32/100 Dollars ($56,393.32) each (except that the last
installment shall be in an amount sufficient to discharge in full the accrued
interest on, and the entire unpaid principal of, this Note), with each
installment to be due and payable on the first day of each month, in arrears,
commencing on May 1, 1995.  Each such installment shall be applied first to the
payment of any unpaid interest on the principal sum and then to the payment of
principal.  After the maturity of any installment of principal, such installment
shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the higher of two percent (2%)
over the Prime Rate or fifteen percent (15%) (but not to exceed the highest rate
permitted by applicable law) until such installment is paid in full.  Any
payment received after the maturity of any installment of principal shall be
applied first to the payment of interest on said principal.

    If this Note is dated other than the first day of a calendar month, 
Debtor shall, on the first day of the next succeeding month, pay to Lender an 
installment of interest in an amount equal to the sum obtained by multiplying 
$708.88 by the number of days then remaining in the calendar month in which 
this Note is dated, including the date hereof.


    This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Master Loan and Security
Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 between Debtor and Lender (herein, as
the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise, modified,
called the "Agreement"), is secured by, and entitled to the benefits of, the
Agreement and a Supplemental Security Agreement of even date herewith between
Debtor and Lender, and is subject to prepayment only as provided in the
Agreement.

<PAGE>

    Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, 
and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery, 
acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and hereby 
consents to any extensions of time, renewals, releases of any party to this 
Note, waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by the 
holder of this Note.

    Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified
in the Agreement, the amounts then remaining unpaid on this note together with
any interest accrued may be declared to be (or, with respect to certain Events
of Default, automatically shall become) immediately due and payable as provided
therein.

    In the event that any holder shall institute any action for the 
enforcement or the collection of this Note, there shall be immediately due 
and payable, in addition to the unpaid balance hereof, all late charges, and 
all costs and expenses of such action, including attorneys' fees.  Debtor 
hereby waives the right to interpose any setoff, counterclaim or defense of 
any nature or description whatsoever to the obligations evidenced by this 
Note.

    Debtor agrees that its liability hereunder is absolute and unconditional
without regard to the liability of any other party and that no delay on the part
of the holder hereof in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as
a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right
hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other power or right.  This Note is not assignable by Debtor, but may be
assigned by Lender or any other holder hereof.

    All capitalized terms used in this Note which are not otherwise defined in
this Note shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the
Agreement.

    This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.



                                       By: /s/ MICHAEL E. HIGGINS
                                          --------------------------------
                                       Title: Senior V.P. and CFO
                                             -----------------------------

<PAGE>

                 SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

    Relating to Loan Schedule No. 1 dated December 31, 1993

     This Supplemental Security Agreement is executed and delivered by U.S. 
Long Distance, Inc. ("Debtor") pursuant to the terms of a Master Loan and 
Security Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1993 between 
Debtor and BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Lender").  All capitalized terms 
used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

     In order to provide security for the payment by Debtor of the 
Notes and other Obligations, Debtor has, under the Agreement, granted to 
Lender a continuing security interest in the Collateral. Without limiting 
the generality of said grant, Debtor intends by this Supplemental Security 
Agreement to grant to Lender a continuing security interest in the Specific 
Collateral (hereinafter defined).

     1.  To further secure the payment by Debtor of all installments of 
principal and interest on Debtor's Note of even date herewith in the 
original principal amount of $3,940,048.72, and to further secure the 
payment and performance by Debtor of all other Obligations, Debtor hereby 
grants to Lender (a) a continuing first priority security interest in the 
items of equipment described on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part 
hereof, including all accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, 
substitutions, attachments, modifications, additions, improvements, 
upgrades and accessions to, of or for such items of equipment, all of 
Debtor's right, title and interest therein, and all Proceeds thereof and 
therefrom (collectively the "Specific Collateral"), and (b) a security 
interest in the Additional Collateral, if any, described on Schedule A 
attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Specific Collateral and 
Additional Collateral (if any) are each, and for all purposes of the 
Agreement and this Supplemental Security Agreement shall be deemed to be, a 
part of and included in the Collateral.

     2.  Debtor hereby (a) affirms that the representations and warranties 
set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date 
hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the 
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4(i) and (j) of the 
Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof with respect to the 
Specific Collateral and any Additional Collateral; (b) confirms its 
covenants and agreements in Section 5 of the Agreement; (c) represents and 
warrants that the principal amount of the Loan 


                                     1

<PAGE>

made this date and evidenced by Debtor's Note specified above is not 
greater than the amount of the aggregate Cost of the item(s) of equipment 
described on said Schedule A hereto and financed by Lender with the 
proceeds of said Loan; (d) covenants and agrees to reimburse Lender 
promptly upon demand for an amount equal to the original principal amount 
of said Note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon if Debtor's 
representations and warranties in Section 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are 
untrue in whole or in part with respect to the Specific Collateral or any 
Additional Collateral for any reason other than the failure of Lender to 
file UCC-1 financing statements against Debtor; and (e) represents and 
warrants that the Equipment has been delivered to it, duly assembled and in 
good working order on December 31, 1993 and is located at See Attachment 
"A".

     3.   This Supplemental Security Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed and delivered this 
Supplemental Security Agreement this 31st day of December, 1993.

                         U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                         (Debtor)



                         By:   /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:  VP



                         Accepted and Agreed to:

                         BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                         (Lender)




                         By:  /s/ DAVID A. MEEHAN
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:   Senior Vice President



                                     2

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE A

                          [Equipment Discription]


<PAGE>

                       SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

     Relating to Loan Schedule No. 1 dated December 31, 1993

     This Supplemental Security Agreement is executed and delivered by U.S. 
Long Distance, Inc. ("Debtor") pursuant to the terms of a Master Loan and 
Security Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1993 between 
Debtor and BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Lender").  All capitalized terms 
used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

     In order to provide security for the payment by Debtor of the Notes 
and other Obligations, Debtor has, under the Agreement, granted to Lender a 
continuing security interest in the Collateral. Without limiting the 
generality of said grant, Debtor intends by this Supplemental Security 
Agreement to grant to Lender a continuing security interest in the Specific 
Collateral (hereinafter defined).

     1.   To further secure the payment by Debtor of all installments of 
principal and interest on Debtor's Note of even date herewith in the 
original principal amount of $828,218.40, and to further secure the payment 
and performance by Debtor of all other Obligations, Debtor hereby grants to 
Lender (a) a continuing first priority security interest in the items of 
equipment described on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, 
including all accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, substitutions, 
attachments, modifications, additions, improvements, upgrades and 
accessions to, of or for such items of equipment, all of Debtor's right, 
title and interest therein, and all Proceeds thereof and therefrom 
(collectively the "Specific Collateral"), and (b) a security interest in 
the Additional Collateral, if any, described on Schedule A attached hereto 
and made a part hereof. The Specific Collateral and Additional Collateral 
(if any) are each, and for all purposes of the Agreement and this 
Supplemental Security Agreement shall be deemed to be, a part of and 
included in the Collateral.

     2.   Debtor hereby (a) affirms that the representations and warranties 
set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date 
hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the 
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4(i) and (j) of the 
Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof with respect to the 
Specific Collateral and any Additional Collateral; (b) confirms its 
covenants and agreements in Section 5 of the Agreement; (c) represents and 
warrants that the principal amount of the Loan made this date and evidenced 
by Debtor's Note specified above is 



                                     1

<PAGE>

not greater than the amount of the aggregate Cost of the item(s) of 
equipment described on said Schedule A hereto and financed by Lender with 
the proceeds of said Loan; (d) covenants and agrees to reimburse Lender 
promptly upon demand for an amount equal to the original principal amount 
of said Note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon if Debtor's 
representations and warranties in Section 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are 
untrue in whole or in part with respect to the Specific Collateral or any 
Additional Collateral for any reason other than the failure of Lender to 
file UCC-1 financing statements against Debtor; and (e) represents and 
warrants that the Equipment has been delivered to it, duly assembled and 
in good working order on March 31, 1994 and is located at See Attachment A.

     3.   This Supplemental Security Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed and delivered this 
Supplemental Security Agreement this 31st day of December, 1993.

                         U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                         (Debtor)



                         By:   /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:  VP



                         Accepted and Agreed to:

                         BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                         (Lender)




                         By:    NAME ILLEGIBLE
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:   Vice President



                                     2

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE A

                          [Equipment Discription]


<PAGE>

                 SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

    Relating to Loan Schedule No. 2 dated December 31, 1993

     This Supplemental Security Agreement is executed and delivered by U.S. 
Long Distance, Inc. ("Debtor") pursuant to the terms of a Master Loan and 
Security Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1993 between 
Debtor and BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Lender").  All capitalized terms 
used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

     In order to provide security for the payment by Debtor of the Notes 
and other Obligations, Debtor has, under the Agreement, granted to Lender a 
continuing security interest in the Collateral. Without limiting the 
generality of said grant, Debtor intends by this Supplemental Security 
Agreement to grant to Lender a continuing security interest in the Specific 
Collateral (hereinafter defined).

     1.   To further secure the payment by Debtor of all installments of 
principal and interest on Debtor's Note of even date herewith in the 
original principal amount of $183,173.02, and to further secure the payment 
and performance by Debtor of all other Obligations, Debtor hereby grants to 
Lender (a) a continuing first priority security interest in the items of 
equipment described on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, 
including all accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, substitutions, 
attachments, modifications, additions, improvements, upgrades and 
accessions to, of or for such items of equipment, all of Debtor's right, 
title and interest therein, and all Proceeds thereof and therefrom 
(collectively the "Specific Collateral"), and (b) a security interest in 
the Additional Collateral, if any, described on Schedule A attached hereto 
and made a part hereof. The Specific Collateral and Additional Collateral 
(if any) are each, and for all purposes of the Agreement and this 
Supplemental Security Agreement shall be deemed to be, a part of and 
included in the Collateral.

     2.   Debtor hereby (a) affirms that the representations and warranties 
set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date 
hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the 
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4(i) and (j) of the 
Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof with respect to the 
Specific Collateral and any Additional Collateral; (b) confirms its 
covenants and agreements in Section 5 of the Agreement; (c) represents and 
warrants that the principal amount of the Loan made this date and evidenced 
by Debtor's Note specified above is 


                                      1

<PAGE>

not greater than the amount of the aggregate Cost of the item(s) of 
equipment described on said Schedule A hereto and financed by Lender with 
the proceeds of said Loan; (d) covenants and agrees to reimburse Lender 
promptly upon demand for an amount equal to the original principal amount 
of said Note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon if Debtor's 
representations and warranties in Section 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are 
untrue in whole or in part with respect to the Specific Collateral or any 
Additional Collateral for any reason other than the failure of Lender to 
file UCC-1 financing statements against Debtor; and (e) represents and 
warrants that the Equipment has been delivered to it, duly assembled and in 
good working order on March 31, 1994 and is located at Zero Plus Dialing, 
Inc., San Antonio, Texas, 78216.

     3.   This Supplemental Security Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed and delivered this 
Supplemental Security Agreement this 28th day of April, 1994.


                         U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                         (Debtor)



                         By:   /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:  VP & Treasurer



                         Accepted and Agreed to:

                         BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                         (Lender)




                         By:    NAME ILLEGIBLE
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:   Vice President



                                     2

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE A

                          [Equipment Discription]


<PAGE>

                 SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT


      Relating to Loan Schedule No. 3 dated March 1, 1995

     This Supplemental Security Agreement is executed and delivered by U.S. 
Long Distance, Inc. ("Debtor") pursuant to the terms of a Master Loan and 
Security Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1993 between 
Debtor and BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Lender").  All capitalized terms 
used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

     In order to provide security for the payment by Debtor of the Notes 
and other Obligations, Debtor has, under the Agreement, granted to Lender a 
continuing security interest in the Collateral. Without limiting the 
generality of said grant, Debtor intends by this Supplemental Security 
Agreement to grant to Lender a continuing security interest in the Specific 
Collateral as described on the Schedule A attached hereto and made a part 
hereof.

     1.   To further secure the payment by Debtor of all installments of 
principal and interest on Debtor's Note of even date herewith in the 
original principal amount of $2,685,140.47, and to further secure the 
payment and performance by Debtor of all other Obligations, Debtor hereby 
grants to Lender (a) a continuing first priority security interest in the 
items of equipment described on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part 
hereof, including all accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, 
substitutions, attachments, modifications, additions, improvements, 
upgrades and accessions to, of or for such items of equipment, all of 
Debtor's right, title and interest therein, and all Proceeds thereof and 
therefrom (collectively the "Specific Collateral"), and (b) a security 
interest in the Additional Collateral, if any, described on Schedule A 
attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Specific Collateral and 
Additional Collateral (if any) are each, and for all purposes of the 
Agreement and this Supplemental Security Agreement shall be deemed to be, a 
part of and included in the Collateral.

     2.   Debtor hereby (a) affirms that the representations and warranties 
set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date 
hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the 
representations and 


                                     1

<PAGE>

warranties set forth in Sections 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are true and 
correct as of the date hereof with respect to the Specific Collateral and 
any Additional Collateral; (b) confirms its covenants and agreements in 
Section 5 of the Agreement; (c) represents and warrants that the principal 
amount of the Loan made this date and evidenced by Debtor's Note specified 
above is not greater than the amount of the aggregate Cost of the item(s) 
of equipment described on said Schedule A hereto and financed by Lender 
with the proceeds of said Loan; (d) covenants and agrees to reimburse 
Lender promptly upon demand for an amount equal to the original principal 
amount of said Note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon if Debtor's 
representations and warranties in Section 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are 
untrue in whole or in part with respect to the Specific Collateral or any 
Additional Collateral for any reason other than the failure of Lender to 
file UCC-1 financing statements against Debtor; and (e) represents and 
warrants that the Equipment has been delivered to it, duly assembled and in 
good working order on December 31, 1993 and is located at the locations 
listed on the Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

     3.   This Supplemental Security Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed and delivered this 
Supplemental Security Agreement this 24 day of March, 1995.


                         U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                         (Debtor)



                         By:  /s/ MICHAEL E. HIGGINS
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:  Senior V.P. and CFO



                         Accepted and Agreed to:

                         BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                         (Lender)




                         By:    NAME ILLEGIBLE
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:   Senior Vice President



                                     2

<PAGE>

                            PROMISSORY NOTE

$1,729,659.93                                                  June 28, 1995


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. (""Debtor"), a Delaware 
corporation, with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216 hereby promises to pay to the order of BOT 
Financial Corporation ("Lender") at its office at 125 Summer Street, Boston, 
Massachusetts 02110 (or as Lender may otherwise designate) the principal sum 
of One Million Seven Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty Nine and 
93/100 Dollars ($1,729,659.93), together with interest on the principal 
balance from time to time remaining unpaid at the rate of 7.63% per annum 
(computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months). Principal 
and interest shall be payable in sixty (60) consecutive equal monthly 
installments of Thirty-Four Thousand, Seven Hundred Sixty-Six Dollars and 
16/100 Dollars ($34,764.16) each (except that the last installment shall be 
in an amount sufficient to discharge in full the accrued interest on, and the 
entire unpaid principal of, this Note), with each installment to be due and 
payable on the first day of each month, in arrears, commencing on August 1, 
1995. Each such installment shall be applied first to the payment of any 
unpaid interest on the principal sum and then to the payment of principal. 
After the maturity of any installment of principal, such installment shall 
bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the higher of two percent (2%) 
over the Prime Rate or fifteen percent (15%) (but not to exceed the highest 
rate permitted by applicable law) until such installment is paid in full. Any 
payment received after the maturity of any installment of principal shall be 
applied first to the payment of interest on said principal.

     If this Note is dated other than the first day of a calendar month, 
Debtor shall, on the first day of the next succeeding month, pay to Lender an 
installment of interest in an amount equal to the sum obtained by 
multiplying $366.69 by the number of days then remaining in the calendar 
month in which this Note is dated, including the date hereof.

     This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Master Loan and 
Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 between Debtor and Lender 
(herein, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or 
otherwise modified, called the "Agreement"), is secured by, and entitled to 
the benefits of, the Agreement and a Supplemental Security Agreement of even 
date herewith between Debtor and Lender, and is subject to prepayment only as 
provided in the Agreement.


<PAGE>

      Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of 
dishonor, and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the 
delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and 
hereby consents to any extensions of time, renewals, releases of any party to 
this Note, waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by 
the holder of this Note.

      Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default 
specified in the Agreement, the amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note 
together with any interest accrued may be declared to be (or, with respect to 
certain Events of Default, automatically shall become) immediately due and 
payable as provided therein.

      In the event that any holder shall institute any action for the 
enforcement or the collection of this Note, there shall be immediately due 
and payable, in addition to the unpaid balance hereof, all late charges, and 
all costs and expenses of such action, including attorneys' fees. Debtor 
hereby waives the right to interpose any setoff, counterclaim or defense of 
any nature or description whatsoever to the obligations evidenced by this 
Note.

      Debtor agrees that its liability hereunder is absolute and 
unconditional without regard to the liability of any other party and that no 
delay on the part of the holder hereof in exercising any power or right 
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial 
exercise of any power or right hereunder preclude other or further exercise 
thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. This Note is not 
assignable by Debtor, but may be assigned by Lender or any other holder 
hereof.

      All capitalized terms used in this Note which are not otherwise defined 
in this Note shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the 
Agreement.

      This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the 
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.


                                       By:  /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
                                          ---------------------------------
                                       Title:  Vice President

<PAGE>

                 SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

      Relating to Loan Schedule No. 3 dated March 1, 1995

     This Supplemental Security Agreement is executed and delivered by U.S. 
Long Distance, Inc. ("Debtor") pursuant to the terms of a Master Loan and 
Security Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1993 between 
Debtor and BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Lender").  All capitalized terms 
used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

     In order to provide security for the payment by Debtor of the Notes 
and other Obligations, Debtor has, under the Agreement, granted to Lender a 
continuing security interest in the Collateral. Without limiting the 
generality of said grant, Debtor intends by this Supplemental Security 
Agreement to grant to Lender a continuing security interest in the Specific 
Collateral as described on the Schedule A attached hereto and made a part 
hereof.

     1.   To further secure the payment by Debtor of all installments of 
principal and interest on Debtor's Note of even date herewith in the 
original principal amount of $1,729,659.93, and to further secure the 
payment and performance by Debtor of all other Obligations, Debtor hereby 
grants to Lender (a) a continuing first priority security interest in the 
items of equipment described on Schedule A attached here to and made a part 
hereof, including all accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, 
substitutions, attachments, modifications, additions, improvements, 
upgrades and accessions to, of or for such items of equipment, all of 
Debtor's right, title and interest therein, and all Proceeds thereof and 
therefrom (collectively the "Specific Collateral"), and (b) a security 
interest in the Additional Collateral, if any, described on Schedule A 
attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Specific Collateral and 
Additional Collateral (if any) are each, and for all purposes of the 
Agreement and this Supplemental Security Agreement shall be deemed to be, 
a part of and included in the Collateral.

     2.   Debtor hereby (a) affirms that the representations and warranties 
set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date 
hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the 
representations and 

                                          1


<PAGE>

warranties set forth in Sections 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are true 
and correct as of the date hereof with respect to the Specific Collateral 
and any Additional Collateral; (b) confirms its covenants and agreements in 
Section 5 of the Agreement; (c) represents and warrants that the principal 
amount of the Loan made this date and evidenced by Debtor's Note specified 
above is not greater than the amount of the aggregate Cost of the item(s) 
of equipment described on said Schedule A hereto and financed by Lender 
with the proceeds of said Loan; (d) covenants and agrees to reimburse 
Lender promptly upon demand for an amount equal to the original principal 
amount of said Note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon if Debtor's 
representations and warranties in Section 4(i) and (j) of the Agreement are 
untrue in whole or in part with respect to the Specific Collateral or any 
Additional Collateral for any reason other than the failure of Lender to 
file UCC-1 financing statements against Debtor; and (e) represents and 
warrants that the Equipment has been delivered to it, duly assembled and in 
good working order on December 31, 1993 and is located at the locations 
listed on the Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

     3.   This Supplemental Security Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed and delivered this
Supplemental Security Agreement this  28  day of June, 1995.


                         U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                         (Debtor)



                         By:   /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:  VP



                         Accepted and Agreed to:

                         BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                         (Lender)




                         By:    NAME ILLEGIBLE
                              ---------------------------------------------
                         Title:   Vice President



                                     2

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE A

                          [Equipment Discription]


<PAGE>

                              PROMISSORY NOTE


$1,286,653.37                                September  29, 1995


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. ("Debtor"), a Delaware 
corporation, with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216 hereby promises to pay to the order of BOT 
Financial Corporation ("Lender") at its office at 125 Summer Street, 
Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (or as Lender may otherwise designate) the 
principal sum of One Million Two Hundred Eighty Six Thousand Six Hundred 
Fifty-Three and 32/100 Dollars ($1,286,653.37), together with interest on 
the principal balance from time to time remaining unpaid at the rate of 
7.76% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day 
months).  Principal and interest shall be payable in sixty (60) consecutive 
equal monthly installments of Twenty-Five Thousand, Nine Hundred Forty-One 
and 51 /100 Dollars ($25,941.51) each (except that the last installment 
shall be in an amount sufficient to discharge in full the accrued interest 
on, and the entire unpaid principal of, this Note), with each installment 
to be due and payable on the first day of each month, in arrears, 
commencing on November 1, 1995. Each such installment shall be applied 
first to the payment of any unpaid interest on the principal sum and then 
to the payment of principal.  After the maturity of any installment of 
principal, such installment shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal 
to the higher of two percent (2%) over the Prime Rate or fifteen percent 
(15%) (but not to exceed the highest rate permitted by applicable law) 
until such installment is paid in full.  Any payment received after the 
maturity of any installment of principal shall be applied first to the 
payment of interest on said principal.

     If this Note is dated other than the first day of a calendar month, 
Debtor shall, on the first day of the next succeeding month, pay to Lender 
an installment of interest in an amount equal to the sum obtained by 
multiplying $277.92 by the number of days then remaining in the calendar 
month in which this Note is dated, including the date hereof.

     This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Master Loan and 
Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 between Debtor and Lender 
(herein, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or 
otherwise modified, called the "Agreement") is secured by, and entitled 
to the benefits of, the Agreement and a Supplemental Security Agreement of 
even date herewith between Debtor and Lender, and is subject to prepayment 
only as provided in the Agreement.


<PAGE>

     Debtor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of 
dishonor, and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the 
delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and 
hereby consents to any extensions of time, renewals, releases of any party to 
this Note, waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by 
the holder of this Note.

     Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default 
specified in the Agreement, the amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note 
together with any interest accrued may be declared to be (or, with respect to 
certain Events of Default, automatically shall become) immediately due and 
payable as provided therein.

     In the event that any holder shall institute any action for the 
enforcement or the collection of this Note, there shall be immediately due 
and payable, in addition to the unpaid balance hereof, all late charges, and 
all costs and expenses of such action, including attorneys' fees. Debtor 
hereby waives the right to interpose any setoff, counterclaim or defense of 
any nature or description whatsoever to the obligations evidenced by this 
Note.

     Debtor agrees that its liability hereunder is absolute and unconditional 
without regard to the liability of any other party and that no delay on the 
part of the holder hereof in exercising any power or right hereunder shall 
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any 
power or right hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the 
exercise of any other power or right. This Note is not assignable by Debtor, 
but may be assigned by Lender or any other holder hereof.

     All capitalized terms used in this Note which are not otherwise defined 
in this Note shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the 
Agreement.

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the 
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.


                                       By:  /s/ Kelly E. Simmons
                                           ----------------------------------
                                       Title: VP


<PAGE>

                        SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

   Relating to Loan Schedule No. Four dated September 14, 1995

This Supplemental Security Agreement is executed and delivered by U.S. Long 
Distance, Inc. ("Debtor") pursuant to the terms of a Master Loan and 
Security Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1993 between 
Debtor and BOT Financial Corporation ("Lender").  All capitalized terms 
used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

In order to provide security for the payment by Debtor of the Notes and 
other Obligations, Debtor has, under the Agreement, granted to Lender a 
continuing security interest in the Collateral.  Without limiting the 
generality of said grant, Debtor intends by this Supplemental Security 
Agreement to grant to Lender a continuing security interest in the Specific 
Collateral (hereinafter defined).

     1.   To further secure the payment by Debtor of all installments of 
principal and interest on Debtor's Note of even date herewith in the 
original principal amount of $1,286,653.37, and to further secure the 
payment and performance by Debtor of all other Obligations, Debtor hereby 
grants to Lender (a) a continuing first priority security interest in the 
items of equipment described on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part 
hereof, including all accessories, parts, repairs, replacements, 
substitutions, attachments, modifications, additions, improvements, 
upgrades and accessions to, of or for such items of equipment, all of 
Debtor's right, title and interest therein, and all Proceeds thereof and 
therefrom (collectively the "Specific Collateral"), and (b) a security 
interest in the Additional Collateral, if any, described on Schedule A 
attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Specific Collateral and 
Additional Collateral (if any) are each, and for all purposes of the 
Agreement and this Supplemental Security Agreement shall be deemed to be, a 
part of and included in the Collateral.

     2.   Debtor hereby (a) affirms that the representations and warranties 
set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date 
hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the 
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4(i) and (j) of the 
Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof with respect to the 


                                    -1-

<PAGE>

Specific Collateral and any Additional Collateral; (b) confirms its 
covenants and agreements in Section 5 of the Agreement; (c) represents and 
warrants that the principal amount of the Loan made this date and evidenced 
by Debtor's Note specified above is not greater than the amount of the 
aggregate Cost of the item(s) of equipment described on said Schedule A 
hereto and financed by Lender with the proceeds of said Loan; (d) covenants 
and agrees to reimburse Lender promptly upon demand for an amount equal to 
the original principal amount of said Note plus accrued and unpaid interest 
thereon if Debtor's representations and warranties in Section 4(i) and (j) 
of the Agreement are untrue in whole or in part with respect to the 
Specific Collateral or any Additional Collateral for any reason other than 
the failure of Lender to file UCC-1 financing statements against Debtor; 
and (e) represents and warrants that the Equipment has been delivered to 
it, duly assembled and in good working order on  9/29/95, 19__ and is located 
at the various locations indicated on the Schedule A attached hereto add 
made a part hereof.

     3.  This Supplemental Security Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed and delivered this 
Supplemental Security Agreement this 29th day of September, 1995.

                              U.S. Long Distance, Inc.



                              By:    NAME ILLEGIBLE
                                     -------------------------------
                              Name:  NAME ILLEGIBLE
                                     -------------------------------
                              Title: VP
                                     -------------------------------


Accepted and Agreed to:

BOT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
               (Lender)





By:
       -------------------------------
Name:
       -------------------------------
Title:
       -------------------------------




                                    -2-


<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE A

                          [Equipment Discription]


<PAGE>

                          CONTINUING CORPORATE GUARANTY

     In consideration of, and as an inducement for BTM CAPITAL CORPORATION 
(formerly known as BOT Financial Corporation) (hereinafter called 
"Obligee") to consent to the separation of certain billing and 
telecommunications groups of U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") guarantor 
under that certain Continuing Corporate Guaranty dated as of December 31, 
1993 in favor of Obligee, executed pursuant to certain Master Loan and 
Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993 (the "Loan Agreement") 
between Obligee and U.S.  Long Distance, Inc., into two new subsidiaries, 
the undersigned, BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS, INC., a Delaware corporation 
("Guarantor") with its principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
200, San Antonio, Texas 78216, does hereby unconditionally and irrevocably 
guarantee to Obligee and its successors and assigns, without offset or 
deduction, (i) the prompt payment when due, whether by acceleration or 
otherwise of all payments of the principal of and interest on the 
promissory notes from time to time executed by Obligor (the "Notes"), and 
all other amounts whatsoever now or hereafter owing and payable by Obligor 
under, arising out of or in connection with the Loan Agreement, any Notes, 
any Loan schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, the guaranty under 
this clause (i) constituting hereby a continuing guaranty of payment and 
not of collection, and (ii) that Obligor will perform punctually and 
faithfully each and every duty, agreement, covenant and obligation of 
Obligor under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Notes and each Loan 
Schedule and Supplemental Security Agreement.  Guarantor does hereby agree 
that in the event that Obligor does not or is unable to pay or perform in 
accordance with the terms of any of the Notes and/or the Loan Agreement or 
any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement for any reason 
(including, without limitation, the liquidation, dissolution, receivership, 
insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, 
reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of, or other 
similar proceedings affecting the status, existence, assets or obligations 
of, Obligor) it will pay the installments of principal and interest (and 
premium, if any) due on such Notes and all other amounts whatsoever due 
under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any Loan Schedule or 
Supplemental Security Agreement, or otherwise provide for and bring about 
promptly when due such payment and the performance of such duties, 
agreements, covenants and obligations of Obligor.  All of the liabilities 
and obligations of "Obligor hereby guaranteed are hereinafter collectively 
referred to as the "Obligations".  Without limiting the generality of clause 
(i) of this paragraph, Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be 
necessary or required, and that Guarantor shall not be entitled to require, 
that Obligee or any successor or assignee of obligee, file suit or 


<PAGE>

proceed to obtain or assert a claim for personal judgment against Obligor 
for the Obligations or make any effort at collection of the Obligations 
from Obligor or foreclose against or seek to realize upon any security now 
or hereafter existing for the Obligations or file suit or proceed to obtain 
or assert a claim for personal judgment against any other party liable for 
the Obligations or make any effort at collection of the Obligations from 
any such other party or exercise or assert any other right or remedy to 
which any of them is or may be entitled in connection with the Obligations 
or any security or other guaranty therefor or assert or file any claim 
against the assets of Obligor or other person liable for the Obligations, 
or any part thereof, before or as a condition of enforcing the liability 
of Guarantor under this Guaranty or requiring payment of said Obligations 
by Guarantor hereunder, or at any time thereafter. Guarantor agrees, upon 
demand of Obligee to either, at Obligee's option, pay directly, or 
reimburse Obligee for the payment of, all costs, fees and expenses, 
including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, incurred by Obligee in the 
enforcement or attempted enforcement of any of its rights hereunder.

     Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or 
required in order to enforce the obligations of Guarantor hereunder that 
there be and Guarantor specifically waives: notice of the acceptance of 
this Guaranty and of the performance or nonperformance of the any of the 
Obligations; demand of payment from Obligor except  to the extent required 
by the Notes and/or Loan Agreement; presentment for payment upon Obligor or 
the making of any protest; notice of the amount of the Obligations 
outstanding at any time; and notice of nonpayment or failure to perform on 
the part of obligor.  Guarantor further waives all defenses, offsets and 
counterclaims which Guarantor may at any time have to the payment or 
performance of the Obligations.  The obligations of Guarantor under this 
guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force 
and effect until Obligor shall have fully and satisfactorily discharged all 
of the Obligations and shall not be released or discharged by reason of: 
(i) any waiver by Obligee, or its successors or assigns, of the performance 
or observance by Obligor of any of the agreements, covenants, terms or 
conditions contained in the Notes and/or Loan Agreement or any Loan 
Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or of any Event of Default 
under the Loan Agreement; (ii) the extension of the time for payment by 
Obligor of any payment of principal and interest due on the Notes or other 
sums or any part thereof owing or payable under or pursuant to the Notes 
and/or the Loan Agreement or any Loan schedule or Supplemental Security 
Agreement, or of the time for performance by Obligor of any other 
obligations under or pursuant to the Notes and/or the Loan Agreement or any 
Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement; (iii) any failure, 
omission or delay of Obligee or its successors or assigns to enforce, 
assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred 


                                      2

<PAGE>

on Obligee under or pursuant to the Notes and/or Loan Agreement or any Loan 
Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or any action on the part of 
Obligee or its successors or assigns granting any extension or indulgence 
in any form to Obligor; (vi) any sale by Obligor, or its successors or 
assigns, of the Equipment or any Item thereof; (v) any compromise 
settlement, release, renewal, extension, indulgence, change in or waiver or 
modification of, any of the Obligations or the release or discharge of 
Obligor from the performance or observance of any of the Obligations by 
operation of law; (vi) any change in, waiver or modification of, or 
amendment to, any of the terms or provisions of the Notes and/or Loan 
Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement; (vii) 
any consolidation or merger of Obligor, or any leveraged buy-out or other 
form of corporate reorganization that Obligor may become the subject of or 
become engaged in, whether or not permitted under the terms of the Loan 
Agreement or otherwise, or the sale, transfer or other disposition by 
Obligor or all or substantially all of the assets and liabilities of 
Obligor; (viii) any change in the ownership of any shares of capital stock 
of Obligor; (ix) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, 
receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of 
creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of 
Obligor, or any other similar proceeding affecting the status, existence, 
assets or obligations of Obligor; (x) any fictitiousness, incorrectness, 
invalidity or unenforceability, for any reason, of the Notes and/or Loan 
Agreement or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security Agreement, or of 
any provision thereof, or of any of the obligations; (xi) any transfer or 
assignment by Obligor of any of Obligor's rights or obligations under the 
Loan Agreement or Notes or any Loan Schedule or Supplemental Security 
Agreement, or any use of the Collateral (as defined in the Loan Agreement) 
or any part thereof by any person or party, or any sale, transfer, 
agreement lease, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation or further encumbering of 
the Collateral or any part thereof by Obligor; or (xiii) any defect in 
Obligor's title to the Equipment or any item thereof; or (xiv) any other 
circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge 
of Obligor (including a discharge in bankruptcy) or of Guarantor.

     Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Obligee and its successors 
and assigns that:  (a) Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly 
existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation 
set forth, above and will take such steps as may be necessary to preserve 
its corporate existence; Guarantor has the power and authority to execute 
and perform this Guaranty and has duly authorized the execution, delivery 
and performance of this Guaranty; (b) Guarantor is the owner of, and so 
long as any of the Obligations remain to be paid or performed Guarantor 
will continue to be the owner of, all of the issued and outstanding capital 
stock of obligor; (c) no approval is required


                                      3


<PAGE>

from any regulatory body, board, authority or commission, nor from any 
other administrative or governmental agency, nor from any other person, 
firm or corporation, with respect to the execution of this Guaranty by 
Guarantor and the payment and performance by Guarantor of all of 
Guarantor's obligations hereunder; (d) this Guaranty constitutes the legal, 
valid and binding obligations of Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with 
its terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of the same by 
Guarantor will not violate Guarantor's Charter, Certificate of 
Incorporation, or By-Laws, or any provision of law, any order of any court 
or other agency of government, or any indenture, agreement or other 
instrument to which Guarantor is a party, or by or under which Guarantor or 
any of Guarantor's property is bound, or be in conflict with, result in a 
breach of, or constitute (with due notice and/or lapse of time) a default 
under, any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in the 
creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature 
whatsoever upon any of Guarantor's property or assets; (e) all balance 
sheets, statements of profit and loss and other financial data that have 
been delivered to obligee with respect to Guarantor (i) are complete and 
correct in all material respects, (ii) accurately present the consolidated 
financial condition of Guarantor on the dates for which, and the results of 
its operations for the periods for which, the same have been furnished, and 
(iii) have been certified by Guarantor's independent certified public 
accountants, in the case of the audited financial statements, and by 
Guarantor's chief financial officer, in the case of any unaudited financial 
statements, and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles consistently followed throughout the period(s) 
covered thereby; all balance sheets disclose all known material 
liabilities, direct and contingent, as of their respective dates; and there 
has been no change in the condition of Guarantor, financial or otherwise, 
since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Obligee 
with respect to Guarantor, other than changes in the ordinary course of 
business, none of which changes has been materially adverse; (f) there are 
no suits or proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of Guarantor 
threatened, in any court or before any regulatory commission, board or 
other administrative governmental agency against or affecting Guarantor, 
which, if decided adversely to Guarantor, will have a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition or business of Guarantor; (g) Guarantor 
will furnish Obligee (i) as soon as available, in any event within 120 days 
after the last day of each fiscal year of Guarantor, a copy of the 
consolidated balance sheet of Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries 
as of the end of such fiscal years, and related consolidated statements of 
income and retained earnings of Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries 
for such fiscal year, certified by an independent certified public 
accounting firm of recognized standing, each on a comparative basis with 
corresponding statements for the prior fiscal year, and a copy of 


                                      4

<PAGE>

Guarantor's form 10-K if applicable filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission for such fiscal year, (ii) within 45 days after the last day of 
each fiscal quarter of Guarantor (except the last such fiscal quarter), a 
copy of the balance sheet as of the end of each quarter, and statement of 
income and retained earnings of Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries 
covering the fiscal year to date, each on a comparative basis with the 
corresponding period of the prior year, all in reasonable detail and 
certified by the treasurer or principal financial officer of Guarantor, 
together with a copy of Guarantor's form 10Q, if applicable, filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission for such quarterly period, (iii) 
contemporaneously with its transmittal to each stockholder of Guarantor and 
to the Securities and Exchange Commission, all such other financial 
statements and reports as Guarantor shall send to its stockholders and to 
the Securities and Exchange Commission, (iv) as soon as available to 
Guarantor, the notice of any adjustment resulting from any audit of the 
books and/or records of Guarantor by any taxing authority having 
jurisdiction over Guarantor, and (v) such additional financial information 
as Obligee may reasonably request concerning Guarantor; and (h) Guarantor 
and its consolidated subsidiaries have filed all United States income tax 
returns which are required to be filed and have paid, or made provisions 
for the payment of, all taxes which have or may become due pursuant to said 
returns or pursuant to any assessment received by Guarantor or such 
consolidated subsidiaries, except such taxes, if any, as are being 
contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been 
provided; and (i) Guarantor has not failed to obtain any licenses, permits, 
franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership 
of its property or to the conduct of its business the existence or 
violation or failure of which, individually or in the aggregate, materially 
adversely affects or might in the future (so far as Guarantor now believes) 
materially adversely affect the business, operations, affairs, properties 
or condition of Guarantor and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

     Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by Guarantor hereunder, 
Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of Obligee's rights 
against Obligor or the Collateral (or any part thereof), and Guarantor 
hereby waives any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity 
whatsoever against Obligor as a result of any payment or performance by 
Guarantor hereunder.

     This Guaranty (a) may be assigned by Obligee, without the consent of 
Guarantor, but may not be assigned by Guarantor, and in the event of any 
such assignment each of Obligee's successors or assigns shall have and may 
enforce against Guarantor all of the rights of Obligee hereunder with 
respect to the guaranty of the payment and performance of such of the 
Obligations as are covered by such assignment; (b) may be executed in 
several 


                                     5

<PAGE>

counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which 
together shall constitute one and the same instrument; (c) shall inure to 
the benefit of Obligee, and its successors and assigns, and be binding upon 
the successors and, subject to the restrictions of clause (a) of this 
paragraph, assigns of Guarantor; and (d) may be amended or modified only by 
an instrument in writing, signed by the duly authorized representative of 
the party to be bound.

     Guarantor agrees that at Obligee's sole election any suit, action or 
proceeding brought by Obligee against Guarantor in connection with or 
arising out of this Guaranty may be brought in any federal or state court 
located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and Guarantor waives personal 
service of all process upon it and consents that service of process may be 
made by mail or messenger directed to it at its address set forth above and 
that service so made shall be deemed to be completed upon the earlier of 
actual receipt or three (3) days after the same shall have been posted to 
Guarantor's said address.  Nothing herein contained shall affect Obligee's 
right to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or to 
bring any suit, action or proceeding against Guarantor or its property in 
the courts of any other jurisdiction. This Guaranty shall in all respects 
be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including all matters of construction, 
validity and performance.

     Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in 
any jurisdiction (including, without limitation, by reason of any change in 
the Obligations or any event described in the second paragraph hereof) 
shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such 
unenforceability without invalidating or diminishing Obligee's rights under 
the remaining provisions hereof or Obligee's rights hereunder before giving 
effect to such change in the Obligations or such event, and any such 
prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or 
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     All capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined 
herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.  
Guarantor hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Loan Agreement, as 
executed by Obligor and Obligee.


                                      6

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused the Guaranty to be executed 
by its duly authorized officer this ___ day of __________________ , 1996.

                              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 



                              By: 
                                  -------------------------------------
                              Title:



                                       7

<PAGE>

                         OFFICE BUILDING LEASE AGREEMENT


                     LANDLORD:  MEDICAL PLAZA PARTNERS, LTD.

                   TENANT:  BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS, INC.



                                      ****


                              DATED: JULY 12, 1996

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                             BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

I.    PREMISES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

II.   LEASE TERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

III.  BASIC RENTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

IV.   EXPANSION OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

V.    RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

VI.   RENEWAL OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

VII.  TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

VIII. PERMITTED USE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

IX.   PARKING RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

X.    TENANT'S SIGNAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

                         OFFICE BUILDING LEASE AGREEMENT

          1.   DEFINITIONS AND BASIC PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          2.   LEASE GRANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          3.   RENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          4.   LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

          5.   BASIC RENTAL AND EXCESS BASIC COST. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

          6.   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND ALLOWANCES . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

          7.   USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

          8.   TENANT'S REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

          9.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

          10.  INDEMNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

          11.  SUBORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

                                        2 
<PAGE>
          12.  RULES AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

          13.  INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

          14.  CONDEMNATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

          15.  FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

          16.  HOLDING OVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

          17.  TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

          18.  TENANT DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

               (a)  EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
               (b)  REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

          19.  LANDLORD DEFAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

               (a)  EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
               (b)  REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

          20.  SURRENDER OF PREMISES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

          21.  MECHANIC'S LIENS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

          22.  NO SUBROGATION-LIABILITY INSURANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

          23.  BROKERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

          24.  CHANGE OF BUILDING NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

          25.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

          26.  TENANT'S ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

          27.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

          28.  NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

          29.  FORCE MAJEURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          30.  SEPARABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          31.  AMENDMENTS; BINDING EFFECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          32.  QUIET ENJOYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                                        3 
<PAGE>
          33.  GENDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          34.  ATTORNEYS FEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          35.  PERSONAL LIABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

          36.  CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

          37.  NOTICE TO LENDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

          38.  CAPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

          39.  MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

          40.  LENDER APPROVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

          41.  EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

EXHIBIT "A"    DESCRIPTION OF LAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

EXHIBIT "B"    SITE PLAN (DESIGNATING COMMON AREAS, PARKING, ETC.) . . . . .  33

EXHIBIT "C"    BOMA STANDARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

EXHIBIT "D"    CONSTRUCTION  RIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35

EXHIBIT "E"    TENANT'S SIGNAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

EXHIBIT "F"    CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

EXHIBIT "G-1"  RULES AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

EXHIBIT "G-2"  PARKING RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

                                        4 
<PAGE>

                             BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Lease Date:         July 12, 1996

Tenant:             BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS, INC., a Delaware corporation

Address of Tenant:  9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
                    San Antonio, Texas 78216

Address of Tenant
after occupancy:    7411 John Smith Drive, Suite ______
                    San Antonio, Texas 78240

Contact:            Mr. Kelly E. Simmons, Senior Vice President -
                    Chief Financial Officer

Landlord:           Medical Plaza Partners, Ltd.

Address of          100 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1500
Landlord:           San Antonio, Texas 78216

                                       I.

     PREMISES.  The Premises includes all of floors 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 
and 15 of the building containing a total of 196,174 Rentable Square Feet 
("Building"), situated at 7411 John Smith Drive, San Antonio, Texas, on the 
land ("land") described in EXHIBIT A hereto.  The Premises shall be leased by 
Tenant in three (3) Phases as provided below:

          PHASE I:  Phase I of the Premises shall comprise floors 2 through 
6, inclusive, containing 71,465 Rentable Square Feet.

          PHASE II: Phase II of the Premises shall include floor 7 of the 
Building, containing 14,641 Rentable Square Feet and floor 15 of the Building 
containing 13,148 Rentable Square Feet.

          PHASE III: Phase III of the Premises shall include floors 8 and 9 
of the Building, containing 29,282 Rentable Square Feet.  By written notice 
to Landlord no later than August 1, 1997, Tenant shall also have the right to 
elect to include floor 10 of the Building within Phase III, in which event 
Phase III shall include floors 8 through 10, inclusive, and contain 43,923 
rentable square feet.  

     The Premises also includes the non-exclusive right to use those portions 
of the Building, the attached garage ("Garage"), and the surface parking lot 
or lots situated on the land and/or across John Smith Drive from the Building 
("Surface Parking Lot"), depicted as common areas on the site plan attached 
hereto as EXHIBIT B and incorporated herein for all purposes (which common 
areas may be changed from time-to-time by Landlord provided 

                                        1 
<PAGE>

that any material changes will be made only with Tenant's prior approval, 
which approval may not be unreasonably withheld), for the use and benefit of 
all tenants of the Building, or as may otherwise be specifically provided for 
in this Lease.

                                       II.

     LEASE TERM.  The lease term ("Primary Term") as to the respective Phases 
shall be as follows:

          PHASE I:  The Primary Term for Phase I shall commence on the date 
(the "Commencement Date") described below and shall terminate on the last day 
of the one hundred twentieth (120th) month following the Commencement Date 
("Primary Term Expiration Date"):

          (a)  With regard to the 4th floor of the Building, the Commencement 
Date shall be November 1, 1996, by which date Landlord shall have completed 
the Tenant Improvements (defined in EXHIBIT D) to that floor and the Base 
Building Improvements (defined in EXHIBIT D) to the extent necessary to 
permit Tenant's occupancy and the 4th floor shall be ready for occupancy by 
Tenant; and

          (b)  With regard to the remaining floors in Phase I, the 
Commencement Date shall be the Completion Date as shown on EXHIBIT D attached 
hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, by which date the remaining 
floors shall be ready for occupancy by Tenant.

          Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references in this 
Lease to the "Commencement Date" shall refer to the Commencement Date 
referred to in SUBPARAGRAPH (b) of this ARTICLE II.

          PHASE II: The Primary Term for the 15th floor of the Building shall 
commence on February 1, 1997 and terminate on the Primary Term Expiration 
Date. The Primary Term for the 7th floor of the Building shall commence on 
June 1, 1997 and terminate on the Primary Term Expiration Date.

          PHASE III: The Primary Term for Phase III shall commence on March 
1, 1998 and shall terminate on the Primary Term Expiration Date.

                                      III.

     BASIC RENTAL.  

          (a)  Beginning on the Commencement Date (as to Phase I), February 
1, 1997 (as to floor 15) and on June 1, 1997 (as to floor 7), and continuing 
throughout the remainder of the Primary Term until and including the Primary 
Term Expiration Date, the Basic Rental for Phases I and II shall be the 
product of $13.90 multiplied times the Rentable Square Feet (as defined 
below) of Phases I and II of the Premises per year, payable in equal monthly 
installments. Beginning on March 1, 1998 and continuing throughout the 

                                        2 
<PAGE>

remainder of the Primary Term until and including the Primary Term Expiration 
Date, the Basic Rental for Phase III of the Premises shall be $14.25 
multiplied times the Rentable Square Feet of Phase III per year, payable in 
equal monthly installments.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord has not completed 
the Tenant Improvements or the Base Building Improvements and the Premises 
(or the floor thereof, if applicable) are not ready for occupancy by Tenant 
by the dates described herein, then, for every day that construction is 
delayed beyond such date, Tenant shall have one (1) day free rent with regard 
to the portion of the Premises that is required to be complete but is 
incomplete (if the construction that is delayed is the Tenant Improvements) 
or with regard to all of the portions of the Premises which Tenant is not 
able to occupy by the dates described herein (if the construction that is 
delayed is the Base Building Improvements).  

          (b)  In the event Tenant exercises its expansion option, its right 
of first refusal and/or its renewal options (as hereinafter provided), the 
Basic Rental payable by Tenant hereunder shall be increased to include the 
Basic Rental payable for such expansion space and/or right of first refusal 
space, or adjusted during the renewal option periods, all as hereinafter set 
forth.

          (c)  As used herein, the term "Rentable Square Feet" of the 
Premises shall mean the floor area of the Premises (or the applicable 
portions thereof) calculated in accordance with the following schedule:

                         Total Rentable      Total Usable
               Floor     Square Feet         Square Feet
               -----     --------------      ------------
                         (Full Floor)        (Full Floor)

                1          9,583               8,738
                2         12,901              11,764
                3         14,641              13,351
                4         14,641              13,351
                5         14,641              13,351
                6         14,641              13,351
                7         14,641              13,351
                8         14,641              13,351
                9         14,641              13,351
               10         14,641              13,351
               11         14,641              13,351
               12         14,641              13,351
               14         14,132              12,886
               15         13,148              11,989
                         -------             ------- 
          TOTAL          196,174             178,884

     Landlord hereby represents and warrants that the above Rentable Square Feet
were measured substantially in accordance with the standards of the Building
Owners and 

                                        3 
<PAGE>

Managers Association ("BOMA"), a copy of which BOMA standards are attached 
hereto as EXHIBIT C incorporated herein for all purposes.  

                                       IV.

     EXPANSION OPTION.  Provided Tenant is not in default either at the time 
of giving notice of Tenant's desire to expand or upon the Expansion Date (as 
hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have the right to lease an additional full 
floor of the Building not then leased to Tenant ("Expansion Space"), provided 
that Tenant gives written notice ("Expansion Notice") to Landlord not later 
than the first day of the sixty-sixth (66th) month following the Commencement 
Date. In the event Tenant delivers the Expansion Notice to Landlord within 
the time period provided, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an additional 
full floor within the Building as selected by Landlord, provided that such 
floor shall be contiguous to a floor of Tenant's then-existing Premises if a 
contiguous floor is available or if through reasonable good faith efforts a 
contiguous floor can be made available, and Tenant shall lease such Expansion 
Space from Landlord, commencing as soon after the Expansion Date as the 
Expansion Space is ready for Tenant's occupancy, but in no event later than 
the first day of the seventy-sixth (76th) month following the Commencement 
Date ("Expansion Date").  Landlord shall include a relocation clause in its 
standard lease form for the Building and will use reasonable efforts to 
include the clause in future Leases of space in the Building.  Landlord shall 
cause improvements to be made to the Expansion Space in substantially the 
same manner as the Tenant Improvements and in accordance with the 
Construction Rider attached hereto as EXHIBIT D.  In the event that the 
Expansion Space is in shell condition as of the date of the Expansion Notice, 
Landlord shall perform the same Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Space as 
Landlord provided in connection with Phase I, Phase II and Phase III of the 
Premises.  In the event the Expansion Space has been previously finished-out 
for one or more tenants, Landlord shall pay the first $6.00 per Rentable 
Square Feet of the Expansion Space for Tenant Improvements desired by Tenant, 
with Tenant being responsible for the cost of any Tenant Improvements in 
excess of such amount.  Upon the Expansion Date, the Expansion Space shall 
become a part of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease on the same 
terms, conditions and provisions as the balance of the Premises, except that 
the Basic Rental for the Expansion Space between the Expansion Date and the 
Primary Term Expiration Date shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 
$15.50 multiplied times the Rentable Square Feet of the Expansion Space with 
all terms and conditions remaining the same and inclusive of the Base Year 
Basic Cost, or (ii) the "Market Rent" (as hereinafter defined) of the 
Expansion Space inclusive of a new base year expense stop or the then current 
equivalent thereof for the Expansion Space, based on the calendar year of the 
Expansion Notice, notwithstanding that SECTION 5(b) of this Lease provides 
for an expense stop based on the calendar year of 1997, but in no event will 
the Basic Rental be less than $14.25 per square foot inclusive of the Base 
Year Basic Cost based on 1997.

     For purposes of this Lease, the phrase "Market Rent" shall mean the 
prevailing rate per Rentable Square Feet per year being charged to tenants 
for comparable, non-medical office space in the "Market Area" (as hereinafter 
defined), taking into account all relevant factors including full market 
concessions and allowances, as more particularly described herein.  "Market 
Rent" shall be based on the rent charged to tenants occupying 
comparable-sized space as the Expansion Space at the time of the respective 
Expansion Notice. The 

                                        4 
<PAGE>

"Market Area" shall mean an area in San Antonio, Texas located on or west of 
IH-10, on or east of Babcock Road, north of Loop 410, and south of Loop 1604. 
Comparable buildings ("Comparable Buildings") shall be office buildings 
situated within the Market Area constructed between the years of 1982 through 
1988, inclusive.  Landlord and Tenant agree to negotiate in good faith 
concerning the Market Rent for the Expansion Space, but if Landlord and 
Tenant cannot agree to the Market Rent within sixty (60) days following the 
date of the Expansion Notice, upon either Landlord's or Tenant's request, 
they shall each select a MAI (or successor designation of the American 
Institute of Real Estate Appraisers) appraiser.  The two appraisers shall 
determine the Market Rent based on their analysis of Comparable Buildings.  
If the two appraised values determined by the two appraisers are 5% or less 
apart then the Market Rent shall be the average of the two appraised 
values.If the two appraised values are more than five percent (5%) apart, 
then both appraisers shall inform the parties that selected them and upon 
direction by either Landlord or Tenant, the two appraisers shall select a 
third MAI appraiser, and the Market Rent shall be the mean amount of the two 
appraised values which are closest to each other, which value shall be 
determined within one hundred twenty (120) days following the date of the 
Expansion Notice.  Landlord and Tenant shall each pay their own appraisers' 
fees and shall equally divide the fees of the third appraiser.

                                       V.

     RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  Beginning on the Commencement Date and 
continuing throughout the Primary Term with respect to the first (1st) floor 
of the Building, and beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing until 
the expiration of the sixtieth (60th) month following the Commencement Date 
with respect to the tenth (10th) floor of the Building (such periods being 
referred to herein as the "RFR Periods"), Tenant shall have the right of 
first refusal to lease all or a part of the 1st floor or the 10th floor, as 
applicable ("RFR Premises"), in accordance with this ARTICLE V, provided that 
Tenant is not in default at the time that Landlord would be required to 
provide notice to Tenant as hereinafter provided.  In the event that during 
the RFR Period as to the respective floors (as provided above), Landlord 
receives an offer to lease all or a part of the RFR Premises, which offer 
Landlord desires to accept, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant 
("RFR Notice") which RFR Notice shall include the basic terms, conditions and 
provisions upon which Landlord desires to lease the portion of the RFR 
Premises covered by the offer.  Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days following 
its receipt of the RFR Notice to deliver written notice to Landlord 
exercising Tenant's right of first refusal to lease such RFR Premises on the 
terms, conditions and provisions set forth in the RFR Notice.  Failure by 
Tenant to deliver such written notice to Landlord within such fifteen (15) 
day period shall constitute Tenant's waiver of its right to lease the space 
covered by the RFR Notice and Landlord shall be free to Lease the space 
covered by the RFR Notice to third parties in accordance therewith, but 
Tenant's right of first refusal shall survive and not terminate as to (i) any 
future leases of all or a portion of the RFR Premises which Landlord may 
desire to enter into during the applicable RFR Periods, and (ii) all or any 
portion of the RFR Premises covered by a proposed lease which is not 
consummated for any reason after Tenant waives its right to lease the space 
covered by the RFR Notice. 

                                        5 
<PAGE>

                                       VI.

     RENEWAL OPTIONS.  Provided that Tenant is not in default either at the 
time of giving notice of extension or upon commencement of a Renewal Term, 
Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of this Lease ("Renewal 
Options") for four (4) successive periods of five (5) years each ("Renewal 
Terms") by giving written notice to Landlord no less than one hundred eighty 
(180) days prior to the expiration of the Primary Term with respect to the 
first Renewal Option or prior to the expiration of the then effective Renewal 
Term with respect to the subsequent Renewal Options.  The Renewal Terms shall 
be on the same terms, conditions and provisions as apply to the Primary Term 
of this Lease, with the exception that the Basic Rental during the first 
Renewal Term shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the product of $15.50 
multiplied times the Rentable Square Feet of the Premises, or (ii) the Market 
Rent in effect as of the commencement date of the first Renewal Term; and the 
Basic Rental during the subsequent Renewal Terms shall be the Market Rent in 
effect as of the commencement date of each such subsequent Renewal Term.  For 
purposes of this ARTICLE VI, "Market Rent" shall have the same meaning as 
defined in ARTICLE IV above, except that in addition to the other criteria 
included within such definition, there shall also be a requirement that the 
Basic Rental be based upon the rent charged to tenants occupying comparable 
sized space as the Premises at the time of the respective Renewal Term.  
Landlord and Tenant agree to negotiate in good faith concerning the Market 
Rent for the Renewal Terms, but if Landlord and Tenant cannot agree to the 
Market Rent for a Renewal Term within ninety (90) days before the 
commencement date of such Renewal Term, upon either Landlord's or Tenant's 
request, they shall each select an MAI (or successor designation of the 
American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers) appraiser.  The two appraisers 
shall determine the Market Rent.  If the two appraised values determined by 
the two appraisers are five percent (5%) or less apart then the Market Rent 
shall be the average of the two appraised values.  If the two appraised 
values are more than five percent (5%) apart, then both appraisers shall 
inform the parties that selected them and upon direction by either Landlord 
or Tenant, the appraisers shall select a third MAI appraiser, and the Market 
Rent shall be the mean amount of the two appraised values which are closest 
to each other, which values shall be determined within fifteen (15) days 
prior to the commencement date of the Renewal Term.  Landlord and Tenant 
shall each pay their own appraiser's fees and shall equally divide the fees 
of the third appraiser.

                                    VII.

     TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE.  The percentage which expresses the ratio
between the number of Rentable Square Feet comprising the Premises as of the
date of the calculation and the number of Rentable Square Feet of the Building
(196,174).  Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be adjusted from time-to-time to
reflect the total Rentable Square Feet of the Premises as modified due to (i)
the increase of the Rentable Square Feet deemed to be within the Premises or the
Building (for purposes of calculation of rent) pursuant to the respective Phases
of occupancy, or following Tenant's exercise of its expansion rights or rights
of first refusal as provided herein, and (ii) any decrease of the Rentable
Square Feet deemed to be within the Premises or the Building.

                                        6 
<PAGE>
                                      VIII.

     PERMITTED USE. Tenant may use the Premises for general office use and/or 
a high-density, customer-service oriented, and/or telecommunications call 
center office use, or other similar office use.  Landlord covenants and 
agrees not to lease any other space in the Building to any tenant for any use 
that emits noxious odors or overburdens the Building's electrical or other 
capacities.  In addition, Landlord covenants and agrees that it will not 
lease any space in the Building to any other tenants for storage purposes, 
except with regard to such storage as is incidental to the office use of 
particular tenants of the Building.  In addition, notwithstanding the 
foregoing, Landlord may lease certain space that is located in the Garage as 
reasonably designated by Landlord, provided that the items so stored in the 
Garage may only be motor vehicles if the tenant is not a tenant in the 
Building, and provided that such storage space (i) is unobtrusive and not an 
"eyesore," (ii) does not contain highly flammable or other materials that 
would endanger the Building or its tenants (including Tenant) or their guests 
and invitees, (iii) is consolidated as much as possible in one area of the 
Garage as designated by Landlord from time-to-time, and (iv) does not 
interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises (including, without limitation, 
Tenant's parking rights as described herein).

                                       IX.

     PARKING RIGHTS.  Tenant shall have the right to use the following 
parking spaces:

     (a)  Parking spaces located in the Garage:

          (i)  Beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing through 
February 28, 1998, Landlord shall provide Tenant with one (1) parking space 
for each 100 Usable Square Feet occupied by Tenant within Phase I and Phase 
II as defined in ARTICLE I AND III of this Basic Lease Information.  At least 
one hundred eighty-six (186) of the parking spaces provided shall be reserved 
parking spaces in the covered Garage (which Garage consists of 284 total 
covered spaces);

          (ii) Beginning on March 1, 1998 and continuing throughout the 
remainder of the term of this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with one 
(1) parking space for each 130 Usable Square Feet occupied by Tenant within 
Phases I, II and III as defined in ARTICLE I AND III of this Basic Lease 
Information. In the event Tenant leases Usable Square Feet in addition to 
that included within Phases I, II and III pursuant to either ARTICLE IV or 
ARTICLE V of this Basic Lease Information, Landlord will provide Tenant with 
one (1) parking space for each 160 Usable Square Feet occupied by Tenant 
within such additional portions of the Premises.  Landlord shall have the 
right to designate specific parking spaces for Tenant within the Garage and 
the Surface Parking Lot; provided that the number of spaces allocated to 
Tenant in the Garage shall be no fewer than Tenant's Proportionate Share of 
the total number of spaces within the Garage, with the balance of the parking 
spaces to which Tenant is entitled being located within the Surface Parking 
Lot.

                                        7 
<PAGE>

          (iii) In addition to the above, subject to Landlord's rights set 
forth in SUBPARAGRAPH (b) below, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to 
use at least forty-two (42) non-reserved parking spaces in the Garage.

     (b)  General:  Tenant's parking spaces in the Garage and the Surface 
Parking Lot as described above are designated on EXHIBIT B.  Tenant shall be 
provided its proportionate share of the parking spaces located close to the 
elevators.  All parking shall be provided by Landlord to Tenant at no 
additional cost or expense to Tenant.  In the event that another tenant or 
tenants occupying the Building need a specific number of Tenant's 
non-reserved covered parking spaces located in the Garage to provide them 
with their proportionate share of the reserved covered parking spaces in the 
Garage, Tenant shall give up a portion of Tenant's non-reserved parking 
spaces in favor of such tenant or tenants.

     In addition to the above parking spaces for Tenant's use, Landlord shall 
also provide (i) at least twenty (20) parking spaces designated as "visitor" 
parking spaces, as depicted on EXHIBIT B, for use by Tenant's customers and 
other visitors, and (ii) three (3) space(s) as shown on EXHIBIT B for use by 
a courier van servicing the tenants of the Building. 

     Landlord hereby represents that the Building, the Parking Garage, the 
Surface Parking Lot and the land together comply with all applicable parking 
codes, regulations and ordinances of any governmental or quasi-governmental 
authority with jurisdiction, and shall continue to so comply throughout the 
Term of this Lease.

                                       X.

     TENANT'S SIGNAGE.  Tenant may install its customary signage and logos in 
the elevator lobbies of those floors on which Tenant leases the entire floor. 
Landlord shall provide sufficient space on the building directory to list the 
corporate name as well as the names of appropriate executives.

     In addition, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's expense, to place 
its company name and/or logo on two sides of the outside of the Building; 
provided that the name and/or logo, size, color, materials used, location on 
the Building and the method of installation of such signage are subject to 
Landlord's approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or 
delayed. Landlord recognizes that one of the major considerations for the 
execution of the Lease by Tenant is that the "Tenant's Name" be prominently 
featured in the graphics of the Building during the Primary Term and any 
renewal term.  Landlord and Tenant will mutually agree upon the graphics and 
signage for the Building which shall be depicted on an EXHIBIT E to be 
attached to this Agreement when it is deemed approved for all purposes.  
Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree upon all remaining identification 
and graphics programs for use in the public areas of the Building.  All such 
agreed upon graphics and identification signage shall be installed at 
Tenant's expense.  All exterior signage, the installation thereof, the 
maintenance and repair thereof, including the proper lighting thereof, and 
the removal thereof shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense, subject to 
Landlord's approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.   
Landlord agrees that it will approve or disapprove of such signage within ten 
(10) business days following receipt from Tenant of a request for approval 
coupled with copies of detailed 

                                        8 
<PAGE>

design drawings and specifications for the signage for which approval is 
being sought.  The Tenant's name shall be prominently displayed on the 
Building directory, and Tenant shall be allocated its Proportionate Share of 
space on such directory.   Landlord shall have the right, subject to Tenant's 
approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed to permit one 
other tenant or occupant to place a sign on the first level of the outside of 
the Building.  Except for the foregoing sign, no other tenant or other 
occupant shall have the right to place its name and/or logo on the outside of 
the Building.

     Tenant may (i) change the signs to conform to any change in Tenant's 
name or logo or (ii) otherwise substitute similar signs at Tenant's 
discretion, without Landlord's prior approval, provided that the signs and 
the method of installation are otherwise the same as the original signs.

     Subject to Landlord's approval of the name and/or logo, size, color, 
materials used, location on the Building and method of installation which 
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, any subtenant or 
assignee of Tenant shall have the same rights as described herein with regard 
to such subtenant's or assignee's signs to the extent the same are in 
substitution of and not in addition to Tenant's signs (including, without 
limitation, the right to erect its signs outside on the Building as described 
herein), based on the same criteria described above except for the different 
name and logo. Notwithstanding the foregoing in the event the subtenant or 
assignee is a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant, Landlord's approval 
shall not be required.

     Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signage 
from the Building at Tenant's sole cost and expense, and repair any damage to 
the Building caused by such removal, unless the damage is the result of 
Landlord's failure to maintain the Building.

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is hereby incorporated into and made a 
part of the lease identified hereinabove.  Each reference in the lease to any 
of the information and definitions set forth in the Basic Lease Information 
shall mean and refer to the information and definitions hereinabove set forth 
and shall be used in conjunction with and limited by all references thereto 
in the provisions of the lease.

LANDLORD:                               TENANT:   

MEDICAL PLAZA PARTNERS, LTD.            BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS, INC.

BY:  ORION PARTNERS MEDICAL PLAZA,      BY:
     LTD., ITS GENERAL PARTNER             --------------------------------- 
                                        NAME:
                                             ------------------------------- 
                                        TITLE:
                                              ------------------------------ 
     BY: ORION PARTNERS, INC.,
         ITS GENERAL PARTNER

     BY:
        ------------------------------- 
     NAME:
          ----------------------------- 
     TITLE:
           ---------------------------- 

                                        9 

<PAGE>
                         OFFICE BUILDING LEASE AGREEMENT

     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT ("Lease") is entered into as of the 12th day of 
July, 1996, by and between Medical Plaza Partners, Ltd. (hereinafter called 
"Landlord") and Billing Information Concepts, Inc. (hereinafter called 
"Tenant").

                                   WITNESSETH:

     1.   DEFINITIONS AND BASIC PROVISIONS.  The definitions and basic 
provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the "Basic Lease 
Information") executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are 
incorporated herein by reference for all purposes and shall be used in 
conjunction with and limited by the reference thereto in the provisions of 
this Lease.

     2.   LEASE GRANT.  Landlord, in consideration of the rent to be paid and 
the other covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant and upon the 
terms hereinafter stated, does hereby lease, demise and let unto Tenant, and 
Tenant does hereby lease from Landlord, the Premises, as defined in the Basic 
Lease Information, for the term set forth in the Basic Lease Information, 
unless sooner terminated as herein provided, it being expressly understood 
that this Lease and the rights and liabilities of the parties hereunder 
(other than the payment of rent as herein provided) shall be effective from 
and after the date hereof.  Within ten (10) days after the Completion Date 
(as defined in the Construction Rider attached hereto as EXHIBIT D) upon 
written request of Landlord, Tenant agrees to give Landlord a letter 
certifying that Tenant has accepted delivery of the Premises and that the 
condition of the Premises complies with Landlord's obligations hereunder (or 
list those items which are required to cause the Premises to be so completed, 
after the completion of which Tenant will provide such letter).

     3.   RENT.  In consideration of this Lease, and the performance by 
Landlord of its obligations set out herein, Tenant promises and agrees to pay 
Landlord the Basic Rental defined in the Basic Lease Information (subject to 
adjustment as hereinafter provided), for each month of the entire lease term. 
Such monthly installments shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord without 
demand beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on or 
before the first day of each succeeding calendar month during the term 
hereof.  Rent for any fractional month during the lease term shall be 
prorated based on one three hundred sixty-fifth (1/365) of the then current 
annual Basic Rental for each day of the partial month this Lease is in 
effect.  In the event any installment of the Basic Rental, or any other sums 
which become owing by Tenant to Landlord under the provisions hereof is not 
received within five (5) days after the due date thereof (without in any way 
implying Landlord's consent to such late payment), Tenant, to the extent 
permitted by law, agrees to pay, in addition to said installment of the Basic 
Rental or such other sums owed, a late payment charge equal to five percent 
(5%) of the amount due, it being understood that said late payment charge 
shall constitute liquidated damages and shall be for the purpose of 
reimbursing Landlord for the additional costs and expenses which Landlord 
presently expects to incur in connection with the handling and processing of 
late installment payments of the Basic Rental and such other sums which 
become owing by Tenant to 

                                      1 
<PAGE>

Landlord hereunder.  Landlord and Tenant expressly covenant and agree that in 
the event of any such late payment(s) by Tenant, the damages so resulting to 
Landlord will be difficult to ascertain precisely, and that the foregoing 
charge constitutes a reasonable and good faith estimate by the parties of the 
extent of such damages.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing late 
charges shall not apply to any sums which may have been advanced by Landlord 
to or for the benefit of Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, it 
being understood that such sums shall bear interest, which Tenant hereby 
agrees to pay to Landlord, at the maximum rate of interest permitted by law 
to be charged Tenant for the use or forbearance of such money.

     4.   LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS.

          (a)  Subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, during the 
term of this Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant the following services: 
(i) water (hot, cold and refrigerated) at those points of supply provided 
for general use of tenants in the Building; (ii) sewer; (iii) cable 
television to the extent that Landlord has cable television access and at 
Tenant's expense; (iv) heated and refrigerated air conditioning in season, at 
such temperatures and in such amounts to maintain space conditions between 68 
degrees Fahrenheit and 76 degrees Fahrenheit and 25% to 65% relative humidity 
under normal office use conditions; such service at hours other than from 
7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. from Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. 
on Saturday shall be accessible to Tenant without notice to Landlord; Tenant 
shall bear the entire cost for such "after hours" services to the Premises 
(or relevant portion thereof) only; (v) janitorial service to the Premises in 
accordance with the Cleaning Specifications attached hereto as EXHIBIT F and 
incorporated herein for all purposes; (vi) operatorless passenger elevators 
for ingress and egress to the floors on which the Premises are located, in 
common with other tenants, provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the 
number of elevators to be in operation at times other than during customary 
business hours for the Building and on holidays; (vii) building service 
personnel for the Building; and (viii) one (1) security guard on duty between 
the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the 
security required to be provided by Landlord as specified herein as between 
Landlord and Tenant shall be the extent of Landlord's responsibility with 
respect thereto, and so long as Landlord provides the security equipment 
and/or personnel required hereby, Landlord shall not be deemed to assure or 
otherwise be responsible for the safety of Tenant, its employees or invitees 
from events, circumstances or actions that are the responsibility of the 
security guard to prevent.  Tenant may, at its sole option and expense, 
provide additional security personnel for the Premises and/or Building.  
Landlord shall provide controlled access cards to Tenant to permit access to 
the Building at all times, including "after hours" and on weekends, and shall 
provide adequate lighting in all common areas of the Building, the elevators, 
the Garage, and the Surface Parking Lot.  In addition, upon request by Tenant 
Landlord shall work with Tenant in good faith to provide any additional or 
different services to Tenant and the Building which may be necessary in the 
future based on changes in technology provided that any such changes 
requested by Tenant shall be at Tenant's cost.  If Tenant shall desire any of 
the services specified in this SECTION 4 at any time other than times herein 
designated, such service or services shall be supplied to Tenant promptly 
following the written request of Tenant delivered to Landlord, and Tenant 
shall pay to Landlord as additional rent the cost of such service or services 
immediately upon receipt of 

                                      2 
<PAGE>

a bill therefor.  The items will be billed at the lesser of Landlord's actual 
cost, provided such services or goods are obtained from unaffiliated or 
unrelated parties in arms length transactions, or the prevailing charge for 
such goods and services in the San Antonio market. Landlord and Tenant shall 
each have the option, at the sole cost and expense of the party which 
exercises this option, to install one or more separate meters to measure the 
utilities used by Tenant in the Building independent of the utility usage of 
other tenants of the Building, in which event Tenant shall pay the full 
amount of any such separately metered utility charges.

          (b)  Landlord shall make available to Tenant facilities to provide 
all electrical services, water, sewer and cable television (to the extent 
that Landlord has cable television access and at Tenant's expense) required 
by Tenant in its use and occupancy of the Premises to the extent specified in 
this Lease (including EXHIBIT D hereto) and further shall make available 
electric lighting and services for the common areas of the Building in the 
manner and to the extent described in this Lease (including EXHIBIT D 
hereto).  The obligation of Landlord hereunder to make available such 
utilities shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the supplier of 
such utilities or governmental authority regulating the business of providing 
such utility service.  Landlord shall not in anywise be liable or responsible 
to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur 
if either the quantity or character of any utility service is changed or is 
no longer available or is no longer suitable for Tenant's requirements unless 
such loss is attributable to the negligence or acts or omissions of Landlord. 
At any time when Landlord is making such utility service available to the 
Premises pursuant to this Section, Landlord may, at its option, upon not less 
than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, discontinue the 
availability of such utility service only if Landlord makes all the necessary 
arrangements with the public utility supplying the utilities to the 
neighborhood with respect to obtaining such utility service to the Premises 
sufficient in quality and amount necessary for Tenant's use of the Premises, 
including paying the cost of a meter, cost of installation, and any deposit 
required, but in such event Tenant will contract directly with such public 
utility for the supplying of such utility service to the Premises.

          (c)  In the event that any utility service is separately metered to 
any tenant's premises, Tenant's proportionate share for purposes of computing 
charges  for utilities for which Tenant is not separately metered shall be 
adjusted by Landlord so that it shall be a fraction, the numerator of which 
is the number of Rentable Square Feet comprising Tenant's Premises not 
separately metered and the denominator of which is the number of Rentable 
Square Feet comprising the premises of all tenants not separately metered 
with respect to such utility.

          (d)  Landlord agrees to inform Tenant of the capacity of existing 
feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installations, and Tenant 
covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric service shall 
never exceed such capacity.  Any riser or risers or wiring to meet Tenant's 
excess electrical requirements will be installed by Landlord at the sole cost 
and expense of Tenant (if, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the same are 
necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or 
the Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail 
excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with 
or disturb other tenants or occupants).  In 

                                      3 
<PAGE>

the event Tenant's use of electrical service (which use shall be averaged 
over the entire then-existing Premises if separate meters are installed on 
each floor of the Premises) (i) exceeds 2.5 volt-amperes demand per square 
foot of net rentable floor space for power (exclusive of HVAC) and 2 
volt-amperes demand per square foot of net rentable floor space for lighting, 
then Tenant shall also pay on demand the cost of any such excess.  Tenant 
shall notify Landlord prior to situating any data processing or computer 
equipment in the Premises or any other equipment which shall require for its 
use other than the normal electrical service or other utility service.  
Whenever heat generating machines or equipment other than general office 
machines (such as personal computers, laser printers, copiers, fax machines, 
customary telecommunications equipment, typewriters, dictating equipment, 
desk model adding machines and the like) are used in the Premises by Tenant 
which, in Landlord's reasonable determination, could adversely affect the 
temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise 
overload any utility, other than Landlord's obligations herein with respect 
to the Upgraded HVAC System Landlord shall have the right, upon prior written 
notice to Tenant, to install supplemental air conditioning units or other 
supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the 
cost of installation, operation, use and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant 
to Landlord on demand.

          (e)  Tenant will be billed monthly for all above standard utility 
service and other sums due and all such charges shall be considered due upon 
delivery of such bill and be deemed as so much additional rent due from 
Tenant to Landlord.  The rate charged by Landlord shall not exceed Landlord's 
cost therefor.

          (f)  Any slowdown, stoppage or interruption of, these defined 
services resulting from any cause other than Landlord's negligence or acts or 
omissions (including, but not limited to, Landlord's compliance with (i) any 
voluntary or similar governmental or business guidelines now or hereafter 
published or (ii) any requirements now or hereafter established by any 
governmental agency, board or bureau having jurisdiction over the operation 
and maintenance of the Building) shall not render Landlord liable in any 
respect for damages to either person, property or business, nor, except as 
provided below, be construed an eviction of Tenant or work an abatement of 
rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement 
hereof.  Should any equipment or machinery furnished by Landlord break down 
or for any cause cease to function properly, Landlord shall use its 
reasonable good faith efforts to repair same promptly, but except as 
otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall have no claim for abatement of rent 
or damages on account of any interruption in service occasioned thereby or 
resulting therefrom unless due to Landlord's negligence or acts or omissions. 
In the event that any portion of any floor of the Premises is unusable for 
Tenant's purposes by reason of the interruption of Landlord's services and 
such interruption continues for two (2) consecutive days for a material 
portion of any one or more floors of the Premises following written notice 
from Tenant to Landlord, then rent under this Lease shall be abated with 
respect to such unusable portion of the Premises for the period of such 
interruption.

          (g)  Tenant's obligations to pay any and all additional rent 
pursuant to this SECTION 4 shall commence on the earlier of (i) Tenant's 
occupancy of the Premises, or (ii) the Commencement Date, and shall continue 
and shall cover all periods up to such early expiration or termination date 
of this Lease; provided however, if Landlord terminates this Lease without 
waiving Landlord's right to seek damages against Tenant, Tenant's obligation

                                      4 
<PAGE>

to pay any and all additional rent pursuant to this SECTION 4 shall not 
terminate as a result thereof.  Tenant's obligation to pay any and all 
additional rent or other sums owing by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease 
shall survive any expiration or termination of this Lease.

          (h)  For purposes of this Section, the building services to be 
provided by Landlord will be subject to additional charges for non-standard 
services or standard services during non-building hours, and will be 
available on a 24-hour per day, seven days a week basis upon the request of 
Tenant (except as otherwise specified in subparagraph (a) hereof).  All 
additional charges and Basic Costs shall be charged to Tenant at the lesser 
of Landlord's cost from an unaffiliated or unrelated third party, or the 
prevailing charge for similar goods and services in the San Antonio market.

          (i)  Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense,  maintain the 
Building and all electrical, mechanical, life safety and other systems within 
the Premises, Building, and make any necessary repairs to the Building, 
Garage, Surface Parking Lot and other common areas, except to the extent that 
Tenant is responsible for maintenance of or repairs to the Premises, as 
described in this Lease, in accordance with the standard of a first class 
office building in San Antonio, Texas.  Landlord shall, at its sole cost and 
expense, maintain the Upgraded HVAC System (as defined herein) to be 
installed for the sole benefit of Tenant. Without in any way limiting the 
obligations of Landlord set forth above, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, 
throughout the Term hereof, Landlord shall perform at least one (1) 
inspection each year of the Premises, Building, Garage, Surface Parking Lot, 
and other common areas and will undertake any necessary additional work that 
may be or become necessary and perform all necessary maintenance to ensure 
that those areas and the electrical, mechanical, life safety and other 
systems within those areas are operating properly and efficiently and 
otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Lease (including, without 
limitation, SECTION 25(h) hereof).  Landlord shall provide Tenant with copies 
of all such inspection reports within twenty-four (24) hours following 
written request by Tenant.

     5.   BASIC RENTAL AND EXCESS BASIC COST.  Tenant hereby agrees to pay to 
Landlord the Basic Rental specified in the Basic Lease Information, together 
with any Excess (as defined in SUBPARAGRAPH 5(b) below) of Basic Cost, 
calculated in the following manner:

          (a)  For the purposes of this Lease the term "Basic Cost" shall 
mean any and all costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and 
character (subject to the limitations set forth below) which Landlord shall 
pay in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and 
security of the Building, the Garage and Surface Parking Lot (collectively, 
the "Property"), determined in accordance with accepted accounting principles 
consistently applied, including but not limited to the following:

               (i)  Wages and salaries (including management fees not to exceed
     five percent (5%) of gross rents of all on-site employees engaged in the
     operation, repair, replacement, maintenance, and security of the Property,
     including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto.

               (ii) All supplies and materials used in the operation,
     maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Property including
     replacement of building 

                                      5 
<PAGE>

     standard lightbulbs described in subparagraph 7(a)(1) of Schedule 1 to 
     the Construction Rider attached hereto.

               (iii) Annual cost of (x) all capital improvements made to the
     Property which although capital in nature can reasonably be expected to
     reduce the normal operating costs of the Property, but only to the extent
     of such cost savings from year-to-year, (y) capital improvements which,
     though capital for accounting purposes, are properly considered maintenance
     and repair items, such as painting of common areas and replacement of
     carpeting in elevator lobbies, and (z) capital improvements which are not
     the responsibility of a specific  tenant and made in order to comply with
     any statutes, rules, regulations or directives hereafter promulgated by any
     governmental authority relating to energy conservation, or public safety,
     provided that the cost of the capital improvements pursuant to this clause
     (z) shall be included only to the extent of the annual amortization of such
     cost over a period equal to the greater of (i) the remaining term of the
     lease, or (ii) the useful life of such improvement.
     
               (iv) Cost of all utilities, other than the cost of electricity
     supplied to tenants of the Building which is actually reimbursed to
     Landlord by such tenants, and other than the cost of operating the Upgraded
     HVAC System allocated to Tenant in SUBPARAGRAPH (g) of this SECTION 5.
     
               (v)  Cost of all maintenance and service agreements on equipment,
     including alarm service, window cleaning and elevator maintenance.
     
               (vi) Cost of casualty and liability insurance applicable to the
     Property and Landlord's personal property located in or on the Property.

               (vii) "Taxes" as defined in SECTION 17.
     
               (viii) Cost of non-capital repairs and general maintenance of
     the Property, other than repair or replacement of the foundation and
     exterior walls of the Building.

               (ix) Cost of service or maintenance contracts with independent
     contractors for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, or
     security of the Property.

     There are specifically excluded from the definition of the term "Basic
Cost" the following: 

               (1)  repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other
     casualty, the costs of which are reimbursed or reimbursable to Landlord by
     insurers or by governmental authorities in eminent domain;

               (2)  leasing commissions, attorney's fees, costs and
     disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations
     or disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants or other
     occupants of the Building;

                                      6 
<PAGE>
               (3)  costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or
     decorating or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants in the
     Building or vacant space in the Building;

               (4)  costs of correcting defects in the construction of the
     Building (including latent defects in the Building) or in the Building
     equipment, except that for the purposes of this subparagraph, conditions
     resulting from ordinary wear and tear and use and not occasioned by
     construction defects shall not be deemed defects;

               (5)  Landlord's costs of electricity and other services sold to
     tenants (other than electricity and other services to the common areas) for
     which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by tenants (whether or not
     actually collected by Landlord) as a separate additional charge or rental;

               (6)  costs of a capital nature, including but not limited to,
     capital repairs, capital equipment and capital tools all in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied except as
     set forth in SUBPARAGRAPH 5(a)(iii) above;

               (7)  expenses in connection with services or other benefits of a
     type which are not building standard but which are provided to another
     tenant or occupant, and the excess cost of any work or services performed
     for a facility furnished to any tenant of the Building to a greater extent
     or in a manner more favorable to such tenant than that performed for or
     delivered to Tenant;

               (8)  costs incurred due to the violation by Landlord or any
     tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease pertaining to the Building
     or of any valid, applicable Building code, regulation, or law or incurred
     due to the Building being in violation of any such code, regulation or law
     which exists as of the date construction of the Building commences;

               (9)  overhead and profit increment paid to subsidiaries or
     affiliates of Landlord for services on or to the Building, to the extent
     that the costs of such services exceed competitive costs for such services
     rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and
     experience;

               (10) interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or
     mortgages, and rental under any ground or underlying leases or lease
     pertaining to the Building, Garage or Surface Parking Lot or the land
     (except to the extent the same may be made to pay real property taxes);

               (11) costs of Landlord's general corporate overhead and general
     administrative expenses, which would not be chargeable to operating
     expenses of the Building in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles, consistently applied.  However, Tenant acknowledges Landlord's
     right to manage the Building and impute management fees to the Basic Costs
     which are considered standard in 

                                      7 
<PAGE>

     Comparable Buildings.  These fees, however, may not exceed five percent 
     (5%) of the gross aggregate rental income for the Building for any given
     year;

               (12) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons
     in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;

               (13) rentals and other related expense, if any, incurred in
     leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily
     considered to be of a capital nature, except equipment which is used in
     providing janitorial and landscaping services and which is not affixed to
     the Building;

               (14) all items and services for which Tenant or another tenant
     reimburses Landlord pursuant to other provisions of this Lease, or for
     which Tenant or another tenant pays third persons;

               (15) costs incurred in advertising and promotional activities for
     the Building;

               (16) costs incurred in installing operating and maintaining any
     specialty such as an observatory, broadcasting facility (other than the
     Building's music system, life support and security system), luncheon club,
     athletic or recreation club;

               (17) any other expenses which, under generally accepted
     accounting principles, consistently applied would not be rendered as a
     normal maintenance or operating expense of the Building other than as set
     forth in SUBPARAGRAPH 5(a)(iii) above;

               (18) any fee payable to the operator of the parking facilities
     located within or connected to the building;

               (19) any costs attributable to electrical consumption in the
     Building by other tenants, which consumption is in excess of the amounts of
     allocation of electrical capacity set out in SECTION 4(d) of this Lease for
     such other tenant space, regardless of whether such other tenant is
     actually charged for such excess consumption;

               (20) the cost of removing any hazardous waste or asbestos or of
     correcting any other environmental condition existing on the date of this
     Lease or caused by Landlord or other tenants in order to comply with any
     environmental law or ordinance;

               (21) the cost of alterations in space for other tenants;

               (22) income, excess profits or franchise taxes or other such
     taxes (other than sales taxes) imposed on or measured by the income of
     Landlord from the 

                                      8 
<PAGE>

     operation of the Building, and charges for Landlord's income tax, excess
     profits tax, franchise tax or similar tax; 

               (23) Landlord shall apply and use all reasonable efforts to cause
     the Building to be operated in an efficient and economical manner in
     keeping with the usual standard for comparable first-class office buildings
     in San Antonio, Texas under similar conditions, to take all reasonable
     available discounts, to resist with all reasonable efforts any increases in
     valuation for ad valorem tax purposes, and to negotiate with all reasonable
     efforts any contract for services or supplies pertaining to the Building
     and its operation.  Any discounts or cost savings resulting from such
     negotiations shall be passed on to tenants.  If any expenditure relates to
     any period beyond the then current year (whether the base year or any
     subsequent year), the portion of the expenditure attributable to the then
     current year shall be allocated in accordance with accepted accounting
     principles for the purpose of determining the portion thereof to constitute
     Basic Costs for the then current year, and allocated to subsequent year or
     years upon the same basis for determining Basic Costs for those years;

               (24) During the first two (2) Lease Years only Tenant shall not
     be responsible for ANY increase over ten percent (10%) of the Basic Costs
     charged during the previous year, with the exception of the tax, insurance,
     and utility components of the Basic Costs."

          (b)  Tenant shall during the term of this Lease pay as additional rent
an amount (per each Rentable Square Foot within the Premises during the
applicable period) equal to the excess ("Excess") from time to time of actual
Basic Cost per Rentable Square Foot in the Building over the actual Basic Costs
for calendar year 1997, adjusted as necessary to reflect a ninety-five percent
(95%) occupied Building as provided in SUBPARAGRAPH (d) below ("Base Year Basic
Cost").  For purposes of calculating the 95% factor, Basic Costs shall be
adjusted upwards only with regard to those components to the Basic Costs that
fluctuate with the occupancy level of the Building, including, without
limitation, janitorial services, janitorial supplies, trash hauling, project
maintenance, utilities (including, without limitation, water, sewer, and
electricity), and management fees.  The following components of the Basic Costs
shall be conclusively deemed not to fluctuate with the occupancy of the
Building:  property taxes and assessments, amortized capital improvement costs,
insurance premiums, pest control, landscaping services, security services and
costs associated with the operation and maintenance of the parking garage area. 
Landlord shall be entitled to include any and all other components of the Basic
Costs in the upward adjustment if Landlord reasonably determines that such an
inclusion is appropriate based on the relationship of such components to the
occupancy level of the Building.

Landlord, at its option, may collect such additional rent in a lump sum, to be
due and payable within thirty (30) days after Landlord furnishes to Tenant a
statement of actual Basic Cost for the previous year per SUBPARAGRAPH (c) below,
or beginning with January 1, 1999, and on each January 1 thereafter, Landlord
shall also have the option to make a good faith estimate of the Excess for each
upcoming calendar year and upon thirty (30) days' written notice to Tenant may
require the monthly payment of such additional rent equal to 1/12 of 

                                      9 
<PAGE>

such estimate, which monthly payments shall, if requested by Landlord, 
commence on January 1, 1998.  Any amounts paid based on such an estimate 
shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to SUBPARAGRAPH (c) when actual Basic 
Cost is available for each calendar year.  For the purposes of calculating 
the additional rental payment hereunder with respect to any fractional 
calendar year during the term of this Lease, Landlord may either (i) estimate 
Basic Cost for the portion of the lease term during such partial year based 
upon the prorata portion of the Basic Costs for the prior year, or (ii) 
estimate Basic Cost for the entire calendar year and reduce the same to an 
amount bearing the same proportion to the full amount of estimated Basic Cost 
for such year as the number of days in such fractional calendar year bears to 
the total number of days in such full calendar year.

          (c)  By April 1 of each calendar year following 1997 during 
Tenant's occupancy, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall 
furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord's actual Basic Cost for the 
previous year adjusted as provided in SUBPARAGRAPH (d).  If for any calendar 
year additional rent collected for the prior year as a result of Landlord's 
estimate of Basic Cost is in excess of the additional rent actually due 
during such prior year, then Landlord shall give a credit to Tenant against 
future rent coming due hereunder in the amount of any overpayment, except any 
refund due for the last year of the Term shall be paid in cash by Landlord to 
Tenant.  Likewise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, any underpayment 
with respect to the prior year.

          (d)  With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year 
during the term of this Lease in which the Building is not occupied to the 
extent of ninety-five percent (95%) of the Rentable Square Feet thereof, the 
Basic Cost for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to 
the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to 
the extent of ninety-five percent (95%) of the Rentable Square Feet thereof.

          (e)  Tenant shall have the right to examine or have its accountant 
examine at the Building the books and records of Landlord from which 
Landlord's calculation of Basic Costs has been prepared.  If any error 
amounting to more than 5% of the Basic Cost is found, Landlord shall bear 
Tenant's cost of the audit.  If after Tenant's audit, it is determined that 
Tenant has paid an amount in expenses in excess of the excess of Basic Costs 
for which it was responsible under this Lease, Tenant shall be refunded the 
excess amount paid by Tenant immediately upon Tenant's demand therefor.

          (f)  The tax component of the Basse Year Basic Cost shall be 
established based on the greater of the following:

               (1)  the actual 1997 tax rate for the land, the Building, the
                    Garage and the Surface Parking Lot;

               (2)  the applicable 1997 tax rate based on an agreed aggregate
                    value of $6,750,000.00 for the land, the Building, the
                    Garage and the Surface Parking Lot; or

                                      10 
<PAGE>
               (3)  the applicable 1997 tax rate based on the average of the
                    greater of (A) the 1996 assessment or (B) the 1997
                    assessment, for each of the following buildings:

                    (i)   Kelly Bank Tower, 6100 Bandara Road (136,603 
                          rentable square feet);

                    (ii)  Corporate Square Office Building, 4801 N.W. Loop 410
                          (190,198 square feet);

                    (iii) 8401 Datapoint Building, 8401 Datapoint (152,918
                          rentable square feet); and

                    (iv)  One Data Center, 8415 Datapoint Drive (147,769 
                          rentable square feet). 

          (g)  UTILITY COSTS FOR UPGRADED HVAC SYSTEM.  Landlord shall pay all
utility costs pertaining to the operation of the HVAC System existing in the
Building on the date of this Lease (the "Base System") during the building
operation hours set forth in SECTION 4(a) of this Lease.  In addition, Landlord
has agreed to upgrade the existing HVAC Systems for floors 2-10 of the Building
to meet the requirements set forth in paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 of the
Construction Rider attached hereto (the "Upgraded HVAC System").  The Upgraded
HVAC System will be separately metered.  Landlord shall pay for the cost of
operating the Upgraded HVAC System during the building operating hours provided
that Landlord's annual cost of operating the Upgraded HVAC System shall not
exceed $0.41 per Rentable Square Foot for floors leased by Tenant (excluding any
floors other than 2-10).  All costs of operating the Upgraded HVAC System which
exceed $0.41 per Rentable Square Foot for the floors leased to Tenant shall be
paid in the same manner in which the Excess provided for in SUBPARAGRAPH (b)
above is paid by Tenant to Landlord and shall be in addition to the Excess (if
any) provided for herein.

     6.   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND ALLOWANCES.  Landlord shall construct, 
at its sole cost and expense, Leasehold Improvements in the Premises and the 
Building in accordance with the Construction Rider attached hereto as EXHIBIT D.

     7.   USE.  Tenant shall use the Premises only for the permitted use (as 
defined in the Basic Lease Information).  Tenant will not occupy or use the 
Premises, or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used, for 
any business or purpose other than the permitted use or for any use or 
purpose which is unlawful in part or in whole or deemed to be disreputable in 
any manner or extra hazardous on account of fire, nor permit anything to be 
done which will in any way increase the rate of insurance on the Building or 
contents; and in the event that, by reason of acts of Tenant, there shall be 
any increase in rate of insurance on the Building or contents created by 
Tenant's acts or conduct of business, then Tenant shall be deemed to have 
failed to comply with the provisions of this Lease and Tenant hereby agrees 
to pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand and acceptance of 
such payment shall not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord's other rights 
provided herein.  Tenant will conduct its business and use reasonable and 
diligent efforts 

                                      11 
<PAGE>

to control its agents, employees and invitees in such a manner as not to 
create any nuisance, nor interfere with, annoy or disturb other tenants or 
Landlord in the management of the Building.  Tenant will maintain the 
Premises in a clean condition and except with respect to Landlord's 
obligations hereunder, will comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules 
and regulations (state, federal, municipal and other agencies or bodies 
having any jurisdiction thereof) with reference to the use, condition or 
occupancy of the Premises.

     8.   TENANT'S REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.  Tenant will not in any manner 
deface or injure the Building, the Garage or the Surface Parking Lot 
(excluding ordinary wear and tear), and will pay the cost of repairing any 
such damage or injury done by Tenant or Tenant's agents or employees to the 
extent the same is not required to be covered by Landlord's insurance 
pursuant hereto.  Tenant shall throughout the lease term take good care of 
the Premises.  Tenant agrees to keep the Premises, including all fixtures 
included in Tenant's Improvements described in Schedule 1 to the Construction 
Rider or installed by Tenant and any plate glass and special store fronts, in 
good condition and make all necessary non-structural repairs except those 
which are resulting from acts or omissions of Landlord, its employees, agents 
or contractors or caused by fire, casualty or acts of God.  The performance 
by Tenant of its obligations to maintain and make repairs shall be conducted 
only by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord which 
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that Tenant 
shall procure and maintain and shall cause such contractors and 
subcontractors engaged by or on behalf of Tenant to procure and maintain 
insurance coverage against such risks, in such amounts and with such 
companies as Landlord may require in connection with any such maintenance and 
repair as may be customary for tenants of Comparable Buildings (as defined in 
Article IV of this Lease).  If Tenant fails to make such repairs within 
fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of such damage or injury, Landlord may 
at its option make such repair, and Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, pay 
Landlord for the cost thereof.  At the end or other termination of this 
Lease, Tenant shall deliver up the Premises with all improvements located 
thereon (except as otherwise herein provided) in good repair and condition, 
reasonable wear and tear and casualty loss excepted, and shall deliver to 
Landlord all keys to the Premises.  Tenant shall have the right to make 
non-structural alterations or additions to the Premises without the consent 
of Landlord so long as such alterations or additions (i) do not exceed a cost 
of Ten Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000.00); (ii) except for signage 
approved hereunder, are not visible from the exterior of the Premises; (iii) 
are in compliance with all governmental requirements; (iv) do not adversely 
affect the structure, plumbing, electrical or other building systems of the 
Building; (v) are performed in a manner which substantially conform to plans 
and specifications certified to by a licensed architect and delivered to 
Landlord prior to Tenant's commencing construction thereof; (vi) are 
performed by qualified contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and 
(vii) Tenant pays the full cost thereof and no liens are permitted to attach 
to the Premises or the Building in connection therewith. Except as provided 
above, Tenant will not make or allow to be made any alterations or physical 
additions in or to the Premises without the prior written consent of 
Landlord.  All alterations, additions, improvements or fixtures (other than 
as described below) (whether temporary or permanent in character) made in or 
upon the Premises, either by Landlord or Tenant, shall be Landlord's property 
on termination of this Lease and shall remain on the Premises without 
compensation to Tenant.  Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, 
all furniture, movable trade 

                                      12 
<PAGE>

fixtures, equipment and machinery installed by Tenant may be removed by 
Tenant at the termination of this Lease or at any time during the term of 
this Lease if Tenant so elects, and shall be so removed if required by 
Landlord, or if abandoned upon the end of the term of this Lease shall, at 
the option of Landlord, become the property of Landlord. All installations, 
removals and restoration shall be accomplished in a good workmanlike manner 
so as not to damage the Premises or the primary structure or structural 
qualities of the Building or the plumbing, electrical lines or other 
utilities.

     9.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

          (a)  Except as described herein, Tenant shall not, without the 
prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably 
withheld or delayed, (i) assign or in any manner transfer this Lease or any 
estate or interest therein, or (ii) permit any assignment of this Lease or 
any estate or interest therein, by operation of law, or (iii) sublet the 
Premises or any part thereof, or (iv) grant any license, concession or other 
right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or (v) permit the use of 
the Premises by any parties other than Tenant, its agents, employees and 
invitees and any such act without Landlord's prior written consent (which 
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be void and of no 
effect.  Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments or sublettings shall 
not operate as a waiver of Landlord's rights as to any subsequent assignments 
and sublettings.  Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant shall 
at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent 
herein specified and for compliance with all of Tenant's other obligations 
under this Lease.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign its interest in 
this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises to an entity which 
is a parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of Tenant, without Landlord's 
consent. 

          If an event of default (after the expiration of any applicable cure 
period described in this Lease), as hereinafter defined, should occur while 
the Premises or any part thereof are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in 
addition to any other remedies herein provided or provided by law, may at its 
option collect directly from such assignee or sublessee all rents becoming 
due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against 
any sums due to Landlord by Tenant hereunder, and Tenant hereby authorizes 
and directs any such assignee or sublessee to make such payments of rent 
directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord.  No direct 
collection by Landlord from any such assignee or sublessee shall be construed 
to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant 
from the further performance of its obligations hereunder.  Receipt by 
Landlord of rent from any assignee, sublessee or occupant of the  Premises 
shall not be deemed a waiver of the covenant of this Lease contained against 
assignment and subletting or a release of Tenant under this Lease.  The 
receipt of rent by Landlord from any such assignee or sublessee obligated to 
make payments of rent shall be a full and complete release, discharge, and 
acquittance to such assignee or sublessee to the extent of any such amount of 
rent so paid to Landlord.  Where Landlord receives sums from an assignee or 
sublessee, Landlord is authorized and empowered, on behalf of Tenant, to 
endorse the name of Tenant upon any check, draft, or other instrument payable 
to Tenant evidencing payment of rent, or any part thereof, and to receive and 
apply the proceeds 

                                      13 
<PAGE>

therefrom in accordance with the terms hereof.  Tenant shall not mortgage, 
pledge or otherwise encumber its interest in this Lease or in the Premises.

          (b)  If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to an assignment of the 
lease or subletting of all or a part of the Premises, prior to any such 
assignment or sublease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, in writing, the name 
of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the 
business of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the term, use, rental rate 
and other particulars of the proposed subletting or assignment.

          (c)  If Landlord consents to any subleasing or assignment by 
Tenant, Tenant shall be entitled to fifty percent (50%) and Landlord shall be 
entitled to fifty percent (50%) of the profits from subleasing all or a 
portion of the Premises, or from the assignment of all of the Lease, as the 
case may be, to a party who is not a parent, subsidiary and/or affiliate of 
Tenant, and Landlord shall not be entitled to any of the profits in the case 
of a sublease or assignment to a parent, subsidiary and/or affiliate of 
Tenant.  For purposes of computing the profits from a subleasing or 
assignment of the Premises, described above, Tenant shall be entitled to 
first apply the rental receipts from such third party sublease or assignment 
to (i) the Basic Rental and additional rental due by Tenant to Landlord for 
such area (based on a per Rentable Square Foot allocation) during the term of 
the sublease or following the assignment; and (ii) to reimburse Tenant for 
its actual out-of-pocket expenses paid by Tenant to locate the subtenant or 
assignee into the Premises such as commissions, tenant finish-out costs, the 
amount of Base Rental and additional rental relating to such space paid by 
Tenant while such space was unoccupied by Tenant for the purpose of making 
the space ready for sublease or assignment, and attorneys fees relating to 
the portion of the Premises subleased or assigned.  At such time as Tenant 
has recovered all of such costs described above, the remaining rentals 
received by Tenant in connection with such sublease or assignment shall be 
split between Landlord and Tenant as described above.

          (d)  Landlord shall have the right to transfer, assign or convey, 
in whole or in part, the Building and any and all of its rights under this 
Lease, and in the event Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease other 
than in a transaction which is primarily intended to avoid liability for 
Landlord's obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall thereby be released 
from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to 
such successor in interest of Landlord for performance of such obligations.

     10.  INDEMNITY.  Landlord shall not be liable for and Tenant will 
indemnify and save harmless Landlord of and from all fines, suits, claims, 
demands, losses and actions (including attorney's fees) for any injury to 
person or damage to or loss of property on or about the Premises caused by 
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or breach of this Lease by, 
Tenant, its employees, invitees or other persons entering the Premises, the 
Building, the Garage or the Surface Parking Lot under express or implied 
invitation of Tenant, or arising out of Tenant's use of the Premises but only 
to the extent insurance payable to Landlord as a result of such injury or 
damage is not sufficient to satisfy Landlord's losses or claims against it.  
Tenant shall not be liable for and Landlord will indemnify and save harmless 
Tenant of and from all fines, suits, claims, demands, losses and actions 
(including attorney's fees) for any injury to person or damage to or loss of 
property on or about the Premises caused by the gross negligence or willful 
misconduct of, or breach of 

                                      14 
<PAGE>

this Lease by, Landlord, its employees, invitees or other persons entering 
the Premises, the Building, the Garage or the Surface Parking Lot under 
express or implied invitation of Landlord, or arising out of Landlord's use 
of the Premises but only to the extent insurance payable to Tenant as a 
result of such injury or damage is not sufficient to satisfy Tenant's losses 
or claims against it. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any 
loss or damage to any property or death or injury to any person occasioned by 
theft, fire, act of God, public enemy, criminal conduct of third parties, 
injunction, riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or 
other action by any governmental body or authority, by other tenants of the 
Building or any other matter beyond the control of Landlord.

     11.  SUBORDINATION.  Landlord shall provide Tenant with a Subordination, 
Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement in the form reasonably required by 
Landlord's mortgagee as may be reasonably approved by Tenant 
("Non-Disturbance Agreement") pursuant to which the Lienholder agrees not to 
disturb Tenant's possession of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in 
default hereunder, fully executed by the Lienholder to which this Lease is to 
be subordinated, then this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall 
hereafter be subject and subordinate to any deeds of trust, mortgages or 
other instruments of security, as well as to any ground leases or primary 
leases, to which any such Non-Disturbance Agreement relates, and to any and 
all advances made on the security relating to the instrument to which this 
Lease has been subordinated, and to any and all increases, renewals, 
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any of such 
deeds of trust, mortgages, instruments of security or leases on the terms and 
conditions set out within any such Non-Disturbance Agreement.  Tenant shall, 
however, upon demand at any time or times execute, acknowledge and deliver to 
Landlord any and all instruments and certificates that in the judgment of 
Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee may be reasonably necessary or proper to 
confirm or evidence such subordination; provided that the same are consistent 
with the Non-Disturbance Agreement described above. Notwithstanding the 
generality of the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 11, Tenant agrees that 
any such mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate any such 
deeds of trust, mortgages or other instruments of security to this Lease on 
such terms and subject to such conditions as such mortgagee may deem 
appropriate in its discretion.  Provided that the Non-Disturbance Agreement 
is in effect and except as otherwise provided therein, Tenant further 
covenants and agrees upon demand by Landlord's mortgagee at any time, before 
or after the institution of any proceedings for the foreclosure of any such 
deeds of trust, mortgages or other instruments of security, or sale of the 
Building pursuant to any such deeds of trust, mortgages or other instruments 
of security, to attorn to such purchaser upon any such sale and to recognize 
such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.  The agreement of Tenant to 
attorn upon demand of Landlord's mortgagee contained in the immediately 
preceding sentence shall survive any such foreclosure sale or trustee's sale. 
Provided that Landlord's mortgagee is in compliance with all of the 
requirements of the Non-Disturbance Agreement referred to above, Tenant shall 
upon demand at any time or times, before or after any such foreclosure sale 
or trustee's sale, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord's mortgagee 
any and all instruments and certificates that in the judgment of Landlord's 
mortgagee may be necessary or proper to confirm or evidence such attornment, 
and Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes Landlord's mortgagee to execute, 
acknowledge and deliver any such instruments and certificates on Tenant's 
behalf in accordance with the terms of the Non-Disturbance Agreement.

                                      15 
<PAGE>

     12.  RULES AND REGULATIONS.  Tenant and Tenant's agents, employees, and 
invitees will comply fully with all requirements of the rules and regulations 
of the Building and related facilities which are attached hereto as EXHIBIT 
G-1 AND G-2 and made a part hereof as though fully set out herein provided 
such rules and regulations are consistent with the rules and regulations for 
Comparable Buildings (defined in Article IV hereof) and provided such rules 
and regulations are fairly and consistently applied to all tenants of the 
Building.  Landlord shall at all times have the right to change such rules 
and regulations or to promulgate other rules and regulations in such manner 
as may be deemed advisable for safety, care, or cleanliness of the Building 
and related facilities or premises, and for preservation of good order 
therein, all of which rules and regulations, changes and amendments will be 
forwarded to Tenant in writing and shall be carried out and observed by 
Tenant, provided such rules and regulations are fairly and consistently 
applied to all tenants of the Building and are consistent with the rules and 
regulations for similar buildings in San Antonio, Texas.  Tenant shall 
further be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by 
the employees, servants, agents, visitors and invitees of Tenant.  To the 
extent that any provision of the Rules and Regulations conflicts with 
provisions contained herein, the Lease provisions shall be controlling.

     13.  INSPECTION.  Landlord or its officers, agents and representatives 
shall have the right to enter into and upon any and all parts of the Premises 
between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, after 
providing at least 24 hours advance notice to Tenant (except that, in the 
case of an emergency, Landlord may enter at any hour and without advance 
notice to Tenant), in a manner which is not unreasonably disruptive to 
Tenant's business operations to (a) inspect same or clean or make repairs or 
alterations or additions as Landlord may be authorized to make or obligated 
to make herein or (b) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders 
or, within the final twelve (12) months of the term of the lease, to 
prospective tenants; and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or 
reduction of rent by reason thereof, nor shall such be deemed to be an actual 
or constructive eviction.

     14.  CONDEMNATION.

          (a)  If the Premises or any part thereof, or if the Building or 
Garage or any portion of the Building or Garage leaving the remainder of the 
Building unsuitable for use as an office building comparable to its use on 
the Commencement Date of this Lease, shall be taken or condemned in whole or 
in part for public purposes, or sold in lieu of condemnation, then the lease 
term shall, at the option of either Landlord or Tenant, forthwith cease and 
terminate; all compensation awarded for any taking (or sale proceeds in lieu 
thereof) shall be the property of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no claim 
thereto, the same being hereby expressly waived by Tenant, other than any 
payment or award made for Tenant's leasehold estate, personal property, 
equipment and fixtures.

          (b)  In the event a portion of the Premises or the parking permits 
relating thereto shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any 
governmental law, ordinance or regulation or by right of eminent domain or by 
private sale in lieu thereof, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in 
SUBPARAGRAPH (a) above, Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole risk and expense, 
restore and reconstruct the Building and other 

                                      16 
<PAGE>

improvements situated on the land, and which the Premises is a part, to the 
extent necessary to make it reasonably tenantable.  The rent payable under 
this Lease during the unexpired portion of the term shall be reduced in 
proportion to the Rentable Square Feet of the Premises and/or available 
parking permits for the Premises remaining after the taking to the Rentable 
Square Feet of the Premises and the available parking permits for the 
Premises, as the case may, before the taking.

          (c)  Landlord and Tenant shall decide within thirty (30) days from 
the date of condemnation whether this Lease shall terminate as provided in 
(a) above.

     15.  FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.  In the event that the Building should be 
totally destroyed by fire, tornado or other casualty or in the event the 
Premises or the Building should be so damaged that rebuilding or repairs 
cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of 
such damage, either Landlord or Tenant may at their option terminate this 
Lease by written notice to the other within thirty (30) days following such 
casualty, in which event the rent shall be abated during the unexpired 
portion of this Lease effective with the date of such damage.  In the event 
the Building or the Premises should be damaged by fire, tornado or other 
casualty covered by Landlord's insurance, but only to such extent that 
rebuilding or repairs can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days 
after the date of such damage, or if the damage should be more serious but 
Landlord or Tenant do not elect to terminate this Lease, in either such event 
Landlord shall within  sixty (60) days after the date of such damage and the 
receipt of the insurance proceeds commence to rebuild or repair the Building 
and the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the 
Building and/or Premises to substantially the same condition in which it was 
immediately prior to the happening of the casualty, except that Landlord 
shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the 
furniture, equipment, fixtures and other improvements which may have been 
placed by Tenant or other tenants within the Building or the Premises.  
Landlord shall allow Tenant a fair diminution of rent during the time the 
Premises are unfit for occupancy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the 
event any mortgagee under a deed of trust, security agreement or mortgage on 
the Building should require that any insurance proceeds be used to retire the 
mortgage debt, Landlord shall have no obligation to rebuild and this Lease 
shall terminate effective upon the occurrence of any such casualty. Except as 
hereinafter provided, any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or 
Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or to the Premises shall be for 
the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole 
control.  Landlord shall carry and maintain at all times "all-risk" casualty 
coverage insurance covering the Building and the Garage for not less than 
eighty percent (80%) of the full replacement cost thereof.

     16.  HOLDING OVER.  Should Tenant, or any of its successors in interest, 
hold over the Premises, or any part thereof, unless otherwise agreed in 
writing by Landlord, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as a 
tenancy at will only, at a daily rental equal to the daily rent payable for 
the last month of the lease term (before the addition to the terms provided 
by this Section) plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount.  The inclusion of 
the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Landlord's consent for 
Tenant to hold over.

                                      17 
<PAGE>

     17.  TAXES.

          (a)  Landlord shall pay before they become delinquent all ad 
valorem taxes, assessments or governmental charges (hereinafter collectively 
referred to as "Taxes") lawfully levied or assessed against the Building, the 
Garage and the Surface Parking Lot, and the land, parking areas, driveways 
and alleys around the Building.  In addition, the term "Taxes" shall include 
any reasonable fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in its efforts 
to insure a fair and equitable tax burden on the land, the Building, the 
Garage and the Surface Parking Lot and in connection with any protest by 
Landlord of any assessments, levies or the tax rate provided such fees if 
paid to a person or affiliate related to landlord do not exceed market rate 
for such services.  Tenant shall have the right to participate in all 
negotiations of tax assessments.  If Landlord does not elect to contest the 
validity of the amount of any tax or assessment levied against the Building, 
the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot or the land, then Tenant shall have the 
right to do so on Landlord's behalf with Landlord's consent, which consent 
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Tenant may defer payment 
of its tax obligations if payment would operate as a bar to such contest, pay 
same under protest, or take such other steps as Tenant may deem appropriate; 
provided, however, that Tenant shall indemnify Landlord from and pay for any 
expense (including attorney's fees, penalties or interest) or liabilities 
arising out of such deferral of payment contest or protest, pursue such 
contest in good faith and with due diligence, post any bond or security 
required by law in connection with such contest, give Landlord written notice 
of its intention to contest, and take no action which will cause or allow the 
institution of any foreclosure proceedings or similar action against the 
Premises, the Garage, the Building, the Surface Parking Lot or the land.  
Tenant shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and 
pay for any increase in taxes which may result from Tenant's deferral of 
payment, contest or protest.  Landlord shall, at Tenant's expense, cooperate 
in the institution and prosecution of any such proceedings initiated by 
Tenant and will execute any documents which Landlord may be required to 
execute in connection with such proceedings.  Should any proceeding result in 
reducing the total annual real estate tax and assessment liability against 
the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to receive its proportionate share of 
all refunds paid by the taxing authorities after payment of all of the 
Tenant's and Landlord's expenses incurred by any such proceeding in which a 
refund is paid.
     
          (b)  If at any time during the term of this Lease, the present 
method of taxation shall be changed so that in lieu of the whole or any part 
of any tax assessments or governmental charges levied, assessed or imposed on 
real estate and the improvements thereon described in (a) above, there shall 
be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax 
directly on the rents received therefrom and/or a franchise tax, assessment, 
levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for 
the present or any future building on the Premises, then all such taxes, 
assessments, levies or charges, or the part thereof so measured or based, 
shall be deemed to be included within the term "Taxes" for the purposes 
hereof.

           (c) Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed 
against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the 
Premises.  If any such taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or 
assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and if 

                                      18 
<PAGE>

Landlord elects to pay the same or if the assessed value of Landlord's 
property is increased by inclusion of personal property, furniture or 
fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, and Landlord elects to pay the 
taxes based on such increases, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand that 
part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder.

     18.  TENANT DEFAULT.

          (a)  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The following events shall be deemed to be 
events of default by Tenant under this Lease:

               (1)  Tenant shall fail to pay when due any rental or other 
sums payable by Tenant hereunder (or under any other lease now or hereafter 
executed by Tenant in connection with space in the Building), and Tenant 
fails to cure such default within ten (10) days following written notice by 
Landlord; provided that Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with 
more than two (2) notices of default during any calendar year.

               (2)  Tenant shall fail to comply with or observe any other 
provisions of this Lease, and Tenant fails to cure such failure within thirty 
(30) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord or if such obligation 
is not capable of being cured within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant 
fails to commence to cure such failure within such thirty (30) day period and 
thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion.

               (3)  Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of 
creditors.

               (4)  Any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant under 
any section or chapter of the National Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or under 
any similar law or statute of the United States or any State thereof and the 
same is not vacated within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter; or 
Tenant shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed 
thereunder.

               (5)  A receiver or Trustee shall be appointed for all or 
substantially all of the assets of Tenant for the benefit of any creditor of 
Tenant.

          (b)  REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any event of default 
specified in this Lease, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or 
more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever:

               (1)  Terminate this Lease in which event Tenant shall 
immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, 
Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for 
possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession and expel or 
remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying said Premises or any 
part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages 
therefor; and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand the amount of all 
loss and damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination, 
whether through inability to relet the Premises on satisfactory terms or 
otherwise, including the loss of rental for the remainder of the lease term 
based on the difference between the net present value of the rent and other 
sums due for the remainder of the lease term and the rent that 

                                      19 
<PAGE>

Landlord reasonably expects to receive for the Premises for the remainder of 
the lease term, such net present value to be based on a discount rate of six 
percent (6%) per annum.

               (2)  Enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel 
or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or 
any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for 
damages therefor, and if Landlord so elects, relet the Premises on such terms 
as Landlord shall deem advisable and receive the rent therefor; and Tenant 
agrees to pay to Landlord on demand any deficiency that may arise by reason 
of such reletting for the remainder of the lease term.

               (3)  Enter upon the Premises without being liable for 
prosecution or any claim for damages therefor, and do whatever Tenant is 
obligated to do under the terms of this Lease; and Tenant agrees to reimburse 
Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may reasonably incur in 
thus effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease, and 
Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages 
resulting to Tenant from such action.

               (4)  Any sums of money owed by Tenant to Landlord or to be 
paid by Tenant for the benefit of Landlord as provided herein and not paid by 
Tenant as provided above, may be paid by Landlord and Tenant shall repay such 
sums to Landlord, upon demand by Landlord, along with interest on such sums 
at rate of two percent (2%) over the prime rate of Citibank, N.A., but not to 
exceed the highest rate allowable by law for such transactions.

               (5)  Any and all other such actions Landlord may be entitled 
to at law or in equity.

No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be 
construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease, unless a 
written notice of such intention be given to Tenant.  Notwithstanding any 
such reletting or re-entry or taking possession, Landlord may at any time 
thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for a previous default which has not 
then been cured. Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude 
pursuit of any of the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies 
provided by law, nor shall pursuit of any remedy herein provided constitute a 
forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages 
occurring to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, 
provisions and covenants herein contained.  Landlord's acceptance of rent 
following an event of default hereunder shall not be construed as Landlord's 
waiver of such event of default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or 
breach of any of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained shall 
be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or 
default.  The loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of any 
reletting as provided for above shall include the expense of repossession and 
any repairs or remodeling undertaken by Landlord following repossession.  
Should Landlord at any time repossess the Premises for any default, in 
addition to any other remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may recover from 
Tenant all damages Landlord may be legally entitled to at law or in equity by 
reason of such default.

                                      20 
<PAGE>

     19.  LANDLORD DEFAULTS.

          (a)  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The following events shall be events of
default by Landlord:

               (1)  Landlord fails to pay any sums of money payable to Tenant or
Tenant's appropriate designees in breach of Landlord's obligations hereunder,
including, but not limited to, all allowances, concessions and fees mentioned
previously, when due and the failure to pay continues for ten (10) days after
written notice from Tenant to Landlord.

               (2)  Landlord fails to comply with any other obligation of
Landlord contained in this Lease and does not cure such failure within thirty
(30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant or, if such obligation is
not capable of being cured within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord or its
lender fails to commence to cure such failure within such thirty (30) day period
and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion.

          (b)  REMEDIES.  In the event of default by Landlord and Landlord or
its lender having failed to cure such default within the time periods specified
above, Tenant shall have the right to pursue the following remedies:

               (1)  Any sums of money owed by Landlord to Tenant, designees or
any other entity deemed a party to this transaction and not paid by Landlord as
provided above, may be offset against any monies thereafter payable by Tenant.

               (2)  If any substantial portion of the Rentable Square Feet of
the Premises becomes or remains unfit for normal business use as a result of
such default, and Tenant has ceased to occupy such portions, rent shall abate on
such portions.

               (3)  Tenant, after proper written notice and expiration of the
cure period set forth above, may cure Landlord's event of default for Landlord. 
Any reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such cure shall be
due from Landlord on demand.  If Landlord fails to promptly pay such sums to
Tenant, Tenant may offset and withhold such sums from rent payable by Tenant.

               (4)  Any sums of money owed by Landlord to Tenant or to be paid
by Landlord for the benefit of Tenant as provided herein and not paid by
Landlord as provided above, may be paid by Tenant and Landlord shall repay such
sums to Tenant, upon demand by Tenant, along with interest on such sums at rate
of two percent (2%) over the prime rate of Citibank, N.A., but not to exceed the
highest rate allowable by law for such transactions.

               (5)  Any and all other such actions Tenant may be entitled to at
law or in equity.

     20.  SURRENDER OF PREMISES.  No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents
during the term hereby granted shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of
the Premises, and 


                                     21

<PAGE>

no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless the 
same be made in writing and signed by Landlord.

     21.  MECHANIC'S LIENS.  Tenant will not permit any mechanic's lien or liens
to be placed upon the Premises or the Building or improvements thereon during
the lease term caused by or resulting from any work performed, materials
furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, and in the case
of the filing of any such lien Tenant will promptly pay same.  If default in
payment thereof shall continue for twenty (20) days after written notice thereof
from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right and privilege at
Landlord's option of paying the same or any portion thereof without inquiry as
to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and
interest, shall be so much additional indebtedness hereunder due by Tenant to
Landlord and shall be repaid to Landlord immediately on rendition of a bill
therefor.

     22.  NO SUBROGATION-LIABILITY INSURANCE.

          (a)  Except to the extent such waiver will cause an insurance policy
to be provided hereunder, or otherwise carried by such party, to be void or
voidable by the insurance company issuing such policy, each party hereto hereby
waives any cause of action it might have against the other party on account of
any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy (to the
extent that such loss or damage is recoverable under such insurance policy) that
covers the Building, the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot, the Premises,
Landlord's or Tenant's fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements or
business and which names Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, as a party
insured, it being understood and agreed that this provision is cumulative of
SECTION 10 hereof.  Each party hereto agrees that it will request its insurance
carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier's rights of
recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other party.  The parties
will use their best efforts to secure such waivers of subrogation and all
policies of insurance pertaining to the Premises provided such efforts shall not
require Landlord or Tenant to incur any additional costs to obtain such waiver. 
If it is impossible to obtain the mutual waivers of subrogation, as provided
above, then the provisions of this paragraph shall be of no further force and
effect until such waivers may otherwise be obtained.

          (b)  Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the lease term a
policy or policies of insurance at its sole cost and expense and in amounts of
not less than a combined single limit of $5,000,000.00, insuring Tenant and
Landlord against any and all liability to the extent obtainable for injury to or
death of a person or persons or damage to property occasioned by or arising out
of or in connection with the use, operation and occupancy of the Premises which
may be provided by means of one or more blanket umbrella policies.  Upon written
notice from Landlord, Tenant shall furnish a certificate of insurance and such
other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance
coverage required hereunder, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the
part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days
prior to cancellation of any such insurance.  Such certificates or other
evidence of insurance coverage to be delivered no later than the date on which
Tenant takes possession of the leased Premises for any purpose and thereafter no
later than ten (10) days prior to expiration 


                                     22

<PAGE>

of existing policies.  All insurance policies required of Tenant shall be 
written on an occurrence basis, and shall name Landlord and its designated 
mortgagee(s) as additional insured thereunder.

          (c)  Landlord shall maintain throughout the Lease term a policy or
policies of insurance in amounts of not less than a combined single limit of
$5,000,000.00, insuring Landlord against any and all liability to the extent
obtainable for injury to or death of a person or persons or damage to property
occasioned by or arising out of or in connection with the use, operation and
occupancy of the Building, the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot and the land.

     23.  BROKERAGE.  

          (a)  Landlord agrees to pay a real estate commission to The Pinnacle
Group and Orion Partners, Inc. in connection with this Lease pursuant to that
one certain Brokerage Commission Agreement previously entered into between
Landlord, Orion Partners, Inc. and The Pinnacle Group.  Tenant and Landlord each
warrants to the other that it has had no dealing with any other broker or agent
in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, and Tenant and
Landlord each agrees to indemnify the other party against all costs, expenses,
attorneys' fees or other liabilities for commissions or other compensation or
charges claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through or under
the indemnifying party.

          (b)  In consideration of the services rendered heretofore by The
Pinnacle Group, Tenant irrevocably and exclusively designates The Pinnacle Group
as its Broker for years 11-15 of this Lease.  Accordingly, pursuant to the above
referenced agreement between The Pinnacle Group and Landlord, The Pinnacle Group
has earned and will be paid a commission by Landlord should Tenant renew or
extend this Lease through exercise of a renewal option, amendment of the Lease
prior to the original expiration of the primary term, or otherwise.

     24.  CHANGE OF BUILDING NAME.  As of the date of the execution of this
Lease, the name of the Building is "One Technology Center."  Landlord reserves
the right at any time to change the name by which the Building is designated;
provided that (i) Landlord may not change the name of the Building without
obtaining Tenant's prior written consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed (but it is hereby stipulated that it shall be
reasonable for Tenant to object to the name of any competitor of Tenant), and
(ii) Landlord shall not modify Tenant's signage rights as provided in ARTICLE X
of the Basic Lease Information.

     25.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS.  

          (a)  Prior to the execution of this Lease, Landlord has delivered to
Tenant copies of all environmental assessments, documents and correspondence in
Landlord's possession relating to the environmental conditions of the Premises,
the Building, the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot, the land, or neighboring
properties.  Tenant is authorized at any time to perform further environmental
investigations or assessments of the Premises, 

                                     23

<PAGE>

the Building, the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot, or the land, provided the 
same does not damage such property or interfere with the use and occupancy 
thereof by Landlord or other tenants or their invitees.

          (b)  Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord
has no actual knowledge that there are underground storage tanks or Hazardous
Materials (as hereafter defined) on, in, at, under, or about the Premises, the
Building, the Surface Parking Lot, or the land which may impose liability upon
Landlord or Tenant under applicable Environmental Laws (defined below) except as
indicated in the environmental reports provided to Tenant pursuant to the
immediately preceding paragraph.  Landlord represents, warrants and agrees that
it shall comply with the Environmental Laws.  Landlord shall immediately provide
Tenant with copies of any order, notice, permit, application or any other
communication from or to Landlord and from or to any entity or person, including
governmental agencies, regarding a violation or alleged violation of
Environmental Laws with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Garage, the
Surface Parking Lot, or the land.

          (c)  Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from
and against all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, penalties,
fines, costs or expenses, whatsoever, including, without limitation, attorney's
fees and costs, expert and engineering fees and costs, testing, surveying, and
analytical fees, (a) from Hazardous Materials existing on, in, at, under, or
about the Premises on the date of occupancy by Tenant and (b) thereafter, from
Hazardous Materials placed in, at, under or about the Premises by Landlord, its
employees, agents, representatives or contractors.

          (d)  In the event Hazardous Materials are discovered on the Premises,
the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot, or the land, in violation of the
Environmental Laws, Tenant shall have the following rights, unless such
violation was caused by Tenant, its employees, agents, representatives or
contractors:  (a) Landlord shall, promptly upon receipt of written notice from
Tenant, or the governmental entity having jurisdiction, investigate and
remediate any contamination in accordance with the Environmental Laws, (b) if
such remediation deprives Tenant of the use of a portion of  the Premises which
adversely affects the operation of its business on the Premises, Tenant shall
have the right to abate rent relating to such portion of the Premises until it
regains full use of such portion, and (c) if such Hazardous Materials or such
remediation shall render the Premises unsuitable for Tenant's occupancy and such
remediation is not promptly commenced or not diligently prosecuted to
completion, Tenant may, upon sixty (60) days written notice to Landlord,
terminate this Lease unless such condition is cured within such sixty (60) day
period.

          (e)  Tenant represents, warrants and agrees that Tenant shall comply
with the Environmental Laws.  Tenant shall immediately provide Landlord with
copies of any order, notice, permit, application or any other communication from
or to Tenant and from or to any entity or person including governmental agencies
regarding a violation or alleged violation of Environmental Laws with respect to
the Premises, the Building, the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot, or the land. 
If Tenant or any of its employees, agents, representatives or contractors uses,
releases, generates, stores, treats, discharges or disposes of Hazardous
Materials on the Premises, in violation of the Environmental Laws, Tenant shall
remediate such contamination in accordance with the Environmental Laws.  Tenant
shall indemnify, 


                                     24

<PAGE>

defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, loss, damage, 
liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines, costs or expenses, whatsoever, 
including attorneys' fees and costs, expert and engineering fees and costs, 
testing, surveying, and analytical fees, resulting from Hazardous Materials 
placed in, at, or about the Premises by Tenant, its employees, agents, 
representatives or contractors.

          (f)  The "Environmental Laws" include the Comprehensive 
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended 
from time to time (42 U.S.C. Section 9601, ET SEQ.), the Hazardous Materials 
Transportation Act, as amended from time to time (49 U.S.C. Appx. Section 
1801, ET SEQ.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended from 
time to time (42 U.S.C. Section 6901, ET SEQ.), the Toxic Substances Control 
Act, as amended from time to time (15 U.S.C. Section 2601, ET SEQ.), the 
Clean Water Act, as amended from time to time (33 U.S.C. Section 1251, ET 
SEQ.), the Clean Air Act, as amended from time to time (42 U.S.C. Section 
7401, ET SEQ.), and all other applicable federal, state and local laws, 
rules, regulations, codes, and ordinances.

          (g)  "Hazardous Materials" include asbestos, polychlorinated
biphenyls, petroleum products and constituents or derivatives thereof, any
flammable explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous materials, hazardous
wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or related materials as defined or
described in or regulated pursuant to the  Environmental Laws.
     
          (h)  Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date
of the execution of this Lease and throughout the Term hereof, the air and water
quality of the Premises (including, without limitation, the heating and air
conditioning, ventilation and filtering systems, minimum ventilation rates,
carbon dioxide levels, and other indicators of proper outside air ventilation,
drainage from air handling condensate trays, air filters, air pressure flows,
and similar items within the Premises and the Building) shall meet or exceed
current legal requirements.

          (i)  This SECTION 26 shall survive the termination or expiration of
this Lease.

     26.  TENANT'S ADDITIONAL RIGHTS.  

          (a)  Tenant shall have the right at no cost, to utilize approximately
10,000 square feet of vacant space in the Building for storage purposes only,
provided such space is available (the "Storage Space").  Landlord shall have the
right to designate the location of the Storage Space.    Tenant agrees to remove
all stored property from the Storage Space and to relocate to a substituted
Storage Space at Tenant's sole cost and expense on or before fifteen (15) days
following receipt of written notice from Landlord.  It is agreed that Landlord
will have no obligations with respect to providing utility services to the
Storage Space.

          (b)  Throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant may, at its sole cost
and expense, perform any inspections or assessments of the Premises, the
Building, the Garage, the Surface Parking Lot, the land, and the other common
areas to verify  their condition and Landlord's compliance with the terms of
this Lease in relation thereto, provided that Tenant provides Landlord with no
less than three (3) days prior written notice thereof and Tenant 


                                     25

<PAGE>

shall not damage such property in connection therewith nor materially 
interfere with the use and occupancy thereof by Landlord and other tenants 
and their invitees.

          (c)  Subject to approval by applicable governmental authorities and
the rights of other existing tenants which operate satellite dishes and antennas
on the roof of the Building, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, at Tenant's sole
cost and expense, the right to install, maintain, and operate one satellite dish
and antenna on the roof of the Building without payment of any additional rent
or other compensation to Landlord.  Landlord shall have the right to approve the
plans, location and method of installation of the satellite dish and antenna on
the roof and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 
Tenant agrees that it will operate its equipment in a manner which will not
interfere with Landlord's existing communications systems or the existing
equipment of any other tenant sharing the use of this location.  Should such
harmful interference be identified as being caused by Tenant's equipment, Tenant
shall immediately take every reasonable step to mitigate and eliminate said
interference.  Tenant shall be required to coordinate with Landlord and with
each of Landlord's existing tenants to insure that their frequencies and antenna
locations will be compatible with other tenants so as to prevent such harmful
interference.  The location of the satellite dish and antenna to be agreed to by
Landlord and Tenant shall constitute part of the Premises herein for all
purposes, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any additional rent
for use of the satellite dish and antenna area.

     27.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.  Tenant agrees to furnish from time to time
when requested by Landlord, the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage or the
lessor under any ground lease covering all or any part of the Building or the
improvements therein or the Premises or any interest of Landlord therein (but
not more often than two times per twelve-month period) a certificate signed by
Tenant confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations
deemed appropriate by Landlord, the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage or
the improvements therein or the Premises or any interest of Landlord therein and
a statement clarifying or correcting any misstatements which may be contained in
such certificate, and Tenant shall within five (5) business days following
receipt of said proposed certificate from Landlord, return a fully executed copy
of said certificate to Landlord.

     28.  NOTICES.

          (a)  All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to
Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord in Bexar County, Texas, at the
address set forth in the Basic Lease Information or at such other address as
Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance
herewith.

          (b)  Any notice or document required to be delivered hereunder shall
be addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth in the
Basic Lease Information or at such other address as either of said parties have
theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. 
Notices shall either be (i) by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (ii)
by telecopier, overnight delivery service, or personal delivery, provided that
receipt of such telecopied, overnight delivery service or personal delivery
notice is appropriately confirmed.  Notice under the terms of this Lease shall
be 


                                     26

<PAGE>

deemed delivered upon the earlier of (i) the date of actual receipt by such
party, or (ii) three (3) business days after the notice is duly mailed as
provided above, or (iii) where delivery is by overnight delivery service, the
next business day following the date of deposit with such overnight delivery
service and marked for delivery on the following business day to the address
provided above.

     29.  FORCE MAJEURE.  Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for
action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant (except with respect to the payment of
Basic Rental or additional rent), Landlord or Tenant shall not be liable or
responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such
period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of
labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions any
other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of
Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be.

     30.  SEPARABILITY.  If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal,
invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the lease
term, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the
remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the
intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision
of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added as a
part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal,
invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal,
valid and enforceable.

     31.  AMENDMENTS; BINDING EFFECT.  This Lease may not be altered, changed or
amended, except by instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.  No
provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or
Tenant, as the case may be, unless such waiver be in writing, nor shall any
custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of
the terms hereof be construed to waive or lessen the right of such party to
insist upon the performance by the other party in strict accordance with the
terms hereof.  The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to,
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their
respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise
herein expressly provided.

     32.  QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Provided Tenant has performed all of the terms and
conditions of this Lease, including the payment of rent, to be performed by
Tenant, Landlord covenants and agrees that Tenant shall peaceably and quietly
hold and enjoy the Premises for the lease term, without hindrance, subject to
the terms and conditions of this Lease.

     33.  GENDER.  Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and
construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be
held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires.

     34.  ATTORNEYS FEES.  Should either party to this Lease employ an attorney
or attorneys to enforce the provisions hereof or to protect its interests in any
manner arising under this Lease, or to recover damages for breach of this Lease,
the non-prevailing party in any such action or suit in a court of competent
jurisdiction (the finality of which is not 


                                     27

<PAGE>

legally contested) agrees to pay the prevailing party all reasonable court 
costs, legal expenses, including attorneys fees, expended or incurred in 
connection therewith.

     35.  PERSONAL LIABILITY.  The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any
default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to the
interest of Landlord in the Building, the Garage and the Surface Parking Lot and
any insurance proceeds relating to the Building, Garage and the Surface Parking
Lot, this Lease or the operations of the Building to the extent such insurance
proceeds are received by Landlord and not paid or applied, as required by this
Lease, and Landlord shall not otherwise be personally liable for any deficiency.
This clause shall not be deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may
have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder which do not involve the
personal liability of Landlord.

     36.  CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD.  Landlord shall have the
following rights:

          (a)  To decorate and make repairs, alterations, additions, changes or
improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any
part thereof, and for such purposes to enter the Premises and, during the
continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entry-ways, public
space and corridors in the Building, to interrupt or temporarily suspend
Building services and facilities and to change the arrangement and location of
entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs,
toilets, or other public parts of the Building, all without abatement of rent or
affecting any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, so long as (i) the Premises are
reasonably accessible by Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees and (ii)
Landlord provides Tenant with reasonable prior written notice of any significant
repairs, alterations, additions, changes or improvements, whether structural or
otherwise, in or about the Building.

          (b)  To have and retain a paramount title to the real property upon
which the Premises are situated free and clear of any act of Tenant purporting
to burden or encumber them beyond Tenant's leasehold rights pursuant to this
Lease.

          (c)  To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or
render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall
not operate to exclude Tenant from the use expressly permitted herein.

          (d)  To prohibit the placing of vending or dispensing machines of any
kind in or about the Premises, except for the sole use of Tenant, its employees
and invitees, without the prior written permission of Landlord.

          (e)  To have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to
any mail chutes located on the Premises according to the rules of the United
States Postal Service.

          (f)  To take all such reasonable measures as Landlord may deem
advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants, including without
limitation, the search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, the
evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes,
the temporary denial of access to the Building, and 


                                     28

<PAGE>

the closing of the Building after normal business hours and on Saturdays, 
Sundays and holidays, subject, however, to Tenant's right to admittance when 
the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable 
regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time consistently applied 
to all tenants and as otherwise described herein, which may include by way of 
example but not of limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building, 
whether or not during normal business hours, identify themselves to a 
security officer by registration or otherwise and that such persons establish 
their right to enter or leave the Building.

               All of the other provisions of this SECTION 37, notwithstanding,
Landlord shall exercise its rights under this SECTION 37 without effecting an
eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Tenant's use or possession
of the Premises or its rights under the terms of this Lease.  In the event
Landlord exercises any such rights described in this SECTION 37, in the manner
which will effect an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturb Tenant's use
or possession of the Premises, Landlord shall have breached its obligations to
Tenant under the terms of this Lease.

     37.  NOTICE TO LENDER.  As provided in the Non-Disturbance Agreement
described in SECTION 11 above, if the Premises or the Building or any part
thereof are at any time subject to a first mortgage or a first deed of trust or
other similar instruments and this Lease or the rentals are assigned to such
mortgagee, trustee or beneficiary and Tenant is given written notice thereof,
including the post office address of such assignee, then Tenant shall not abate
rentals or exercise any rights or remedies it may have for any default on the
part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested to such assignee, specifying the default in
reasonable detail, and affording such assignee a reasonable opportunity to make
performance, at its election, for and on behalf of Landlord, during the same
period as Landlord shall have the right to cure any such default hereunder.

     38.  CAPTIONS.  The captions contained in this Lease are for convenience of
reference only, and in no way limit or enlarge the terms and conditions of this
Lease.

     39.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  Any approval by Landlord or Landlord's architects and/or
engineers of any of Tenant's drawings, plans and specifications which are
prepared in connection with any construction of improvements in the Premises
shall not in any way be construed or operate to bind Landlord or to constitute a
representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such
drawings, plans and specifications, or the improvements to which they relate,
for any use, purpose, or condition, but such approval shall merely be the
consent of Landlord as may be required hereunder in connection with Tenant's
construction of improvements in the leased Premises in accordance with such
drawings, plans and specifications.

          (b)  There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate
hereby created with the fee estate in the leased Premises or any part thereof by
reason of the fact that the same person may acquire or hold, directly or
indirectly, this Lease or the leasehold 


                                     29

<PAGE>

estate hereby created or any interest in this Lease or in such leasehold 
estate as well as the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in 
such fee estate.

          (c)  Neither Landlord nor Landlord's agents or brokers have made any
representations or promises with respect to the Premises, the Building or the
land except as herein expressly set forth and no rights, easements or licenses
are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth
in the provisions of this Lease.

          (d)  The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as
an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights with respect thereto unless and until
Landlord shall, or shall cause its managing agent to, execute a copy of this
Lease and deliver the same to Tenant.

          (e)  Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that
this Lease has been duly authorized by all necessary parties and that the same
represents the binding obligation of such party, enforceable in accordance with
its terms.

     40.  LENDER APPROVAL.  This Lease is subject to Landlord's obtaining
financing for the construction of improvements to the Building on terms
acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion on or before fifteen
(15) days after the date of execution of this Lease.  If Landlord fails to
obtain such financing, or can obtain said financing only upon the basis of
modifications of the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant refuses to
approve in writing any such modification within five (5) days after Landlord's
request therefor, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to cancel this
Lease by written notice to the other party.  If such right to cancel is
exercised, this Lease shall thereafter be null and void, and any security
deposited hereunder shall be returned to Tenant and neither party shall have any
liability to the other by reason of such cancellation.

     41.  EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS.  All exhibits, attachments, riders and
addenda referred to in this Lease and the exhibits listed hereinbelow are
incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof for all intents and
purposes.

     Exhibit A:     Description of Land
     Exhibit B:     Site Plan (designating common areas, parking, etc.)
     Exhibit C:     BOMA Standards
     Exhibit D:     Construction Rider
     Exhibit E:     Tenant's Signage
     Exhibit F:     Cleaning Specifications
     Exhibit G-1:   Rules and Regulations
     Exhibit G-2:   Parking Rules



                                     30

<PAGE>

DATED AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

                                        LANDLORD:
          
                                        MEDICAL PLAZA PARTNERS, LTD.
          
                                        BY:  ORION PARTNERS MEDICAL PLAZA,
                                             LTD., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
          
                                             BY:  ORION PARTNERS, INC.,
                                                  ITS GENERAL PARTNER
          
          
                                        BY:
                                           --------------------------------
                                        NAME:
                                             ------------------------------
                                        TITLE:
                                              -----------------------------
          
          
                                        TENANT:
          
                                        BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS, INC.
          
          
                                        BY:
                                           --------------------------------
                                        NAME:
                                             ------------------------------
                                        TITLE:
                                              -----------------------------


                                     31

<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit A       
                                                  
                            [Description of Land] 



<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit B       
                                                  
            [Site Plan (designating common areas, parking, etc.)]


<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit C       
                                                  
                               [Boma Standards]   


<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit D       
                                                  
                             [Construction Rider] 


<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit E       
                                                  
                              [Tenant's Signage]  


<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit F       
                                                  
                         [Cleaning Specifications]


<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit G-1       
                                                   
                           [Rules and Regulations]  


<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit G-2  
                                              
                               [Parking Rules]



<PAGE>
                                    ANNEX 1
                            SCHEDULE 14C INFORMATION
 
   
               Information Statement Pursuant to Section 14(c) of
             the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No. 2)
    
 
    Check the appropriate box:
    /X/  Preliminary Information Statement
    / /  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule
         14c-5(d)(2))
    / /  Definitive Information Statement
 
                                   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Name of Registrant As Specified In Charter)
 
                                  U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.*
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Name of Person(s) Filing the Information Statement)
 
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 
/ /  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), or 14c-5(g).
/X/  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14c-5(g) and 0-11.
     1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
        Common Stock
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
        14,839,486
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3) Per  unit  price  or  other  underlying  value  of  transaction computed
        pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11**  Pro forma book value per share  of
        the  Common  Stock to  be distributed  was  $2.32 as  of March  31, 1996
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
        $34,427,607
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     5) Total fee paid:
        $6,885.52
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
/X/  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
 
/ /  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule
     0-11(a)(2) and identify the  filing for which the  offsetting fee was  paid
     previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
     or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
     1) Amount Previously Paid:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3) Filing Party:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4) Date Filed:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- ------------------------
 *  On behalf of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
 
**  Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how  it
    was determined.
<PAGE>
                    [LETTERHEAD OF U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.]
 
                                                                          , 1996
 
To the Stockholders of U.S. Long Distance Corp.:
 
    The Board of Directors of U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") has approved the
distribution  of  the outstanding  shares of  common stock  of its  wholly owned
subsidiary, Billing Information Concepts Corp.  ("Billing"), to holders of  USLD
Common  Stock. Billing  will operate the  third party  billing clearinghouse and
information management  services  business  formerly operated  by  USLD  through
certain  of its subsidiaries and will be a third-party billing clearinghouse for
records resulting from  telephone calls  and other transactions  carried by  its
customers.  These  customers  consist  primarily of  direct  dial  long distance
telephone companies and  operator services and  information services  providers.
The  enclosed Information Statement contains  information about the distribution
and related transactions  and other  important financial  and other  information
about Billing, its organization, business, management and other matters.
 
    If  you are a holder of USLD Common Stock of record at the close of business
on        ,  1996, you will receive  as a dividend one  share of Billing  Common
Stock  for each  share of  USLD Common  Stock you  hold. We  expect to  mail the
Billing Common Stock certificates on or about           , 1996.
 
    The Board  of Directors  believes that  the spinoff  will enhance  value  to
USLD's stockholders. The spinoff will provide Billing with more efficient access
to  capital  markets  to finance  the  anticipated  growth of  its  business. In
addition,  the  spinoff  will  eliminate  the  perceived  concern  of  Billing's
customers  and potential  customers who  compete with  USLD's telecommunications
group that  Billing's  affiliation with  USLD  assists a  competitor  and  could
compromise  customer  proprietary  information.  Moreover, as  a  result  of the
spinoff, USLD  will  be  able to  compete  with  customers of  Billing  for  the
provision  of  telecommunications services  without  concern for  the  impact on
Billing. The  spinoff  will  separate  two  distinct  companies  with  different
missions  and different  financial, investment and  operating characteristics so
that each  can pursue  business  strategies and  objectives appropriate  to  its
specific  business. The direct dial long distance and operator services provided
by USLD  through  its  telecommunications  group and  the  third  party  billing
clearinghouse  and  information  management  services  provided  by  Billing are
operated by distinct management teams,  and separation of the businesses  should
result  in greater focus of the management teams on the core strengths that make
each business  successful  and  allow  for more  effective  incentives  for  key
employees  of  each  group.  The separation  will  permit  investors, customers,
lenders and other constituencies to  evaluate the respective businesses of  USLD
and Billing on a stand-alone basis.
 
    USLD will continue its telecommunications services business, offering direct
dial  long  distance services  primarily to  small  and medium  sized commercial
customers and operator services  for the hospitality  and private pay  telephone
industries.
 
    The Information Statement is being sent to stockholders of record of USLD as
of  the  date  hereof.  Stockholders  of  record  on  the  record  date  for the
Distribution automatically participate  in the Distribution.  We are not  asking
you  for  a  proxy, and  stockholder  approval  of the  Distribution  is neither
required nor sought. Because USLD will continue as a separate entity, your share
certificates of  USLD must  be  retained. You  will  receive new  Billing  share
certificates.
 
    We are excited about this restructuring and the growth opportunities it will
create for each company and their respective stockholders.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          Parris H. Holmes, Jr.
                                          CHAIRMAN
<PAGE>
               [LETTERHEAD OF BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.]
 
                                                                          , 1996
 
To the Stockholders of U.S. Long Distance Corp.:
 
    The  enclosed Information  Statement contains important  financial and other
information about  Billing  Information  Concepts  Corp.  (the  "Company"),  the
corporation  of which you  will become a  stockholder if you  own shares of U.S.
Long Distance Corp.  as of  the record  date for  the distribution.  We want  to
welcome you as a stockholder and invite you to learn more about our company.
 
   
    The   Company  is  a  third-party   billing  clearinghouse  and  information
management services  provider to  the telecommunications  industry. Through  our
contractual  billing arrangements with over  1,200 local telephone companies, we
process telephone call records  and other transactions  and collect the  related
end-user  charges  from  these  local  telephone  companies  on  behalf  of  our
customers.
    
 
    Our customers  primarily  consist of  direct  dial long  distance  telephone
companies,  who use  the Company as  a billing clearinghouse  for processing and
collecting call  records generated  by their  end-users, and  operator  services
providers,  who provide operator services largely  to the hospitality, penal and
private and  public  pay  telephone  industries.  In  1994,  the  Company  began
providing  enhanced  billing  services for  processing  transactions  related to
providers of premium services  or products that also  can be billed through  the
local   telephone  companies,  such  as  charges  for  900  access  pay-per-call
transactions, cellular  long  distance  services, paging  services,  voice  mail
services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment charges.
 
    In  addition to its billing clearinghouse  services, the Company also offers
billing management services to  customers who have  their own arrangements  with
the  local  telephone  companies.  These management  services  may  include data
processing,  accounting,  end-user   customer  service,  telecommunication   tax
processing and reporting.
 
    We at Billing are excited about the future of our Company and the impact our
services can have in the growing telecommunications industry and elsewhere.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          Alan W. Saltzman
                                          PRESIDENT
<PAGE>
INFORMATION STATEMENT
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
 
    This  Information  Statement  is  being  furnished  in  connection  with the
distribution (the  "Distribution")  by  U.S. Long  Distance  Corp.  ("USLD")  to
holders  of record of USLD common stock ("USLD Common Stock") as of the close of
business on           , 1996 (the "Record Date"), of one share of common  stock,
par value $.01 per share (together with the associated rights issued pursuant to
a  stockholder rights plan, collectively the "Billing Common Stock"), of Billing
Information Concepts Corp. ("Billing" or the "Company"), for each share of  USLD
Common  Stock owned as of the close of  business on the Record Date, pursuant to
the terms of a  Distribution Agreement between Billing  and USLD dated July  10,
1996. This Information Statement will first be mailed to USLD Stockholders on or
about             , 1996.
 
    Billing   is  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  USLD  that  will,  upon  the
effectiveness of the Distribution, own the  business and assets of, and will  be
responsible  for  the  liabilities  associated  with,  the  third  party billing
clearinghouse and information  management services business  currently owned  by
USLD. See "Special Factors" and "Business." The Distribution will result in 100%
of  the outstanding shares of Billing  Common Stock being distributed to holders
of USLD Common  Stock on  a pro  rata basis. No  consideration will  be paid  by
USLD's  stockholders for  shares of  Billing Common  Stock. The  Distribution is
scheduled to occur on               , 1996 (the  "Distribution Date"). See  "The
Distribution."
 
    There  is no current public market for the Billing Common Stock, although it
is expected  that a  "when-issued"  trading market  will  develop prior  to  the
Distribution  Date.  Billing  Common  Stock has  made  application  to  list and
believes that  the Billing  Common Stock  will be  approved for  listing on  the
Nasdaq  National  Market  subject  to  official  notice  of  issuance.  See "The
Distribution -- Listing and Trading of the Billing Common Stock."
 
                            ------------------------
 
NO VOTE  OF  STOCKHOLDERS IS  REQUIRED  IN CONNECTION  WITH  THIS  DISTRIBUTION,
   NO   PROXIES  ARE   BEING  SOLICITED,  AND   YOU  ARE   REQUESTED  NOT  TO
                                              SEND US A PROXY.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE
      SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
        COMMISSION   PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
             INFORMATION STATEMENT. ANY  REPRESENTATION TO  THE
                             CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THIS  INFORMATION  STATEMENT  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
                       SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Stockholders of  USLD  with inquiries  related  to the  Distribution  should
contact  Investor Relations, USLD, 9311 San Pedro, Suite 100, San Antonio, Texas
78216, Telephone: (210) 525-6228;  or the Billing  Common Stock Transfer  Agent,
Montreal  Trust Company  of Canada, Montreal  Trust Centre,  510 Burrard Street,
Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3B9,  Telephone: (604) 661-0275. Montreal  Trust
is also acting as Distribution Agent for the Distribution.
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
            The date of this Information Statement is July   , 1996.
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.................................................................................           3
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           4
THE COMPANY................................................................................................          10
SPECIAL FACTORS............................................................................................          11
  Lack of Operating History as a Separate Entity; Limited Relevance of Historical Financial Information....          11
  Absence of USLD Financial Support........................................................................          11
  Dependence upon Key Personnel; Management of Growth......................................................          11
  Dependence on Proprietary Technology.....................................................................          11
  Absence of Trading Market for the Billing Common Stock...................................................          11
  Changes in Trading Prices of USLD Common Stock...........................................................          12
  Certain Anti-Takeover Features...........................................................................          12
  Uncertainty of Tax Consequences..........................................................................          12
  Certain Consent Requirements.............................................................................          13
  Dividend Policy..........................................................................................          13
  The Relationship Between USLD and Billing................................................................          13
  Fraudulent Transfer Considerations; Legal Dividend Requirements..........................................          13
  Dependence upon Contracts with Local Telephone Companies.................................................          14
  Anticipated Billing System Expenditures..................................................................          14
  Competition..............................................................................................          14
  Forward-Looking Information May Prove Inaccurate.........................................................          15
THE DISTRIBUTION...........................................................................................          15
  Reasons for the Distribution.............................................................................          15
  Opinions of Financial Advisors...........................................................................          16
  Distribution Agent.......................................................................................          19
  Manner of Effecting the Distribution.....................................................................          19
  Results of Distribution..................................................................................          19
  Listing and Trading of the Billing Common Stock..........................................................          20
  Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution..............................................          20
  Conditions; Termination..................................................................................          23
  Reasons for Furnishing the Information Statement.........................................................          24
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BILLING AND USLD AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION...............................................          24
  Distribution Agreement...................................................................................          24
  Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement................................................          26
  Tax Sharing Agreement....................................................................................          31
  Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement.............................................................          32
  Billing Agreement........................................................................................          32
  Telecommunications Agreement.............................................................................          32
  Leasing Agreement........................................................................................          32
  Policies and Procedures for Addressing Conflicts.........................................................          33
PRELIMINARY TRANSACTIONS...................................................................................          33
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT.......................................................................................          34
DIVIDEND POLICY............................................................................................          34
CAPITALIZATION.............................................................................................          35
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................          36
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA.........................................................................          40
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS......................          42
  Results of Operations....................................................................................          42
  Liquidity and Capital Resources..........................................................................          45
  Advance Funding Program and Receivable Financing Facility................................................          46
  Seasonality..............................................................................................          48
  Effect of Inflation......................................................................................          48
  New Accounting Standards.................................................................................          48
  U.S. Long Distance Corp..................................................................................          48
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
BUSINESS...................................................................................................          49
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  General..................................................................................................          49
  Industry Background......................................................................................          49
  Development of Business..................................................................................          50
  Billing Clearinghouse and Information Management Services................................................          51
  Billing Process..........................................................................................          51
  Operations...............................................................................................          53
  Customers................................................................................................          53
  Competition..............................................................................................          54
  Business Strategy........................................................................................          54
  Employees................................................................................................          56
  Properties...............................................................................................          56
  Litigation...............................................................................................          56
  U.S. Long Distance Corp..................................................................................          57
MANAGEMENT.................................................................................................          58
  Board of Directors and Committees of the Board...........................................................          58
  Compensation of Directors................................................................................          58
  Board of Directors and Executive Officers................................................................          62
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.....................................................................................          63
  Stock Option Grants in Fiscal 1995.......................................................................          64
  Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal Year-End Option Values.............................          65
  Employee Benefit Plans...................................................................................          66
  Employment Agreements and Change-of-Control Arrangements.................................................          72
  Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation..............................................          74
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.............................................          75
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK...............................................................................          77
  General..................................................................................................          77
  Common Stock.............................................................................................          77
  Billing Stockholder Rights Plan and Junior Preferred Stock...............................................          77
  Preferred Stock..........................................................................................          78
  No Preemptive Rights.....................................................................................          78
  Transfer Agent and Registrar.............................................................................          78
PURPOSES AND ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF BILLING'S CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS AND DELAWARE
 LAW.......................................................................................................          78
  Billing's Certificate and Bylaws.........................................................................          78
  Stockholder Rights Plan..................................................................................          82
  Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.......................................................          84
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS....................................................          84
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS....................................................................................          85
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................................................          86
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................................................         F-1
  Annex I - Opinion of The Chicago Corporation
  Annex II - Opinion of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin
  Annex III - Opinion of Arter & Hadden
  Annex IV - Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
  Annex V - Bylaws of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
  Annex VI - Billing Information Concepts Corp. 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan
  Annex VII - Billing Information Concepts Corp. 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan
  Annex VIII - Billing Information Concepts Corp. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
</TABLE>
 
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
    USLD's Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1995 and USLD's Forms 10-Q
for  the  quarters  ended  December  31, 1995  and  March  31,  1996  are hereby
incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING IS  A SUMMARY OF  CERTAIN INFORMATION  CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN
THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. REFERENCE IS MADE TO, AND THIS SUMMARY IS  QUALIFIED
BY,  THE MORE DETAILED  INFORMATION SET FORTH IN  THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT AND
THE ANNEXES HERETO, WHICH SHOULD BE READ IN ITS ENTIRETY. CAPITALIZED TERMS USED
BUT NOT  DEFINED IN  THIS  SUMMARY ARE  DEFINED  ELSEWHERE IN  THIS  INFORMATION
STATEMENT. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, REFERENCES IN THIS INFORMATION
STATEMENT  TO  BILLING PRIOR  TO THE  CONSUMMATION  OF THE  DISTRIBUTION INCLUDE
USLD'S  BILLING  CLEARINGHOUSE  AND  INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT  SERVICES  BUSINESS
CONDUCTED  THROUGH CERTAIN OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,  AND REFERENCES TO BILLING AFTER
CONSUMMATION OF  THE  DISTRIBUTION INCLUDE  BILLING,  ITS PREDECESSORS  AND  ITS
SUBSIDIARIES.
 
                                THE DISTRIBUTION
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Distributing Company..............  U.S.   Long  Distance  Corp.,   a  Delaware  corporation
                                    ("USLD").  References   herein  to   USLD  include   its
                                    consolidated   subsidiaries  except  where  the  context
                                    otherwise requires.
Distributed Company...............  Billing Information  Concepts  Corp. ("Billing"  or  the
                                    "Company"),  a Delaware corporation  that currently is a
                                    wholly owned subsidiary  of USLD,  and that,  as of  the
                                    Distribution  Date,  will  own the  third  party billing
                                    clearinghouse  and   information   management   services
                                    business  which is currently owned by USLD and conducted
                                    through  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  (the   "Billing
                                    Group").
Distribution Ratio................  Each  USLD  stockholder will  receive  one share  of the
                                    Billing Common Stock for each share of USLD Common Stock
                                    held on the Record Date.
Shares to be Distributed..........  Approximately 14,930,422 shares of Billing Common  Stock
                                    (based  on 14,930,422  shares of USLD  Common Stock out-
                                    standing on June 30, 1996). The shares to be distributed
                                    will constitute all of the outstanding shares of Billing
                                    Common Stock immediately after the Distribution.
Record Date.......................  Close of business on           , 1996.
Distribution Date.................  , 1996.
Mailing Date......................  Certificates representing the  shares of Billing  Common
                                    Stock  to  be distributed  pursuant to  the Distribution
                                    will be  delivered  to  the Distribution  Agent  on  the
                                    Distribution  Date.  The  Distribution  Agent  will mail
                                    certificates representing the  shares of Billing  Common
                                    Stock  to  holders  of  USLD  Common  Stock  as  soon as
                                    practicable thereafter.  Holders  of USLD  Common  Stock
                                    should  not send stock certificates  to USLD, Billing or
                                    the Distribution Agent. See "The Distribution --  Manner
                                    of Effecting the Distribution."
Distribution Agent and Transfer
 Agent............................  Montreal Trust Company of Canada.
Conditions to the Distribution....  The   Distribution  is  conditioned  upon,  among  other
                                    things, declaration of the special dividend by the Board
                                    of Directors of USLD (the "USLD Board"). The USLD  Board
                                    has  reserved the right  to waive any  conditions to the
                                    Distribution or, even  if all of  the conditions to  the
                                    Distribution are satisfied, to
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    abandon,  defer or  modify the Distribution  at any time
                                    prior to the Distribution Date. See "The Distribution --
                                    Conditions; Termination."
Principal Businesses to be
 Retained by USLD.................  USLD  will  retain   the  direct   dial  long   distance
                                    telecommunication   services   and   operator   services
                                    businesses, including  its  internal  billing  functions
                                    (the "Telecommunications Group").
Reasons for the Distribution......  The  USLD Board  believes that the  spinoff will enhance
                                    value  to  USLD's  stockholders.  The  separation   will
                                    provide  Billing with  more efficient  access to capital
                                    markets  to  finance  the  anticipated  growth  of   its
                                    business.  The spinoff also will eliminate the perceived
                                    concern of those customers or potential customers of the
                                    Billing Group  who compete  with the  Telecommunications
                                    Group that doing business with the Billing Group assists
                                    a  competitor and could  compromise customer proprietary
                                    information. In addition,  the spinoff  will permit  the
                                    Telecommunications Group to compete for the provision of
                                    telecommunications   services  with   customers  of  the
                                    Billing Group without any  concern as to affecting  that
                                    customer's  relationship with  Billing. The Distribution
                                    is designed  to  separate two  distinct  companies  with
                                    different  missions and  different financial, investment
                                    and operating characteristics  so that  each can  pursue
                                    business  strategies and  objectives appropriate  to its
                                    specific business. The Telecommunications Group and  the
                                    Billing Group are operated by separate management teams,
                                    and  separation  of  the  businesses  should  result  in
                                    greater focus  of  the  management  teams  on  the  core
                                    strengths  that make each  business successful. Further,
                                    separation  of  the  two  businesses  will  enable   the
                                    respective  management  teams of  the Telecommunications
                                    Group  and  the  Billing  Group  to  concentrate   their
                                    attention  and  financial  resources on  their  own core
                                    business without  regard  to the  corporate  objectives,
                                    policies and capital requirements of the other and allow
                                    for  more effective incentives for key employees of each
                                    group,  including   stock-based  and   other   incentive
                                    programs  that  will more  directly reward  employees of
                                    each business based on the success of that business. The
                                    separation will permit investors, customers, lenders and
                                    other  constituencies   to   evaluate   the   respective
                                    businesses  of USLD and Billing  on a stand-alone basis.
                                    See "The Distribution -- Reasons for the Distribution."
Certain Federal Tax Consequences..  As a condition to the Distribution, USLD has received  a
                                    tax opinion from Arter & Hadden, special tax counsel, to
                                    the  effect, among other things,  that receipt of shares
                                    of Billing Common  Stock will  be tax  free for  federal
                                    income tax purposes to the stockholders of USLD and that
                                    USLD will not recognize income, gain or loss as a result
                                    of  the Distribution. The tax opinion will be based upon
                                    certain representations made  by USLD  and Billing,  the
                                    accuracy of which are critical
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    to   the   Distribution   qualifying   as   a   tax-free
                                    distribution. Further, the  opinion of  counsel is  only
                                    the  best judgment of counsel and  is not binding on the
                                    Internal Revenue Service (the "Service"). No ruling will
                                    be sought  from the  Service.  See "The  Distribution  -
                                    Certain   Federal   Income  Tax   Consequences   of  the
                                    Distribution" and "Special Factors -- Uncertainty of Tax
                                    Consequences."
Trading Market....................  There is currently no public market for Billing's Common
                                    Stock. The  Company has  made  application to  list  the
                                    shares  of Billing  Common Stock on  the Nasdaq National
                                    Market subject to official notice of issuance. See  "The
                                    Distribution  --  Listing  and  Trading  of  the Billing
                                    Common Stock" and "Special Factors -- Absence of Trading
                                    Market for the Billing Common Stock."
Ticker Symbol.....................  BILL
Dividends.........................  The Company anticipates that it will retain any earnings
                                    and will not  pay dividends to  its stockholders in  the
                                    foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
Preliminary Transactions..........  Prior  to the Distribution, USLD  intends to transfer to
                                    Billing the stock of certain subsidiaries conducting the
                                    third  party  billing   clearinghouse  and   information
                                    management  services business, as  well as certain other
                                    assets associated with  this business. See  "Preliminary
                                    Transactions."
Anti-Takeover Provisions..........  The  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  and  Billing's
                                    Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain
                                    provisions that  may  have the  effect  of  discouraging
                                    unsolicited  takeover  bids  from  third  parties.  Such
                                    provisions could further  have the effect  of making  it
                                    more   difficult   for  third   parties  to   cause  the
                                    replacement of the current  management of Billing  with-
                                    out  the  concurrence  of Billing's  Board  of Directors
                                    ("Billing  Board").  See  "Purposes  and   Anti-Takeover
                                    Effects  of Certain Provisions  of Billing's Certificate
                                    and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
Relationship Between USLD and
 Billing after the Distribution...  USLD will have  no stock ownership  in the Company  upon
                                    consummation   of  the  Distribution.  For  purposes  of
                                    governing  certain  ongoing  relationships  between  the
                                    Company  and USLD after the  Distribution and to provide
                                    for an orderly transition, Billing and USLD have entered
                                    into  or  will  enter  into  certain  agreements.   Such
                                    proposed   agreements  include:   (i)  the  Distribution
                                    Agreement,  providing  for,  among  other  things,   the
                                    Distribution  and the  division between  the Company and
                                    USLD of  certain  assets and  liabilities  and  material
                                    indemnification  provisions; (ii) the  Benefit Plans and
                                    Employment Matters Allocation  Agreement, providing  for
                                    certain  allocations of responsibilities with respect to
                                    benefit plans,  employee  compensation,  and  labor  and
                                    employment  matters;  (iii)  the  Tax  Sharing Agreement
                                    pursuant to which  the Company  and USLD  will agree  to
                                    allocate tax liabilities that relate to periods prior to
                                    and after the Distribution Date;
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    (iv)  the Transitional  Services and  Sublease Agreement
                                    pursuant to which USLD will provide certain services  on
                                    a  temporary basis and sublease  certain office space to
                                    the Company and Billing will provide certain services to
                                    USLD on a  temporary basis;  (v) the Zero  Plus --  Zero
                                    Minus   Billing  and   Information  Management  Services
                                    Agreement  and   One   Plus  Billing   and   Information
                                    Management  Services  Agreement  pursuant  to  which the
                                    Company   will   provide   billing   clearinghouse   and
                                    information  management services to  USLD for an initial
                                    period  of  three  years;  (vi)  the  Telecommunications
                                    Agreement  pursuant  to  which  USLD  will  provide long
                                    distance telecommunications services to the Company  for
                                    an  initial period of three years; and (vii) the Leasing
                                    Agreement, whereby USLD will have the right to lease  an
                                    airplane  owned by Billing  in consideration for certain
                                    usage charges and expenses. It is the intention of  USLD
                                    and  Billing that the Transitional Services and Sublease
                                    Agreement, the  Zero  Plus  -- Zero  Minus  Billing  and
                                    Information  Management Services Agreement, the One Plus
                                    Billing and Information  Management Services  Agreement,
                                    the   Telecommunications   Agreement  and   the  Leasing
                                    Agreement reflect terms and conditions similar to  those
                                    that  would have been arrived  at by independent parties
                                    bargaining at arm's  length. There can  be no  assurance
                                    that  such agreements have  been or will  be effected on
                                    terms at least as favorable to USLD or Billing as  could
                                    have  been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. See
                                    "Relationship  Between  Billing   and  USLD  After   the
                                    Distribution."
Policies and Procedures for Ad-
 dressing Conflicts...............  Billing and USLD will share one common director. (Parris
                                    H.  Holmes, Jr. will  serve as Chairman  of the Board of
                                    Directors of USLD and Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                    and Chief Executive Officer of Billing.) The Company and
                                    USLD will adopt policies  and procedures to be  followed
                                    by  the Board of Directors of  each company to limit the
                                    involvement  of  Parris  H.  Holmes,  Jr.  in   conflict
                                    situations,  including  requiring  him  to  abstain from
                                    voting as  a  director  of either  Billing  or  USLD  on
                                    certain  matters  that  present a  conflict  of interest
                                    between the two companies and providing for the  outside
                                    directors of each company to control the decision making
                                    process  in  certain  situations. The  Company  and USLD
                                    believe that such conflict  situations will be  minimal.
                                    See  "Relationship  Between Billing  and USLD  After the
                                    Distribution -- Policies  and Procedures for  Addressing
                                    Conflicts."
Special Factors...................  See  "Special  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  certain
                                    factors that should be considered in connection with the
                                    Billing Common Stock received in the Distribution.
</TABLE>
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table presents summary historical financial and other data and
summary pro forma  financial data  for the Company  after giving  effect to  the
Distribution  and  related transactions.  The financial  data presented  for the
fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1993,   1994  and  1995  should  be   read
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, the notes thereto and
the  other  financial information  included in  this Information  Statement. The
Statements of Income and Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended  September
30,  1993, 1994 and 1995  and the Balance Sheets at  September 30, 1994 and 1995
have been  audited by  Arthur  Andersen LLP,  the Company's  independent  public
accountants.  All historical financial  data shown below  for these periods have
been derived from the  audited financial statements.  The Income Statement  data
for  the six months ended March  31, 1996 and March 31,  1995 and for the fiscal
years ended September 30,  1992 and 1991,  the balance sheet  data at March  31,
1996,  and all  Operating Data  are unaudited. In  the opinion  of management of
Billing, the information presented reflects all adjustments considered necessary
for a fair presentation of the results for such periods. Summary historical  per
share  amounts  are  not  included  as they  may  not  be  indicative  of future
performance. The following  data should  be read in  conjunction with  Billing's
Consolidated   Financial  Statements   and  the   notes  thereto,  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  and
other financial information included elsewhere herein.
 
                    SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SIX MONTH PERIOD
                                                                                               ENDED
                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                  MARCH 31,
                                 -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                     (UNAUDITED)                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues.............  $  16,327  $  33,162  $  46,451  $  57,746  $  80,847  $  34,942  $  50,301
Income from operations.........        278      7,572     10,416     13,392     22,055      9,402     14,230
Net income.....................        163      5,807      6,441      8,565     14,118      6,013      8,969
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                              ----------------------
                                                                                1994        1995
                                                                              ---------  -----------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................................................  $  11,132  $    17,300   $  30,084
Total assets................................................................     89,710      106,895     122,295
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................................        853        2,216       1,805
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing............     13,001       21,122      34,355
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,                           MARCH 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                     1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BILLING SERVICES CUSTOMERS)
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
EBITDA (1).......................  $     949  $   8,169  $  11,293  $  14,346  $  23,271  $   9,921  $  15,170
Billing call records processed
 per month (2)(3)................      6,500     10,800     16,900     25,920     40,410     28,530     45,340
Billing services customers (4)...         71        115        143        168        272        218        305
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                    SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SIX MONTH PERIOD
                                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED          ENDED
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1995(5)  MARCH 31, 1996(5)
                                                                         ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                    <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues.....................................................       $    80,847           $  50,301
Income from operations.................................................            20,111              13,288
Net income.............................................................            12,913               8,385
Net income per weighted average common share...........................       $      0.89           $    0.56
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     MARCH 31, (5)
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital....................................................................................   $     6,523
Total assets.......................................................................................        98,734
Long-term obligations, less current portion........................................................         1,805
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing...................................             0
Paid-in capital....................................................................................        10,745
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) "EBITDA"  represents  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and
    amortization. EBITDA  is  a  profitability/cash  flow  measurement  that  is
    commonly  used in the telecommunications industry. EBITDA is not a financial
    measure pursuant to generally  accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"),  nor
    is  it acceptable  or considered an  alternative measure of  cash flows from
    operations under GAAP  or funds available  for dividends, reinvestments,  or
    other  discretionary uses. For a presentation  of cash flows, including cash
    flows related to  operating activities, investing  activities and  financing
    activities,  see  the Statements  of Cash  Flows  included in  the Company's
    financial statements.
    
 
(2) Calculated based upon a monthly average over the fiscal quarter ended on the
    date indicated.
 
(3) Does not  include  call  records  that the  Company  processed  for  billing
    management  customers that have their  own billing and collection agreements
    with  the  local  telephone  companies.  Revenue  per  record  for   billing
    management  customers  is significantly  less  than revenue  per  record for
    Billing's other customers.
 
(4) At end of the period.
 
(5) The pro  forma  financial data  are  derived from  the  unaudited  financial
    information  and  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this  Information
    Statement. The pro forma financial data  are presented giving effect to  the
    Distribution,  the Preliminary  Transactions and  related adjustments  as if
    they were consummated on  March 31, 1996 with  respect to the balance  sheet
    data  and at  the beginning  of the  periods presented  with respect  to the
    income statement data. The adjustments include a cash transfer from  Billing
    to   USLD  in  an  amount  necessary   for  USLD's  working  capital  to  be
    approximately $21,500,000 after taking into  account the payment by USLD  of
    the   direct  costs  associated  with   the  Distribution  estimated  to  be
    approximately  $10,000,000  and  the  receipt  by  USLD  of  $8,785,000   in
    connection with the dissolution of Mega Plus Dialing, Inc. ("MPDI"). Had the
    Distribution,  the  Preliminary  Transactions and  related  adjustments been
    consummated on March 31,  1996, Billing would have  been required to make  a
    cash  transfer  to  USLD  of $23,561,000,  including  the  cash  transfer of
    $10,000,000 for payment of the  estimated direct costs of the  Distribution.
    See   "Preliminary  Transactions"  and  "Pro  Forma  Condensed  Consolidated
    Financial Statements."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    The   Company  is  a  third-party   billing  clearinghouse  and  information
management services  provider to  the telecommunications  industry. The  Company
maintains  contractual  billing  arrangements with  over  1,200  local telephone
companies which provide access lines to and collect for services from  end-users
of  telecommunication services. The Company processes telephone call records and
other transactions and collects  the related end-user  charges from these  local
telephone companies on behalf of its customers. See "Business."
    
 
    Billing's  direct dial long distance customers, including local and regional
long  distance  carriers,  use  the  Company  as  a  billing  clearinghouse  for
processing  and collecting call  records generated by  their end-users. Although
such carriers can bill end-users directly, Billing provides these carriers  with
a  very cost-effective  means of  billing and  collecting residential  and small
commercial accounts through the local telephone companies.
 
    The  Company  processes  telephone  call  records  for  customers  providing
operator  services largely to the hospitality, penal, and private and public pay
telephone industries. In addition, Billing processes records for telephone calls
that require  operator assistance  and/or alternative  billing options  such  as
collect  and  person-to-person  calls,  third-party  billing  and  calling  card
billing. Because operator services  providers have only  the billing number  and
not  the name  or address  of the  billed party,  they must  have access  to the
services of the local telephone companies to collect their charges. The  Company
provides   this  access  to  its   customers  through  its  contractual  billing
arrangements with the local telephone companies that bill and collect on  behalf
of these operator services providers.
 
    Because  Billing acts as  an aggregator of telephone  call records and other
transactions from various  sources, it  can negotiate  discounted billing  costs
with the local telephone companies due to its large volume and can pass on these
discounts  to its customers.  Additionally, Billing can  provide its services to
those long distance carriers and operator services providers who would otherwise
not be able to  make the investments in  billing and collection agreements  with
the   local  telephone  companies,  fees,  systems,  infrastructure  and  volume
commitments required to establish and maintain the necessary relationships  with
the local telephone companies.
 
    In  1994, Billing began  providing enhanced billing  services for processing
transactions related to providers  of premium services or  products that can  be
billed  through the  local telephone companies,  such as charges  for 900 access
pay-per-call transactions,  cellular long  distance services,  paging  services,
voice mail services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment charges.
 
    In  addition  to its  billing  clearinghouse services,  Billing  also offers
billing management services to customers who have their own billing arrangements
with the local telephone companies.  These management services may include  data
processing,   accounting,  end-user  customer   service,  telecommunication  tax
processing and reporting.
 
    Billing is  a  newly  formed  corporation  which,  upon  completion  of  the
Distribution,  will be an  independent, publicly held company  that will own and
operate substantially all of the assets of, and will assume substantially all of
the liabilities  associated  with, the  third  party billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management services business now operated by USLD. This business is
currently conducted  primarily through  USLD's subsidiaries  Zero Plus  Dialing,
Inc. ("ZPDI") and Enhanced Services Billing, Inc. ("ESBI").
 
    Prior  to the Distribution,  USLD will contribute the  capital stock of U.S.
Billing Corp.  ("USBC")  and U.S.  Billing,  Inc. ("USBI"),  also  wholly  owned
subsidiaries  of USLD, to Billing in exchange  for the capital stock of Billing.
ZPDI and ESBI will then  merge with USBC and  USBI, respectively. ZPDI and  ESBI
will  be the surviving corporation  in the mergers and  will become wholly owned
subsidiaries of Billing. ZPDI will also  change its name to Billing  Information
Concepts,  Inc.  ("BICI").  The  description  of  Billing  that  follows assumes
completion  of  the  Preliminary  Transactions  (as  defined  herein)  and   the
Distribution.
 
    Billing  is  a Delaware  corporation  with its  principal  executive offices
located at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 400, San Antonio, Texas 78216.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                SPECIAL FACTORS
 
    In  addition  to  the  other  information  contained  in  this   Information
Statement,  holders  of  Billing  Common  Stock  should  carefully  consider the
following information.
 
LACK OF OPERATING HISTORY AS A SEPARATE ENTITY; LIMITED
RELEVANCE OF HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company  was  organized  in  1996  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  the
Distribution.  Billing  does not  have an  operating  history as  an independent
public  company,  but  will  own  and  conduct  the  billing  clearinghouse  and
information   management  services   business  previously   conducted  by  USLD.
Management of  the  Company  has  historically  relied  upon  USLD  for  certain
administrative   services   such   as   personnel   management   and   financial
administration. After the  Distribution Date,  Billing will  be responsible  for
maintaining  its own administrative functions except  for certain services to be
provided by USLD  during a  transitional period pursuant  to certain  agreements
between  Billing and USLD. See "Relationship  between Billing and USLD after the
Distribution."
 
    The financial information  included herein may  not necessarily reflect  the
results  of operations, financial position and cash  flows of the Company in the
future or what  the results  of operations,  financial position  and cash  flows
would  have been had the Company been  a separate, stand-alone entity during the
periods presented. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
ABSENCE OF USLD FINANCIAL SUPPORT
 
    USLD has no obligation  or intent to support  Billing financially after  the
Distribution.  Billing  has  a  revolving line  of  credit  with  FINOVA Capital
Corporation ("FINOVA"), secured by substantially all of Billing's assets  except
for  capital equipment  and software  that is  security for  equipment financing
indebtedness, in  order to  offer  an advance  funding  program to  its  billing
customers. The Company believes that internally generated funds and this line of
credit  will continue  to be  sufficient to  meet its  other cash  needs for the
immediate  future.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and Results of  Operations -- Advance  Funding Program and Receivable
Financing Facility."
 
DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
    The Company's  future  success depends  to  a significant  degree  upon  the
continued  services  of  its  President and  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Alan W.
Saltzman, and other key senior management personnel, none of whom is covered  by
an  insurance policy under  which Billing is the  beneficiary. The Company does,
however, have a two  year employment agreement with  Mr. Saltzman that  contains
noncompete and confidentiality provisions. Billing's future success also depends
on  its continuing  ability to  attract and  retain highly  qualified managerial
personnel. Competition  for such  personnel  is intense,  and  there can  be  no
assurance  that Billing will be  able to retain its  key managerial employees or
attract, assimilate or retain other highly qualified managerial personnel in the
future. The Company's ability to manage growth successfully will require that it
continue to  improve  its  operational, management  and  financial  systems  and
controls.  Failure  to do  so  could have  a  material adverse  effect  upon the
Company's business and results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company's  future  success is  heavily  dependent upon  its  proprietary
software  technology. Billing relies  principally on trade  secret and copyright
law and nondisclosure agreements and  other contractual arrangements to  protect
its   software  technology.   Billing  currently   enters  into  confidentiality
agreements with its  key employees.  There can be  no assurance  that the  steps
taken  by the  Company will be  effective in preventing  misappropriation of its
proprietary rights.
 
ABSENCE OF TRADING MARKET FOR THE BILLING COMMON STOCK
 
    There is not  currently a public  market for the  Billing Common Stock,  and
there  can be  no assurance  as to the  prices at  which trading  in the Billing
Common Stock will occur after the  Distribution. Until the Billing Common  Stock
is fully distributed and an orderly market develops, the prices at which trading
in  such  stock occurs  may fluctuate  significantly. The  trading price  of the
Billing
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
Common Stock will be influenced by a variety of factors, including the Company's
operating results, the  depth and  liquidity of  the market  for Billing  Common
Stock,  investor perception  of Billing and  the industry in  which its business
operates and  general  and economic  market  conditions. The  Company  has  made
application  to  list and  anticipates  that the  Billing  Common Stock  will be
approved for listing on the Nasdaq National Market subject to official notice of
issuance. See "The  Distribution -- Listing  and Trading of  the Billing  Common
Stock."
 
CHANGES IN TRADING PRICES OF USLD COMMON STOCK
 
    It  is expected that USLD Common Stock will continue to be listed and traded
on the  Nasdaq  National Market  after  the Distribution.  As  a result  of  the
Distribution,  the trading price  range of USLD  Common Stock is  expected to be
lower  than  the  trading  price  range  of  USLD  Common  Stock  prior  to  the
Distribution.  The combined trading prices of  the Billing Common Stock and USLD
Common Stock held by stockholders after the Distribution may be less than, equal
to or  greater  than the  trading  prices of  USLD  Common Stock  prior  to  the
Distribution. See "The Distribution -- Listing and Trading of the Billing Common
Stock."
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER FEATURES
 
    Upon  consummation  of  the Distribution,  certain  provisions  of Billing's
Certificate of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws, along  with  certain  provisions  of
Delaware  statutory law and  certain agreements between  Billing and USLD, could
discourage potential acquisition proposals and  could delay or prevent a  change
in  control of the Company. Such provisions could diminish the opportunities for
a stockholder to  participate in  tender offers,  including tender  offers at  a
price  above  the  then-current  market  value  of  Billing  Common  Stock. Such
provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in  the market price of Billing  Common
Stock  that could result from takeover attempts. See "Purposes and Anti-Takeover
Effects of Certain Provisions of  Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and  Delaware
Law."
 
UNCERTAINTY OF TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    As  a condition to the completion of the Distribution, USLD and Billing will
receive an opinion from special tax counsel, to the effect that the Distribution
will qualify as  a tax-free spinoff  under Section 355  of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). This tax opinion is delivered in reliance
on  a  number of  representations made  by  USLD and  Billing. Certain  of these
representations are  critical to  the  qualification of  the Distribution  as  a
tax-free  spinoff under Section 355  of the Code. If  any of the representations
are breached, then the total foundation of  the tax opinion would be flawed  and
it may not be relied upon.
 
    Among  the principal  representations made by  USLD to  special tax counsel,
USLD has represented that it has no current plan or intent, and is not currently
engaged in any  discussions, to merge  USLD or Billing  with another company  or
sell  or  otherwise dispose  of all  or  a substantial  portion of  its business
operations or assets of USLD or Billing after the Distribution (a "Disposition")
other than (i) in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in a transaction that,
in the opinion of tax counsel,  would not be inconsistent with the  Distribution
qualifying as a tax-free spinoff. In general, if a Disposition occurred in which
gain  or loss was recognized and such  Disposition, based upon all the facts and
circumstances, was found  to be  related to  the Distribution,  the Service  may
assert  that the Distribution was used as  a "device" to distribute the earnings
and profits  of one  or both  of  USLD and  Billing, with  the result  that  the
Distribution  may not  qualify as  a tax-free spinoff  under Section  355 of the
Code. Legislation recently has been introduced proposing changes in the nation's
tax laws, including a proposal to recognize gain in certain Section 355  spinoff
transactions.  The probability of passage  of such a proposal  and its impact on
the Distribution are uncertain.
 
    Further, as reflected in the tax  opinion, the applicability of Section  355
to  the Distribution is complex and may be subject to differing interpretations.
Accordingly, even if the representations are accurate, there can be no assurance
that the Service will  not successfully challenge  the applicability of  Section
355  to the Distribution, or assert that the Distribution fails the requirements
of Section 355
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
on the basis  of facts either  existing at  the Distribution Date  or which  may
arise  after the Distribution Date.  No ruling will be  sought from the Service,
and the opinion of special tax counsel  is not binding on the Service. See  "The
Distribution -- Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution."
 
CERTAIN CONSENT REQUIREMENTS
 
    USLD  and its subsidiaries have reviewed  their existing debt agreements and
other contractual  arrangements in  connection with  the Distribution.  It is  a
condition of the Distribution that any amendments, consents or waivers necessary
to  effect the Distribution have been obtained,  except for those the failure of
which to obtain would not have a material adverse effect on Billing or USLD. The
Company believes that there will be no individual consents, the failure of which
to obtain would have a material adverse effect on it, USLD or the  Distribution.
However,  certain of  the waivers and/or  consents are expected  to require that
existing  cross  guarantees  and  pledges  of  assets  remain  in  effect.   See
"Relationship  between Billing and  USLD after the  Distribution -- Distribution
Agreement."
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The future payment of dividends by the Company will depend on decisions that
will be made by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time based on
the results of  operations and  financial condition  of Billing  and such  other
business considerations as the Board of Directors of Billing considers relevant.
The  Company  currently does  not  expect to  pay  dividends in  the foreseeable
future. Additionally,  the Company  is  a holding  company whose  only  material
assets  are the stock of its subsidiaries.  As a result, the Company conducts no
business  and  will  be  dependent   on  distributions  it  receives  from   its
subsidiaries  to  pay  dividends.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any such
distributions will be adequate  to pay any dividends.  Moreover, the Company  is
subject  to certain  restrictions on  the payment  of dividends  pursuant to its
credit agreements. See "Dividend Policy."
 
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN USLD AND BILLING
 
    The Distribution  Agreement  also provides  that  by the  Distribution  Date
Billing's  Certificate  of Incorporation  and  Bylaws shall  be  in the  form as
attached hereto as Annexes IV and V, respectively, and that the Company and USLD
will take all actions  that may be  required to elect  or otherwise appoint,  as
directors   of  Billing,   the  persons  indicated   herein.  See  "Management,"
"Description of  Capital  Stock"  and "Purposes  and  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of
Certain Provisions of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    For  purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between USLD
and the Company after the Distribution and to provide for an orderly transfer on
the Distribution Date of the  third party billing clearinghouse and  information
management  services business  to the Company  and an orderly  transition to the
status of two  separate companies,  USLD and the  Company have  entered or  will
enter  into various  agreements. In  addition, the  Company and  USLD will adopt
policies and procedures to be followed by the Board of Directors of each company
to limit  the involvement  of  Parris H.  Holmes,  Jr. in  conflict  situations,
including  requiring him to abstain from voting  as a director of either Billing
or USLD on certain matters that present  a conflict of interest between the  two
companies. See "Relationship between Billing and USLD after the Distribution."
 
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS; LEGAL DIVIDEND REQUIREMENTS
 
    It  is a  condition to  the consummation of  the Distribution  that the USLD
Board shall  have received  a  satisfactory opinion  regarding the  solvency  of
Billing  and USLD and  that the USLD  Board determine the  permissibility of the
Distribution under Section 170 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL").
See "The Distribution -- Opinions of Financial Advisors." There is no certainty,
however, that a court would find the solvency opinion rendered by Houlihan Lokey
Howard & Zukin  to be binding  on creditors of  the Company and  USLD or that  a
court  would reach the same conclusions set forth in such opinion in determining
whether the Company or USLD was insolvent at the time of, or after giving effect
to, the Distribution.
 
    If a  court  in  a  lawsuit  by an  unpaid  creditor  or  representative  of
creditors,  such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were  to find that at the time USLD
effected the Distribution, Billing or USLD, as the case
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
may be,  (i)  was  insolvent; (ii)  was  rendered  insolvent by  reason  of  the
Distribution; (iii) was engaged in a business or transaction for which Billing's
or  USLD's remaining assets, as the  case may be, constituted unreasonably small
capital; or (iv) intended to incur, or believed it would incur, debts beyond its
ability to  pay as  such debts  matured, such  court may  be asked  to void  the
Distribution  (in whole or in part) as  a fraudulent conveyance and require that
the stockholders return the special dividend (in  whole or in part) to USLD,  or
require  Billing to fund  certain liabilities for the  benefit of creditors. The
measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending upon the
jurisdiction whose law is being applied. Generally, however, Billing or USLD, as
the case  may be,  would be  considered insolvent  if the  fair value  of  their
respective  assets were less than the  amount of their respective liabilities or
if they incurred debt beyond their respective abilities to repay such debt as it
matures. In addition, under Section 170 of the DGCL (which is applicable to  the
Distribution), a corporation may make distributions to its stockholders only out
of its surplus (net assets minus capital) and not out of capital.
 
    USLD's  Board and management  believe that, in  accordance with the solvency
opinion rendered in connection with the Distribution, (i) Billing and USLD  each
will  be  solvent  at the  time  of  the Distribution  (in  accordance  with the
foregoing definitions), will  be able to  repay their respective  debts as  they
mature  following the Distribution and will  have sufficient capital to carry on
their respective businesses, and (ii) the Distribution will be made entirely out
of surplus, as provided under Section 170 of the DGCL.
 
DEPENDENCE UPON CONTRACTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANIES
 
    The Company's business is dependent upon its contractual relationships  with
over  1,200 local  telephone companies pursuant  to which  these local telephone
companies bill and collect from their customers on Billing's behalf. Most of the
billing and collection agreements  cover a one to  five year period and  provide
for  automatic renewals unless notice of  termination is given. Certain of these
local telephone  companies, whose  billing  services provide  access to  a  vast
majority  of the  businesses and  households in  the United  States, are legally
required to provide billing and collection services for Billing if they  provide
such services for any other third party, such as Billing's competitors. Although
the  Company has not experienced  the termination of any  contracts in the past,
there can be no assurance that these contracts will continue in effect on  their
present  terms, if  at all. The  termination of  one or more  of these contracts
would severely diminish the  Company's capacity to  provide billing services  in
the  geographic areas  covered by the  terminated contracts  and could adversely
affect the Company's business.
 
ANTICIPATED BILLING SYSTEM EXPENDITURES
 
    To facilitate and support  the growth anticipated  in its business,  Billing
plans  to make significant expenditures  in its operations over  the next one to
two years. Specifically,  the Company currently  intends to spend  approximately
$18  million to license, develop and create information systems that will enable
it to offer "direct billing" and "invoice ready" services to its customers  (see
"Business  -- Business Strategy"). These expenditures are expected to be made in
the areas of  software development,  hardware, related  staffing and  additional
local  telephone company  agreements. Recently, the  Company has  entered into a
software license and related services and equipment agreements for the provision
of certain  of  these  items. The  Company  is  in the  process  of  negotiating
additional local telephone company agreements for the implementation of "invoice
ready" billing services. The Company believes that it will be able to fund these
expenditures with internally generated funds and borrowings, but there can be no
assurance that such funds will be generated and/or spent in these projects.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  billing  services  industry is  highly  competitive and  is  based upon
pricing,  customer  service  and  value-added  services.  The  Company  competes
primarily  with a unit of Electronic Data  Systems, Inc. This competitor and its
parent company have greater name recognition than the Company and have, or  have
access  to, substantially greater  financial and personnel  resources than those
available to the
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
Company. Billing's success is dependent  upon its continued ability to  maintain
high quality, market driven services at competitive prices. Although the Company
believes  that it  currently competes favorably  with respect  to these factors,
there can be no assurance that Billing will be able to compete successfully with
existing or  future  competitors or  that  the competitive  pressures  faced  by
Billing  will  not have  a material  adverse effect  on its  business, operating
results or financial condition. See "Business -- Competition."
    
 
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION MAY PROVE INACCURATE
 
    This Information Statement contains  certain forward-looking statements  and
information relating to Billing that are based on the beliefs of USLD or Billing
management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to
USLD  or Billing management. When used  in this document the words "anticipate,"
"believe," "estimate," "expect"  and "intend" and  similar expressions, as  they
relate  to USLD, Billing or USLD or Billing management, are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the current views of USLD or
Billing with  respect  to  future  events and  are  subject  to  certain  risks,
uncertainties  and  assumptions, including  the risk  factors described  in this
Information Statement.  Should  one or  more  of these  risks  or  uncertainties
materialize,  or should  underlying assumptions prove  incorrect, actual results
may vary  materially  from  those described  herein  as  anticipated,  believed,
estimated,  expected or  intended. Neither  USLD nor  Billing intends  to update
these forward-looking statements.
 
                                THE DISTRIBUTION
 
REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    USLD, through  its  Telecommunications  Group,  provides  direct  dial  long
distance  and operator services and, through its Billing Group, provides billing
clearinghouse and information management services to direct dial long  distance,
operator services and other telecommunications businesses. The USLD Board, after
careful  study and analysis and consultation  with financial and other advisors,
has determined that, for the reasons set forth in the following four paragraphs,
it is in the best interests of  USLD and its stockholders to separate  ownership
of  the Telecommunications  Group and the  Billing Group. USLD  will continue to
conduct the  Telecommunications Group  business, and  Billing will  conduct  the
Billing Group business.
 
    The  USLD  Board believes  that, as  a result  of the  benefits to  USLD and
Billing  discussed  below,  the  Distribution  will  enhance  value  to   USLD's
stockholders.  The spinoff  will provide Billing  with more  efficient access to
capital markets to finance the anticipated growth of its business. Specifically,
the Company believes that  it will achieve a  more favorable valuation from  the
investment  community as a result of  the Distribution and, therefore, will have
access to equity capital on more  favorable terms. Billing is anticipated to  be
valued more favorably than USLD has been historically because of what management
of USLD believe are Billing's attractive profitability and growth prospects. The
Company  believes that it  will also have  improved access to  debt markets as a
stand-alone entity due to its  strong equity base, consistent operating  results
and  cash flow  position. Billing has  had preliminary  discussions with certain
lenders  regarding  its  post-Distribution   financing  needs  including   those
currently met by FINOVA, but does not expect to pursue any financing commitments
until the Distribution has been completed.
 
   
    In  addition,  the  Distribution  will eliminate  the  perceived  concern of
Billing's   customers   and   potential   customers   who   compete   with   the
Telecommunications   Group  that  the  Billing   Group's  affiliation  with  the
Telecommunications Group  assists a  competitor  and could  compromise  customer
proprietary  information. Regarding  this reason,  the Billing  Group uses "most
favored nations" contracts (wherein all customers  pay the same rates for  given
volumes  of records) for certain of its services in part to appease the concerns
of the  Telecommunications Group's  competitors that  they are  subsidizing  the
Telecommunications  Group's billing and collection expenses. The prospect of any
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
special arrangement between the Telecommunications Group and the Billing  Group,
and  the  possibility that  the Telecommunications  Group  could have  access to
certain proprietary information of the  Billing Group's customers, has led  some
customers  and potential customers to express  concerns over such matters and in
some cases to use the Billing Group's competitors.
 
    The  advent  of   the  new   telecommunications  law   has  heightened   the
telecommunications  industry's awareness  of such potential  conflicts. Prior to
the enactment of  the Telecommunications  Act of  1996 (the  "Telecommunications
Act"), the Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs") and the General Telephone
Operating  Companies from whom Billing  purchased certain billing and collection
services were  generally  prohibited from  competing  in the  direct  dial  long
distance  market, and direct dial  long distance carriers such  as USLD, to whom
Billing resold local  telephone company  billing and  collection services,  were
generally prohibited from competing with the local telephone companies for local
services.  The  Telecommunications  Act  now allows  this  competition  for long
distance services  outside  the  RBOC's  telephone  operating  regions  and  for
"incidental"  long distance  services in-region. In  addition, the  RBOCs may be
authorized to provide all long distance  services in-region in a state upon  the
entry  of a facilities-based local competitor and satisfaction of a checklist of
local interconnection requirements overseen by the FCC. In-region long  distance
services  will require the  structural separation between  an RBOC local service
provider and the  RBOC's long  distance entity. This  structural separation  was
deemed  necessary  for several  reasons, including  to  prevent the  RBOC's long
distance entity from utilizing customer proprietary information obtained through
the RBOC's local  telephone records  or billing  and collection  data to  target
their  competitors' premium long distance customers  for their own long distance
service. As a result of the  Telecommunications Act, all of the local  telephone
companies  with whom  the Billing  Group has  contracts are  or are  expected to
become potential direct  dial long distance  billing customers, and  all of  the
Billing  Group's existing  direct dial long  distance billing  customers may now
enter into  the  local  telephone  market as  Billing's  vendors  and  customers
aggressively  vie  for each  other's market  share.  As evidenced  by Congress's
mandate to separate the local and long distance arms of the RBOCs, the  concerns
of  direct dial long distance businesses in these areas will be increased in the
new telecommunications marketplace.  Although the  Telecommunications Group  and
the  Billing  Group  have taken  measures  to  ensure that  no  such proprietary
information could be shared in the  past, it has become extremely important  for
the  continued growth  of the  Billing Group to  eliminate these  fears from its
existing and potential customer base.
 
    Moreover, as a result of the Distribution, the Telecommunications Group will
be able to  compete with customers  of the  Billing Group for  the provision  of
telecommunications  services without any concern as to the impact on the Billing
Group. The  Distribution will  separate two  distinct companies  with  different
missions  and different  financial, investment and  operating characteristics so
that each  can pursue  business  strategies and  objectives appropriate  to  its
specific  business. While the Telecommunications Group and the Billing Group are
currently  operated  by  separate  management  teams,  separation  of  the   two
businesses  will enable each  management group to  concentrate its attention and
financial resources  on  its  own  business  without  regard  to  the  corporate
objectives,  policies and capital  requirements of the other  and allow for more
effective incentives for key employees  of each business, including  stock-based
and  other incentive programs  that will more directly  reward employees of each
business. The separation  will permit  investors, customers,  lenders and  other
constituencies  to evaluate the  respective businesses of USLD  and Billing on a
stand-alone basis.
 
OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
    BEST INTERESTS  OF  STOCKHOLDERS.    As  a  condition  of  the  Distribution
Agreement to be entered into between USLD and Billing prior to the Distribution,
the USLD Board received a written opinion from The Chicago Corporation dated May
13,  1996, to the effect that, based upon the factors set forth in such opinion,
the Distribution is in  the best interests  of the stockholders  of USLD from  a
financial point of view after considering other alternatives that were available
regarding  Billing. The  full text of  The Chicago Corporation's  opinion is set
forth in Annex I, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference  to
the  text  of  such  opinion. It  is  a  condition to  the  consummation  of the
Distribution that
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
The Chicago Corporation  deliver an  updated opinion to  the USLD  Board, to  be
dated  the Distribution Date, in substantially the  same form as the opinion set
forth in Annex I. See "The Distribution -- Conditions; Termination" below.
 
   
    In its opinion,  The Chicago  Corporation states  that it  has, among  other
things, (i) reviewed the publicly available consolidated financial statements of
USLD  for recent years  and interim periods  to date and  certain other relevant
financial and operating  data, including  primarily line  of business  operating
data,  financial data and projections, of USLD  and Billing made available to it
from published sources  and by  officers of  USLD; (ii)  reviewed the  financial
statements  of Billing  contained in  the Information  Statement; (iii) reviewed
certain  internal  financial  and  operating  information,  including  primarily
projections,  relating to USLD  and Billing prepared by  the managements of USLD
and Billing, respectively; (iv) discussed the business, financial condition  and
prospects  of USLD with Parris H. Holmes, Jr., Chairman of the Board of USLD and
Chairman of the Board  and Chief Executive Officer  of Billing, Larry M.  James,
President  and  Chief Operating  Officer  of USLD,  W.  Audie Long,  Senior Vice
President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of USLD, Michael E.  Higgins,
Senior  Vice President  and Chief Financial  Officer of USLD,  Alan W. Saltzman,
Executive Vice President of  USLD and President and  Chief Operating Officer  of
Billing,  Kelly E.  Simmons, Senior  Vice President  and Corporate  Treasurer of
USLD,  and  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and
Corporate  Secretary  of  Billing,  and Phillip  J.  Storin,  Vice  President --
Accounting and  Corporate  Controller  of  USLD;  (v)  discussed  the  business,
financial condition and prospects of Billing with the same executive officers of
USLD  and Billing; (vi) reviewed the  financial terms of the Distribution; (vii)
reviewed the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of eight spinoff
transactions it deemed relevant to the Distribution and ten merger  transactions
it deemed relevant to the potential sale of certain of USLD's subsidiaries to an
unaffiliated purchaser, of which no one transaction was given any greater weight
than any other transaction; (viii) reviewed certain publicly available financial
data  and  stock trading  activity  relating to  certain  telecommunications and
transaction processing companies  it deemed  appropriate in  analyzing USLD  and
Billing,  including ACC Corp.,  Excel Communications, Inc.,  Frontier Corp., LCI
International  Inc.  and  WorldCom  Inc.  (telecommunications)  and   Affiliated
Computer  Services Inc.,  Saville Systems  PLC, Automatic  Data Processing Inc.,
BISYS Group Inc., National  Data Corp., Transaction  Network Services, Inc.  and
SPS  Transaction  Services,  Inc. (transaction  processing);  (ix)  reviewed the
trading history of  USLD Common  Stock; (x) reviewed  the Information  Statement
included  in the Registration Statement on Form  10 for the Billing Common Stock
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 1996; (xi) reviewed
the tax  opinion of  Arter &  Hadden,  Special Tax  Counsel, that,  among  other
things, the transaction will be tax-free to USLD and its stockholders; and (xii)
reviewed  the  solvency and  sufficient surplus  opinions provided  by Houlihan,
Lokey, Howard & Zukin, Inc.
    
 
    The analyses performed by The  Chicago Corporation related to the  potential
valuation  of USLD and the alternatives available  to USLD to maximize the value
of USLD stock. In  making its analyses, The  Chicago Corporation considered  the
financial  aspects of  other alternatives  available to  USLD, including selling
certain of USLD's subsidiaries to an unaffiliated purchaser, the potential  sale
of  all or a portion of Billing to the public through an initial public offering
and maintaining Billing as a USLD  subsidiary. The opinion also states that  The
Chicago   Corporation  has  relied  upon   publicly  available  information  and
information provided by USLD and Billing (including the information contained in
this Information  Statement), has  not  independently verified  the  information
concerning  USLD and  Billing or  other data considered  in its  review, and has
relied upon the accuracy and completeness of all such information. In connection
with its opinion  provided to the  USLD Board, The  Chicago Corporation was  not
asked  to,  and  did  not,  provide any  opinion  as  to  the  valuation, future
performance or long-term viability of  Billing as an independent public  company
following  the Distribution. The Chicago Corporation's opinion does not opine as
to or give assurances of the price at  which the shares of USLD Common Stock  or
Billing Common Stock will trade after the Distribution.
 
    The  Chicago Corporation was engaged by USLD  on November 8, 1995 to provide
general financial advisory and investment  banking services. In connection  with
the services performed and to be
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
performed  by The Chicago Corporation  regarding the Distribution, including the
rendering of its written opinion and updates thereto, USLD has paid The  Chicago
Corporation  the sum of $200,000 and has agreed to pay The Chicago Corporation a
fee equal to .75% of the market value of the Billing Common Stock distributed to
USLD stockholders upon  completion of  the Distribution, less  the $200,000  fee
previously  paid. USLD also has agreed  to reimburse The Chicago Corporation for
its reasonable expenses,  and to  indemnify it against  certain liabilities  and
expenses  in  connection with  its services  as  financial advisor.  The Chicago
Corporation has  from time  to  time performed  various investment  banking  and
financial advisory services for USLD.
 
    The  Chicago Corporation,  as part  of its  investment banking  services, is
regularly engaged  in  the  valuation  of businesses  and  their  securities  in
connection  with mergers  and acquisitions,  corporate restructurings, strategic
alliances, negotiated  underwritings,  secondary  distributions  of  listed  and
unlisted  securities, private placements and  valuations for corporate and other
purposes.
 
    SOLVENCY AND ADEQUATE  SURPLUS.   In reaching  a decision  to undertake  the
Distribution,  the USLD Board considered, among  other things, the advice of one
its financial advisors, Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin, Inc. ("Houlihan  Lokey"),
who was engaged on April 19, 1996. A summary of the opinion rendered by Houlihan
Lokey  with respect to the Distribution is set forth below. The opinion rendered
by Houlihan Lokey assumes that the Distribution is consummated substantially  as
described  in  this Information  Statement. The  full  text of  Houlihan Lokey's
opinion is set forth in Annex II, and this summary is qualified in its  entirety
by  reference to the text of such opinion. It is a condition to the consummation
of the Distribution that Houlihan Lokey  deliver an updated opinion to the  USLD
Board,  to be dated the Distribution Date  in substantially the same form as the
opinion set forth in Annex II. See "The Distribution -- Conditions; Termination"
below.
 
    In a written opinion dated May  13, 1996, Houlihan Lokey stated that,  based
upon  the conditions  set forth therein,  it was  of the opinion  that, (i) with
respect to USLD before  the Distribution and  with respect to  each of USLD  and
Billing, assuming the Distribution is consummated as proposed, immediately after
and giving effect to the Distribution on a pro forma basis (a) the fair value of
such  company's aggregate assets  would exceed such  company's total liabilities
(including contingent liabilities); (b) the present fair salable value for  such
company's  aggregate  assets  would  be  greater  than  such  company's probable
liabilities on its debts as such debts  become absolute and mature or due;  (ii)
with  respect  to  each  of  USLD  and  Billing,  assuming  the  Distribution is
consummated as proposed, immediately after and giving effect to the Distribution
(c) such company would be able to pay its debts and other liabilities (including
contingent liabilities) as they become absolute  and mature or due; and (d)  the
capital   remaining  in  such  company  after  the  Distribution  would  not  be
unreasonably small  for  the business  in  which  such company  is  engaged,  as
management  has indicated it  is now conducted  and is proposed  to be conducted
following consummation of the Distribution; and (iii) the excess of the value of
aggregate assets  of USLD,  before consummation  of the  Distribution, over  the
total  identified liabilities  (including contingent liabilities)  of USLD would
equal or exceed  the value  of the Distribution  to USLD  stockholders plus  the
stated capital of USLD.
 
    In  preparing  its  opinion,  Houlihan  Lokey  relied  on  the  accuracy and
completeness of all information  supplied or otherwise made  available to it  by
USLD and did not independently verify such information or undertake any physical
inspection  or independent  appraisal of  the assets  or liabilities  of USLD or
Billing. Such  opinion  was  based  on  business,  economic,  market  and  other
conditions existing on the date such opinion was rendered.
 
    Houlihan Lokey's opinion is also based on, among other things, its review of
the  agreements relating to the Distribution, historical and pro forma financial
information and  certain  business information  relating  to Billing  and  USLD,
including  that  contained in  this Information  Statement,  as well  as certain
financial forecasts and other data provided  by USLD relating to the  respective
businesses  and prospects  of Billing and  USLD, information  searches on public
data bases, discussions with Company advisors including The Chicago Corporation,
Arthur Andersen LLP  and Arter  & Hadden and  awareness of  current general  and
industry    specific    business,   economic    and   market    activities   and
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
climate through  the  use of  economic  reports and  business  news  publishing.
Houlihan  Lokey also  conducted discussions with  Larry M.  James, President and
Chief Operating Officer of USLD, Michael  E. Higgins, Senior Vice President  and
Chief  Financial Officer of USLD, Alan  W. Saltzman, Executive Vice President of
USLD and President and Chief Operating Officer of Billing, W. Audie Long, Senior
Vice President,  General  Counsel and  Corporate  Secretary of  USLD,  Kelly  E.
Simmons,  Senior Vice President and Corporate  Treasurer of USLD and Senior Vice
President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and  Corporate  Secretary  of
Billing,  Phillip J. Storin, Vice President, Accounting and Corporate Controller
of USLD, John  Welsh, Vice  President, Sales and  Customer Service  of USLD  and
Michael  Hynes, Assistant  Treasurer of  USLD with  respect to  the business and
prospects of USLD and Billing.
    
 
    In connection with the Distribution, USLD  has paid Houlihan Lokey a fee  of
$65,000  and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with Houlihan Lokey's delivery
of the opinion and updates thereto.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGENT
 
    The Distribution Agent ("Distribution Agent")  is Montreal Trust Company  of
Canada.
 
MANNER OF EFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  general terms and conditions relating to the Distribution are set forth
in the Distribution  Agreement, dated  as of  July 10,  1996 (the  "Distribution
Agreement"), between USLD and Billing.
 
    USLD  will effect  the Distribution on  the Distribution  Date by delivering
certificates evidencing  shares  of Billing  Common  Stock to  the  Distribution
Agent,  for distribution  to holders of  record of  USLD Common Stock  as of the
close of business on the Record Date. The Distribution will be made on the basis
of one  share of  Billing  Common Stock  for each  share  of USLD  Common  Stock
outstanding  as of the  close of business  on the Record  Date. The actual total
number of shares of Billing  Common Stock to be  distributed will depend on  the
number of shares of USLD Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date. The shares
of  Billing Common Stock  will be fully  paid and nonassessable  and the holders
thereof will not be entitled to  preemptive rights. See "Description of  Capital
Stock."  Certificates representing shares of Billing Common Stock will be mailed
to USLD stockholders by the Distribution Agent as soon as practicable after  the
Distribution Date.
 
    HOLDERS  OF USLD COMMON STOCK SHOULD  NOT SEND CERTIFICATES TO BILLING, USLD
OR  THE  DISTRIBUTION  AGENT.  THE  DISTRIBUTION  AGENT  WILL  MAIL  THE   STOCK
CERTIFICATES  REPRESENTING SHARES OF BILLING COMMON STOCK AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE
AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION DATE. USLD STOCK CERTIFICATES WILL CONTINUE TO  REPRESENT
SHARES  OF USLD COMMON STOCK AFTER THE  DISTRIBUTION IN THE SAME AMOUNT SHOWN ON
THE CERTIFICATES.
 
    No holder of USLD  Common Stock will  be required to pay  any cash or  other
consideration   for  the  shares  of  Billing   Common  Stock  received  in  the
Distribution or to surrender or exchange shares of USLD Common Stock in order to
receive shares  of  Billing  Common  Stock. Because  of  the  one-for-one  share
dividend, there will be no fractional shares issued in the Distribution.
 
RESULTS OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    After  the Distribution, Billing will be  a separate public company and will
own and operate the commercial billing clearinghouse and information  management
services  business formerly  conducted by USLD's  Billing Group.  The number and
identity  of  the  holders  of  Billing  Common  Stock  immediately  after   the
Distribution  will be substantially the same as  the number and identity of USLD
Common Stock on  the Record  Date. Immediately after  the Distribution,  Billing
expects  to have approximately 608 holders of record of Billing Common Stock and
approximately 14,930,422 shares of Billing Common Stock outstanding based on the
number of record stockholders and outstanding shares of USLD Common Stock as  of
the  close of business on June 30, 1996 and a Distribution ratio of one share of
Billing Common Stock for each share of  USLD Common Stock. The actual number  of
shares  of Billing Common Stock  to be distributed will  be determined as of the
Record Date. The Distribution will not  affect the number of outstanding  shares
of USLD Common Stock or any rights of
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
USLD  stockholders. For  certain information  regarding the  options to purchase
Billing Common  Stock  that will  be  outstanding after  the  Distribution,  see
"Relationship  Between Billing and USLD After  the Distribution -- Benefit Plans
and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
LISTING AND TRADING OF THE BILLING COMMON STOCK
 
    Billing has made application to the  Nasdaq National Market for the  listing
of  the Billing  Common Stock. It  is presently anticipated  that Billing Common
Stock will be approved for  listing on the Nasdaq  National Market prior to  the
Distribution  Date, and trading  may commence on a  "when-issued" basis prior to
the Distribution. It is also possible that USLD Common Stock would be traded  on
a  "when-distributed"  basis  prior  to the  Distribution.  On  the  trading day
following the date that certificates for Billing Common Stock are mailed by  the
Distribution  Agent, "when-issued" or "when-distributed" trading, as applicable,
in respect of each of the Billing  Common Stock and USLD Common Stock would  end
and  "regular-way"  trading would  begin. The  Nasdaq  National Market  will not
approve any trading in respect of the Billing Common Stock until the  Securities
and   Exchange  Commission   (the  "Commission")  has   declared  effective  the
Registration Statement of Billing  on Form 10 in  respect of the Billing  Common
Stock  (the "Registration  Statement on  Form 10"),  which is  expected to occur
prior to the Distribution Date.
 
    There is not currently a public market for the Billing Common Stock.  Prices
at  which the  Billing Common  Stock may  trade prior  to the  Distribution on a
"when-issued" basis or  after the  Distribution cannot be  predicted. Until  the
Billing  Common Stock is  fully distributed and an  orderly market develops, the
prices at which trading  in such stock occurs  may fluctuate significantly.  The
prices  at  which the  Billing Common  Stock  trades will  be determined  by the
marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including, among others,  the
depth  and  liquidity  of the  market  for  the Billing  Common  Stock, investor
perception  of  Billing  and  the  industries  in  which  Billing  participates,
Billing's  dividend  policy and  general  economic and  market  conditions. Such
prices also may be  affected by certain provisions  of Billing's Certificate  of
Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  each  of  which will  be  in  effect  following the
Distribution, which may have  an anti-takeover effect.  See "Special Factors  --
Dividend  Policy" and "Purposes and  Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions
of the Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
   
    USLD filed  a  request  for  a  no action  letter  with  the  staff  of  the
Commission, setting forth, among other things, USLD's view that the Distribution
of  Billing Common Stock does not  require registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended  (the "Securities Act"). USLD  has received a response  from
the  Commission Staff to such request in which the Commission Staff stated that,
based upon the facts set forth in  the no action letter, it would not  recommend
enforcement  action to the Commission if the Billing Common Stock is distributed
to USLD stockholders without registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly,
the Staff noted  that the  Billing Common  Stock would  be freely  transferable,
except  for shares received by  persons who may be  deemed to be "affiliates" of
Billing under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates  of
Billing  after the Distribution  generally include individuals  or entities that
control, are controlled by, or are  under common control with, Billing, and  may
include the Directors and principal executive officers of Billing as well as any
principal  stockholder of Billing. Persons who are affiliates of Billing will be
permitted to  sell their  shares of  Billing Common  Stock only  pursuant to  an
effective  registration statement under the Securities  Act or an exemption from
the registration  requirements of  the Securities  Act, such  as the  exemptions
afforded by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act and Rule 144 thereunder.
    
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    The   following   discussion   sets  forth   certain   federal   income  tax
considerations under the Code, for holders of USLD Common Stock with respect  to
the  receipt  of the  Billing  Common Stock  pursuant  to the  Distribution. The
discussion is intended  for general  information only  and may  not address  all
federal  income  tax  consequences  that  may  be  relevant  to  particular USLD
stockholders, e.g.,  foreign  persons, dealers  in  securities and  persons  who
received USLD Common Stock in compensatory
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
transactions.  In addition, the discussion does  not address any state, local or
foreign tax  considerations  relative  to  the  Distribution.  ACCORDINGLY,  ALL
STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS.
 
    USLD has not requested a ruling from the Service with respect to the federal
income  tax  consequences of  the Distribution.  However, it  is a  condition of
consummation of the Distribution that USLD and Billing have received an  opinion
of  Arter & Hadden ("Special  Tax Counsel") to the  effect that the Distribution
will qualify as a tax-free spinoff under Section 355 of the Code and in  general
that:
 
    (1) No gain or loss will be recognized by USLD or Billing solely as a result
of the Distribution;
 
    (2)  No gain or loss will be recognized by or be includable in the income of
a holder of  USLD Common  Stock solely  as a result  of the  receipt of  Billing
Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution;
 
    (3)  The  tax  basis  of  USLD  Common  Stock  held  by  a  USLD stockholder
immediately before the Distribution will  be allocated between such USLD  Common
Stock  and  the  Billing  Common  Stock  received  by  such  stockholder  in the
Distribution (based upon  the relative  fair market  value of  such USLD  Common
Stock and Billing Common Stock on the Distribution Date); and
 
    (4) Assuming that USLD Common Stock is held as a capital asset by the holder
thereof,  the  holding  period for  the  Billing  Common Stock  received  in the
Distribution will include  the period during  which such USLD  Common Stock  was
held by the holder thereof.
 
    The  full text of the Arter & Hadden tax opinion is attached hereto as Annex
III, and this summary is qualified in  its entirety by reference to the text  of
such opinion. The tax opinion does not bind the Service nor does it preclude the
Service from adopting a contrary position from that taken in the tax opinion. In
rendering   the   tax  opinion,   Special  Tax   Counsel  relied   upon  certain
representations made by USLD and Billing,  certain of which are critical to  the
qualification of the Distribution as a tax-free spinoff under Section 355 of the
Code.  In the event the representations are  not accurate, USLD and Billing will
be unable to rely on  the tax opinion. The Company  is not aware of any  present
facts  or circumstances that could make such assumptions, facts, representations
and advice unobtainable or untrue. However, certain future events not within the
control of USLD  and Billing,  including, for example,  certain dispositions  of
USLD  Common Stock or  Billing Common Stock after  the Distribution, could cause
the Distribution not to qualify as tax-free.
 
    Among the principal  representations made  by USLD to  Special Tax  Counsel,
USLD  has represented  that it has  no current plan  or intent to  merge USLD or
Billing with  another  company  or  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  a
substantial  portion of  its business  operations or  assets of  USLD or Billing
after the Distribution (a "Disposition") other  than (i) in the ordinary  course
of business or (ii) in a transaction which, in the opinion of tax counsel, would
not  be inconsistent with the Distribution  qualifying as a tax-free spinoff. In
general, if a Disposition occurred in which gain or loss was recognized and such
Disposition, based upon all the facts and circumstances, was found to be related
to the Distribution, the Service may assert that the Distribution was used as  a
"device"  to distribute  the earnings  and profits  of one  or both  of USLD and
Billing, with the  result that the  Distribution may not  qualify as a  tax-free
spinoff under Section 355 of the Code.
 
    Other  representations made by USLD to  Special Tax Counsel, the accuracy of
which are critical  to the  conclusions set forth  in the  tax opinion,  include
statements  that (i)  except for  the provision  by USLD  to Billing  of certain
administrative services and  subleasing of office  space for a  short period  of
time  following the  Distribution, the provision  by Billing  of certain billing
services to USLD, the provision  by USLD of certain telecommunications  services
to  Billing, after the Distribution the  provision of certain guarantees by both
companies in consideration of a credit support fee, and an agreement by USLD and
Billing for USLD to pay Billing  certain usage charges and expenses relating  to
USLD's  leasing of an airplane owned by  Billing, USLD and Billing will continue
the conduct of their  active businesses independently of  one another; (ii)  any
indebtedness  incurred after the  Distribution between USLD  and Billing will be
entered  into  in  the   ordinary  course  of  business;   (iii)  to  the   best
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
knowledge  of the management of USLD, there is  no current plan or intent on the
part of USLD stockholders to dispose of their stock in USLD or Billing after the
Distribution; (iv) there is no current plan or intent on the part of Billing  to
dispose  of any of its assets other than in the ordinary course of business; and
(v) all payments made in connection  with transactions between USLD and  Billing
after the Distribution will be based upon terms and conditions arrived at by the
parties bargaining at arm's length.
 
    To   avoid  adversely  affecting  the   intended  tax  consequences  of  the
Distribution and related transactions, the Distribution Agreement provides that,
until the second anniversary  of the Distribution Date,  Billing must obtain  an
opinion  of counsel reasonably satisfactory to USLD or a supplemental tax ruling
before Billing may make certain material  dispositions of its assets, engage  in
certain  repurchases of Billing capital stock or cease the active conduct of its
business independently, with  its own  employees and  without material  changes.
Billing   does  not  expect  these  limitations  to  inhibit  significantly  its
operations, growth  opportunities or  its ability  to respond  to  unanticipated
developments.   USLD  also  must   obtain  an  opinion   of  counsel  reasonably
satisfactory to Billing or a supplemental  tax ruling before USLD may engage  in
similar  transactions during such period. See "Special Factors -- Uncertainty of
Tax  Consequences."  USLD   does  not  expect   these  limitations  to   inhibit
significantly  its operations, growth opportunities or its ability to respond to
unanticipated developments.
 
    If  USLD  should  determine  to  engage  in  a  Disposition  that   required
stockholder  approval,  the  possible  effect of  such  Disposition  on  the tax
treatment  of  the  Disposition  would  be  considered  and  presented  to   the
stockholders in connection with obtaining their approval.
 
    As  reflected in the  tax opinion, the  applicability of Section  355 of the
Code  to  the  Distribution  is  complex   and  may  be  subject  to   differing
interpretations.  Accordingly,  even if  the  representations made  by  USLD and
Billing are  accurate, there  can be  no assurance  that the  Service could  not
successfully  challenge  the applicability  of Section  355 of  the Code  to the
Distribution or assert that the  Distribution fails the requirements of  Section
355  on the basis  of facts either existing  at the time  of the Distribution or
which may arise thereafter.
 
    If the Distribution  does not satisfy  the requirements to  be treated as  a
tax-free  spinoff under Section 355 of the  Code, then: (i) USLD would recognize
capital gain  equal to  the difference  between  the fair  market value  of  the
Billing Common Stock on the Distribution Date and the tax basis of USLD therein;
(ii)   each  stockholder  receiving  shares  of  Billing  Common  Stock  in  the
Distribution would  be treated  as having  received a  dividend taxable  to  the
extent of USLD's current and accumulated earnings and profits; (iii) the holding
period  for  determining  capital gain  treatment  of the  Billing  Common Stock
received in the Distribution would commence  on the Distribution Date; and  (iv)
each  stockholder would have a  tax basis in the  shares of Billing Common Stock
received in the Distribution equal  to the fair market  value of such shares  on
the  Distribution Date.  Further, corporate stockholders  may be  eligible for a
dividend-received deduction (subject to certain limitations) with respect to the
portion of the Distribution constituting a  dividend, and may be subject to  the
Code's  extraordinary dividend provisions which,  if applicable, would require a
reduction in such holder's tax basis to the extent of such deduction.
 
    Within a reasonable time following the Distribution Date, USLD will  provide
appropriate   information  to  USLD   stockholders  concerning  the  appropriate
allocation of tax basis  between USLD Common Stock  and Billing Common Stock  as
well as other relevant tax information.
 
    Whether  or  not  the  Distribution qualifies  as  a  tax-free  spinoff, the
Distribution will trigger  the recognition  of certain  income or  tax items  to
USLD.  In October 1991, ZPDI  declared a stock dividend  payable to MPDI (ZPDI's
parent company at that time)  payable in non-voting cumulative preferred  shares
of  ZPDI with  redemption/liquidation and fair  market values equal  to the then
fair market value of  ZPDI of $4,000,000.  Immediately thereafter, USLD  (parent
company)  converted  its advances  to  ZPDI into  voting  common shares  of ZPDI
resulting in USLD (parent company) owning over 99% of the common shares of ZPDI.
Prior to the Distribution of  Billing, MPDI will sell  all of its preferred  and
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
common  share holdings in ZPDI to USLD  (parent company). The sale of ZPDI stock
to USLD  (parent company)  will cause  MPDI to  recognize Canadian-taxable  gain
equal  to the excess of  the sales proceeds of the  ZPDI shares over their cost.
For U.S. tax purposes, the gain will be considered "sub-part F" income and cause
a deemed dividend to USLD (parent company) in the amount of the gain. After  the
sale,  MPDI will  distribute its  assets to  its sole  stockholder, USLD (parent
company),  in  liquidation.  See  "Preliminary  Transactions."  The  liquidating
distribution  will  be subject  to  Canadian withholding  tax  to the  extent it
exceeds MPDI's "paid-up" capital.  As a result of  the above transactions,  MPDI
will  recognize gain and pay  income and withholding taxes  to Revenue Canada of
approximately $2.3 million and to the provincial government of British  Columbia
of approximately $1.1 million. USLD (parent company) will recognize "sub-part F"
income,  but USLD will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax benefit directly
through foreign tax  credits for the  Canadian taxes paid  with respect to  this
income.  Consequently, no U.S. income  taxes will be payable  as a result of the
above transactions. The Arter & Hadden tax opinion does not consider or  address
the foregoing tax issues related to MPDI.
 
    THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
OF  THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER  CURRENT LAW AND IS  INTENDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
ONLY. EACH  STOCKHOLDER  SHOULD  CONSULT  HIS  OR HER  TAX  ADVISOR  AS  TO  THE
PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER, IN LIGHT OF HIS
OR  HER PERSONAL  CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING THE  APPLICATION OF  STATE, LOCAL AND
FOREIGN TAX  LAWS AND  POSSIBLE  CHANGES IN  TAX LAW  THAT  MAY AFFECT  THE  TAX
CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.
 
CONDITIONS; TERMINATION
 
    USLD  Board  has conditioned  the Distribution  upon,  (i) the  transfers of
assets and liabilities contemplated by the Distribution Agreement to occur prior
to the Distribution having been consummated  in all material respects; (ii)  the
Billing  Board having been elected  by USLD as sole  stockholder of Billing, and
the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws  of Billing, as each will be  in
effect  after the Distribution,  having been adopted and  being in effect; (iii)
the Registration  Statement  on  Form  10  having  become  effective  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and not being
subject to further  comment by  the Staff of  the Commission;  (iv) The  Chicago
Corporation  having delivered an updated opinion to  the USLD Board, dated as of
the Distribution Date, in  substantially the same form  as the opinion  attached
hereto as Annex I; (v) Houlihan Lokey having delivered an updated opinion to the
USLD Board, dated as of the Distribution Date, in substantially the same form as
the opinion attached hereto as Annex II; (vi) Arter & Hadden having delivered an
updated  opinion to the  USLD Board, dated  as of the  Distribution Date, to the
effect as described herein under "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Distribution;" (vii) Billing and  USLD shall have  entered into the  agreements,
instruments,  understandings,  assignments or  other  arrangements set  forth in
writing, in connection  with the transactions  contemplated by the  Distribution
Agreement, including without limitation, the transfers of assets and liabilities
referred  to  in subpart  (i) above  of  this paragraph,  the Benefit  Plans and
Employment Matters  Allocation  Agreement, the  Tax  Sharing Agreement  and  the
Transitional  Services and Sublease Agreement (see "Relationship Between Billing
and USLD after the  Distribution -- Distribution  Agreement," "-- Benefit  Plans
and  Employment Matters Allocation Agreement," "--  Tax Sharing Agreement" and "
- -- Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement"), (viii) Billing's  application
to  effect the listing of the Billing Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market
shall  have  become  effective;  (ix)  the  transactions  contemplated  by   the
Distribution  Agreement shall be in compliance with applicable federal and state
securities laws and USLD shall have  received a satisfactory "no action"  letter
from   the  Commission  with  regard  to  exemption  from  registration  of  the
Distribution and related matters; (x) receipt  of any necessary consents to  the
Distribution  from  third parties  to certain  contracts,  except for  those the
failure of which to obtain would not  have a material adverse effect on  Billing
or  USLD; (xi)  no legal  proceeding affecting or  otherwise arising  out of the
transactions contemplated by the Distribution Agreement or which could otherwise
affect USLD or Billing in a materially adverse manner shall have been  commenced
or  threatened against USLD, Billing or the directors or officers of either USLD
or Billing;  and (xii)  no  material adverse  change  shall have  occurred  with
respect to USLD or Billing, the
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
securities  market or general  economic or financial  conditions which shall, in
the reasonable judgment of USLD and Billing, make the transactions  contemplated
by  the Distribution Agreement inadvisable. USLD  believes that there will be no
individual consents,  the failure  of  which to  obtain  would have  a  material
adverse  effect  on Billing,  USLD  or the  Distribution.  Because the  terms of
certain waivers and consents under USLD's and/or Billing's, or their  respective
subsidiaries',  debt agreements  require that,  after the  Distribution, USLD or
Billing, or their respective subsidiaries, each remain liable as a guarantor and
continue to pledge security with respect to certain indebtedness that cannot  be
economically separated under existing arrangements and allocated to only USLD or
only Billing prior to the Distribution Date, each of USLD and Billing has agreed
to  pay each other  a credit support  fee equal to  1% per annum  of the average
monthly balance of indebtedness guaranteed by one on behalf of the other for  as
long as such guarantees continue.
 
    Any  of the above conditions may be  waived in the discretion of USLD Board.
Even if all of the above conditions  are satisfied, the USLD Board has  reserved
the  right to abandon, defer or modify  aspects of the Distribution or the other
elements of  the  Distribution at  any  time  prior to  the  Distribution  Date;
however, the USLD Board will not waive any of the conditions to the Distribution
or  make any  changes in  the terms  of the  Distribution unless  the USLD Board
determines that  such  changes would  not  be  materially adverse  to  the  USLD
stockholders.  See "Relationship Between Billing and USLD After the Distribution
- -- Distribution Agreement."
 
REASONS FOR FURNISHING THE INFORMATION STATEMENT
 
    This Information  Statement is  being furnished  by USLD  solely to  provide
information  to USLD stockholders  who will receive the  Billing Common Stock in
the Distribution. It is  not, and is  not to be construed  as, an inducement  or
encouragement  to buy or sell any securities of USLD or Billing. The information
contained in this Information  Statement is believed by  USLD and Billing to  be
accurate  as of the  date set forth on  its cover. Changes  may occur after that
date, and neither  Billing nor USLD  will update the  information except in  the
normal course of their respective public disclosure practices.
 
                        RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BILLING AND
                          USLD AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    For  purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between USLD
and Billing after the  Distribution, and to provide  for an orderly transfer  on
the  Distribution Date of  certain of the  billing clearinghouse and information
management services business to Billing and an orderly transition to the  status
of  two separate  companies, USLD  and Billing have  entered or  will enter into
various agreements,  including those  described in  this section.  The terms  of
these  agreements  are  subject  to  change prior  to  execution.  The  forms of
agreements  summarized  in  this  section  are  included  as  exhibits  to   the
Registration  Statement on Form  10 of which this  Information Statement forms a
part, and the following summaries are  qualified in their entirety by  reference
to the agreements as filed.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution Date,  Billing  and  USLD will  enter  into the
Distribution Agreement,  which  provides  for (i)  certain  of  the  Preliminary
Transactions  (see "Preliminary Transactions"); (ii) the Distribution; (iii) the
division between Billing and USLD of certain assets and liabilities with Billing
retaining substantially all the commercial billing clearinghouse and information
management services business  and USLD  retaining its  direct billing  function,
pursuant  to which  USLD will  continue to  directly bill  its direct  dial long
distance charges; (iv)  the sharing  of the obligations  under certain  warrants
previously  issued by USLD; (v)  the issuance by Billing of  a stock option to a
former USLD director who has agreed to join the Board of Directors of Billing in
consideration of his joining the Board of Directors of Billing and to replace an
expiring, unvested  option to  acquire  shares of  USLD  Common Stock  and  (vi)
certain  other agreements  governing the  relationship between  Billing and USLD
following the Distribution.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    Subject to  certain  exceptions,  the Distribution  Agreement  provides  for
assumptions of liabilities and cross-indemnities designed to allocate, effective
as  of  the  Distribution  Date, financial  responsibility  for  the liabilities
arising out of or in connection with the business of the Billing Group ("Billing
Group Business") to Billing and  its subsidiaries, and financial  responsibility
for  the liabilities arising  out of or  in connection with  the business of the
Telecommunications Group ("Telecommunications Group  Business") to USLD and  its
retained  subsidiaries. The  agreements to  be executed  in connection  with the
Distribution Agreement  set forth  certain specific  allocations of  liabilities
between  Billing and USLD. See "Relationship  Between Billing and USLD after the
Distribution -- Benefit Plans and  Employment Matters Allocation Agreement";  --
"Tax  Sharing Agreement"; and --  "Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement"
below. Under the Distribution  Agreement, Billing will transfer  to USLD on  the
Distribution Date cash in an amount necessary to cause USLD's working capital to
be  approximately $21,500,000 after  taking into account the  payment by USLD of
the direct costs of the  Distribution estimated to be approximately  $10,000,000
and  the receipt  by USLD  of $8,785,000 in  connection with  the dissolution of
MPDI. The calculation of this cash amount will be based upon current assets  and
current  liabilities as reported on the USLD  balance sheet at June 30, 1996 and
is subject  to  change  at any  time  prior  to execution  of  the  Distribution
Agreement in light of changes in the financial position and results of operation
of  Billing and  USLD. See "Preliminary  Transactions" and  "Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
    USLD has issued and outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 225,000
shares of USLD Common  Stock. USLD and Billing  have agreed that, in  connection
with  the  Distribution,  if  so  elected  by  USLD,  Billing  will  assume  its
proportionate share of obligations represented by such warrants such that, after
the Distribution and at USLD's option, each warrant will be exercisable for  one
share  of  USLD  Common  Stock  and  one  share  of  Billing  Common  Stock. The
Distribution Agreement provides  that, upon notice  to USLD of  the exercise  of
such  warrants, USLD, if it  so elects, will promptly  provide notice thereof to
Billing and Billing shall promptly thereafter issue to the exercising holder  of
the warrant the appropriate number of shares of Billing Common Stock and Billing
will  be entitled to receive a pro rata  portion of the exercise price (such pro
rata portion to be established by allocating the exercise price of the  warrants
between  the  Billing  Common Stock  and  the  USLD Common  Stock  issuable upon
exercise of the warrants  in accordance with their  average per share price  for
each  of  the  ten  consecutive  trading days  beginning  on  and  including the
Distribution Date).
 
    The Distribution Agreement also provides that Billing will grant to a former
USLD Director who  has agreed  to join  the Board  of Directors  of Billing,  in
consideration  of his joining the  Billing Board of Directors  and to replace an
unvested option for  5,000 shares of  USLD Common Stock,  a non-qualified  stock
option  of  Billing to  purchase  5,000 shares  of  Billing Common  Stock  at an
exercise price that  preserves the  spread between  the exercise  price of  such
unvested  USLD option  and the  price of  the USLD  Common Stock  as of  the day
immediately preceding the Record Date.
 
    To  avoid  adversely  affecting  the   intended  tax  consequences  of   the
Distribution and related transactions, the Distribution Agreement provides that,
until  the second anniversary  of the Distribution Date,  Billing must obtain an
opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to USLD or a supplemental tax  ruling
from  the Service before  Billing may make certain  material dispositions of its
assets, engage in  certain repurchases  of Billing  capital stock  or cease  the
active conduct of its business independently, with its own employees and without
material   changes.  Billing  does  not  expect  these  limitations  to  inhibit
significantly its operations, growth opportunities or its ability to respond  to
unanticipated  developments.  USLD  must  also  obtain  an  opinion  of  counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Billing or a supplemental tax ruling from the Service
before USLD may engage in similar transactions during such period. See  "Special
Factors  --  Uncertainty  of  Tax  Consequences."  USLD  does  not  expect these
limitations to inhibit significantly its operations, growth opportunities or its
ability to respond to unanticipated developments.
 
    The Distribution  Agreement also  provides that  by the  Distribution  Date,
Billing's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall be in the forms attached
hereto  as Annex IV and V, respectively, and that Billing and USLD will take all
actions  which   may   be  required   to   elect  or   otherwise   appoint,   as
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
directors  of Billing, the persons indicated herein. See "Description of Capital
Stock"  and  "Purposes  and  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of  Certain  Provisions  of
Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    The  Distribution  Agreement also  provides that  each  of USLD  and Billing
agrees that for a period of one (1) year after the Distribution Date, whether  a
breach of the Distribution Agreement or any related agreement is alleged or not,
neither  USLD nor Billing will, without the  prior written consent of the other,
which consent may be  withheld in the sole  discretion of each, engage,  whether
for  compensation or not, as an owner,  partner, stockholder, investor or in any
other capacity whatsoever, in any activity or endeavor that competes directly or
indirectly with the  business of  the other  as engaged  in, or  proposed to  be
engaged   in,  as  of  the  Distribution  Date;  provided,  however,  that  such
noncompetition agreement shall not prohibit either USLD or Billing from engaging
in a merger, consolidation or other business combination with another person  or
entity  with departments or divisions that competes with either USLD or Billing,
as the case may be. Such restriction applies worldwide.
 
    Each of USLD and Billing further agrees for a period of six (6) months after
the  Distribution  Date,  notwithstanding  any  allegation  of  breach  of   the
Distribution  Agreement or any related agreement, not, without the prior written
consent of the other, to solicit, influence  or attempt to influence any of  the
other's  employees  to  terminate his  or  her employment  or  other contractual
relationship with  his or  her  respective employer  for any  reason  including,
without  limitation, working for  such soliciting party.  Either Billing or USLD
may elect to  pay to  the other  fifty percent (50%)  of the  total previous  12
months'  salary and  bonus of  any employee  of the  other for  the privilege of
soliciting the employment of  such employee without  the necessity of  obtaining
the consent of the employing party.
 
    The  Distribution Agreement also provides that each of Billing and USLD will
be granted access to  certain records and information  in the possession of  the
other,  generally consisting  of pre-Distribution,  nonproprietary, noncustomer,
noncompetitive related  information,  and  requires the  retention  by  each  of
Billing  and USLD for  a period of  ten years following  the Distribution of all
such information in its possession, and thereafter requires that each party give
the other  prior notice  of its  intention to  dispose of  such information.  In
addition,  the  Distribution Agreement  provides  for the  allocation  of shared
privileges with respect to certain information and requires each of Billing  and
USLD to obtain the consent of the other prior to waiving any shared privilege.
 
    Because  the  terms  of certain  waivers  and consents  under  USLD's and/or
Billing's, or  their respective  subsidiaries',  debt agreements  require  that,
after  the Distribution, USLD or  Billing, and/or their respective subsidiaries,
each remain liable as a guarantor  and continue to pledge security with  respect
to  certain indebtedness  that cannot  be economically  separated under existing
arrangements  and  allocated  to  only  USLD  or  only  Billing  prior  to   the
Distribution  Date, each of USLD and Billing  has agreed to pay annually to each
other a credit support fee equal to 1% per annum of the average monthly  balance
of  indebtedness guaranteed by  one on behalf of  the other for  as long as such
guarantees continue after the Distribution Date.
 
    The Distribution  Agreement provides  that, except  as otherwise  set  forth
therein  or in any related agreement, all  costs and expenses in connection with
the Distribution will be charged to the party for whose benefit the expenses are
incurred.
 
BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
 
    Prior to the Distribution Date, USLD  and Billing will enter into a  Benefit
Plans  and  Employment  Matters  Allocation Agreement  (the  "Benefit  Plans and
Employment Matters  Allocation  Agreement")  providing  for  the  allocation  of
certain  responsibilities  with respect  to  employee compensation,  benefit and
labor matters.  The allocation  of  responsibility and  adjustments to  be  made
pursuant  to the Benefit  Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement are
substantially consistent with the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
existing benefits provided to USLD  employees under USLD's various  compensation
plans.  The  Benefit  Plans  and Employment  Matters  Allocation  Agreement will
provide that, effective as of the Distribution Date, Billing will, or will cause
one or more of its  subsidiaries to, assume or retain,  as the case may be,  all
liabilities  of USLD, to  the extent unpaid  as of the  Distribution Date, under
employee benefit plans, policies,  arrangements, contracts and agreements,  with
respect  to employees who, on or after  the Distribution Date, will be employees
of Billing  or  its  subsidiaries.  The Benefit  Plans  and  Employment  Matters
Allocation  Agreement will also  provide that, effective  as of the Distribution
Date, USLD will, or  will cause one  or more of its  subsidiaries to, assume  or
retain,  as the case may be, all liabilities of USLD, to the extent unpaid as of
the Distribution  Date, under  employee benefit  plans, policies,  arrangements,
contracts  and  agreements  with  respect  to  employees  who  on  or  after the
Distribution Date will be employees of USLD or its subsidiaries.
 
    USLD currently provides additional compensation to its employees  (including
Billing  employees) under one  or more of the  following employee benefit plans:
USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "USLD Retirement Plan"), the USLD 1990 Employee
Stock Option Plan  ("USLD Employee  Stock Option Plan"),  the 1993  Non-Employee
Director   Plan  of  USLD  (the  "USLD   Director  Plan"),  the  USLD  Executive
Compensation Deferral  Plan  (the  "USLD Executive  Deferral  Plan"),  the  USLD
Director  Compensation Deferral Plan  ("USLD Director Deferral  Plan"), the USLD
Employee Stock Purchase  Plan ("USLD  Stock Purchase  Plan") and  the USLD  1995
Employee  Restricted Stock Plan ("USLD Restricted  Stock Plan"). Pursuant to the
Benefit Plans and  Employment Matters Allocation  Agreement, subject to  certain
conditions  set forth  in the  Benefit Plans  and Employment  Matters Allocation
Agreement in connection with  the Distribution, USLD  will adjust each  existing
USLD  employee benefit  plan and award  outstanding thereunder  in the following
manner:
 
    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
 
    Under the USLD  Retirement Plan, participants  generally may make  voluntary
salary  deferred contributions, on  a pre-tax basis  of up to  15% of their base
compensation  and  commissions,  if  any,  in  the  form  of  voluntary  payroll
deductions  up to a  maximum amount as  indexed for cost  of living adjustments.
USLD has agreed to make matching contributions equal to 50% of the first 3% of a
participant's compensation contributed  as salary deferral.  USLD also may  from
time  to time make additional discretionary contributions at the sole discretion
of the Board of Directors of  USLD. USLD will make matching contributions  under
the  USLD Retirement Plan prior to the Distribution Date. As of the Distribution
Date, the  plan administrator  of  the USLD  Retirement  Plan shall  adjust  the
account  balance of  all participants entitled  under such plan  to reflect such
contributions and any  forfeitures under  the plan.  As soon  as is  practicable
after the Distribution Date, USLD shall cause the trustee of the USLD Retirement
Plan  to  transfer  to  the  trustee  or  other  funding  agent  of  the Billing
Information  Concepts  Corp.  401(k)  Retirement  Plan  the  amounts  (in  cash,
securities,  other property or a combination  thereof) acceptable to the Billing
administrator or trustee representing the account balances of all employees who,
on or  after  the  Distribution  Date,  will be  employees  of  Billing  or  its
subsidiaries  and  certain  former employees  of  Billing or  any  Billing Group
Business, and Billing shall  credit the accounts of  such individuals under  the
Billing Information Concepts Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan with these amounts.
 
   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL
    PLAN AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
 
    Under  the USLD Director Deferral Plan and the USLD Executive Deferral Plan,
respectively, as of June 30, 1996, three outside directors and 25 executives and
other employees, defer current compensation for retirement or other purposes. In
connection with the  Distribution, Billing  will adopt  the Billing  Information
Concepts  Corp. Director Compensation Deferral  Plan and the Billing Information
Concepts  Corp.  Executive  Compensation  Deferral  Plan  and  will  assume  all
liabilities and obligations of USLD relating to outside directors of Billing and
all  employees who,  on or  after the  Distribution Date,  will be  directors or
employees of Billing or its subsidiaries and certain former employees of Billing
or any Billing Group Business, accrued through the day immediately preceding the
Distribution Date  with respect  to the  USLD Director  Deferral Plan  and  USLD
Executive Deferral
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
Plan,  respectively, along with the earnings  required to be credited to account
balances included in such plans. USLD will retain such obligations with  respect
to  all directors or employees  who, on or after  the Distribution Date, will be
directors or employees of USLD or its subsidiaries and certain former  employees
of  USLD or  any Telecommunications  Group Business  and directors  of USLD. All
service with USLD will be credited under the Billing Information Concepts  Corp.
Director  Compensation  Deferral  Plan and  Billing  Information  Concepts Corp.
Executive Compensation Deferral  Plan, as  applicable, for  purposes of  vesting
thereunder.
 
    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. 1995 EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN
 
    As  of June 30, 1996,  there were outstanding 115,000  shares of USLD Common
Stock awarded under  the USLD Restricted  Stock Plan. Immediately  prior to  the
Distribution,  the vesting of  all of these  shares will be  accelerated and all
restrictions on these  shares shall  lapse. As a  result, the  holders of  these
shares will participate in the Distribution as any other USLD stockholder and no
adjustments will be required.
 
   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. 1990 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION
    PLAN AND 1993 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN
 
   
    As  of  June  30,  1996,  there were  outstanding  options  to  purchase (i)
1,539,547 shares of USLD Common Stock under the USLD Employee Stock Option Plan,
and (ii) 70,000 shares  of USLD Common  Stock under the  USLD Director Plan.  Of
these  outstanding stock options  ("USLD Options"), options  to purchase 610,225
shares are  held by  individuals who  will continue  as directors,  officers  or
employees of Billing after the Distribution.
    
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution,  Billing also  will  adopt  the  1996 Employee
Comprehensive  Stock  Plan  (the  "Billing   Employee  Stock  Plan")  and   1996
Non-Employee  Director Plan (the  "Billing Director Plan")  under which officers
and employees,  and non-employee  directors, respectively,  of Billing  and  its
affiliates   are  eligible  to  receive  stock  option  grants.  See  "Executive
Compensation -- Employee Benefit Plans -- Stock Option and Grant Plans."
 
   
    Immediately prior to the Distribution,  Billing intends to grant, under  the
Billing  Employee Stock Plan and Billing Director Plan, respectively, options to
purchase  Billing  Common  Stock  ("Billing  Options")  to  each  holder  of  an
outstanding  option  to purchase  shares  of USLD  Common  Stock under  the USLD
Employee Stock Option  Plan and  USLD Director Plan,  respectively. The  Billing
Options  will be exercisable for Billing Common  Stock on the basis of one share
of Billing Common Stock for every one share of USLD Common Stock subject to  the
outstanding  USLD Options.  Based on the  number of USLD  Options outstanding on
June 30, 1996, it  is anticipated that  Billing Options to  purchase a total  of
1,609,547  shares of Billing Common Stock will be granted in connection with the
grant to USLD Option holders.
    
 
    In connection with the grant of  the Billing Options, the exercise price  of
the  USLD  Options  will be  adjusted  (the "Formula  Adjustment").  The Formula
Adjustment and the  grant of the  Billing Options are  designed to preserve  the
economic   value  of  the  USLD  Options   existing  immediately  prior  to  the
Distribution (collectively, the  "USLD Adjusted Options").  The Billing  Options
shall have vesting schedules mirroring the vesting schedules of the related USLD
Options.  As a  result of  the Formula  Adjustment, and  subject to  the vesting
provisions of the Billing Options, the holders of the USLD Adjusted Options will
have the opportunity  to acquire  the same number  of shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  as they would have received had they exercised their USLD Options in full
prior to the Distribution.
 
    Except for the Formula  Adjustment, the terms of  each USLD Adjusted  Option
will be substantially the same as those in effect under the related USLD Options
prior to the Distribution.
 
    FORMULA  ADJUSTMENT.  The per share exercise  price of the USLD Options will
be adjusted by  allocating it among  each of  the USLD Adjusted  Options on  the
basis  of the relative fair market values of the underlying common stock of each
of the two companies  after the Distribution. For  purposes of such  allocation,
the  fair market  value per share  of common stock  of each company  will be the
average
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
of the last sales price  per share of that common  stock on the Nasdaq  National
Market  for each  of the  ten (10) consecutive  trading days  beginning with and
including  the  Distribution  Date.  The  USLD  Adjusted  Options  will   remain
exercisable  for the same  number of shares  of USLD Common  Stock as before the
Distribution.
 
    The Formula Adjustment will be based on the following formulas:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
                                                                                   X
THE EXERCISE PRICES FOR USLD ADJUSTED OPTIONS WILL EQUAL:           A X            Z
 
                                                                                   Y
THE EXERCISE PRICE FOR BILLING OPTIONS WILL EQUAL:                  A X            Z
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Where      A          =          The original exercise price of the USLD Options.
 
           x          =          The fair market value per share of USLD Common Stock based on the  average
                                 of  the last sales price per share  for each of the 10 consecutive trading
                                 days beginning on the Distribution Date.
 
           y          =          The fair  market value  per share  of Billing  Common Stock  based on  the
                                 average  of the last sales price per  share for each of the 10 consecutive
                                 trading days beginning on the Distribution Date.
 
           z          =          The sum of x + y.
</TABLE>
 
    The Formula Adjustment will assure that  each holder of an outstanding  USLD
Option   prior  to  the  Distribution  will   have  the  opportunity  after  the
Distribution to obtain  Billing Common Stock  and the same  number of shares  of
USLD Common Stock at the same aggregate exercise price as if such individual had
exercised  the USLD Option in full (as  if such options were fully vested) prior
to the Distribution Date.
 
    POST-DISTRIBUTION EXERCISABILITY.  It is anticipated that immediately  after
the  Distribution each option holder who is an employee of USLD or Billing prior
to the consummation  of the Distribution  will continue in  employment with  the
same  company employing that individual as prior to the Distribution. Therefore,
after the Distribution  Date, such USLD  Option holders will  not only have  the
right  to purchase shares of USLD Common Stock, but will also possess separately
exercisable Billing Options. For each such  USLD Option holder who continues  to
be  employed  with  either USLD  or  Billing  after the  Distribution  Date, the
post-Distribution exercisability of his or her Billing Options and USLD Adjusted
Options will be as follows:
 
        (a) Each  USLD  Adjusted  Option  held by  a  USLD  employee  after  the
    Distribution  Date will terminate in accordance with the USLD Employee Stock
    Option Plan upon the earliest to occur of (i) the specified expiration  date
    of  the original USLD Option, (ii)  the expiration of the three-month period
    following the  retirement  (with  the  written consent  of  USLD)  or  other
    termination  of employment with USLD other than a termination that is either
    (y) for cause or (z) voluntary on  the part of the employee and without  the
    written consent of USLD (except that in the event that employment terminates
    due  to disability, the three  month period shall be  a one year period), or
    (iii) the expiration of the 12 month period following the date of the option
    holder's death, if  such individual  dies while in  the service  of USLD  or
    within  three months after  the termination of employment  with USLD. In the
    event of termination that is  either for cause or  voluntary on the part  of
    the  employee and  without the written  consent of USLD,  each USLD Adjusted
    Option will terminate immediately on  the date of termination of  employment
    with USLD.
 
        (b)  Each Billing Option granted in connection with the Distribution and
    held by  a USLD  employee  after the  Distribution  Date will  terminate  in
    accordance  with the Billing Employee Stock  Plan upon the earliest to occur
    of (i) the specified expiration date  of the original USLD Option, (ii)  the
    expiration  of the  three month  period following  the retirement  (with the
    written consent of USLD) or other termination of employment with USLD  other
    than a termination that
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    is  (y) for cause or  (z) voluntary on the part  of the employee and without
    the written  consent of  USLD  (except that  in  the event  that  employment
    terminates  due to disability,  the three month  period shall be  a one year
    period), or (iii) the expiration of  the 12 month period following the  date
    of  the option holder's death, if such  individual dies while in the service
    of USLD or  within three  months after  the termination  of employment  with
    USLD.  In the event of termination that  is either for cause or voluntary on
    the part  of the  employee and  without the  written consent  of USLD,  each
    Billing  Option will  terminate immediately  on the  date of  termination of
    employment with USLD.
 
        (c) Each  USLD Adjusted  Option held  by a  Billing employee  after  the
    Distribution  Date will terminate in accordance with the USLD Employee Stock
    Option Plan upon the earliest to occur of (i) the specified expiration  date
    of  the original USLD Option, (ii) the  expiration of the three month period
    following the  retirement (with  the written  consent of  Billing) or  other
    termination  of employment with Billing other than a termination that is (y)
    for cause or  (z) voluntary  on the  part of  the employee  and without  the
    written  consent  of  Billing  (except that  in  the  event  that employment
    terminates due to  disability, the three  month period shall  be a one  year
    period),  or (iii) the expiration of the  12 month period following the date
    of the option holder's death, if  such individual dies while in the  service
    of  Billing or within three months  after the termination of employment with
    Billing. In the event of termination  that is either for cause or  voluntary
    on the part of the employee and without the written consent of Billing, each
    USLD  Adjusted Option will terminate immediately  on the date of termination
    of employment with Billing.
 
        (d) Each Billing Option granted in connection with the Distribution  and
    held  by a  Billing employee after  the Distribution Date  will terminate in
    accordance with the Billing Employee Stock  Plan upon the earliest to  occur
    of  (i) the specified expiration date of  the original USLD Option, (ii) the
    expiration of  the three  month period  following the  retirement (with  the
    written  consent of Billing) or other termination of employment with Billing
    other than a termination that  is either (y) for  cause or (z) voluntary  on
    the  part of the employee and without the written consent of Billing (except
    that in the event  that employment terminates due  to disability, the  three
    month  period shall be a one year period), or (iii) the expiration of the 12
    month period  following the  date  of the  option  holder's death,  if  such
    individual dies while in the service of Billing or within three months after
    the termination of employment with Billing. In the event of termination that
    is either for cause or voluntary on the part of the employee and without the
    written  consent of Billing, each  Billing Option will terminate immediately
    on the date of termination of employment with Billing.
 
   
    Each USLD  Adjusted Option  agreement  provides or  will provide,  and  each
Billing  Option agreement will  provide, that (a)  upon a change  of control (as
defined in the applicable  stock option agreement) of  USLD, all nonvested  USLD
Adjusted Options, whether held by a USLD employee or a Billing employee, and all
nonvested  Billing Options  held by USLD  employees shall  immediately vest, and
shall be exercisable for the time periods specified above and (b) upon a  change
of control (as defined in the applicable stock option agreement) of Billing, all
nonvested  Billing  Options,  whether  held  by a  USLD  employee  or  a Billing
employee, and  all nonvested  USLD Adjusted  Options held  by Billing  employees
shall  immediately vest and shall be  exercisable for the time periods specified
above. USLD and  Billing have also  agreed to give  effect in its  corresponding
stock  option agreement to  any amendments that  the other may  make to any USLD
Adjusted Option agreement or any Billing  Option agreement, as the case may  be,
subsequent to the Distribution Date.
    
 
    The USLD Adjusted Options will be administered under the USLD Employee Stock
Option  Plan and USLD Director Plan, as  applicable. The Billing Options will be
granted and  administered under  the  Billing Employee  Stock Plan  and  Billing
Director Plan, as applicable, adopted by Billing prior to the Distribution.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    TAX  EFFECT OF OPTION ADJUSTMENT.   USLD believes that  neither the grant of
the Billing Options nor the Formula Adjustment to the USLD Options should result
in the recognition  of taxable  income by USLD  or Billing  or their  respective
option  holders.  However, each  holder  of an  outstanding  option is  urged to
consult with his or her own tax advisors.
 
    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The USLD Stock  Purchase Plan  provides the  ability for  USLD employees  to
purchase,  on the  last day of  each participation period  (each offering period
commences at the beginning of USLD's  regular payroll period that falls  closest
to  February 1 and August 1 of each year, and lasts approximately six months, or
such other period as  the committee administering the  USLD Stock Purchase  Plan
prescribes), USLD Common Stock at the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value
on  the first day of the applicable participation period or (ii) 85% of the fair
market value on the last day of such participation period. The purchase price is
collected by  means  of employee  salary  and  wage deferrals.  The  USLD  Stock
Purchase Plan provides that the right to participate terminates immediately upon
the  date  the  participant  ceases  employment  with  USLD.  Any  contributions
collected prior to the date of termination are paid to the participant in  cash.
The  committee administering the USLD Stock Purchase Plan will adjust the length
of the current participation period to end  prior to the Record Date and  shares
of  USLD Common Stock shall be purchased  for all eligible participants so as to
allow participants to participate in  the Distribution of Billing Common  Stock.
After  the Distribution, employees of Billing will  be eligible to enroll in the
Billing Stock Purchase Plan. New offering periods under the USLD Stock  Purchase
Plan  and the Billing  Stock Purchase Plan will  begin on August  1, 1996, or on
such other date that the administrators under the respective plans determine.
 
    ADDITIONAL ACTIONS
 
    Prior to  the  Distribution, USLD,  as  sole stockholder  of  Billing,  will
approve  the adoption  by Billing of  the Billing Comprehensive  Stock Plan, the
Billing Stock  Purchase Plan  and  the Billing  Director  Plan. USLD  will  also
approve  the reservation by Billing of  3,500,000, 1,000,000, and 400,000 shares
of Billing Common Stock under the Billing Comprehensive Stock Plan, the  Billing
Stock  Purchase  Plan  and  the  Billing  Director  Plan,  respectively.  For  a
discussion of the principal terms and  conditions of each of these stock  plans,
see  "Executive Compensation -- Employee Benefit Plans -- Stock Option and Grant
Plans."
 
    Billing will  assume,  with  respect  to employees  who,  on  or  after  the
Distribution  Date, will be employees of Billing or any of its subsidiaries, all
responsibility for liabilities and obligations  as of the Distribution Date  for
medical  and dental plan coverage and for  vacation and welfare plans. USLD will
assume, with respect to employees who,  on or after the Distribution Date,  will
be  employees  of  USLD  or  any of  its  subsidiaries,  all  responsibility for
liabilities and obligations as of the  Distribution Date for medical and  dental
plan coverage and for vacation and welfare plans.
 
    The  Benefit Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement will provide
that the  Distribution  does not  constitute  a termination  of  employment  for
employees  who, on or after the Distribution  Date, will be employees of Billing
or any of its subsidiaries or employees who, on or after the Distribution  Date,
will  be employees of USLD or any  of its subsidiaries, and those employees who,
on or after the Distribution  Date, will be employees of  Billing or any of  its
subsidiaries  who are employed  immediately prior to  the Distribution Date will
not be deemed severed from employment from  USLD or any of its subsidiaries  for
purposes of any policy, plan, program or agreement that provides for the payment
of severance, salary, continuation, vesting or similar benefits based on periods
of past service.
 
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
 
    Billing  and USLD will enter into a  Tax Sharing Agreement (the "Tax Sharing
Agreement") that defines  the parties'  rights and obligations  with respect  to
deficiencies  and refunds of federal, state  and other income or franchise taxes
relating to Billing's business for tax years prior to the Distribution and  with
respect to certain tax attributes of Billing after the Distribution. In general,
with  respect to periods ending on or before September 30, 1996, the fiscal year
end for USLD, USLD is responsible for
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
(i) filing both consolidated federal tax  returns for the USLD affiliated  group
and  combined or consolidated  state tax returns  for any group  that includes a
member of the  USLD affiliated  group, including in  each case  Billing and  its
subsidiaries  for the relevant periods of  time that such companies were members
of the  applicable group  and (ii)  paying  the taxes  related to  such  returns
(including any subsequent adjustments resulting from the redetermination of such
tax liabilities by the applicable taxing authorities). Billing will reimburse to
USLD  the  taxes  attributed  to  any  Billing  Group  member  and  the  cost of
preparation of the associated tax returns related to the Billing Group.  Billing
is  responsible for filing returns and paying taxes related to the Billing Group
for periods  commencing on  and after  October 1,  1996. Billing  and USLD  have
agreed  to cooperate with each other and  to share information in preparing such
tax returns and in dealing with other tax matters.
 
TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AND SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
 
    USLD and  Billing will  enter into  the Transitional  Services and  Sublease
Agreement  pursuant to  which (i)  USLD will provide  to Billing  for six months
after the  Distribution  Date certain  services  requested by  Billing  for  the
conduct of Billing's business, (ii) USLD will sublease to Billing certain office
space on a month-to-month basis and certain other office space through March 31,
1997,  with Billing  to share equally  USLD's out-of-pocket costs  on this space
should USLD be  unable to  sublease this  space for  the remainder  of the  term
ending  in January 1998, and  (iii) Billing will provide  to USLD for six months
after the Distribution Date certain services  requested by USLD for the  conduct
of  USLD's business. The  fee for USLD's  services will be  based on a cost-plus
basis or other negotiated arms-length basis. The fee for Billing's services will
be based  on  a cost-plus  basis  or  other negotiated  arms-length  basis.  The
subleases  are on the same  terms and conditions as  the terms and conditions of
the lease agreements pursuant to which USLD leases such space from its landlord.
Subject to termination  provisions of the  agreement, Billing and  USLD will  be
free  to procure such services  from outside vendors or  may develop an in-house
capability in order to provide such  services internally, and Billing may  lease
office space from outside landlords. The transitional services to be provided to
Billing  pursuant to  such agreement  may include  accounting, tax,  finance and
legal services office services, employee benefit services, information services,
and may  include  any other  similar  services  that Billing  may  require.  The
transitional  services to  be provided  to USLD  pursuant to  such agreement may
include accounting, tax, finance and  legal services, office services,  employee
benefit  services,  information  services,  management  information  systems and
software consulting with respect to the  direct billing function to be  retained
by USLD and may include any other similar services that USLD may require.
 
BILLING AGREEMENTS
 
    USLD  and  Billing will  enter into  a Zero  Plus -  Zero Minus  Billing and
Information Management Services Agreement (the "Zero Plus -- Zero Minus  Billing
Agreement") and a One Plus Billing and Information Management Services Agreement
(the "One Plus Billing Agreement"). Under these agreements, Billing will provide
to  USLD billing through local telephone  companies for certain qualifying "zero
plus," "zero minus" and "one plus" direct dialed or operator assisted station to
station or  person to  person calls.  USLD is  charged for  the local  telephone
company's  applicable  fees, charges,  chargebacks,  credits and  adjustments as
prescribed in the agreement between Billing and the local telephone company,  as
well  as billing service fees, charges,  chargebacks, credits and assessments of
Billing. These  charges  are deducted  from  the  amounts payable  to  USLD  for
qualifying calls. Each agreement has an initial term of three (3) years.
 
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AGREEMENT
 
    USLD  and  Billing  will  enter  into  a  Telecommunications  Agreement (the
"Telecommunications Agreement")  whereby USLD  will provide  to Billing  certain
direct dial long distance and 800 services. The Telecommunications Agreement has
a  three-year term  and renews  for an additional  one year  unless either party
notifies the other  not less  than 60  days prior  to the  termination date.  In
addition,   Billing   has   the   right   to   terminate   services   under  the
Telecommunications Agreement  by  providing written  notice  within 30  days  of
Billing's intent to cancel services 60 days from notice.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
LEASING AGREEMENT
 
    USLD  and  Billing  will  enter  into  a  Leasing  Agreement  (the  "Leasing
Agreement") whereby USLD may elect to lease  an airplane owned by Billing on  an
hourly or volume usage basis.
 
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR ADDRESSING CONFLICTS
 
    The  ongoing  relationship between  USLD  and Billing  will  present certain
conflict situations for  Parris H. Holmes,  Jr., who serves  as Chairman of  the
Board  of USLD  and Billing  and Chief Executive  Officer of  Billing. Parris H.
Holmes, Jr., as well as other officers  and directors of USLD and Billing,  also
own  (or have options or other rights to acquire) a significant number of shares
of USLD Common Stock  and, as a  result of the Distribution,  will own (or  have
options  or other rights to  acquire) a significant number  of shares of Billing
Common Stock. Billing and USLD have adopted appropriate policies and  procedures
to  be  followed  by  the  board  of directors  of  each  company  to  limit the
involvement of  Parris H.  Holmes, Jr.  (or such  executive officers  and  other
directors  having a significant ownership interest in the companies) in conflict
situations, including matters  relating to contractual  relations or  litigation
between  USLD and Billing. Such procedures include requiring Mr. Holmes (or such
executive officers or other directors having a significant ownership interest in
the companies) to abstain from voting as directors of each company with  respect
to  matters that  place a material  conflict of interest  between the companies.
Whether or  not  a  material  conflict of  interest  situation  exists  will  be
determined on a case by case basis depending on such factors as the dollar value
of  the matter, the degree of personal interest of Mr. Holmes (or such executive
officers and  other directors  having a  significant ownership  interest in  the
companies)  in the  matter and  a likelihood that  resolution of  the matter has
significant strategic, operational or financial implications for the business of
Billing. It is the  principal responsibility of the  general counsel of each  of
Billing  and USLD to monitor this issue in consultation with USLD's or Billing's
(as applicable)  board of  directors. In  the  event that  the Board  of  either
company  is unable to reach a decision on a particular matter because of a split
in the Board,  the vote  of its  outside disinterested  directors will  control.
Billing and USLD believe such conflicts will be minimal.
 
                            PRELIMINARY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  following transactions will  be consummated prior  to the Distribution:
(a) USLD  will organize  Billing as  a wholly  owned subsidiary;  (b) USLD  will
contribute  or  cause certain  of its  Telecommunications Group  Subsidiaries to
contribute certain Billing Group  related assets to Zero  Plus Dialing, Inc.,  a
99%-owned  subsidiary of USLD ("ZPDI"), and ZPDI will make a transfer of cash to
USLD in  an  amount  necessary  to  cause  USLD's  working  capital  (after  the
Preliminary  Transactions contemplated in  (d), (e) and (f)  below and after the
payment by  USLD  of  the direct  costs  of  the Distribution  estimated  to  be
approximately  $10,000,000)  to  be  approximately  $21,500,000;  (c)  USLD will
contribute the  stock of  U.S. Billing  Corp. ("USBC")  and U.S.  Billing,  Inc.
("USBI"),  also wholly  owned subsidiaries of  USLD, to Billing  in exchange for
shares of Billing Common Stock; (d) MPDI, a wholly owned subsidiary of USLD, and
holder of all the preferred stock and 1% of the common stock of ZPDI ("MPDI/ZPDI
Holdings") will sell such MPDI/ZPDI Holdings to USLD for $8,785,000 in cash; (e)
ZPDI will redeem from USLD all of  its shares of preferred stock and  repurchase
the ZPDI common stock previously held by MPDI for $8,785,000 cash; (f) MPDI will
dissolve  with USLD  receiving $8,785,000  in cash; and  (g) ZPDI  and one other
wholly owned  subsidiary  of USLD  engaged  in the  billing  business,  Enhanced
Services  Billing, Inc. ("ESBI"), will adopt plans of merger with USBC and USBI,
whereby (i) ZPDI and ESBI will be merged with USBC and USBI, respectively,  with
ZPDI  and ESBI continuing  as the surviving corporations  with ZPDI changing its
name to Billing Information Concepts, Inc., ("BICI") and (ii) the stock of  USBC
and  USBI  will be  converted  into shares  of common  stock  of BICI  and ESBI,
respectively, and the stock of  ZPDI and ESBI will  be converted into shares  of
Billing  Common Stock. As a result of  the foregoing transactions, BICI and ESBI
will be wholly owned operating subsidiaries of Billing. See "Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
    The calculation of the cash amount to be transferred by Billing to USLD will
be based  on current  assets and  current liabilities  as reported  on the  USLD
balance  sheet on June  30, 1996 and is  subject to change at  any time prior to
execution  of  the   Distribution  Agreement   in  light  of   changes  in   the
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
financial  position  and  results of  operation  of  Billing and  USLD.  Had the
Distribution occurred on March 31, 1996, approximately $23,561,000 of cash would
have been required to be transferred by Billing to USLD, including the  transfer
of  cash  for  payment of  direct  costs  of the  Distribution  estimated  to be
approximately $10,000,000 and the receipt of $8,785,000 in cash by USLD upon the
dissolution of MPDI.
 
                              ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The  historical  financial  statements  of  Billing  present  its  financial
position,  results of operations and cash flows  as if it were a separate entity
for all periods presented. USLD's historical basis in the assets and liabilities
of Billing has been carried over.
 
    Upon approval  of the  Distribution,  USLD will  present the  Billing  Group
business  as a  discontinued operation to  the extent  financial information for
periods prior  to  the  Distribution  is  required  to  be  included  in  USLD's
historical  financial  statements.  After the  Distribution,  the  Billing Group
business will  be reflected  in Billing's  own separate  consolidated  financial
statements.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Billing  presently intends  to retain earnings  for use in  its business and
does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of Billing as of March 31,
1996, and pro forma capitalization as of March 31, 1996, after giving effect  to
the  transactions described  under the  captions "Preliminary  Transactions" and
"Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated  Financial Statements." The capitalization  of
Billing  should  be read  in conjunction  with Billing's  Consolidated Financial
Statements  and  the  notes  thereto,  the  "Pro  Forma  Condensed  Consolidated
Financial  Statements," "Preliminary Transactions"  and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of Operations," each  contained
elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                               ------------------------
                                                                                ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                               ---------  -------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Revolving credit receivable financing facility...............................  $  23,686   $    23,686
Debt, including current portion..............................................      2,524         2,524
Stockholders' equity.........................................................     34,456        10,895
                                                                               ---------  -------------
Total Capitalization.........................................................  $  60,666   $    37,105
                                                                               ---------  -------------
                                                                               ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The  pro  forma  capitalization assumes  the  Distribution,  the Preliminary
    Transactions and the related  adjustments were consummated  as of March  31,
    1996.  The pro forma capitalization for the consummation of the Distribution
    includes the cash transfer by Billing to USLD in the amount of  $23,561,000,
    including a cash transfer from Billing to USLD of $10,000,000 for payment of
    the  estimated direct costs of the Distribution and receipt of $8,785,000 in
    cash by USLD upon  the dissolution of  MPDI. See "Preliminary  Transactions"
    and "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                              PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  unaudited  Pro Forma  Condensed Consolidated  Balance Sheet  of Billing
gives effect  to  the Distribution,  the  Preliminary Transactions  and  related
adjustments  as of March 31, 1996. The  adjustments include a cash transfer from
Billing to USLD  of $23,561,000, including  a cash transfer  of $10,000,000  for
payment  of  the estimated  direct costs  of the  Distribution, pursuant  to the
working capital  formula set  forth in  the Distribution  Agreement as  if  such
transactions  occurred as of such  date. The cash transfer  from Billing to USLD
pursuant to such working capital formula is calculated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Required working capital of USLD per Distribution Agreement...  $21,500,000
Less: Working capital of USLD at March 31, 1996...............    7,939,000
Payment by USLD of estimated direct costs of the
 Distribution.................................................   10,000,000
                                                                -----------
Required cash transfer from Billing (including $8,785,000 of
 cash received upon dissolution of MPDI)......................  $23,561,000
                                                                -----------
                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
    With regard to the manner in  which the Preliminary Transactions were  given
effect  in  the  unaudited Pro  Forma  Condensed Consolidated  Balance  Sheet of
Billing, the contribution of  certain Billing Group assets  to ZPDI by USLD  has
been  reflected  in Billing's  historical  balances as  of  March 31,  1996. The
redemption of  all  of  ZPDI's  shares  of  preferred  stock  and  common  stock
previously held by MPDI from USLD and the resulting dissolution of MPDI has been
reflected as a pro forma adjustment. The other Preliminary Transactions were not
given  effect in the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet of
Billing as they did not have an impact on the financial position of Billing.
 
    The unaudited  Pro  Forma Condensed  Consolidated  Statements of  Income  of
Billing  give effect to the Distribution as  if it had occurred at the beginning
of fiscal  1995 and  1996, including  the impact  of adjustments  for  increased
interest expense as a result of the cash transfer to USLD and the related income
tax  effects. The number of shares used in  the calculation of the pro forma per
share data is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding  during
the  period  after giving  effect to  the shares  assumed to  be issued  had the
Distribution occurred at the beginning of each period presented.
 
    The Pro Forma  Condensed Consolidated  Financial Statements  of Billing  are
unaudited  and presented  for informational  purposes only  and may  not reflect
Billing's future  results  of operations  and  financial position  or  what  the
results of operations and financial position of Billing would have been had such
transactions  occurred as of the dates  indicated. Billing's Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes   thereto  should  be  read   in
conjunction  with Billing's Consolidated Financial  Statements and notes thereto
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations" contained elsewhere herein.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                              PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                        HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>                <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................  $   32,582  $      (23,561)(A)  $   9,021
  Accounts receivable.................................................      20,368                         20,368
  Purchased receivables...............................................      62,381                         62,381
  Prepaids and other..................................................         731                            731
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Total current assets..............................................     116,062         (23,561)(A)     92,501
  Property and equipment..............................................       6,826                          6,826
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................      (2,747)                        (2,747)
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Net property and equipment........................................       4,079                          4,079
  Equipment held under capital leases.................................       1,369                          1,369
  Other assets, net...................................................         785                            785
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Total assets......................................................  $  122,295  $      (23,561)(A)  $  98,734
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts Payable:
    Trade.............................................................  $   10,922  $                   $  10,922
    Billing customers.................................................      32,730                         32,730
  Accrued liabilities.................................................      17,921                         17,921
  Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables..................      23,686                         23,686
  Current portion of long-term debt...................................         298                            298
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases.................         421                            421
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Total current liabilities.........................................      85,978                         85,978
Long-term debt, less current portion..................................         880                            880
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion................         925                            925
Other liabilities.....................................................          56                             56
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Total liabilities.................................................      87,839                         87,839
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred shares, $10.00 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000
   shares issued and oustanding.......................................         100            (100)(B)          0
  Common shares, no par value, 102,000 shares authorized, 102,000
   shares issued and outstanding......................................           1             149(C)         150
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing......      34,355         (34,355)(D)          0
Paid-in capital.......................................................           0          10,745(E)      10,745
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity........................................      34,456         (23,561)        10,895
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........................  $  122,295  $      (23,561)     $  98,734
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
                                                                        ----------  -----------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                              PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                             HISTORICAL  ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>            <C>
Operating revenues.........................................................  $  80,847                  $  80,847
Cost of services...........................................................     51,337                     51,337
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
Gross profit...............................................................     29,510                     29,510
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............................      9,272                      9,272
Advance funding program income.............................................     (4,384)                    (4,384)
Advance funding program expense............................................      1,351      1,944(F)        3,295
Depreciation and amortization expense......................................      1,216                      1,216
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
Income from operations.....................................................     22,055     (1,944)         20,111
Other income (expense).....................................................        724                        724
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
Income before provision for income taxes...................................     22,779     (1,944)         20,835
Provision for income taxes.................................................     (8,661)       739          (7,922)
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
Net income.................................................................  $  14,118  $  (1,205)      $  12,913
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
                                                                             ---------  -------------  -----------
Net income per weighted average common share...............................                            $     0.89
Weighted average common shares outstanding.................................                                14,587
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                              PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                                              HISTORICAL  ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                                                              ---------  --------------  -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>             <C>
Operating revenues..........................................................  $  50,301                   $  50,301
Cost of services............................................................     32,145                      32,145
                                                                              ---------      ------      -----------
Gross profit................................................................     18,156                      18,156
Selling, general and administrative expenses................................      5,356                       5,356
Advance funding program income..............................................     (2,968)                     (2,968)
Advance funding program expense.............................................        598         942(F)        1,540
Depreciation and amortization expense.......................................        940                         940
                                                                              ---------      ------      -----------
Income from operations......................................................     14,230        (942)         13,288
Other income (expense)......................................................        236                         236
                                                                              ---------      ------      -----------
Income before provision for income taxes....................................     14,466        (942)         13,524
Provision for income taxes..................................................     (5,497)        358          (5,139)
                                                                              ---------      ------      -----------
Net income..................................................................  $   8,969   $    (584)      $   8,385
                                                                              ---------      ------      -----------
                                                                              ---------      ------      -----------
Net income per weighted average common share................................  $    0.60                  $     0.56
Weighted average common shares outstanding..................................     15,021                      15,021
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
Notes to unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:
(A) Cash  transfer made to USLD pursuant to working capital formula set forth in
    the Distribution Agreement ($23,561,000), including a cash transfer for  the
    direct  costs incurred in  connection with the  Distribution estimated to be
    $10,000,000,  and  for   cash  received   upon  the   dissolution  of   MPDI
    ($8,785,000).
(B) The redemption of ZPDI preferred stock and repurchase of ZPDI common stock.
(C)  Issuance of  Billing Common  Stock in  connection with  certain Preliminary
Transactions.
(D) Reclassified to paid-in capital.
(E) Reflects cash transfers in note (A) and stock transactions in notes (B)  and
(C) above.
   
(F) Increase in interest expense due to assumed borrowings for the cash transfer
    made  to USLD of $13,561,000 and cash  payments for direct costs incurred in
    connection with  the Distribution  that are  estimated to  be  approximately
    $10,000,000.  Interest expense was  calculated at a rate  of 8.25% per annum
    and 8.0% per annum for 1995 and  the six-month period ended March 31,  1996,
    respectively.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following table presents  selected historical financial  and other data
and selected pro forma financial data for the Company after giving effect to the
Distribution and  related transactions.  The financial  data presented  for  the
fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1993, 1994  and  1995  should  be  read in
conjunction with the  Consolidated Financial Statements,  the notes thereto  and
the  other  financial information  included in  this Information  Statement. The
Statements of Income and Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended  September
30,  1993, 1994 and 1995  and the Balance Sheets at  September 30, 1994 and 1995
have been  audited by  Arthur  Andersen LLP,  the Company's  independent  public
accountants.  All historical financial  data shown below  for these periods have
been derived from the  audited financial statements.  The Income Statement  data
for  the six months ended March  31, 1996 and March 31,  1995 and for the fiscal
years ended September 30,  1992 and 1991,  the balance sheet  data at March  31,
1996,  and all  Operating Data  are unaudited. In  the opinion  of management of
Billing, the data presented reflect  all adjustments considered necessary for  a
fair  presentation of the results for such periods. Historical per share amounts
are not  included as  they may  not  be indicative  of future  performance.  The
following  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  Billing's Consolidated
Financial  Statements  and  the  notes  thereto,  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results  of Operations" and other financial
information included elsewhere herein.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                                                   ------------------------
                                                                                  SIX MONTHS         FISCAL      SIX MOS.
                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,               ENDED MARCH 31,     YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                      -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------   SEPT. 30,    MAR. 31,
                        1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996        1995         1996
                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues..  $  16,327  $  33,162  $  46,451  $  57,746  $  80,847  $  34,942  $  50,301   $  80,847    $  50,301
Gross profit........      7,040     12,891     16,458     20,158     29,510     12,966     18,156      29,510       18,156
Advance funding
 program income.....      1,896      2,435      3,299      3,467      4,384      1,898      2,968       4,384        2,968
Advance funding
 program expense....     (1,552)    (1,794)    (2,581)    (1,858)    (1,351)      (624)      (598)     (3,295)      (1,540)
Income from
 operations.........        278      7,572     10,416     13,392     22,055      9,402     14,230      20,111       13,288
Net income..........        163      5,807      6,441      8,565     14,118      6,013      8,969      12,913        8,385
Net income per
 weighted average
 common share.......                                                                               $     0.89   $     0.56
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,                                   PRO FORMA (1)
                                 -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,     MARCH 31,
                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1996          1996
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital................         81      2,808      3,704  $  11,132  $  17,300  $    30,084   $     6,523
Total assets...................     38,712     63,604     74,660     89,710    106,895      122,295        98,734
Long-term obligations, less
 current portion...............        210        269        434        853      2,216        1,805         1,805
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s
 investment in and advances to
 Billing (2)...................      1,859      4,484      5,032     13,001     21,122       34,355             0
Paid-in capital................          0          0          0          0          0            0        10,745
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,                           MARCH 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                        1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BILLING SERVICES CUSTOMERS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
EBITDA(3)...........................  $     949  $   8,169  $  11,293  $  14,346  $  23,271  $   9,921  $  15,170
Billing call records processed per
 month (4)(5).......................      6,500     10,800     16,900     25,920     40,410     28,530     45,340
Billing services customers (6)......         71        115        143        168        272        218        305
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The pro  forma  financial data  are  derived from  the  unaudited  financial
    information  and  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this  Information
    Statement. The pro forma financial data  are presented giving effect to  the
    Distribution,  the Preliminary  Transactions and  related adjustments  as if
    such transactions  were  consummated March  31,  1996 with  respect  to  the
    balance  sheet  data and  at  the beginning  of  the periods  presented with
    respect to  the  income  statement  data. The  adjustments  include  a  cash
    transfer  from Billing  to USLD  in an  amount necessary  for USLD's working
    capital to  be  approximately  $21,500,000 after  taking  into  account  the
    payment  by  USLD  of  the direct  costs  associated  with  the Distribution
    estimated to  be  approximately  $10,000,000  and the  receipt  by  USLD  of
    $8,785,000 in connection with the dissolution of MPDI. Had the Distribution,
    the  Preliminary Transactions  and related  adjustments been  consummated on
    March 31, 1996, Billing would have been required to make a cash transfer  to
    USLD  of $23,561,000, including the cash transfer of $10,000,000 for payment
    of  the  estimated  direct  costs  of  the  Distribution.  See  "Preliminary
    Transactions" and "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
(2) The  Company has never declared cash dividends on its Common Stock, nor does
    it anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.
 
   
(3) EBITDA is a profitability/cash flow measurement that is commonly used in the
telecommunications industry. EBITDA is not a financial measure pursuant to GAAP,
    nor is it acceptable or considered an alternative measure of cash flows from
    operations under GAAP  or funds  available for  dividends, reinvestments  or
    other  discretionary uses. For a presentation  of cash flows, including cash
    flows related to  operating activities, investing  activities and  financing
    activities,  see  the Statements  of Cash  Flows  included in  the Company's
    financial statements.
    
 
(4) Calculated based upon a monthly average over the fiscal quarter ended on the
    date indicated.
 
(5) Does not  include  call  records  that the  Company  processed  for  billing
    management  customers that have their  own billing and collection agreements
    with  the  local  telephone  companies.  Revenue  per  record  for   billing
    management  customers  is significantly  less  than revenue  per  record for
    Billing's other customers.
 
(6) At end of the period.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion should  be read in  conjunction with the  Financial
Statements of the Company, the Notes thereto and the other financial information
included  elsewhere in this Information Statement. For purposes of the following
discussion, references to year periods refer to the Company's fiscal year  ended
September  30 and references to quarterly  periods refer to the Company's fiscal
quarters ended December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,                   MARCH 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------  ----------------------
AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES                         1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Operating revenues.............................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Cost of services...............................       64.6        65.1        63.5        62.9        63.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Gross profit...................................       35.4        34.9        36.5        37.1        36.1
Selling, general and administrative............       12.7        12.9        11.5        12.4        10.6
Advance funding program income.................       (7.1)       (6.0)       (5.4)       (5.4)       (5.9)
Advance funding program expense................        5.6         3.2         1.7         1.8         1.2
Depreciation and amortization..................        1.9         1.7         1.5         1.5         1.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Operating income...............................       22.4        23.2        27.3        26.9        28.3
Other income (expense), net....................        (.5)         .4          .9          .9          .5
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income before taxes............................       21.9        23.6        28.2        27.8        28.8
Income tax.....................................        8.1         8.7        10.7        10.6        10.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Net income.....................................       13.9        14.8        17.5        17.2        17.8
</TABLE>
 
OPERATING REVENUES
 
    The  Company's  revenues   are  derived  from   the  provision  of   billing
clearinghouse  and information management services  to direct dial long distance
carriers and operator services providers. Beginning in 1995, revenues also  have
been derived from enhanced services billing provided to companies that offer 900
services,  as well as the billing for non-regulated telecommunications equipment
and services.  Fees  charged by  the  Company include  processing  and  customer
service  inquiry fees. Processing fees are assessed to customers either as a fee
charged for each telephone  call record or other  transaction processed or as  a
percentage  of the customer's revenue that is  submitted by the Company to local
telephone companies for  billing and collection.  Customer service inquiry  fees
are  assessed to customers either as a  fee charged for each record processed by
the Company or  as a fee  charged for  each billing inquiry  made by  end-users.
Revenues  include processing and  customer service fees, as  well as any charges
assessed to the Company by local telephone companies for billing and  collection
services which are passed through to the customer.
 
    Billing  services revenues during the first six months of 1996 increased 44%
to $50.3  million from  $34.9  million during  the  comparable period  of  1995.
Billing  services  revenues  in 1995  totaled  $80.8 million  compared  to $57.7
million for 1994 and  $46.5 million for 1993  representing increases of 40%  and
24%,  respectively. During  the five-year period  ended September  30, 1995, the
Company's revenues grew at a compounded annual rate of approximately 61%.
 
    The revenue  increases are  primarily  attributable to  an increase  in  the
number  of  telephone  call records  processed  and billed.  Call  record volume
increases in all  periods were  primarily the result  of new  business from  new
direct  dial long distance carriers, as  well as expanded business from existing
direct dial  long distance  customers. The  revenue increase  in the  first  six
months  of 1996 from the comparable prior year  period is also due to the growth
of enhanced billing services revenues.  Revenues derived from operator  services
customers  in both 1994 and  1995 were virtually the same  as 1993. This lack of
operator services revenues growth is attributable to several factors,  including
an increasing
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
number  of  regulatory  agencies that  impose  guidelines or  rules  on operator
services providers, such  as the  imposition of  rate ceilings,  which limit  or
impair  the growth  of the operator  services industry.  Additionally, there has
been an increased awareness on  the part of the consumer  of the ability of  the
telephone user to select a carrier of choice by dialing access codes of carriers
other  than the carrier contracted by the  telephone owner, resulting in a lower
number of billable  telephone calls  generated by the  Company's customers  (800
dial-around).
 
Telephone call record volumes were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 SIX MONTHS
                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,        ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                (MILLIONS)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Direct dial long distance services.......................       30.9      103.3      252.0       99.4      191.0
Operator services........................................      133.7      142.9      138.0       67.2       63.9
Enhanced billing services................................        0.0        0.0        4.4        1.1        5.1
</TABLE>
 
COST OF SERVICES
 
    Cost of services includes billing and collection fees charged to the Company
by  local telephone  companies and  related transmission  costs, as  well as all
costs associated  with the  customer  service organization,  including  staffing
expenses  and costs  associated with 800  services. Billing  and collection fees
charged by the local telephone companies include fees that are assessed for each
record submitted  and for  each bill  rendered to  its end-user  customers.  The
Company  achieves discounted billing costs due to its aggregated volumes and can
pass these discounted costs on to its customers.
 
    Gross profit  margin of  36.1% reported  for the  first six  months of  1996
compares  to 37.1% achieved  in the comparable prior  year period. This decrease
was primarily attributable to higher customer service costs which were partially
offset by lower billing and collection  fees. The higher customer service  costs
were  due to increased 800 services usage  and staffing expenses incurred by the
Company in order to support the rapid growth in the volume of customer inquiries
resulting from the significant growth in the number of records processed.
 
    Gross profit margin of 36.5% reported for 1995 compares to 34.9% achieved in
1994 and  35.4% achieved  in 1993.  The improvement  from 1994  to 1995  is  due
primarily  to  the  significant  growth of  the  Company's  higher  gross margin
business from direct dial long distance and enhanced services billing customers.
The decrease in gross profit margin from 1993 to 1994 is attributable to  higher
customer  service  costs  that  were  partially  offset  by  lower  billing  and
collection fees.  The lower  billing  and collection  fees  as a  percentage  of
revenues  were  the  result  of  growth of  the  Company's  higher  gross margin
business.
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
    Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A")  expenses are comprised of  all
selling,  marketing and administrative  costs incurred in  direct support of the
business operations of the  Company. Additionally, the  expense of certain  USLD
corporate  functions, such as treasury, financial reporting, investor relations,
legal, payroll  and management  information systems  has been  allocated to  the
Company and is reflected in its historical financial results. SG&A expenses as a
percentage  of revenues  may be higher  or lower  in the future  as actual costs
incurred differ from costs historically allocated to the Company.
 
    SG&A  expenses  for  the  first  six  months  of  1996  were  $5.4  million,
representing 10.6% of revenues, compared to $4.3 million in the first six months
of  1995,  or 12.4%  of  revenues. SG&A  expenses  for 1995  were  $9.3 million,
representing 11.5% of revenues,  compared to $7.4 million  in 1994, or 12.9%  of
revenues, and $5.9 million in 1993, or 12.7% of revenues.
 
    SG&A  expenses as a percentage of revenues for 1995 and the first six months
of 1996 decreased from the comparable  prior year periods primarily as a  result
of  efficiencies  associated with  significant revenue  growth, as  certain SG&A
expenses,  such  as  office  administration   and  accounting,  do  not   change
proportionately  with revenue. The increase in  SG&A expenses as a percentage of
revenues
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
from 1993 to  1994 was  primarily attributable  to higher  legal and  accounting
costs allocated to the Company in connection with USLD's Securities and Exchange
Commission  investigations and subsequent stockholder litigation. Based upon its
review of facts and circumstances, management  expects that these costs will  be
nonrecurring.
 
ADVANCE FUNDING PROGRAM INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
    Advance  funding program income increased from $1.9 million in the first six
months of 1995 to $3.0 million in the first six months of 1996. Advance  funding
program  income was $4.4 million in 1995  compared with $3.5 million in 1994 and
$3.3 million in 1993.  The year-to-year increases were  primarily the result  of
financing  a higher  level of customer  receivables under  the Company's advance
funding program (see "Advance Funding Program and Receivable Financing Facility"
below). The  quarterly  average  balance  of  purchased  receivables  was  $51.1
million, $44.1 million and $42.2 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    Advance  funding  program expense  during the  first six  months of  1996 of
$598,000 compares to $624,000 during  the comparable prior year period.  Advance
funding  program expense was $1.4 million in  1995 compared with $1.9 million in
1994 and $2.6  million in  1993. In  addition to  declining from  year to  year,
advance  funding program expense  in 1994 and 1995  declined relative to advance
funding program income reported in the respective years. The decreases in  these
year-to-year  periods  were primarily  attributable to  the Company  financing a
higher level of customer receivables  with internally generated funds and  lower
interest  rates on  borrowed funds  as a  result of  renegotiating the Company's
revolving credit facility in December 1993. During the periods when the  Company
operated as a subsidiary within the USLD consolidated group, the cash management
function  was centralized  with the  Company, and  the Company  utilized all the
available cash among the consolidated entities to pay down the revolving  credit
facility  to reduce the expense of this facility as much as possible. Subsequent
to the Distribution, the Company will no longer have access to USLD's funds.  In
addition,  the Company anticipates making  certain capital expenditures over the
next two years  (see "Liquidity and  Capital Resources"). Consequently,  Advance
Funding  Program  expense initially  will  increase as  a  result of  lower cash
balances.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    Depreciation and amortization expenses are incurred with respect to  certain
assets  including computer  hardware and software,  office equipment, furniture,
leasehold improvements,  and costs  incurred in  securing contracts  with  local
telephone  companies  and agreements  with  financing institutions.  Asset lives
generally range between three and seven years.
 
    Depreciation and  amortization expense  was $940,000  during the  first  six
months  of  1996  compared  with  $519,000 in  the  first  six  months  of 1995.
Depreciation and amortization expense as  a percentage of revenues increased  to
1.9% in the first six months of 1996 from 1.5% over the corresponding prior year
period.  The increase in the percentage of revenues is primarily attributable to
the purchase  of  computer  equipment  and software  and  office  furniture  and
equipment to support the growth of the Company.
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense was $1.2 million in 1995 compared with
$954,000  in 1994 and $877,000 in 1993. Depreciation and amortization expense as
a percentage  of revenues  was 1.5%,  1.7% and  1.9% in  1995, 1994,  and  1993,
respectively.  These  year-to-year  decreases in  depreciation  and amortization
expense as a percentage of  revenues are primarily attributable to  efficiencies
associated with the Company's revenue growth.
 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
 
    Income  from operations  during the  first six  months of  1996 increased to
$14.2 million from  $9.4 million during  the comparable period  of 1995.  Income
from operations as a percent of revenues increased to 28.3% during the first six
months  of  1996  from  26.9%  during the  comparable  prior  year  period. This
improvement was the result  of lower SG&A expenses  as a percentage of  revenues
and  higher net advance funding program income, which were partially offset by a
lower gross profit  margin and  higher depreciation  expenses in  the first  six
months of 1996.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    Income from operations was $22.1 million, $13.4 million and $10.4 million in
1995,  1994 and  1993, respectively.  As a  percentage of  revenues, income from
operations  represented  27.3%,  23.2%  and  22.4%  in  1995,  1994,  and  1993,
respectively. The increase in income from operations as a percentage of revenues
from  1994 to 1995 is primarily attributable to an improved gross profit margin,
lower SG&A expenses as a percentage  of revenues and higher net advance  funding
income.  The  increase  in the  percentage  of  revenues from  1993  to  1994 is
primarily attributable to higher net advance funding income.
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
    Net other income decreased to $236,000 in the first six months of 1996  from
$301,000 in the first six months of 1995.
 
    Net  other  income of  $724,000  in 1995  compares  to net  other  income of
$211,000 in 1994  and net other  expense of $228,000  in 1993. The  year-to-year
improvements  were  primarily  attributable to  increased  interest  income from
short-term investments.  During  the periods  when  the Company  operated  as  a
subsidiary  within the USLD consolidated group, the cash management function was
centralized with the Company and all  excess cash of the consolidated group  was
used  to  pay  down the  revolving  credit  facility or  invested  in short-term
investments. Subsequent to  the Distribution,  the Company will  no longer  have
access  to USLD's  funds. In  addition, the  Company anticipates  making certain
capital expenditures  over  the  next  two years  (see  "Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources").  Consequently, investment income is  expected to decrease initially
as a result of lower cash balances.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company's effective tax rate was 38.0%  in the first six months of  1996
and  1995. The effective tax  rate was 38.0%, 37.0% and  36.8% in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. The Company's effective tax rate is higher than the  federal
statutory  rate due to the addition of state income taxes and certain deductions
taken for  financial reporting  purposes  that are  not deductible  for  federal
income tax purposes. The increase in the effective tax rate from 1994 to 1995 is
due to an increase in the federal statutory tax rate.
 
NET INCOME
 
    The  Company reported net income of $9.0 million during the first six months
of 1996 compared to net income of  $6.0 million during the comparable period  of
1995, representing an increase of 49%.
 
    The  Company reported net  income of $14.1  million in 1995  compared to net
income of $8.6 million in 1994 and $6.4 million in 1993. The net income in  1995
and 1994 represented increases of 65% and 33% over 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company's operating  cash requirements  consist principally  of working
capital requirements, requirements under its advance funding program,  scheduled
payments  of principal on its outstanding indebtedness and capital expenditures.
The Company  believes that  cash  flow from  operating activities  and  periodic
borrowings  under its receivable financing facility with FINOVA will be adequate
to meet the Company's  operating cash requirements in  the future. At March  31,
1996, the amount available under the Company's receivable financing facility was
$21.3 million.
 
    Net  cash  provided  by operating  activities  was $11.5  million  and $11.1
million in  the  first six  months  of 1996  and  1995, respectively.  Net  cash
provided  by  operating  activities was  $21.1  million, $9.6  million  and $9.0
million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and reflected the increases in net
income from 1993 to 1995.
 
    To facilitate  and  support the  growth  anticipated in  its  business,  the
Company  plans to  spend approximately  $18 million,  over the  next one  to two
years, to develop and  create information systems that  will enable it to  offer
"direct   billing"  and  "invoice  ready"   services  to  its  customers.  These
expenditures, if made,  will be focused  in the areas  of software  development,
computer  hardware,  related staffing  and  local telephone  company agreements.
Recently, the Company has entered into a
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
non-exclusive, perpetual software license  and related services agreements  with
Saville  Systems  US, Inc.  ("Saville") for  the provision  of certain  of these
items. For  payment of  a one  time fee,  the Company  may use  the software  to
provide billing processing services for the Company's customers for an unlimited
number  of  telephoning subscribers.  The Company  will  pay additional  fees to
process data in support of billing non-telephoning products or services and  for
annual  software maintenance, which  includes new standard  releases of software
products.  For  additional  fees,  Saville  shall  also  provide  personnel  for
implementation  of the software, for initial customization and for assisting the
Company in utilizing the  software products. Pursuant  to a separate  agreement,
the  Company  may  determine to  work  with  and engage  Saville  for additional
customization of  the software  for its  future  needs and,  in such  case,  may
acquire  proprietary rights in the software. The Company is currently discussing
additional local telephone company agreements with the local telephone companies
for the implementation of "invoice ready" billing services. The Company believes
that it will  be able to  fund expenditures  for the new  billing services  with
internally  generated funds and  borrowings, but there can  be no assurance that
such funds will  be available and/or  invested in these  projects. See  "Special
Factors -- Anticipated Billing System Expenditures."
    
 
    Statements   regarding   anticipated   billing   system   expenditures   are
forward-looking statements  which  by  their  nature  are  subject  to  numerous
uncertainties that could cause actual results to vary.
 
    Historically,  the Company  has obtained financing  for capital expenditures
through term debt agreements and  capital lease agreements that were  guaranteed
and  cross-collateralized by  USLD and  other members  of the Telecommunications
Group. These  debt agreements  were  negotiated based  on  the strength  of  the
consolidated   financial  statements,  earnings  and   cash  flow  of  the  USLD
consolidated group. Most of these debt agreements were secured by the assets  of
all  the subsidiaries  within the consolidated  group. The  Company has received
from certain  lenders  loan agreement  amendments  or separate  loan  agreements
whereby the subject indebtedness will be secured by only the Company's or USLD's
assets,  as the case  may be. In  other cases, the  Company has obtained waivers
from its  lenders, provided  that  the existing  cross guarantees  and  security
arrangements  remain in place for the duration  of the facility. In this regard,
USLD and  Billing have  agreed  to pay  each other  a  credit support  fee.  See
"Relationship  between Billing and  USLD after the  Distribution -- Distribution
Agreement." In other  cases, Billing  intends to pay  off existing  indebtedness
releasing  applicable guarantees and security arrangements. The Company believes
that it has the ability to continue to secure long-term equipment financing  and
that  this ability, combined with cash  flows generated from operations, will be
sufficient  to  fund  capital  expenditures,  working  capital  needs  and  debt
repayment  requirements  for  the foreseeable  future.  Additionally, management
believes that it has the ability to raise funds in the private and public equity
markets.
 
   
    In addition to the revolving line of credit facility provided to the Company
by FINOVA  described below,  the  Company will,  after  the Distribution,  be  a
guarantor   of  USLD's   equipment  financing  agreements   with  BOT  Financial
Corporation,  General   Electric  Capital   Corporation  and   MetLife   Capital
Corporation.  The aggregate unpaid  principal amount of  indebtedness under such
agreements at March 31, 1996 was approximately $10,000,000. The Company is  also
obligated  under its own equipment financing  agreements, which are not material
in amount. Under the  FINOVA credit agreements, the  Company is prohibited  from
paying  dividends  on  its common  stock,  is  required to  comply  with certain
financial covenants and  is subject to  certain limitations on  the issuance  of
additional secured debt. Cross default provisions of the Company's FINOVA credit
facility  may place the  Company in default  of such facility  in the event that
USLD defaults  under the  equipment  finance agreements  that the  Company  will
guarantee  after  the  Distribution.  Defaults  under  these  equipment  finance
agreements include  the failure  of USLD  to maintain  or insure  the  equipment
financed  through  such  agreements or  the  failure  to use  such  equipment as
provided in  those  agreements,  the  failure to  furnish  financial  and  other
information  to  the lender  on a  timely basis  or any  change of  ownership or
corporate reorganization  of  USLD  without  the  consent  of  the  lender,  and
customary  events of default such  as the failure to  make payments of principal
and interest when due, the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against USLD or
the   entry    of    a    judgment    against    the    USLD.    In    addition,
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
the  equipment  finance agreements  with BOT  Financial Corporation  and General
Electric Capital Corporation require USLD to maintain a required ratio of  total
liabilities  to tangible net worth. The Company and USLD were in compliance with
all required covenants at March 31, 1996, September 30, 1995 and 1994.
    
 
ADVANCE FUNDING PROGRAM AND RECEIVABLE FINANCING FACILITY
 
    The Company has a $45 million revolving line of credit facility with  FINOVA
to  draw upon to advance  funds to its billing  customers prior to collection of
the funds from  the local telephone  companies (see Note  4 to the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements). This  credit facility  terminates on  December 31, 1996.
Management believes that the  capacity under this  revolving credit facility  is
sufficient to fund advances to its billing customers for the foreseeable future.
At March 31, 1996, the amount available under the Company's receivable financing
facility was $21.3 million.
 
    Because  it generally takes  40 to 90  days to collect  receivables from the
local telephone companies, customers can significantly accelerate cash  receipts
by   utilizing  the  Company's  advance  funding  program.  The  Company  offers
participation in  this  program to  qualifying  customers through  its  Advanced
Payment  Agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company purchases the
customer's accounts receivable  for an amount  equal to the  face amount of  the
billing  records submitted to  the local telephone companies  by the Company for
billing and collection, less certain deductions. The purchase price is  remitted
by the Company to its customers in two payments.
 
    Within  five days from receiving a customer's records, an initial payment is
made to the customer based on a  percentage of the value of the customer's  call
records   submitted  to  the  local  telephone  companies.  This  percentage  is
established by the Advanced Payment  Agreement and generally ranges between  50%
and  80%,  but  typically  averages  approximately  70%.  The  Company  pays the
remaining balance of the purchase price upon collection of funds from the  local
telephone  companies. The funds used to  make the initial payments generally are
borrowed under  the Company's  revolving line  of credit  facility with  FINOVA.
Since  the facility was amended  in December 1993, the  Company has from time to
time paid down a portion  of the line with excess  funds prior to collection  of
the related receivables from the local telephone companies. The Company had paid
down   $18.8  million  of  the  credit  facility  at  September  30,  1995,  and
consequently,  the  outstanding  balance  of  the  line  of  credit  represented
approximately  42% of  purchased receivables at  September 30,  1995. The amount
borrowed by  the Company  under  this credit  facility  to finance  the  advance
funding  program was $23.0 million  and $25.2 million at  September 30, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
 
    Service fees charged  to customers by  the Company are  recorded as  advance
funding  program income and are  computed at a rate above  the prime rate on the
amount of  advances (initial  payments)  outstanding to  a customer  during  the
period  commencing from the date  the initial payment is  made until the Company
recoups the full amount of the  initial payment from local telephone  companies.
The rate charged to the customer by the Company is higher than the interest rate
charged  to the Company by FINOVA, in  part to cover the administrative expenses
incurred in providing this service. Borrowing costs are computed at a rate above
the prime interest rate  and are based on  the amount of borrowings  outstanding
during the period commencing from the date the funds are borrowed until the loan
is  repaid  by the  Company.  Borrowing costs  are  recorded as  advance funding
program expense. The result of these financing activities is the generation of a
net amount of advance funding program income that contributes to the net  income
of the Company.
 
    As  part  of  the  Advanced  Payment  Agreement,  the  Company contractually
purchases the  customer accounts  upon which  funds are  advanced. Further,  the
customer may grant a first lien security interest in other customer accounts and
assets  and will take other  action as may be  required to perfect the Company's
first lien security interest  in such assets. Under  the terms of the  agreement
with  FINOVA, the Company is obligated to repay amounts borrowed from FINOVA and
advanced to  its  billing  customers  whether  or  not  the  purchased  accounts
receivable are actually collected.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
SEASONALITY
 
    To  some  extent, the  revenues and  telephone call  record volumes  of most
customers of the Company are affected by seasonality. For example, the Company's
operator services customers typically experience decreases in operator  services
revenues  and telephone call record volumes in the fall and winter months as pay
telephone usage declines due to cold and inclement weather in many parts of  the
United  States.  As  a  result of  this  seasonal  variation,  operator services
telephone call  record volumes  processed by  the Company  during the  Company's
first  fiscal  quarter  ending  December 31  (which  includes  the Thanksgiving,
Christmas and New Year's Eve holidays), historically have been the lowest  level
of  any quarter of the year. Consequently, revenues reported by the Company that
are  derived  from  operator  services  telephone  call  records  are  similarly
affected.  Conversely, due to  increased traffic from  pay telephones during the
spring and summer  months and a  lower concentration of  national holidays,  the
Company  has  historically processed  its highest  volumes of  operator services
telephone call  records  and  reported  its  highest  operator  services-related
revenues  in the  third and  fourth quarters  of the  fiscal year.  The seasonal
effects caused by the Company's  operator services customers has been  lessened,
however,  as a result of  the growth in the  Company's business from direct dial
long distance carriers. The  Company's direct dial  long distance customers  use
the  Company's services primarily to  bill residential accounts, which typically
generate a  higher traffic  volume around  holidays, particularly  Thanksgiving,
Christmas and New Year's Day. The growth in billing revenues derived from direct
dial  long  distance carrier  customers as  a percentage  of total  revenues has
mitigated the  seasonal  effects of  the  revenues derived  from  the  Company's
operator services customers.
 
EFFECT OF INFLATION
 
    Inflation  is not a material factor affecting the Company's business. Prices
charged to the Company by local telephone companies and third-party vendors  for
billing,  collection and transmission services  have not increased significantly
during the  past year.  General operating  expenses such  as salaries,  employee
benefits  and  occupancy  costs  are, however,  subject  to  normal inflationary
pressures.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  123 ("SFAS  No. 123"),  "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation,"  which  provides  for a  fair-value-based  method  of
accounting  for stock-based  compensation plans  with employees  and others. The
Company will not adopt  the recognition and measurement  provisions of SFAS  No.
123,  but  will  continue  to  account  for  stock-based  compensation  plans in
accordance with APB Opinion 25. However, the Company will be required to  comply
with the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 beginning in fiscal 1997.
 
U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
 
    USLD's  Form 10-Q for the quarter and six-month period ended March 31, 1996,
which is  incorporated  herein by  reference,  should be  read  for  information
concerning the effect of the Distribution on USLD.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The   Company  is  a  third-party   billing  clearinghouse  and  information
management services  provider  to  the  telecommunications  industry.  Billing's
customers  include  direct  dial  long  distance  telephone  companies, operator
services  providers,   information   providers,   telecommunications   equipment
suppliers  and other telecommunication services providers. The Company maintains
contractual billing arrangements with over 1,200 local telephone companies which
provide  access  lines   to  and   collect  for  services   from  end-users   of
telecommunication  services. The  Company processes  telephone call  records and
other transactions and collects  the related end-user  charges from these  local
telephone companies on behalf of its customers.
    
 
    Billing's  direct dial long distance customers, including local and regional
long  distance  carriers,  use  the  Company  as  a  billing  clearinghouse  for
processing  and collecting call  records generated by  their end-users. Although
such carriers can bill end-users directly, Billing provides these carriers  with
a  very cost-effective  means of  billing and  collecting residential  and small
commercial accounts through the local telephone companies.
 
    The  Company  processes  telephone  call  records  for  customers  providing
operator  services largely to the hospitality, penal, and private and public pay
telephone industries. In addition, Billing processes records for telephone calls
that require  operator assistance  and/or alternative  billing options  such  as
collect  and  person-to-person  calls,  third-party  billing  and  calling  card
billing. Because operator services  providers have only  the billing number  and
not  the name  or address  of the  billed party,  they must  have access  to the
services of the local telephone companies to collect their charges. The  Company
provides   this  access  to  its   customers  through  its  contractual  billing
arrangements with the local telephone companies that bill and collect on  behalf
of these operator services providers.
 
   
    Because  Billing acts as  an aggregator of telephone  call records and other
transactions from various  sources, it  can negotiate  discounted billing  costs
with the local telephone companies due to its large volume and can pass on these
discounts  to its customers.  Additionally, Billing can  provide its services to
those long distance carriers and operator services providers who would otherwise
not be able to  make the investments in  billing and collection agreements  with
the   local  telephone  companies,  fees,  systems,  infrastructure  and  volume
commitments required to establish and maintain the necessary relationships  with
the  local telephone  companies. The Company  is obligated to  pay certain local
telephone companies a total of approximately $10,654,000, $6,992,000, $2,756,000
and $678,000  during fiscal  1996, fiscal  1997, fiscal  1998 and  fiscal  1999,
respectively,  for  minimum usage  charges  under approximately  30  billing and
collection agreements,  that, unless  automatically renewed,  expire at  varying
dates  through the end of fiscal 1999.  The billing and collection agreements do
not provide for any  penalties other than payment  of the obligation should  the
usage  levels not be met. The Company has met all such volume commitments in the
past and  anticipates exceeding  the minimum  usage volumes  with all  of  these
vendors.
    
 
    In  1994, Billing began  providing enhanced billing  services for processing
transactions related to providers  of premium services or  products that can  be
billed  through the  local telephone companies,  such as charges  for 900 access
pay-per-call transactions,  cellular long  distance services,  paging  services,
voice mail services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment charges.
 
    In  addition  to its  billing  clearinghouse services,  Billing  also offers
billing management services to customers who have their own billing arrangements
with the local telephone companies.  These management services may include  data
processing,   accounting,  end-user  customer   service,  telecommunication  tax
processing and reporting.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Billing  clearinghouse   and   information  management   services   in   the
telecommunications  industry  developed  out  of the  1984  breakup  of American
Telephone &  Telegraph ("AT&T")  and the  Bell System.  In connection  with  the
breakup,   the   local   telephone   companies  that   make   up   the  Regional
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
   
Bell Operating Companies,  Southern New England  Telephone, Cincinnati Bell  and
the  General  Telephone Operating  Companies  ("GTE") were  required  to provide
billing and  collections  on a  nondiscriminatory  basis to  all  carriers  that
provided telecommunication services to their end-user customers. Because of both
the  cost of acquiring and the minimum charges associated with many of the local
telephone company billing and collection  agreements, the Company believes  that
only  the largest long distance carriers, including AT&T, MCI Telecommunications
Corporation ("MCI") and Sprint Incorporated ("Sprint"), could afford the  option
of  billing directly through  the local telephone  companies. Several companies,
including Billing,  entered into  these billing  and collection  agreements  and
became aggregators of telephone call records for operator services providers and
second  and  third tier  long distance  carriers, thereby  becoming "third-party
clearinghouses." Today,  Billing  provides billing  and  information  management
services to approximately 300 customers in the telecommunications industry.
    
 
    The  operator services industry began to develop  in 1986 with the advent of
technology that  allowed  a zero-plus  call  (automated calling  card  call)  or
zero-minus call (collect, third-party billing, operator assisted calling card or
person-to-person  call)  to  be routed  away  from  AT&T to  a  competitive long
distance services provider. Because a zero-plus or zero-minus call is placed  by
an  end-user whose billing information is  unrelated to the telephone being used
to place the  call, a long  distance carrier would  typically not have  adequate
information  to  produce a  bill. This  information  typically resides  with the
billed party's local  telephone company.  In order  to bill  its telephone  call
records,  a long  distance services  provider carrying  zero-plus and zero-minus
telephone calls must either  obtain billing and  collection agreements with  the
local telephone companies or utilize the services of a third-party clearinghouse
that has the billing and collection agreements required.
 
    Third-party  clearinghouses  such as  Billing  process these  telephone call
records and other transactions and submit them to the local telephone  companies
for  inclusion  in their  monthly  bills to  end-users.  As the  local telephone
companies collect payments from  end-users, they remit  them to the  third-party
clearinghouses who, in turn, remit payments to their carrier customers.
 
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS
 
    Billing  is  a newly  formed corporation  that, upon  the completion  of the
Distribution, will  be  an  independent, publicly  held  company.  Billing  will
comprise  the existing billing clearinghouse and information management services
business currently operated by USLD through its Billing Group subsidiaries.
 
    In 1988, USLD acquired ZPDI and  its billing and collection agreements  with
several  local  telephone  companies.  USLD used  these  billing  and collection
agreements to bill and collect through the local telephone companies for its own
operator services call record transactions. As USLD's operator services business
expanded, ZPDI entered  into additional billing  and collection agreements  with
other   local  telephone  companies,  including   the  Regional  Bell  Operating
Companies, GTE  and other  independent local  telephone companies.  The  Company
recognized  the expense  and time related  to obtaining  and administering these
billing  and  collection  agreements  and  began  offering  its  services  as  a
third-party clearinghouse to other operator services businesses who did not have
any  proprietary agreements with the local telephone companies. In 1992, Billing
entered into  a new  set of  billing and  collection agreements  with the  local
telephone  companies and  began offering  billing clearinghouse  and information
management services as a third-party clearinghouse to direct dial long  distance
services  providers. The Company has  billing and collection agreements covering
over 1,200 local telephone companies with access lines into approximately 95% of
the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico.
 
   
    A key factor in the evolution of the Company's business has been the ongoing
development  of  its  information  management  systems.  In  1990,  the  Company
developed  a comprehensive information system capable of processing, tracing and
accounting  for   telephone  call   record   transactions  (see   "Business   --
Operations").  Also in  1990, the Company  became the  first third-party billing
clearinghouse  to  finance  its  customers'  accounts  receivable.  Today,  this
activity is accomplished through a
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
revolving   receivable  financing   facility  with   FINOVA  (see  "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Advance  Funding  Program  and  Receivable  Funding  Facility").  In  1991, USLD
separated the day-to-day management and operations of the Company from its  long
distance and operator services businesses. The purpose of this separation was to
satisfy some of the Company's customers who were also competitors of USLD's long
distance  and  operator  services  businesses.  These  customers  had  two  main
concerns: (i) that USLD's long  distance and operator services businesses  could
gain  knowledge of its competitors through call records processed by Billing and
(ii) that  Billing was  somehow subsidizing  USLD's long  distance and  operator
services  businesses with which  these customers compete.  Since the separation,
the Billing Group and the Telecommunications Group have operated  independently,
except for certain corporate activities conducted by USLD's corporate staff.
 
    In  1993, the Company  began to offer billing  management services to direct
dial long distance carriers  and information services  providers who have  their
own  billing and collection agreements with the local telephone companies. These
customers collect charges directly from  the local telephone companies and,  for
marketing  purposes,  may desire  to  place their  own  logo, name  and customer
service number  on the  long  distance bill  page. Billing  management  services
provided  by  the Company  to such  customers  may include  contract management,
transaction processing, information management and reporting, tax compliance and
customer service.
 
    In 1994,  the  Company began  offering  enhanced billing  clearinghouse  and
information    management    services   to    other   businesses    within   the
telecommunications  industry.   These  businesses   include   telecommunications
equipment  providers,  information  providers and  other  communication services
providers of nonregulated services and products such as 900 access  pay-per-call
transactions,  cellular  long  distance services,  paging  services,  voice mail
services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment. The Company  entered
into  additional  billing and  collection  agreements with  the  local telephone
companies to  process  these types  of  transactions. Management  believes  that
billing  for such  nonregulated products  and services  represents a significant
expansion opportunity for the Company.
 
BILLING CLEARINGHOUSE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
    In general, the  Company performs  four types of  billing clearinghouse  and
information   management  services   under  different   billing  and  collection
agreements with the local  telephone companies. First,  the Company offers  Zero
Plus  --  Zero Minus  billing and  information  management services  to operator
services providers. This service is the original form of local telephone company
billing provided by the  Company and has driven  the development of the  systems
and  infrastructure utilized by  all of the  Company's billing clearinghouse and
information management services. Second, the  Company performs direct dial  long
distance  billing, which is the billing of "1+" long distance telephone calls to
individual residential  customers  and  small commercial  accounts.  Third,  the
Company  performs  enhanced  billing  clearinghouse  and  information management
services whereby it bills a wide array of charges that can be applied to a local
telephone  company  telephone  bill,  including  charges  for  900  pay-per-call
transactions, cellular services, paging services, voice mail services, caller ID
and  other telecommunications  equipment. Finally, under  its billing management
function, the  Company  provides  any  of the  three  services  discussed  above
utilizing the customer's own billing and collection agreements.
 
BILLING PROCESS
 
    Local telephone company billing relates to billing for transactions that are
included  in the monthly  local telephone bill  of the end-user  as opposed to a
direct bill that the end-user would receive directly from the telecommunications
or other services provider. The Company's customers submit telephone call record
data in batches, typically in weekly intervals; however, the frequency can range
from daily  to monthly.  The  data is  submitted  either electronically  or  via
magnetic  tape. Billing,  through its  proprietary software,  sets-up an account
receivable for each batch  of call records that  it processes and processes  the
telephone  call record  data to  determine the  validity of  each record  and to
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
include for each record certain telecommunication taxes and applicable  customer
identification  information.  The Company  then  submits, through  a third-party
vendor, the relevant billable telephone  call records and other transactions  to
the  appropriate  local telephone  company for  billing and  collection. Billing
monitors and tracks each account receivable by customer and by batch  throughout
the  billing and collection process. The  local telephone companies then include
these telephone  call records  and  other transactions  in their  monthly  local
telephone  bills and remit the collected funds to the Company for payment to its
customers. The complete cycle can take up to 18 months from the time the records
are submitted for billing until all bad debt reserves are "trued-up" with actual
bad debt experience. However, the billing and collection agreements provide  for
the  local  telephone  companies  to  purchase  the  accounts  receivable,  with
recourse, within a 40  to 90 day  period. The payment cycle  from the time  call
records  are transmitted to the local telephone companies to the initial receipt
of funds by the Company is, on average, approximately 55 days. Typically, 90% of
the value of the call records is  received in the initial payments by the  local
telephone companies.
 
    The  Company has a bad  debt allowance for customer  receivables but not for
trade receivables  because  an  allowance  is  not  deemed  necessary  on  trade
receivables.  See the  first paragraph  under the  caption "Business  -- Billing
Process" for a  discussion of  the collection  cycle, which  may take  up to  18
months  before a final  true-up of customer  accounts receivable. Accordingly, a
customer's net account balance with the Company may change and could result in a
negative true-up. At this  point the Company would  be in a receivable  position
with the customer. Such receivables are subject to credit risk, and the exposure
to this credit risk is greater with the customers participating in the Company's
Advance Payment program. The allowance for uncollectible accounts is included in
the  "accounts payable to customers" caption  on the Company's balance sheet. In
the last three years, the  Company wrote off an  aggregate of $175,000 of  these
accounts  and provided an aggregate allowance  for doubtful accounts of $860,000
on accounts it deemed uncollectible and an allowance of $300,000 on accounts  it
deemed partially collectible.
 
    The  Company reviews the  activity of its customer  base to detect potential
bad debt situations. If  there is uncertainty with  an account, the Company  can
discontinue  paying the customer in order to hold funds to cover future bad debt
true-ups. If a customer discontinues doing  business with the Company and  there
are  insufficient  funds  being held  to  cover  future bad  debt  true-ups, the
Company's only recourse is through legal action.
 
    The Company  processes  the  tax records  associated  with  each  customer's
submitted  telephone  call  records  and other  transactions  and  files certain
federal excise  and  state  and  local  telecommunications-related  tax  returns
covering  such records and transactions on behalf  of many of its customers. The
Company submits more  than 1,000  tax returns on  behalf of  its customers  each
month.
 
    Billing  provides end-user inquiry and  investigation (customer service) for
billed  telephone  call  records.  This  service  allows  end-users  to  inquire
regarding  calls  for which  they were  billed.  The Company's  customer service
telephone number  is  included  in  the local  telephone  company  bill  to  the
end-user,  and the Company's customer  service representatives are authorized to
resolve end-user disputes regarding such calls.
 
    Billing earns its revenues based on (i) a processing fee that is assessed to
customers either  as a  fee charged  for  each telephone  call record  or  other
transaction  processed  or  as  percentage of  the  customer's  revenue  that is
submitted by  the Company  to  the local  telephone  companies for  billing  and
collection and (ii) a customer service inquiry fee that is assessed to customers
either  as a fee  charged for each record  processed by the Company  or as a fee
charged for each billing inquiry made by end-users. Any charges assessed to  the
Company  by local telephone  companies for billing  and collection services also
are included in revenues and are passed through to the customer.
 
    Through its  accounts  receivable  financing  program,  Billing  offers  its
customers  the option to receive, within  five days of the customer's submission
of records to Billing, a significant portion of the revenue associated with such
records. The  customer  pays  interest  for  the  period  of  time  between  the
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
purchase  of records  by the  Company and the  time the  local telephone company
submits payment to Billing for the subject records. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Advance Funding
Program and Receivable Financing Facility."
 
OPERATIONS
 
    The Company's billing clearinghouse and information management services  are
highly  automated  through  the  Company's  proprietary  computer  software  and
state-of-the-art data transmission  protocols. Except for  the end-user  inquiry
and  investigation service (Customer Service), the staff required to provide the
Company's billing clearinghouse and  information management services is  largely
administrative  and the  number of employees  is not  directly volume sensitive.
Most of the services offered by  Billing are automated and electronic by  nature
and  require a minimal amount of human intervention. Many of Billing's customers
submit their  records to  the Company  using electronic  transmission  protocols
directly  into  the  Company's  electronic  bulletin  board.  These  records are
automatically accessed by  Billing's proprietary software,  processed, and  then
submitted  to the local  telephone companies electronically.  Upon completion of
the billing process, the Company  provides reports relating to billable  records
and  returns any unbillable records to  its customers electronically through the
bulletin board.
 
    The Company operates two independent computer systems to ensure a continual,
uninterrupted processing  of billing  and information  management services.  One
system  is dedicated to daily processing activities and the other serves as both
a back-up to the primary  system and for storage of  up to 12 months of  billing
detail.  This  detail is  immediately accessible  to Billing's  customer service
representatives who handle billing  inquiries. Detail of  records older than  12
months  is stored on  CD Rom and  magnetic tape for  seven years. Because timely
submission of  call records  to the  local telephone  companies is  critical  to
prompt  collections and  high collection rates,  Billing has  made a significant
investment in computer systems so that its customers' call records are processed
and submitted to  the local telephone  companies in a  timely manner,  generally
within 24 hours of receipt by Billing.
 
    The  Company's  contracts with  its customers  provide  for the  billing and
information management services required by the customer specifying, among other
things, the services to be provided and the cost and term of the services.  Once
the  customer executes an  agreement, Billing updates tables  within each of the
local telephone  companys'  billing  systems  to control  the  type  of  records
processed,  the products or  services allowed by  the local telephone companies,
and the printing of  the customer's name on  the end-user's monthly bill.  While
these  local telephone company tables are being updated, the Company's technical
support staff tests the customer's  records through its proprietary software  to
ensure that the records can be transmitted to the local telephone companies.
 
    Billing  maintains a  relatively small direct  sales force of  less than ten
people  and  accomplishes   most  of  its   marketing  efforts  through   active
participation  in telecommunications industry  trade shows, educational seminars
and workshops. The Company advertises to a limited extent in trade journals  and
other industry publications.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    The  Company  provides billing  and information  management services  to the
following categories of telecommunications services providers:
 
    - Interexchange  Carriers  or  Long  Distance  Companies:  Facilities  based
      carriers that possess their own telecommunications switching equipment and
      networks  and  that  provide  traditional  direct  dial telecommunications
      services.  Certain  long  distance  companies  provide  operator  assisted
      services  as well as direct  dial services. These calls  are billed to the
      end-user by the  local telephone company  in the case  of residential  and
      small commercial accounts.
 
    - Switchless  Resellers: Marketing  organizations, affinity  groups, or even
      aggregator operations  that  buy direct  dial  long distance  services  in
      volume at wholesale rates from a facilities based
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
      long  distance company and sell it  back to individual customers at market
      rates. These  calls are  billed to  the end-user  by the  local  telephone
      company in the case of residential and small commercial accounts.
 
    - Operator  Services Providers: Carriers who handle "live" operator assisted
      or "automated"  operator  assisted calls  from  remote locations  using  a
      centralized telecommunications switching device. These calls are billed to
      local  telephone company  calling cards,  collect, third-party  numbers or
      person-to-person.
 
    - Customer  Owned  Coin  Operated  Telephone  Providers:  Privately   owned,
      intelligent pay telephones that handle "automated" operator assisted calls
      that are billed to a local telephone company calling card, collect or to a
      third-party number.
 
    - Customer  Premise Equipment  Providers: Carriers who  install equipment at
      aggregator  locations,  such  as  hotels,  university  dormitories,  penal
      institutions,  etc.,  which  handle calls  originated  from  that location
      device. These calls  are subsequently  billed to  local telephone  company
      calling cards, collect, third-party numbers or person-to-person.
 
    - Information   Providers:   Companies   that  provide   various   forms  of
      information, entertainment or  voice mail services  to subscribers.  These
      services  are  typically billed  to the  end-user  by the  local telephone
      company based on a 900 pay-per-call or a monthly recurring service fee.
 
    Other  billing   customers   include   suppliers   of   various   forms   of
telecommunications equipment, pager and cellular telephone companies.
 
COMPETITION
 
   
    The   Company   operates   in   a   highly   competitive   segment   of  the
telecommunications industry.  All  the  third-party  clearinghouses  are  either
privately  held or, like Billing,  are part of a  larger parent company. Billing
competes primarily  with OAN  Services, Inc.,  a subsidiary  of Electronic  Data
Systems,  Inc.  This  competitor  and  its  parent  company  have  greater  name
recognition than the Company and have, or have access to, substantially  greater
financial   and  personnel  resources  than  those  available  to  the  Company.
Competition among  the clearinghouses  is based  on the  quality of  information
reporting,  collection  history,  the  speed of  collections  and  the  price of
services.
    
 
    The Company believes that there are several significant challenges that face
potential new entrants in  the local telephone  company billing and  information
management  services industry.  The cost  to acquire  the necessary  billing and
collection agreements is significant as is the cost to develop and implement the
required systems for processing telephone  call records and other  transactions.
Additionally,  most of the  billing and collection agreements  require a user to
make substantial monthly or annual volume commitments. Given these factors,  the
average  cost of billing and collecting a  record could be expensive until a new
entrant could generate sufficient traffic  to compete effectively on price.  The
price  charged  by most  local telephone  companies  for billing  and collection
services is based on volume commitments and actual volumes being processed. As a
large third-party clearinghouse, Billing enjoys some of the most favorable rates
available in the industry and passes the benefits of its buying power on to  its
customers.
 
    Because  most  customers in  the  billing clearinghouse  industry  are under
contract with Billing or  one of its competitors,  management believes that  the
existing  market is already committed for up  to three years. In addition, a new
entrant must  be  financially sound  and  have system  integrity  because  funds
collected  by  the  local  telephone  companies  flow  through  the  third-party
clearinghouse, which then distributes the cash to the customer whose traffic  is
being  billed. Management believes  that the Company  enjoys a reputation within
the  industry  for  the   timeliness  and  accuracy   of  its  collections   and
disbursements to customers.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    As the markets for the Company's services continue to develop and its target
market  continues to demand increasingly sophisticated billing clearinghouse and
information management services, the
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
Company believes there exist significant opportunities to continue the expansion
of its  business base  as new  and existing  customers seek  to outsource  these
services  to the Company. The Company's business strategy contains the following
key elements:
 
    MAINTAIN  LEADERSHIP  POSITION.    Billing  believes  it  has  developed   a
leadership   position  in   providing  billing   clearinghouse  and  information
management services to its customers. These services include managing  relations
with  the  local telephone  companies, developing  automated reporting  and cash
management tools,  providing  cost  efficient customer  service  operations  and
offering  cash flow  alternatives in the  form of its  advanced payment program.
While  each  of  these  functions  was  developed  separately  over  time,   the
combination  of these  service offerings has  positioned the Company  as a total
solution for the management of  a customer's billing and information  management
function.  Billing's  services  are  currently  utilized  by  approximately  300
customers, and management  believes that  Billing will maintain  and expand  its
leadership position.
 
    EXPAND CUSTOMER BASE.  Management believes that the Company's reputation for
high  quality  services will  make  it an  important  resource for  providers of
services  and  products,  such  as,  900  pay-per-call  transactions,   cellular
services,  paging  services, voice  mail  services, Internet  services, personal
communication  services  ("PCS"),   caller  ID   and  other   telecommunications
equipment.  Like  its existing  customers, these  services providers  are likely
candidates  not  only  for  the  core  services  of  billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management, but also for the full package of services that includes
customer service and advanced payment for receivables. Management believes  that
the  high growth potential  of these services  providers may present significant
potential opportunities for the Company.
 
    NEW AND  ENHANCED  SERVICES.   The  Company  believes that  certain  new  or
enhanced  services  it currently  contemplates  developing and  offering  to the
marketplace present significant opportunities. These include the following:
 
    ENHANCE SYSTEM TO  INCLUDE INVOICE  READY PLATFORM.   The  Company plans  to
enhance  its  systems  and  billing and  collection  agreements  with  the local
telephone companies  to  include  an  "invoice ready"  billing  option  for  its
customers.  An invoice ready billing platform will enable the Company to offer a
customized bill page  for inclusion  in the  local telephone  company bill.  The
Company  will be  able to  put each  customer's logo,  end-user customer service
number, and a brief  marketing message on this  bill page. Currently,  companies
such  as AT&T, MCI  and Sprint bill  in this manner  through the local telephone
companies. Because of the substantial cost associated with the implementation of
an invoice  ready platform,  it is  not  economical for  many of  the  Company's
customers to develop this capability in-house. Therefore, the Company intends to
invest  in system  enhancements and new  billing and  collection agreements that
will allow it to offer invoice ready billing to its customers.
 
    EXPAND DIRECT  BILLING  CAPABILITY.    Management  believes  that  there  is
substantial demand by its customers and potential customers for a direct billing
product  that would allow them to bill  end-users directly for the services they
provide. Because these customers typically do not have or desire to maintain the
operational infrastructure or  the billing platform  necessary to produce  bills
and  send them directly  to end-users, these  customers typically outsource this
activity to  third-party  clearinghouses. The  Company  has targeted  as  likely
candidates  for such a direct billing  product the following types of customers:
long  distance  providers   serving  commercial   accounts,  cellular   services
providers,  PCS providers, competitive local  access providers, cable television
companies and utilities. Additionally the  Company is investigating the  concept
of  a  "Universal Bill"  whereby multiple  services and  products can  be billed
directly to the end-user  under one, unified billing  statement. The Company  is
currently  expanding its direct billing capability  and plans to begin marketing
the expanded service in 1997.
 
    PURSUE NEW TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT  OPPORTUNITIES.  Management believes  that
the  recently enacted Telecommunications  Act will create  new opportunities for
third-party  clearinghouses.  The  Telecommunications  Act  requires  that   the
Regional  Bell Operating Companies use separate subsidiaries to provide services
not related to their existing regulated local services. The Company is presently
negotiating with  several  Regional Bell  Operating  Companies to  provide  both
in-territory and out-of-
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
territory billing for their long distance services. While certain telephone call
records  are currently being billed by local telephone companies for each other,
the  competition   among  the   local  telephone   companies  created   by   the
Telecommunications  Act  may  encourage  these companies  to  use  a third-party
clearinghouse such as  the Company.  The Telecommunications Act  may provide  an
opportunity  for  the  Company to  compete  for certain  telephone  call records
originated on  pay  telephones  owned  by the  local  telephone  companies  that
terminate  out of their territories. Management believes the Company is the most
efficient processor of these types of telephone call records and can succeed  in
penetrating this potential market as it develops.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At  June  30,  1996, Billing  had  215 full-time  employees,  including five
executive officers,  five  sales  and  marketing  personnel,  34  technical  and
operations  personnel, 71 accounting, administrative  and support personnel, and
100 customer service representatives and related support personnel. At June  30,
1996,  Billing also employed 181  part-time customer service representatives and
support personnel.  None of  Billing's  employees are  represented by  a  union.
Billing believes that its employee relations are good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    At June 30, 1996, Billing occupied approximately 16,000 square feet of space
for  its corporate  offices at  9311 San Pedro,  Suite 400,  San Antonio, Texas,
substantially all of  which will  be sub-leased from  USLD pursuant  to a  lease
agreement  that expires in March 1997. Thereafter, USLD and Billing will attempt
to sublease this space or to relinquish  the space to the landlord. If USLD  and
Billing  are unsuccessful in this  regard, they will share  the lease expense on
this space on  a 50:50 basis  through the  termination of the  lease in  January
1998.  In addition,  Billing will  also sublease  certain space  from USLD  on a
month-to-month basis.  See  "Relationship Between  Billing  and USLD  After  The
Distribution -- Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement." At June 30, 1996,
Billing  also occupied an additional 50,000 square feet located at 10500 Highway
281, also  in San  Antonio, Texas  under a  lease that  expires in  March  1998.
Billing  has  also entered  a lease  for an  aggregate of  approximately 200,000
square feet at 7411 John Smith Drive in San Antonio, Texas, which space it shall
acquire in three different  phases beginning November 1,  1996 through March  1,
1998. The primary term of the lease runs through November 1, 2006. The lease has
certain expansion options, renewal options, and rights of first refusal. Billing
believes  that its  current facilities are,  and its future  facilities will be,
adequate to meet its current and future needs.
 
LITIGATION
 
    In December 1993, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"),
Division of Enforcement, instituted an  informal inquiry relating to certain  of
USLD's  accounting  practices,  including  revenue  recognition  and  accounting
related to  accounts receivable,  purchased receivables  and other  assets,  and
related  disclosures. When the  USLD Board learned  of the Commission's informal
inquiry, Arthur Andersen LLP, USLD's independent public accountants, was engaged
to conduct a special review of  USLD's accounting policies and procedures.  This
review  was managed by a senior partner of  Arthur Andersen LLP who was not then
involved in  the  annual audit  process.  This special  review  provided  strong
additional  assurance that the  financial statements of  USLD were fairly stated
and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Representatives
of USLD and Arthur Andersen  LLP have met with  the Enforcement Division of  the
Commission to discuss the issues raised by the inquiry. On May 5, 1994, USLD was
informed   that  the  Commission  had  instituted  a  formal  order  of  private
investigation pursuant to Section 21(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,
as  amended (IN THE MATTER OF U.S.  LONG DISTANCE (HO-2852)), relating to, among
other things,  USLD's financial  condition, results  of operations,  assets  and
liabilities,  revenues and revenue recognition  and agreements and transactions.
Prior to August 1994, the  Commission issued subpoenas requesting  documentation
in  a number of  areas from USLD,  from Arthur Andersen  LLP, USLD's independent
auditors, and from certain  third parties, including  former employees of  USLD.
USLD has and will continue to cooperate fully with the Commission. Although USLD
and Billing cannot predict
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
when  the Commission's private investigation will be concluded, based upon their
review of facts and  circumstances, neither of  USLD's nor Billing's  management
believes  that  the  Commission's  review  of this  matter  will  result  in any
adjustment of USLD's or Billing's financial statements.
 
    The Staff  of the  Commission  is conducting  an investigation  relating  to
trading  in  the  securities  of Value-Added  Communications,  Inc.  ("VAC"), an
operator services provider based in Dallas, Texas, and of USLD (IN THE MATTER OF
TRADING IN  THE SECURITIES  OF VALUE-ADDED  COMMUNICATIONS, INC.  (HO-2765)).  A
proposed  merger  between USLD  and  VAC was  terminated  in February  1993. The
investigation concerns  whether certain  persons may  have purchased  securities
while  in  possession  of  material  non-public  information  or  disclosed this
information to others. The  Commission Staff is  also investigating Mr.  Holmes'
noncompliance  with the filing  requirements of Section  16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of  1934, as  amended, in  periods prior  to 1994  with respect  to
transactions  in the  securities of  USLD. Section  16(a) requires  officers and
directors of  public companies  to file  reports with  the Commission  regarding
their personal transactions in their company's securities. Mr. Holmes and others
have  appeared before the Commission Staff and provided testimony with regard to
these matters. The Company  understands that the Commission  may seek to  impose
civil  judicial or administrative remedies and/or  sanctions against some of the
persons who have given  testimony, including Mr.  Holmes. The Company  believes,
based  on information  now available,  that if  such remedies  or sanctions were
sought they would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
    Billing  is  involved  in  various  claims,  legal  actions  and  regulatory
proceedings  arising in the ordinary course  of business. Billing believes it is
unlikely that the final  outcome of any  of the claims  or proceedings to  which
Billing  is a party would have a  material adverse effect on Billing's financial
position or results of operations; however,  due to the inherent uncertainty  of
litigation,  there can  be no  assurance that  the resolution  of any particular
claim or  proceeding would  not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  Billing's
results of operations for the fiscal period in which such resolution occurred.
 
U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP
 
    After  the Distribution, USLD will continue to conduct its operator services
and direct dial long  distance businesses as  set forth on  pages 6 through  14,
inclusive, of USLD's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30,
1995, which description is incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
    Upon  consummation of  the Distribution,  Billing's Board  of Directors will
comprise four directors, Parris H. Holmes, Jr. (Chairman), Alan W. Saltzman, Lee
Cooke and James E. Sowell.
 
    In connection with the Distribution, the Billing Board will be divided  into
three classes. Directors for each class will stand for re-election at the annual
meeting  of  stockholders held  in the  year in  which the  term for  such class
expires and, if elected, will serve  thereafter for three years. The  expiration
of  the initial term of Billing's directors  as of the Distribution Date will be
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIRECTOR                                                                              INITIAL TERM EXPIRES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr................................................................             1999
Alan W. Saltzman....................................................................             1999
Lee Cooke...........................................................................             1998
James E. Sowell.....................................................................             1997
</TABLE>
 
    The business of Billing will be managed under the direction of its Board  of
Directors.  The Billing  Board will have  three standing  committees: (i) Audit,
(ii) Compensation and (iii) Nominating and Corporate Governance ("Nominating").
 
    The Audit  Committee will  be comprised  of certain  directors who  are  not
employees  of  Billing or  any  of its  subsidiaries.  The Audit  Committee will
initially be comprised of directors Cooke  and Sowell. The Audit Committee  will
meet  with  the independent  auditors,  management representatives  and internal
auditors; recommend to  the Billing Board  appointment of independent  auditors;
approve  the  scope  of  audits  and  other  services  to  be  performed  by the
independent and  internal  auditors; consider  whether  the performance  of  any
professional  service by the auditors other than services provided in connection
with the audit function could impair  the independence of the outside  auditors;
and  review  the results  of  internal and  external  audits and  the accounting
principles  applied  in  financial  reporting  and  financial  and   operational
controls.  The independent auditors and internal auditors will have unrestricted
access to the Audit Committee and vice versa.
 
    The Compensation Committee will  be comprised of  certain directors who  are
not  employees of Billing or any of its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee
will initially  be comprised  of directors  Cooke and  Sowell. The  Compensation
Committee's  functions will  include recommendations on  policies and procedures
relating to senior officers' compensation  and various employee stock and  other
benefit  plans and approval of individual salary adjustments and stock awards in
those areas.
 
    The Nominating Committee will be comprised of certain directors who are  not
employees  of Billing or any of  its subsidiaries. The Nominating Committee will
initially be comprised of directors  Cooke and Sowell. The Nominating  Committee
will  consider candidates for election as  directors and will be responsible for
keeping  abreast  of  and  making  recommendations  with  regard  to   corporate
governance  in  general. In  addition, the  Committee  will fulfill  an advisory
function with respect to a range of matters affecting the Billing Board and  its
Committees,   including   the  making   of   recommendations  with   respect  to
qualifications of director candidates, compensation of directors, the  selection
of  committee chairmen, committee assignments  and related matters affecting the
functioning of the Billing  Board. The Committee will  consider nominees to  the
Billing  Board recommended by stockholders of Billing where such recommendations
are made pursuant to the procedures which are described in Billing's Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws. The form of Billing's Bylaws is attached hereto  as
Annex V.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    MEETING  AND ANNUAL  RETAINER FEES.   Each  outside member  of the  Board of
Directors will receive a  meeting fee of  $2,000 for each  meeting of the  Board
attended.  Additionally,  each  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  Audit
Committee or Nominating Committee will  receive $500 for each committee  meeting
attended during the year except that the Chairperson of each such committee will
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
receive  $1,000 for attendance. In  each case, the members  of the Board will be
reimbursed for their travel expenses to and from the meetings. The Board members
will not receive a fee for telephonic meetings. In addition, Billing will pay an
Annual Director Fee,  currently $15,000 per  year, to each  outside director  of
Billing.  See "Executive Compensation -- Employee  Benefit Plans -- Stock Option
and Grant Plans."
 
    STOCK OPTIONS.  Pursuant to  Billing's Director Plan, each outside  director
automatically  will  be granted  a stock  option to  purchase certain  shares of
Billing Common Stock. See "Executive  Compensation -- Employee Benefit Plans  --
Stock  Option and Grant Plans." Options automatically received under the Billing
Director Plan are  in addition to  any stock  option elected to  be received  in
payment of the Annual Director Fee.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding options granted
during  the  period  October  1,  1994 through  September  30,  1995  to outside
directors of USLD,  who will be  outside directors of  Billing. For  information
concerning  the treatment  of USLD options  held by Billing  directors after the
Distribution, see "Relationship Between Billing and USLD after the  Distribution
- -- Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         UNREALIZED
                                                       SECURITIES                         VALUE OF
                                                       UNDERLYING         EXERCISE       OPTIONS AT
                                                        PRESENTLY           PRICE       SEPTEMBER 30,
DIRECTOR                                           EXERCISABLE OPTIONS    PER SHARE      1995 ($)(1)
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>            <C>
Lee Cooke........................................          15,000        $    11.125     $    59,063
                                                           10,000        $     12.00     $    30,625
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Reflects  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  underlying  securities  as
    determined by reference  to the closing  price of USLD  Common Stock on  the
    Nasdaq  National Market on September 29, 1995 ($15.0625 per share) minus the
    aggregate exercise price for each option.
 
    DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.   Billing has adopted, to be  effective
upon   the  Distribution,  the  Billing   Information  Concepts  Corp.  Director
Compensation Deferral Plan (the "Billing Director Deferral Plan"). Participation
in the Billing Director  Deferral Plan will be  offered to outside directors  of
Billing  who elect  to participate  as provided  in the  plan ("Billing Director
Deferral Participants").  The  Billing  Director Deferral  Plan  is  a  deferred
compensation  plan that generally allows  Billing Director Deferral Participants
to make voluntary deferral contributions ("Voluntary Director Contribution"), on
a pre-tax basis, in increments of 1%, of up to 100% of the fees paid by  Billing
for  services rendered as a director. In addition, Billing intends to contribute
each plan year,  on behalf  of each  Billing Director  Deferral Participant,  an
amount  equal to  33% of  that director's  Voluntary Director  Contribution (the
"Billing Director Contribution"); provided,  however, that Billing reserves  the
right  to eliminate the Billing  Director Contribution at any  time or provide a
Billing Director Contribution of a different  amount. From time to time  Billing
shall  credit each  Billing Director  Deferral Participant's  participating plan
with interest at  the rate declared  by Billing in  accordance with the  Billing
Director Deferral Plan.
 
    Billing Director Deferral Participants will be annually vested in 33% of any
Billing  Director  Contribution  beginning with  the  Billing  Director Deferral
Participant's first anniversary of  service and becoming  100% vested after  the
third  anniversary of service or  upon a change in  control of Billing. Benefits
are generally  payable  to  a  Billing Director  Deferral  Participant  (or  his
beneficiary)  upon retirement, disability,  termination of service  or death, in
each case as provided in the Billing Director Deferral Plan. In fiscal 1995, Lee
Cooke elected to make voluntary deferral contributions of $14,500, and USLD made
a contribution of $4,785 on Mr. Cooke's behalf.
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN
 
    GENERAL.  Prior  to the Distribution,  Billing will adopt,  and USLD as  the
sole stockholder of Billing will approve, the 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan of
Billing Information Concepts Corp. (the
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
"Billing  Director Plan"), which will become  effective on the effective date of
the Registration Statement on Form  10. A copy of  the Billing Director Plan  is
attached  hereto as Annex VII, and this  summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the text of such Annex VII.
 
    The Billing Director Plan authorizes  the granting of non-incentive  options
("Billing  Director Options") to  purchase Billing Common  Stock to non-employee
directors (estimated  to  total two  eligible  individuals at  the  Distribution
Date).  A total of  400,000 shares of  Billing Common Stock  (subject to certain
adjustments) have been reserved for  issuance upon exercise of Billing  Director
Options  and upon the exercise of Billing Director Fee Options (described below)
granted to non-employee directors who elect to receive their Annual Director Fee
(described below) wholly  or partly  in a Billing  Director Fee  Option. If  any
Billing Director Option or Billing Director Fee Option terminates, expires or is
cancelled  or surrendered as to any  shares, new Billing Director Options and/or
Billing Director Fee Options may be granted covering such shares.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Billing Director Plan  will be administered by a  stock
option  committee consisting of not  fewer than two (2)  members of the Board of
Directors. Until this  committee is  appointed by  the Board  of Directors,  the
Board of Directors will administer the Billing Director Plan.
 
    TERMS  OF  OPTIONS.   The  Billing Director  Plan  provides that  any future
non-employee director of Billing (who was not previously a director of  Billing)
who  is elected  to the Board  of Directors  will be granted  a Billing Director
Option exercisable for 15,000  shares of Billing Common  Stock on the date  such
non-employee director is so elected as a director, whether at the annual meeting
of  stockholders or  otherwise, at  an exercise price  equal to  the fair market
value of the  Billing Common  Stock on the  date such  non-employee director  is
elected.  In addition,  each non-employee  director will  receive, on  the first
business day after the date of  each annual meeting of stockholders of  Billing,
commencing  with the  annual meeting  of stockholders  immediately following the
full vesting of any  previously granted Billing Director  Option, a new  Billing
Director  Option to purchase an additional 15,000 shares of Billing Common Stock
at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of Billing  Common
Stock on the date of grant. In each case, such Billing Director Option will vest
as  to  5,000  shares  of  Billing  Common Stock  on  each  of  the  first three
anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
    Each non-employee Billing Director will receive an annual retainer fee  (the
"Annual  Director Fee") on the business day  on or immediately after December 15
of each  year in  either cash  or,  in lieu  thereof, at  the election  of  each
non-employee  director,  a  stock  option  ("Billing  Director  Fee  Option") to
purchase certain shares of Billing Common Stock. Each non-employee director  may
also  receive the  Annual Director Fee  partly in  cash and partly  in a Billing
Director Fee  Option. The  Billing Director  Plan provides  that no  later  than
December  31 of each year,  each non-employee director of  Billing must elect to
receive his or her Billing  Annual Director Fee for  the following year in  cash
($15,000)  or in whole  or in part through  the grant of  a Billing Director Fee
Option exercisable for up to 7,500 shares of Billing Common Stock at an exercise
price per share equal to  the fair market value of  the Billing Common Stock  on
the  date of grant (I.E., the business day on or immediately after December 15).
A non-employee director must still be a director of Billing on December 15 to be
eligible to receive  a Billing  Annual Director  Fee. The  Billing Director  Fee
Option  will vest immediately,  but will not  be exercisable for  six months and
will expire five years from the date of grant.
 
    A Billing Director Option is not exercisable for six months commencing  with
the  date of grant and terminates  on the earlier to occur  of (i) 30 days after
the date that the optionee ceases to be a Director, except that if the  optionee
dies while a director, the Billing Director Option expires one year therefrom or
six  months therefrom if  the optionee dies during  the 30-day period referenced
above, or (ii) five years from the date of grant of the Billing Director Option.
 
    LIMITS ON GRANTS.  Billing Director Options and Billing Director Fee Options
may not be granted  at an exercise price  per share that is  less than the  fair
market  value of  the Billing Common  Stock at  the date of  grant. The exercise
price of a Billing Director Option and a Billing Director Fee Option may be paid
in cash, certified or  cashier's check, money order,  or by delivery of  already
owned  shares of Billing  Common Stock having  a fair market  value equal to the
exercise price, or by delivery  of a combination of  the above. One purpose  for
permitting  delivery  of  Billing  Common  Stock  in  full  or  partial  payment
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
of the exercise price is  to make it possible for  the optionee to exercise  his
Billing  Director Options or  Billing Director Fee Options,  without the need to
sell Billing Common Stock already owned, which sale would result in the optionee
incurring capital  gain  (or  loss)  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  and/or
potential Section 16(b) liability.
 
    ADJUSTMENTS.  If at any time while the Billing Director Plan is in effect or
unexercised  Billing  Director  Options  or  Billing  Director  Fee  Options are
outstanding, there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of issued and
outstanding shares of Billing  Common Stock through the  declaration of a  stock
dividend  or  through  any  recapitalization  resulting  in  a  stock  split-up,
combination or exchange  of shares  of Billing Common  Stock, then  and in  such
event:
 
        (i) appropriate adjustment shall be made in the maximum number of shares
    of  Billing Common  Stock then subject  to being optioned  under the Billing
    Director Plan,  so that  the same  proportion of  the Company's  issued  and
    outstanding  shares of Billing Common Stock  shall continue to be subject to
    being so optioned; and
 
        (ii) appropriate adjustment  shall be made  in the number  of shares  of
    Billing  Common Stock  and the  exercise price  per share  of Billing Common
    Stock thereof then subject  to any outstanding  Billing Director Options  or
    Billing  Director Fee Option,  so that the same  proportion of the Company's
    issued and outstanding shares of  Billing Common Stock shall remain  subject
    to purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.
 
    In  addition,  the  Committee shall  make  such adjustments  in  the Billing
Director Options or Billing Director Fee Options price and the number of  shares
covered  by outstanding Billing Director Options or Billing Director Fee Options
that are  required to  prevent dilution  or  enlargement of  the rights  of  the
holders  of such Billing  Director Options or Billing  Director Fee Options that
would otherwise result from  any reorganization, recapitalization, stock  split,
stock  dividend,  combination  of  shares,  merger,  consolidation,  issuance of
rights, spinoff or any other change in capital structure of the Company.
 
    ASSIGNABILITY.   The  Billing  Director Options  and  Billing  Director  Fee
Options  are not assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution or  pursuant to a  qualified domestic relations  order.
During  the  lifetime  of an  optionee,  a  Billing Director  Option  or Billing
Director Fee Option is exercisable only by the optionee, the optionee's guardian
or legal representative.  Billing has  registered the shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  issuable pursuant to the exercise of Billing Director Options and Billing
Director Fee Options with the Commission.
 
    TERMINATION.  The Billing Director Plan  terminates ten years from the  date
it  becomes effective, and  any Billing Director Option  or any Billing Director
Fee Option outstanding on such date will remain outstanding until it has  either
expired or been exercised.
 
    CERTAIN  FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES.   The  federal income  tax rules
summarized below are based upon current tax laws and thus are subject to change.
Moreover, this summary of the tax consequences is not intended to be a  complete
description  of all  federal, state  and local  tax consequences  of the Billing
Director Plan.
 
    The amount of the Annual Director Fee received in cash will be taxable  upon
receipt.  The grant of a Billing Director  Option or Billing Director Fee Option
will not be taxable to  an optionee. Generally, upon  the exercise of a  Billing
Director  Option  or Billing  Director  Fee Option  that  has been  held  by the
optionee for at least six months, an optionee who is subject to Section 16(b) of
the Exchange Act will recognize  ordinary income at the  time of exercise in  an
amount  equal to  the excess  of the  then fair  market value  of the  shares of
Billing Common Stock purchased  over the exercise price.  Optionees who are  not
subject to Section 16(b) will generally recognize income at the time of exercise
of  a Billing Director Option  or Billing Director Fee  Option determined in the
same manner as optionees subject to  Section 16(b). Because participants in  the
Billing  Director  Plan will  not  be employees  of  Billing, there  will  be no
withholding with respect to  the recognized ordinary  income resulting from  the
exercise  of Billing  Director Options or  Billing Director Fee  Options or with
respect  to  receipt  of  the  Annual   Director  Fee  in  cash  (although   the
self-employment    tax   on   self-employed   persons   generally   will   apply
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
thereto). When shares of  Billing Common Stock received  upon the exercise of  a
Billing Director Option or Billing Director Fee Option subsequently are disposed
of  in a taxable transaction, the optionee generally will recognize capital gain
(or loss) in the amount by which  the amount realized exceeds (or is less  than)
the  fair  market value  of the  Billing Common  Stock on  the date  the Billing
Director Option or Billing Director Fee Option was exercised. Such capital  gain
(or  loss) will  be long-  or short-term  depending upon  the optionee's holding
period for  the Billing  Common  Stock acquired  upon  exercise of  the  Billing
Director Option or Billing Director Fee Option.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    Set  forth below  is information  with respect  to each  individual who will
serve as a director or executive officer of Billing as of the Distribution Date.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NAME                 AGE                                    POSITION
- -------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr.....          52   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Alan W. Saltzman.........          49   President and Chief Operating Officer
Kelly E. Simmons.........          41   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
                                         Corporate Secretary
Paul L. Gehri............          42   Vice President of Sales of BICI and ESBI
Michael R. Long..........          51   Vice President of Information Technology of BICI and ESBI
Lee Cooke................          51   Director (1)(2)(3)
James E. Sowell..........          48   Director (1)(2)(3)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(3) Member of the Nominating Committee.
 
    The following is  a description  of the biographies  of Billing's  executive
officers and directors for the past five years.
 
    PARRIS  H.  HOLMES,  JR. has  served  as  Chairman of  the  Board  and Chief
Executive Officer of  USLD since  September 8, 1986.  Prior to  March 1993,  Mr.
Holmes  also served  as President of  USLD. Mr. Holmes  is also a  member of the
Board of Directors of  Tanisys Technology, Inc.,  a developer, manufacturer  and
marketer  of computer peripheral  equipment. See "Business  -- Litigation" for a
description of certain proceedings involving Mr. Holmes.
 
    ALAN W. SALTZMAN has  been Executive Vice  President -- Operations,  Billing
and  Information Management of  the USLD since  May 1993. Mr.  Saltzman has been
Chief Operating  Officer  of ZPDI  since  February  1991. In  August  1994,  Mr.
Saltzman  was elected President of ZPDI. Mr. Saltzman has been an adviser to the
Board of Directors of USLD since February 1994. Mr. Saltzman joined ZPDI in 1989
as Vice President -- Information Management Systems. Mr. Saltzman is an advisory
director of Tanisys Technology, Inc.
 
    KELLY E.  SIMMONS joined  USLD  in November  1988 as  Corporate  Controller.
During  1990, Mr.  Simmons was  promoted to  the position  of Vice  President of
Accounting and Corporate Treasurer. In  July 1992, separate departments for  the
accounting  and  treasury  functions were  created,  at which  time  Mr. Simmons
retained responsibility for the treasury  function and was named  Vice-President
- --  Finance and Corporate Treasurer. In  September 1994, Mr. Simmons also became
Vice President  -- Administration.  In  October 1995,  Mr. Simmons  also  became
Senior Vice President of Business Development and Corporate Treasurer.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
    PAUL L. GEHRI has served as Vice President of Sales for ZPDI since May 1992.
Mr. Gehri was Vice President of Sales of U.S. Long Distance, Inc. from July 1991
to  May 1992  and was Director  of Sales  and a principal  of National Telephone
Exchange, Inc., a company acquired by USLD, from 1988 to July 1991.
 
    MICHAEL R.  LONG has  served  as Vice  President --  Management  Information
Systems  of U.S. Long  Distance, Inc. since  December 1993. Prior  to that time,
from 1989 to  1993, Mr.  Long served in  various capacities  at United  Services
Automobile  Association, first as Director -- Life Systems Strategic Development
(1989-1991), then as  Executive Director --  Life Systems Strategic  Development
(1991-1993)  and most recently  as Assistant Vice President  -- Life, Health and
Annuity Systems (1993).
 
    LEE COOKE has served as  a director of USLD since  1991. Since May 1992,  he
has  been Chairman of the Board and  Chief Executive Officer of Medical Polymers
Technologies, Inc. Mr. Cooke is also an advisory director of Tanisys Technology,
Inc. From 1988 through 1991, Mr. Cooke  served in the elected position of  Mayor
of Austin, Texas.
 
    JAMES  E. SOWELL is the founder of  Jim Sowell Construction Co., Inc., which
began in 1972  primarily for  single-family home construction.  Since 1972,  the
company  has  expanded its  scope of  operations and  ownership to  include land
development, income property development,  financial institutions, country  club
and  golf course  operations and ownership,  hotel and  restaurant ownership and
operations, as well as interests in major corporations. Mr. Sowell is a director
of Tanisys Technology,  Inc. Mr. Sowell  was Chairman of  the Board of  Business
Capital Corporation ("BCC"), Arlington Golf Club, Inc. ("AGC") and Sable Holmes,
Inc. ("SHI") and a general partner of SBS Venture ("SBS"). All of these entities
filed  petitions for relief  under the U.S.  Bankruptcy Code, BCC  in March 1991
(emerged in January 1992), AGC in April  1992 (emerged in January 1993), SHI  in
September 1993, and SBS in September 1991 (petition withdrawn in December 1991).
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following  Summary Compensation  Table  sets forth  certain information
regarding compensation  paid by  USLD to  the individuals  serving as  Billing's
Chief  Executive Officer  and the four  other most  highly compensated executive
officers  for  the   three  fiscal   years  ended  September   30,  1995,   1994
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
and  1993. During  the periods  presented, the  individuals were  compensated in
accordance with USLD's plan and policies. All references in the tables to  stock
and stock options relate to awards of stock and stock options of USLD.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                                     AWARDS
                                                                                           --------------------------
                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION                         RESTRICTED    SECURITIES
           NAME AND                          -------------------------    OTHER ANNUAL         STOCK      UNDERLYING
      PRINCIPAL POSITION        FISCAL YEAR   SALARY ($)   BONUS ($)(1) COMPENSATION ($)   AWARDS ($)(3)  OPTIONS (#)
- ------------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr..........        1995   $ 276,000      $ 750,000      $  22,421(2)     $       0        100,000
  Chairman of the Board               1994     271,113              0              0          159,375(4)      90,000
  and Chief Executive Officer         1993     223,254        175,000              0                0         50,000
Alan W. Saltzman..............        1995     147,308        100,000              0                0         25,000
  President and                       1994     136,790         10,000              0           31,875(6)      58,000
  Chief Operating Officer             1993     118,269         45,000              0                0         28,000
Kelly E. Simmons..............        1995      96,000         33,000              0                0              0
  Senior Vice President               1994      95,479          5,000              0           12,250(8)      19,000
  and Chief Financial Officer         1993      86,385         10,000              0                0         10,000
Paul L. Gehri.................        1995      83,654         10,000              0                0              0
  Vice President of Sales             1994      80,462         10,000              0                0         16,500
  of BICI and ESBI                    1993      74,923         16,000              0                0          6,500
Michael R. Long...............        1995      84,900         15,500              0                0              0
  Vice President of                   1994      63,750(11)          0              0                0         19,500
  Information Technology of           1993           0              0              0                0              0
  BICI and ESBI
 
<CAPTION>
                                  ALL OTHER
           NAME AND              COMPENSATION
      PRINCIPAL POSITION             ($)
- ------------------------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr..........   $  38,964(5)
  Chairman of the Board             24,637
  and Chief Executive Officer        3,125
Alan W. Saltzman..............       8,792(7)
  President and                      6,614
  Chief Operating Officer            2,212
Kelly E. Simmons..............       2,863(9)
  Senior Vice President                  0
  and Chief Financial Officer            0
Paul L. Gehri.................       3,333(10)
  Vice President of Sales            3,033
  of BICI and ESBI                   1,390
Michael R. Long...............           0
  Vice President of                      0
  Information Technology of              0
  BICI and ESBI
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  In  1994 and 1993, represents bonuses earned in the applicable fiscal year,
     but paid 50%  in January and  50% in  April of the  following fiscal  year.
     Payment  of such bonuses was conditioned  upon USLD recognizing a profit in
     its first  and  second  fiscal  quarters  respectively.  These  conditions,
     however,  were waived by USLD for those  bonuses earned for fiscal 1993 and
     1994.
 
(2)  Represents amounts reimbursed during fiscal 1995 for the payment of taxes.
 
(3)  At September 30, 1995, the number  and value of aggregate restricted  stock
     award  holdings were as  follows: Mr. Holmes,  15,000 shares ($225,938) and
     Mr. Saltzman, 3,000  shares ($45,188).  The value of  the restricted  stock
     awards  was determined by multiplying the market value of the USLD's Common
     Stock on September 29, 1995 as determined by reference to the closing price
     of the Common Stock on the  Nasdaq National Market ($15.0625 per share)  by
     the  number of shares of  restricted stock held. If  any dividends are paid
     with respect to  USLD's Common Stock,  such dividends will  be paid on  the
     restricted stock.
 
(4)  Mr.  Holmes was granted 15,000 shares of restricted stock on March 1, 1994,
     which vested 50% on February 1, 1995 and 50% on February 1, 1996.
 
(5)  Represents $1,871 in USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan contributions, $15,686  in
     USLD  deferred  compensation contributions  and  $21,407 in  life insurance
     premiums made or paid on behalf of Mr. Holmes during fiscal 1995.
 
(6)  Mr. Saltzman was granted 3,000 shares on  March 1, 1994, which vest 50%  on
     February 1, 1995 and 50% on February 1, 1996.
 
(7)  Represents  $2,391 in USLD 401(k)  Retirement Plan contributions and $6,401
     in USLD deferred compensation contributions made on behalf of Mr.  Saltzman
     during fiscal 1995.
 
(8)  Mr. Simmons was granted 1,000 shares on March 24, 1994, which vested 50% on
     February 1, 1995 and 50% on February 1, 1996.
 
(9)  Represents  $1,303 in USLD 401(k)  Retirement Plan contributions and $1,560
     in USLD deferred compensation contributions  made on behalf of Mr.  Simmons
     during fiscal 1995.
 
(10) Represents  $1,538 in USLD 401(k)  Retirement Plan contributions and $1,795
     in USLD deferred compensation contributions made on behalf of Mr. Gehri.
 
(11) Amount shown  reflects  Mr.  Long's  salary from  December  27,  1993,  the
     beginning date of his employment with U.S. Long Distance, Inc., through the
     end of fiscal 1994.
 
STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
 
    The  following table provides certain information related to options granted
to the named  executive officers of  Billing during the  period October 1,  1994
through September 30, 1995 pursuant to
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
USLD  stock plans. For information concerning the treatment of USLD options held
by Billing officers  after the Distribution,  see "Relationship Between  Billing
and  USLD  after  the  Distribution  --  Benefit  Plans  and  Employment Matters
Allocation Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                         VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                            ------------------------------                                  ANNUAL RATES OF
                                               NUMBER OF      % OF TOTAL                                      STOCK PRICE
                                              SECURITIES        OPTIONS        EXERCISE                     APPRECIATION FOR
                                              UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO       OR BASE                      OPTION TERM (4)
                                                OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES IN       PRICE        EXPIRATION   --------------------
NAME                                        GRANTED (#)(1)    FISCAL 1995     ($/SH) (2)        DATE       5% ($)     10% ($)
- ------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>        <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr......................       100,000            44.4     $  14.875(3)      4/12/00(3) $ 410,969  $ 908,134
                                                                                                           (310,817)  (686,824)
Alan W. Saltzman..........................        25,000            11.1        14.875(3)      4/12/00(3)   102,742    227,033
                                                                                                            (77,704)  (171,706)
Kelly E. Simmons..........................             0               0           N/A             N/A          N/A        N/A
Paul L. Gehri.............................             0               0           N/A             N/A          N/A        N/A
Michael R. Long...........................             0               0           N/A             N/A          N/A        N/A
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  For each  named executive  officer, the  option listed  represents a  grant
     under  USLD's  Employee  Option  Plan.  Of  the  options  granted  in 1995,
     one-third were  immediately vested  and, under  the terms  of the  Employee
     Option  Plan,  were  exercisable six  months  from  the date  of  grant and
     one-third each are exercisable on the two anniversaries following the  date
     of grant.
 
(2)  The  exercise price  may be  paid by  delivery of  already owned  shares of
     Common Stock or by  offset of the underlying  shares of USLD Common  Stock,
     subject to certain conditions.
 
(3)  In  November 1995,  each of  these options  was voluntarily  surrendered in
     consideration of an option grant for the same number of shares at an option
     exercise price of $11.25  per share, and the  option expiration dates  were
     extended to November 27, 2000.
 
(4)  Calculation  based on  stock option  exercise price  over period  of option
     assuming annual  compounding. The  columns present  estimates of  potential
     values based on certain mathematical assumptions. The actual value, if any,
     that an executive officer may realize is dependent upon the market price on
     the  date  of option  exercise. Amounts  in parentheses  indicate potential
     realizable value after giving effect to repricing described in footnote 3.
 
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1995 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table provides information related to options exercised by the
named executive officers of  Billing during the period  October 1, 1994  through
September  30, 1995 and the number and value of USLD options held at fiscal year
end.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES       VALUE(3) OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                       UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED            IN-THE-MONEY
                                   SHARES ACQUIRED                    OPTIONS AT FY-END (#)(2)     OPTIONS AT FY-END ($)(3)
                                     UPON OPTION         VALUE       --------------------------  ----------------------------
              NAME                  EXERCISE (#)     REALIZED ($)(1) EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                               <C>                <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr............         18,000        $  138,250       105,501       100,499    $  396,304     $  200,571
                                                                                                   (517,140)(4)   (442,235)(4)
Alan W. Saltzman................         15,000           129,375        64,334        38,666       315,313        125,000
                                                                                                   (345,562)(4)   (185,414)(4)
Kelly E. Simmons................          7,333            88,913        24,000        11,000       177,000         60,813
Paul L. Gehri...................          7,000            78,785        24,709        10,041       184,620         20,118
Michael R. Long.................          6,501            35,370             0        12,999             0        111,222
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Market value  of the  underlying  securities at  exercise date,  minus  the
     exercise price.
 
(2)  Does  not give  effect to  the repricing and  regrant of  options in fiscal
     1996, which, among  other things, lengthened  the period of  time in  which
     certain options become exercisable.
 
(3)  Market  value of the underlying securities  at September 29, 1995 ($15.0625
     per share), minus the exercise price.
 
(4)  Amount in parentheses reflects value  after repricing of options  occurring
     in fiscal 1996. See "Stock Option Grants in Fiscal 1995" above.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution,  Billing will  adopt  the  Billing Information
Concepts Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "Billing Retirement Plan") which will
be effective upon the effective date  of the Registration Statement on Form  10.
Participation  in  the  Billing  Retirement Plan  will  be  offered  to eligible
employees of  Billing or  its subsidiaries  (collectively, the  "Participants").
Generally,  all employees of Billing or its subsidiaries who are 21 years of age
and who have completed  one year of  service during which  they worked at  least
1,000 hours will be eligible for participation in the Billing Retirement Plan.
 
    The  Billing  Retirement Plan  will  be a  401(k)  plan, a  form  of defined
contribution plan which provides that Participants generally may make  voluntary
salary  deferral contributions,  on a  pre-tax basis, of  between 1%  and 15% of
their base compensation  in the  form of voluntary  payroll deductions  up to  a
maximum   amount   as   indexed  for   cost-of-living   adjustments  ("Voluntary
Contributions"). Billing will make  matching contributions equal  to 50% of  the
first 3% of a Participant's compensation contributed as salary deferral. Billing
may  from time to  time make additional discretionary  contributions at the sole
discretion of the Billing  Board. The discretionary  contributions, if any,  are
allocated  to Participants' accounts based on  a discretionary percentage of the
Participants' respective salary deferrals.
 
    Participants will be gradually vested  in all contributions made by  Billing
over  a period of  five years of credited  service, vesting 25%  a year for each
full year of service  beginning with the  Participant's second anniversary,  and
becoming  100%  vested after  five years  of  service or  upon death,  total and
permanent disability, retirement  under the Billing  Retirement Plan or  Billing
Retirement  Plan termination. Participants  will be always  100% vested in their
Voluntary Contributions. Service with USLD  prior to the Distribution Date  will
be credited under the Billing Retirement Plan for purposes of vesting as well as
eligibility to participate.
 
    STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLANS.
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN
 
    GENERAL.   Prior to  the Distribution, Billing  will adopt, and  USLD as the
sole stockholder of Billing will approve, the Billing Information Concepts, Inc.
1996 Employee  Comprehensive Stock  Plan (the  "Billing Employee  Stock  Plan"),
which  will  become  effective  upon  the  effective  date  of  the Registration
Statement on Form  10. A copy  of the  Billing Employee Stock  Plan is  attached
hereto  as Annex VI, and this summary  is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the text of such Annex VI. The purpose of the Billing Employee Stock Plan  is
to  further the  success of  Billing and  its affiliates  by making  the Billing
Common Stock  available for  purchase by  all officers  and employees  upon  the
exercise of options and by awarding restricted shares of Billing Common Stock to
its  officers and employees and thus  providing incentive to such individuals to
continue  in  the  service  of  Billing  and  its  affiliates  and  giving  such
individuals  a greater interest in Billing as stockholders. The Billing Employee
Stock Plan provides for (i) the grant of incentive stock options ("ISOs"), under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue  Code, (ii) the grant of nonqualified  stock
options  that do not qualify  under Section 422 of  the Code ("NQSOs") and (iii)
the award of  shares of  restricted stock  of Billing.  Under the  terms of  the
Billing  Employee Stock Plan, 3,500,000 shares of Billing Common Stock have been
reserved for the  granting of  options and awards  of restricted  stock. If  any
option  or  award  granted under  the  Billing Employee  Stock  Plan terminates,
expires or is surrendered as to any shares, new options or awards may thereafter
be made covering such shares.
 
    Based upon the number of USLD stock options outstanding on June 30, 1996, it
is anticipated that  NQSOs to purchase  a total of  1,609,647 shares of  Billing
Common  Stock will be granted in connection with the distribution to USLD option
holders prior to the  Distribution. See "Relationship  Between Billing and  USLD
after  the  Distribution  --  Benefit Plans  and  Employment  Matters Allocation
Agreement."
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Billing Employee Stock Plan will be administered by the
Compensation Committee of  two "disinterested persons"  appointed by the  Board.
The  Billing  Employee Stock  Plan grants  broad  authority to  the Compensation
Committee to grant options or award restricted shares to full-time employees and
officers of  Billing  and its  subsidiaries  (estimated to  total  215  eligible
individuals at the Distribution Date) selected by the Compensation Committee, to
determine  the number of shares subject to  options or awards and to provide for
the appropriate periods and methods  of exercise and requirements regarding  the
vesting of options and awards of restricted shares.
 
    TERMS OF OPTIONS.  The Billing Employee Stock Plan will limit the discretion
allowed  to the Compensation Committee in granting options. The option price per
share with  respect to  each  option shall  be  determined by  the  Compensation
Committee,  but shall in  no instance be less  than the par  value of the shares
subject to the option. In  addition, the option price for  ISOs may not be  less
than  100% of the fair market  value of the Billing Common  Stock on the date of
grant. An ISO may be granted to  a participant only if such participant, at  the
time  the option is granted, does not own  stock possessing more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of all classes of Common Stock of Billing or of  its
parent  or subsidiary. The preceding restriction shall  not apply if at the time
the option is granted the option price is at least 110% of the fair market value
of the Billing Common Stock subject to  the option and such option by its  terms
is  not exercisable after the  expiration of five years  from the date of grant.
The aggregate  fair  market value  (determined  as of  the  time the  option  is
granted)  of the stock with respect to  which ISOs are exercisable for the first
time by a participant in  any calendar year (under all  plans of Billing and  of
any  parent  or  subsidiary)  shall  not  exceed  $100,000.  There  is  no price
requirement for NQSOs,  other than  that the option  price must  exceed the  par
value  of the  Billing Common Stock.  The Compensation Committee  may permit the
option purchase price  to be payable  by transfer to  Billing of Billing  Common
Stock  owned  by the  option holder  with a  fair  market value  at the  time of
exercise equal to the option purchase price. The expiration date of each  option
shall  be fixed by the Compensation Committee, but notwithstanding any provision
of the Billing Employee Stock Plan to the contrary, such expiration shall not be
more than ten years  from the date  of grant. No  participant shall receive  any
grant  of options, whether ISOs or NQSOs,  for more than an aggregate of 150,000
shares of Billing Common Stock during any one fiscal year of Billing.
 
    Options to acquire Billing Common Stock granted to USLD optionees under  the
Billing  Employee Stock  Plan prior to  the Distribution shall  have vesting and
other material provisions  similar to  those of  the related  USLD options.  See
"Relationship  Between Billing and USLD after  the Distribution -- Benefit Plans
and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
    TERMS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.   The Billing Employee Stock Plan  permits
the Compensation Committee to make awards of shares of Billing Common Stock that
are  subject to a designated  period during which such  shares of Billing Common
Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise  encumbered,
which  period shall not  be less than one  (1) year nor more  than two (2) years
from the date of grant. As a condition to any award, the Compensation  Committee
may  require an employee to pay to Billing  the amount (such as the par value of
such shares) required to  be received by Billing  in order to assure  compliance
with  applicable state law. Any award  for which such requirement is established
shall automatically expire if not purchased in accordance with the  Compensation
Committee's   requirements  within  60  days  after   the  date  of  grant.  The
Compensation Committee  may, at  any  time, reduce  the restricted  period  with
respect  to  any  outstanding  shares  of  restricted  stock  and  any  retained
distributions with  respect thereto  awarded under  the Billing  Employee  Stock
Plan.  Shares of restricted stock awarded  under the Billing Employee Stock Plan
shall constitute issued and outstanding shares  of Billing Common Stock for  all
corporate purposes.
 
    Each employee shall have the right to vote the restricted stock held by such
employee, to receive and retain all cash dividends and distributions thereon and
exercise  all other rights, powers and privileges  of a holder of Billing Common
Stock with respect  to such restricted  stock, with the  exception that (i)  the
employee  will  not  be  entitled  to  delivery  of  the  stock  certificate  or
certificates representing  such restricted  stock  until the  restricted  period
applicable to such shares or a portion thereof shall have expired and unless all
other  vesting  requirements with  respect  thereto shall  have  been fulfilled;
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
(ii) other than cash  dividends and distributions and  rights to purchase  stock
that  might  be  distributed to  stockholders  of Billing,  Billing  will retain
custody of all retained  distributions (any securities  or other property  other
than  cash dividends distributed by Billing  or otherwise received by the holder
in respect of restricted stock during any restricted period) made or declared or
otherwise received by the holder thereof  with respect to restricted stock  (and
such  retained distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and
conditions as are applicable to the restricted stock with respect to which  they
made,  paid or  declared) until  such time,  if ever,  as the  restricted period
applicable to the shares with respect to which such retained distribution  shall
have  been  made, paid  or declared  or  received shall  have expired,  and such
retained distribution  shall not  bear  interest or  be segregated  in  separate
accounts;  (iii) an employee  may not sell,  assign, transfer, pledge, exchange,
encumber or dispose of any restricted stock or any retained distributions during
the applicable restricted period; and (iv) upon the breach of any  restrictions,
terms  or  conditions  provided  in  the  Billing  Employee  Stock  Plan  or the
respective agreement or otherwise established by the Compensation Committee with
respect to any restricted stock or retained distributions, such restricted stock
and  any  related  retained  distributions  shall  thereupon  be   automatically
forfeited.  Unless otherwise provided  in the agreement  relating to award, upon
the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the Billing Employee  Stock
Plan,  all  restrictions  imposed on  the  employee's restricted  stock  and any
retained  distributions  shall  automatically   terminate  and  lapse  and   the
restricted  period shall  terminate; provided,  however, that  if the  change of
control occurs within six months of the  date of grant the restrictions and  the
restricted period shall terminate on the sixth anniversary of the date of grant.
 
    ADJUSTMENTS.   The Compensation Committee, in  its discretion, may make such
adjustments in the  option price,  the number  of shares  and other  appropriate
provisions  covered  by outstanding  options and  the number  or kind  of shares
covered by outstanding awards of restricted  stock that are required to  prevent
any  dilution or enlargement  of the rights  of the holders  of such options and
awards that would  otherwise result from  any reorganization,  recapitalization,
stock  split,  stock  dividend, combination  of  shares,  merger, consolidation,
issuance of rights or any other change in the capital structure of Billing.  The
Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may also make such adjustments in the
aggregate  number of shares subject to options and the number or class of shares
subject to  restricted  stock  awards  which  are  appropriate  to  reflect  any
transaction or event described in the preceding sentence.
 
    AMENDMENT  AND TERMINATION.  The Board of  Directors may at any time suspend
or terminate the Billing Employee Stock Plan  or may amend it from time to  time
in  such respects  as the Board  of Directors  may deem advisable  in order that
options and awards  of restricted stock  granted thereunder may  conform to  any
changes  in the law or in any other respect that the Board of Directors may deem
to be in the best interests of Billing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that without approval
by the stockholders of Billing voting the proper percentage of its voting power,
no such amendment shall make any change  in the Billing Employee Stock Plan  for
which  stockholder approval is required  of Billing in order  to comply with (i)
Rule 16b-3, as  amended, promulgated under  the Exchange Act,  (ii) the Code  or
regulatory  provisions dealing with  ISOs, (iii) any  rules for listed companies
promulgated by any national stock exchange on which Billing stock is traded,  or
(iv)  any other  applicable rule or  law. Unless sooner  terminated, the Billing
Employee Stock  Plan  shall  terminate  ten years  after  the  date  it  becomes
effective. Except in connection with satisfaction of withholding requirements of
any  federal,  state  or  local withholding  tax,  no  amendment,  suspension or
termination of the Billing Employee Stock Plan  may impair or negate any of  the
rights  or obligations under any option or award of restricted stock theretofore
granted under  the  Billing Employee  Stock  Plan  without the  consent  of  the
participant granted such option or awarded such shares of restricted stock.
 
    CERTAIN  FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.  The following is intended only as
a general guide as to certain federal income tax consequences under current  law
for  participation in the  Billing Employee Stock  Plan and does  not attempt to
describe all  potential  tax  consequences. Furthermore,  tax  consequences  are
subject  to change and a  taxpayer's particular situation may  be such that some
variation of the described rules is applicable.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    Options.  No tax obligation will arise for the optionee or Billing upon  the
granting  of either ISOs  or NQSOs under  the Billing Employee  Stock Plan. Upon
exercise of a  NQSO, an  optionee will recognize  ordinary income  in an  amount
equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value on the date of exercise of
the  stock  acquired over  the exercise  price  of the  option. Billing  will be
entitled to a tax deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized
by the  optionee.  Any  additional gain  or  loss  realized by  an  optionee  on
disposition of the shares generally will be capital gain or loss to the optionee
and  will not result in any additional  tax deduction to Billing. Because a NQSO
cannot be exercised  prior to six  months from  the date of  grant, the  taxable
event  arising from exercise of NQSOs by  officers of Billing subject to Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act occurs on the date the option is exercised. The income
recognized at the end  of any deferral period  will include any appreciation  in
the  value of the stock during that  period, and the capital gain holding period
of the stock for purposes of obtaining long-term capital gain treatment will not
begin until the completion of such period.
 
    Upon the exercise  of an ISO,  an optionee recognizes  no immediate  taxable
income.  The tax cost is deferred until the optionee ultimately sells the shares
of stock. If the optionee does not dispose of the option shares within two years
from the date the option was granted  and within one year after the exercise  of
the  option ("holding periods"),  and the ISO  is exercised no  later than three
months after the termination of the optionee's employment, the gain on the  sale
will  be treated as  long-term capital gain.  Subject to the  limitations in the
Billing Employee Stock  Plan, certain  of these holding  periods and  employment
requirements  are liberalized in the event of the optionee's death or disability
while employed by Billing. Billing is not entitled to any tax deduction,  except
that  if  the stock  is  disposed of  prior  to satisfying  the  holding periods
described above, the gain on the sale of  such stock equal to the lesser of  (i)
the  fair market  value of the  stock on the  date of exercise  minus the option
price or (ii) the amount realized on disposition minus the option price will  be
taxed  to the  optionee as  ordinary income  and Billing  will be  entitled to a
deduction in  the same  amount. Any  additional gain  or loss  recognized by  an
optionee  upon  disposition of  shares prior  to the  expiration of  the holding
periods outlined above generally  will be capital gain  or loss to the  optionee
and  will not result  in any additional  tax deduction to  Billing. The "spread"
between the fair  market value of  the option  stock and the  option price  upon
exercise  of an  ISO is  an item of  adjustment used  in the  computation of the
"alternative minimum tax" of the optionee under the Code. The tax benefits which
might otherwise accrue to an optionee may be affected by the imposition of  such
tax if applicable in the optionee's individual circumstances.
 
    Restricted  Stock.   Awards of restricted  stock will not  result in taxable
income to the  employee or a  tax deduction  to Billing for  federal income  tax
purposes at the time of grant. A recipient of restricted stock generally will be
subject  to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Billing
Common Stock at the time the shares of restricted stock are no longer subject to
forfeiture. However, a recipient who so  elects under Section 83(b) of the  Code
within 30 days of the date of the grant will have ordinary taxable income on the
date  of the grant equal to the fair  market value of the restricted stock as if
such shares of  stock were unrestricted  and could be  sold immediately. If  the
shares of restricted stock subject to such election are forfeited, the recipient
will  not be  entitled to any  deduction, refund  or loss for  tax purposes with
respect to the  forfeited shares. Upon  sale of the  restricted stock after  the
forfeiture  period  has expired,  the holding  period  to determine  whether the
recipient has  long-term or  short-term capital  gain or  loss begins  when  the
restriction  period expires. However, if the recipient timely elects to be taxed
as of the date  of the grant, the  holding period commences on  the date of  the
grant  and the tax basis will be equal to the fair market value of the shares of
restricted stock  on  the  date  of  the grant  as  if  such  shares  were  then
unrestricted and could be sold immediately.
 
    Billing  is entitled  to a deduction  (subject to the  provisions of Section
162(m) of the Code) for compensation paid to a participant at the same time  and
in  the  same  amount as  the  participant  is considered  to  have  realized as
compensation by reason of  the lapse of restrictions  on an award of  restricted
stock  or  by reason  of  the election  under  Code Section  83(b)  to recognize
ordinary income at the time of the grant.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    GENERAL.  Prior  to the Distribution,  Billing will adopt,  and USLD as  the
sole stockholder of Billing will approve, the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
1996  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan  (the "Billing  Purchase Plan"),  which will
become effective upon the effective date  of the Registration Statement on  Form
10.  A copy of the  Billing Purchase Plan is attached  hereto as Annex VIII, and
this summary is qualified in its entirety  by reference to such Annex VIII.  The
Billing  Purchase  Plan  is  intended  to allow  employees  of  Billing  and its
subsidiaries to purchase Billing Common Stock  at regular intervals by means  of
wage and salary deferrals on a tax-favored basis. A total of 1,000,000 shares of
Billing  Common Stock has been reserved  for issuance under the Billing Purchase
Plan.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The  Billing Purchase  Plan, which is  intended to  qualify
under  Section  423 of  the Code,  will  be administered  by the  Employee Stock
Purchase Plan Committee, which will be appointed by the Board of Directors.  The
Committee  will consist of at least three persons who need not be members of the
Board  of  Directors.  The  Committee  will  supervise  the  administration  and
enforcement of the Billing Purchase Plan, and all questions of interpretation or
application  of  the  Billing  Purchase  Plan will  be  determined  in  the sole
discretion of the Committee. All decisions made by the Committee will be  final,
conclusive  and binding on all of the  participants of the Billing Purchase Plan
and Billing.
 
    ELIGIBILITY  AND  PARTICIPATION.    Every   employee  of  Billing  and   its
subsidiaries  will be eligible to participate in  the Billing Purchase Plan on a
voluntary basis with the  exception of (i) employees  who have not completed  at
least  six  months of  continuous service  with  Billing (or  USLD prior  to the
Distribution) as of the applicable enrollment date and (ii) employees who would,
immediately upon  enrollment,  own  directly or  indirectly,  or  hold  purchase
rights,  options or rights to  acquire, an aggregate of 5%  or more of the total
combined voting  power or  value of  all outstanding  shares of  all classes  of
Billing or any subsidiary. To participate in the Billing Purchase Plan, eligible
employees  must  enroll  in  the Billing  Purchase  Plan  and  authorize payroll
deductions pursuant to the Billing  Purchase Plan. These payroll deductions  may
not  exceed $10,625 in any six-month participation period. A participant will be
automatically re-enrolled in the Billing Purchase Plan, under the same terms, on
the next offering period unless the  participant notifies Billing of his or  her
election  not to re-enroll or desire to change his or her contribution amount. A
participant has the right to suspend  payroll deductions at any time,  including
during  an offering  period. Any participant  who suspends  participation in the
Billing Purchase Plan must re-enroll during any subsequent enrollment period  in
order  to  participate  in  any  future  offering  periods.  Once  a participant
withdraws from an  offering, that participant  may not participate  in the  same
offering.  Billing anticipates that approximately 300 employees will be eligible
to participate in the first offering period under the Billing Purchase Plan.
 
    OFFERING PERIODS.  The initial offering period will begin on August 1,  1996
and  will  end on  January 31,  1997.  After the  initial offering  period, each
offering of Billing Common Stock under the  Billing Purchase Plan will be for  a
period of approximately six months. The commencement of each offering will start
on the first payroll date after February 1 and August 1 of each year.
 
    PURCHASE PRICE.  Enrollment in the Billing Purchase Plan constitutes a grant
by  Billing to  the participant  of the  right to  purchase shares  of Billing's
Common Stock.  The aggregate  number of  shares  that may  be issued  under  the
Billing  Purchase Plan may not exceed  1,000,000 shares of Billing Common Stock,
subject to adjustment  as provided in  the Billing Purchase  Plan. The  purchase
price per share is the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of the Billing
Common Stock on the first day of the applicable participation period or (ii) 85%
of  the fair market  value of the Billing  Common Stock on the  last day of such
participation period. The number of  shares purchased is determined by  dividing
the  total amount of payroll deductions  withheld from a participant's paychecks
during a participation period  by the purchase price.  The aggregate of  monthly
payroll  deductions cannot exceed $10,625 in any six-month participation period.
At the end of each offering period,  the applicable number of shares of  Billing
Common Stock is automatically purchased for the participant.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
    ADJUSTMENTS   ON  CHANGES   IN  CAPITALIZATION.     In  the   event  of  any
reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  split,  reverse  stock  split,  stock
dividend,  combination of shares,  merger, consolidation, offering  of rights or
other similar change  in the capital  structure of Billing,  the Employee  Stock
Purchase  Plan  Committee  may  make  such  adjustment,  if  any,  as  it  deems
appropriate in the number, kind and  purchase price of the shares available  for
purchase  under the Billing  Purchase Plan and  in the maximum  number of shares
that may be issued under the Billing  Purchase Plan, subject to the approval  of
the Board of Directors.
 
    ASSIGNMENT.  The rights of a participant under the Billing Purchase Plan are
not  assignable or otherwise transferrable by  the participant except by will or
the laws of descent and distribution.
 
    TERMINATION.   The  right of  an  employee  to participate  in  the  Billing
Purchase Plan terminates immediately when a participant ceases to be employed by
Billing  or any subsidiary. Any contributions collected for the offering then in
effect prior to the date of termination will be paid to the employee in cash.
 
    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board of Directors may amend  or
terminate  the Billing Purchase Plan  at any time as  permitted by law, with the
exception that the  provisions of the  Billing Purchase Plan  that constitute  a
formula award for purposes of Rule 16b-3 may not be amended more than once every
six  months,  other  than to  comply  with changes  in  the Code,  or  the rules
thereunder. No amendment  shall be effective  unless within one  year after  the
change  is adopted by the Board of Directors  it is approved by the holders of a
majority of the voting power of Billing's  outstanding shares (i) if and to  the
extent such amendment is required to be approved by stockholders to continue the
exemption  provided for in Rule  16b-3 (or any successor  provision); or (ii) if
such amendment would cause the rights granted under the Billing Purchase Plan to
purchase shares of  Billing Common  Stock to fail  to meet  the requirements  of
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor provision).
 
    CERTAIN  FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES.   The  Billing Purchase  Plan is
intended to be an "Employee Stock  Purchase Plan" within the meaning of  Section
423 of the Code. Under a plan that so qualifies, no taxable income is reportable
by  a participant, and no deductions are  allowable to Billing, by reason of the
grant of the purchase right at the  beginning of an offering or the purchase  of
shares at the end of an offering. A participant will, however, recognize taxable
income in the year in which the shares purchased under the Billing Purchase Plan
are sold or otherwise made the subject of a taxable disposition.
 
    A  sale or other disposition of the purchased shares will be a disqualifying
disposition if it is made  either within two years  after the date the  purchase
right  is granted  (I.E., the  commencement date  of the  offering to  which the
purchase right pertains) or  within one year  from the date  of transfer of  the
stock  received pursuant to such offering  for the particular shares involved in
the disposition. If  the participant  makes a disqualifying  disposition of  the
purchased  shares, then Billing will be entitled  to an income tax deduction for
the taxable  year of  Billing in  which such  disposition occurs,  equal to  the
amount  by which the  fair market value of  such shares on  the date of purchase
exceeds the  purchase price.  In no  other instance  will Billing  be allowed  a
deduction with respect to the participant's disposition of the purchased shares.
 
    If  the  shares are  disposed of  in a  disqualifying disposition,  then the
excess of the fair market value of the  shares on the date of purchase over  the
purchase price will be treated as ordinary income to the participant at the time
of  such disposition. This amount is subject to tax even if the participant does
not realize any gain on the disposition. In addition, the participant could also
recognize a capital loss if the fair market  value of the shares on the date  of
purchase  exceeds the  amount realized  on the  sale, or  a capital  gain if the
amount realized on the sale exceeds the  fair market value of the shares on  the
date of purchase.
 
    If  the participant  disposes of the  shares in a  taxable disposition after
satisfying  the  two-year  and  one-year  holding  periods  outlined  above   (a
qualifying  disposition), then the  participant will realize  ordinary income in
the year of disposition equal to the lesser of (i) the amount by which the  fair
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
market value of the shares on the date of disposition exceeds the purchase price
or (ii) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the day the purchase right
relating  to the disposed shares was first  granted. Similar rules result in the
recognition of income by an individual who owns stock acquired under the Billing
Purchase Plan at his  or her death.  Except for shares held  by an estate,  this
amount  of  ordinary income  will be  added  to the  participant's basis  in the
shares, and  any  gain (or  loss)  recognized upon  the  disposition will  be  a
long-term capital gain (or loss).
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution,  Billing will  adopt  the  Billing Information
Concepts Corp.  Executive Compensation  Deferral  Plan (the  "Billing  Executive
Deferral  Plan"),  which will  become  effective on  the  effective date  of the
Registration Statement  on  Form  10. Participation  in  the  Billing  Executive
Deferral Plan is offered to certain key employees occupying management positions
and/or  certain other highly compensated employees of Billing who are determined
by the Board, from time  to time, to be eligible  to participate in the  Billing
Executive  Deferral  Plan ("Billing  Executive  Deferral Participants").  At the
Distribution Date, it  is estimated that  nine individuals will  be eligible  to
participate in the Billing Executive Deferral Plan.
 
    The  Billing Executive  Deferral Plan is  a deferred  compensation plan that
provides  that  Billing  Executive  Deferral  Participants  generally  may  make
voluntary  salary deferral contributions,  on a pre-tax  basis, in equal monthly
amounts of  up to  100% of  his or  her base  compensation ("Voluntary  Deferral
Contribution").   In  addition,   Billing  intends  to   make  certain  matching
contributions  with  respect  to  each  Voluntary  Deferral  Contribution   (the
"Deferral  Contribution")  equal to  the lesser  of  (i) the  Voluntary Deferral
Contribution  or  (ii)  that  amount   together  with  the  Voluntary   Deferral
Contribution which actuarially determined would yield a 10-year annuity equal to
50%  of the Billing Executive Deferral Participant's compensation payable at age
65, with a minimum contribution of $3,000. However, Billing reserves the  right,
at any time, to decrease the Billing Deferral Contribution or provide no Billing
Deferral  Contribution whatsoever for  any plan year. From  time to time Billing
shall credit each  Billing Executive  Deferral Participant's  plan account  with
interest  at  the  rate  declared  by Billing  in  accordance  with  the Billing
Executive Deferral Plan.
 
    Unless terminated for cause, Billing Executive Deferral Participants will be
annually vested in 33% of any  Billing Deferral Contribution beginning with  the
Billing  Executive  Deferral  Participant's  first  anniversary  of  service and
becoming 100% vested after the third anniversary of service or upon a change  in
control  of Billing. Service  with USLD is considered  service for this purpose.
Benefits will be generally payable  to a Billing Executive Deferral  Participant
(or  his  or  her  beneficiaries) upon  retirement,  disability,  termination of
employment (other than  for cause) or  death, in  each case as  provided in  the
Billing Executive Deferral Plan.
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE QUALIFIED DISABILITY PLAN
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution,  Billing will  adopt  the  Billing Information
Concepts Corp. Executive Qualified Disability Plan (the "Disability Plan") to be
effective on the effective  date of the Registration  Statement on Form 10.  The
Disability  Plan provides  long-term disability  benefits for  certain employees
occupying management positions with Billing or its subsidiaries. Benefits  under
the Disability Plan are provided directly by Billing based on definitions, terms
and  conditions contained in  the Disability Plan  documents. Benefits under the
Disability Plan supplement benefits  provided under Billing's insured  long-term
disability   plan.  At  the   Distribution  Date,  there   are  expected  to  be
approximately nine participants in the Disability Plan.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-OF-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    Prior to the Distribution  Date, the Company will  enter into an  employment
agreement  with Mr.  Parris H.  Holmes, Jr.  which will  be effective  as of the
consummation of the Distribution. The  agreement provides for a four-year  term,
subject  to  automatic extension  for an  additional one  year on  each one-year
anniversary of  the  agreement  unless terminated  early  as  provided  therein,
including  termination by the Company for  "cause" (as defined in the employment
agreement) or termination by
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
Mr. Holmes for  "good reason"  (as defined  in the  employment agreement).  This
employment  agreement  provides  for an  annual,  calendar year  base  salary of
$300,000 and an incentive bonus at the discretion of the Compensation  Committee
of the Board.
 
    Prior  to the Distribution  Date, the Company will  enter into an employment
agreement with Mr. Saltzman  which will be effective  as of the consummation  of
the  Distribution. This agreement  expires two years  from the Distribution Date
subject to extension for successive two-year terms unless the Company elects not
to  extend  the  agreement.  The  employment  agreement  is  subject  to   early
termination  as  provided  therein,  including termination  by  the  Company for
"cause" (as defined in the employment agreement) or termination by Mr.  Saltzman
for  "good  reason" (as  defined in  the  employment agreement).  The employment
agreement provides for  an annual, calendar  year base salary  of $200,000.  The
employment  agreement also provides  for incentive bonuses  at the discretion of
the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
    Prior to the Distribution  Date, the Company will  enter into an  employment
agreement with Mr. Simmons which will be effective as of the consummation of the
Distribution.  This agreement provides for a one-year term, subject to automatic
extension unless and until terminated by either the Company or Mr. Simmons  upon
not  less  than 120  days'  prior written  notice.  The employment  agreement is
subject to early termination as provided therein, including if Mr. Simmons fails
to perform his duties thereunder or to comply with any of the provisions thereof
or commits any act of  misconduct, malfeasance, gross negligence or  disloyalty,
upon  written notice from the Company.  The employment agreement provides for an
annual, calendar year  base salary  of $140,000. The  employment agreement  also
provides  for an incentive bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee
of the Board.
 
    The employment agreements with Messrs. Holmes, Saltzman and Simmons  provide
that  if the  Company terminates their  employment without  cause (including the
Company's election to not extend the  employment agreement at any renewal  date)
or  if  they resign  their employment  for  "good reason"  (as "good  reason" is
defined in the  employment agreement), they  will be entitled  to the  following
severance:  Mr. Holmes  -- at  his election,  either a  lump-sum payment  in the
amount equal to his base salary for the unexpired portion of the four-year  term
of  his  agreement then  in  effect and  without  giving effect  to  any further
extension (a maximum of  approximately $1,200,000) or  continuation of his  base
salary and benefits through the unexpired term of his agreement; Mr. Saltzman --
a  lump-sum payment in the  amount equal to two  times his then effective annual
base salary ($400,000); Mr. Simmons -- a lump-sum payment in the amount equal to
one times his then effective annual base salary ($140,000).
 
    A change of control is deemed to have  occurred if (i) more than 30% of  the
combined  voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities is acquired,
directly or indirectly, or (ii) at any  time during the 24-month period after  a
tender  offer, merger, consolidation,  sale of assets  or contested election, or
any combination of such transactions, at least a majority of the Company's Board
of Directors shall cease to consist of "continuing directors" (meaning directors
of the  Company who  either were  directors  prior to  such transaction  or  who
subsequently  became directors and whose election, or nomination for election by
the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the
directors then still in office who were directors prior to such transaction), or
(iii) the stockholders of the Company  approve a merger or consolidation of  the
Company  with any other  corporation, other than a  merger or consolidation that
would result in  the voting  securities of the  Company outstanding  immediately
prior  thereto continuing  to represent (either  by remaining  outstanding or by
being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 60%  of
the  total voting power represented  by the voting securities  of the Company or
such  surviving   entity   outstanding   immediately  after   such   merger   or
consolidation,  or  (iv)  the stockholders  of  the  Company approve  a  plan of
complete liquidation of the  Company or an agreement  of sale or disposition  by
the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
 
    The  employment agreements with Messrs. Holmes, Saltzman and Simmons provide
that if, at any time within twelve months of a change of control, they cease  to
be an employee of the Company by
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
reason  of (i) termination by the Company (or its successor) without "cause" (as
defined in  the  employment agreement)  or  (ii) voluntary  termination  by  the
employee  for "good reason upon change of control" (as defined in the employment
agreement), they will be entitled to  the following benefits in addition to  the
severance  stated  above:  Mr.  Holmes,  Mr. Saltzman  and  Mr.  Simmons  -- all
outstanding stock options held by each shall become fully vested and exercisable
and such individuals shall receive an additional payment that, when added to all
other payments received in connection with  a change of control, will result  in
the  maximum amount  allowed to  be paid  to an  employee without  triggering an
excess parachute payment (as defined by  the Internal Revenue Code); Mr.  Holmes
- --  all  benefits  (as  defined  by  his  employment  agreement)  shall continue
throughout the remainder of its term.
 
    ZPDI has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gehri, which will  be
assumed  by BICI in the Preliminary Transactions. This agreement continues until
December 31, 1996, subject to automatic extension unless and until terminated by
either BICI or Mr. Gehri upon not less than 120 days' prior written notice.  The
employment  agreement  is  subject  to early  termination  as  provided therein,
including if Mr. Gehri fails to perform his duties thereunder or to comply  with
any  of the  provisions thereof or  commits any act  of misconduct, malfeasance,
gross negligence or disloyalty,  upon written notice  from BICI. The  employment
agreement  provides for  an annual, calendar  year base salary  of $92,000, plus
commissions earned if  the quarterly and  annual revenue budgets  for the  third
party  billing component of BICI exceed certain  amounts with the total value of
the bonus plan for the  fiscal year ended September  30, 1996 equal to  $30,000.
The  employment agreement also provides for an incentive bonus at the discretion
of the Compensation Committee.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    James E. Sowell, a director of the Company, is a member of the  Compensation
Committee  of the Board of  Directors of the Company.  Mr. Holmes is Chairman of
the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
    Mr. Sowell  and  Mr. Holmes  serve  on the  Board  of Directors  of  Tanisys
Technology,  Inc., a developer, manufacturer and marketer of computer peripheral
equipment. Mr.  Holmes also  serves  on the  Compensation Committee  of  Tanisys
Technology, Inc.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
                        BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Because the Distribution will be on the basis of one share of Billing Common
Stock  distributed for each share of USLD Common Stock owned on the Record Date,
each USLD stockholder will own at  the Distribution Date the same percentage  of
the issued and outstanding Billing Common Stock as he owns of USLD Common Stock.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the anticipated
beneficial  ownership of Billing Common Stock  by persons anticipated by Billing
to own beneficially  more than five  percent of the  outstanding Billing  Common
Stock. The information is based upon the actual holdings of USLD Common Stock as
of June 30, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                               BENEFICIALLY     PERCENT OF
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                               OWNED           CLASS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>                <C>
Putnam Investments, Inc. (1)...............................................        1,832,500         12.9%
  One Post Office Square
  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) According  to the Schedule 13G  dated June 7, 1996  jointly filed by March &
    McLennan  Companies,  Inc.  ("MMC"),   Putnam  Investments,  Inc.   ("Putnam
    Investment"),  Putnam Investment Management,  Inc. ("Putnam Management") and
    Putnam Advisory Company, Inc. ("Putman  Advisory") (i) Putnam Investment,  a
    wholly  owned subsidiary  of MMC  and the  parent holding  company of Putnam
    Management and Putnam Advisory, beneficially owned, 1,832,500 shares of USLD
    Common Stock as  a result of  the shares of  USLD Common Stock  beneficially
    owned  by Putnam Management  and Putnam Advisory,  (ii) Putnam Management, a
    registered  investment  advisor   and  subsidiary   of  Putnam   Investment,
    beneficially  owned 1,586,100 shares  of USLD Common  Stock and (iii) Putnam
    Advisory,  a  registered  investment   adviser  and  subsidiary  of   Putnam
    Investment,   beneficially  owned  246,400  shares  of  USLD  Common  Stock.
    According to the Schedule 13G, (i) Putnam Investment had shared voting power
    over 186,700 shares and shared dispositive power over all 1,832,500  shares,
    (ii)  Putnam  Management had  shared  dispositive power  over  all 1,586,100
    shares and (iii) Putnam Advisory had shared voting power over 186,700 shares
    and shared  dispositive  power  over  all 246,400  shares.  MMC  and  Putnam
    Investment  declare in the Schedule 13G that  the filing of the Schedule 13G
    shall not be deemed an  admission by either or both  of them that they  are,
    for  the  purposes of  Section 13(d)  or  13(g) of  the Securities  Act, the
    beneficial owner of any securities covered by the Schedule 13G, and  further
    state that neither of them has any power to vote or dispose of or direct the
    voting or disposition of any of the securities covered by the Schedule 13G.
 
    This  table has been prepared based on  information furnished to USLD by the
respective stockholders and contained in  filings made with the Commission.  All
of  the figures  in this table  and the  footnotes for shares  of Billing Common
Stock have been derived based upon  the hypothetical assumption that the  Record
Date  and the Distribution Date  were June 30, 1996, so  as to inform the reader
what the beneficial ownership  of Billing Common Stock  would have been at  that
time. Actual ownership on the Distribution Date may vary substantially from that
shown in the table.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
    The  following table  sets forth information  with respect to  the shares of
Billing Common Stock  which are  anticipated to  be beneficially  owned by  each
director  of Billing and by all directors and executive officers of Billing as a
group after  completion  of  the  Distribution based  upon  application  of  the
Distribution  Ratio to the respective  holdings of USLD Common  Stock as of June
30, 1996, according to the data furnished by the person named.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMMON STOCK
                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                           AMOUNT AND NATURE OF      PERCENT OF CLASS
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                   BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP   BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                   <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr.....................................        262,866(2)                    1.7%
Alan W. Saltzman.........................................        139,877(3)                  *
Kelly E. Simmons.........................................         36,000(4)                  *
Paul L. Gehri............................................         19,567(5)                  *
Michael R. Long..........................................          6,500(6)                  *
Lee Cooke................................................          5,000(7)                  *
James E. Sowell..........................................         20,000(8)
All executive officers and directors as a group (six
 persons, including the executive officers and directors
 listed above)...........................................        469,810(9)                    3.1
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Represents less than  1% of  the issued  and outstanding  shares of  Billing
    Common Stock.
 
(1) The  percentages of Common Stock indicated are based on 14,930,422 shares of
    Common Stock issued and outstanding on June 30, 1996.
 
(2) Includes 151,667 shares that  Mr. Holmes has the  right to acquire upon  the
    exercise  of stock  options, exercisable  within 60  days, and  1,219 shares
    purchased under the USLD Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(3) Includes 94,667  shares that  Mr. Saltzman  has the  right to  acquire  upon
    exercise  of stock options, exercisable within  60 days, an aggregate of 700
    shares held in individual retirement accounts for Mr. Saltzman and his wife,
    and 3,293 shares that  Mr. Saltzman holds in  his Billing 401(k)  Retirement
    Plan  account at March  31, 1996 and  1,219 shares purchased  under the USLD
    Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(4) Includes 32,000  shares that  Mr.  Simmons has  the  right to  acquire  upon
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(5) Includes 18,417 shares that Mr. Gehri has the right to acquire upon exercise
    of  stock options,  exercisable within 60  days, and  1,150 shares purchased
    under the USLD Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(6) Includes 6,500 shares that Mr. Long  has the right to acquire upon  exercise
    of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(7) Represents  5,000 shares that  Mr. Cooke has  the right to  acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(8) Represents shares owned by Jim Sowell Construction Co., Inc., a  corporation
    of which Mr. Sowell owns 100%.
 
(9) Includes 308,251 shares that seven directors and executive officers have the
    right to acquire upon exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days,
    700 shares held in individual retirement accounts and 3,293 shares that such
    executive  officers held in their Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan accounts at
    March 31, 1996 and 3,588 shares that such executive officers purchased under
    the USLD Stock Purchase Plan.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    Billing's authorized capital stock consists of 70,000,000 shares of  Billing
Common  Stock,  of  which  on  June 30,  1996,  10,000  shares  were  issued and
outstanding and  owned  by  USLD.  Prior to  the  Distribution  Date,  Billing's
Certificate  of Incorporation will be amended by  the Billing Board and by USLD,
as sole stockholder of Billing. Under such Certificate of Billing, which will be
substantially in the form set for in Annex IV to this Information Statement, the
total number  of shares  of all  classes of  stock of  which Billing  will  have
authority  to issue will  be 70,000,000, of  which 10,000,000 will  be shares of
preferred stock,  par value  $.01  per share  ("Billing Preferred  Stock"),  and
60,000,000  will be shares of  common stock, par value  $.01 per share ("Billing
Common Stock"). Based on the number  of shares of USLD Common Stock  outstanding
at  June  30, 1996,  approximately 14,930,422  shares  of Billing  Common Stock,
constituting 24.9% of  the authorized Billing  Common Stock, will  be issued  to
USLD  and distributed to  stockholders of USLD  in the Distribution.  All of the
shares of  Billing Common  Stock  issued in  the  Distribution will  be  validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    VOTING  RIGHTS.  The holders of Billing Common Stock will be entitled to one
vote for each share on all matters voted on by stockholders, and the holders  of
such  shares will possess all voting power,  except as otherwise required by law
or provided in any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of Billing  with
respect  to any  series of  Preferred Stock  of Billing.  The shares  of Billing
Common Stock will not have cumulative voting rights. As a result, subject to the
voting rights, if any, of the holders of any shares of Billing's Preferred Stock
that may  be  at any  time  outstanding, the  holders  of Billing  Common  Stock
entitled  to  exercise more  than 50%  of the  voting rights  in an  election of
directors will be  able to elect  100% of the  directors to be  elected if  they
choose  to do so. In such event, the  holders of the remaining shares of Billing
Common Stock voting for the election of directors will not be able to elect  any
person  to Billing's Board. The Billing  Certificate will provide that Billing's
Board shall be classified  into three classes, each  serving a three year  term,
with  one class to  be elected in  each of three  consecutive years. The Billing
Certificate and  Bylaws contain  certain  other provisions  that could  have  an
anti-takeover   effect.  See  "Purpose  and  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of  Certain
Provisions of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    DIVIDEND RIGHTS.    Subject to  any  preferential  or other  rights  of  any
outstanding  series of  Preferred Stock of  Billing that may  be designated from
time to  time by  the Board  of Directors  of Billing,  and subject  to  certain
contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends contained in Billing's debt
agreements,  the  holders  of Billing  Common  Stock  will be  entitled  to such
dividends as may  be declared from  time to time  by the Board  of Directors  of
Billing  from funds  legally available  therefor. Because  virtually all  of the
operations of  Billing  will be  conducted  through wholly  owned  subsidiaries,
Billing's  cash  flow and  consequent ability  to pay  dividends on  the Billing
Common Stock are  dependent to a  substantial degree upon  the earnings of  such
subsidiaries and on dividends and other payments therefrom. See "Special Factors
- -- Dividend Policy."
 
    LIQUIDATION  RIGHTS AND  OTHER PROVISIONS.   Subject to the  prior rights of
creditors and the holders of any Billing preferred stock that may be outstanding
from time to time, the holders of Billing Common Stock are entitled in the event
of liquidation, dissolution or winding up to share pro rata in the  distribution
of all remaining assets.
 
    Billing  Common Stock is not liable for  any calls or assessments and is not
convertible into any other securities.  Billing's Certificate will provide  that
the  private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the payment of
corporate debts. There are no  redemption or sinking fund provisions  applicable
to Billing Common Stock.
 
BILLING STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AND JUNIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Billing's  Board will adopt a stockholder  rights plan that is substantially
similar to the USLD stockholder rights plan,  and cause to be issued, with  each
share of Billing Common Stock issued to
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
USLD's  stockholders in the Distribution, one  Billing Right. The Billing Rights
will be governed by a  rights agreement to be  entered into between Billing  and
U.S.  Trust Company of  Texas, N.A., acting  as rights agent.  See "Purposes and
Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Billing's Certificate and  Bylaws
and Delaware Law -- Stockholder Rights Plan."
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Board of  Directors of  Billing will be  authorized to  provide for the
issuance of shares of  Preferred Stock, in  one or more series,  and to fix  for
each  such series  such voting  powers, designations,  preferences and relative,
participating, optional  and  other  special rights,  and  such  qualifications,
limitations  or restrictions,  as are  stated in  the resolution  adopted by the
Board of Directors of Billing providing for  the issuance of such series and  as
are  permitted by  the Delaware  General Corporation  Law. No  shares of Billing
Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with the Distribution, although  it
is  anticipated  that  approximately 6,000  shares  of Billing  Series  A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock will be  reserved for issuance in connection  with
the  Billing stockholder rights plan described  in "Description of Capital Stock
- -- Billing Stockholder Rights  Plan and Junior  Preferred Stock." See  "Purposes
and  Anti-Takeover Effects  of Certain  Provisions of  Billing's Certificate and
Bylaws and Delaware Law -- Stockholder Rights Plan."
 
NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
 
    No  holder  of  any  stock  of  Billing  of  any  class  authorized  at  the
Distribution  Date  will then  have  any preemptive  right  to subscribe  to any
securities of Billing of any kind or class.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The registrar and transfer agent of the Common Stock will be Montreal  Trust
Company of Canada.
 
                       PURPOSES AND ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
                       OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF BILLING'S
                    CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW
 
BILLING'S CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS
 
    Billing's  Certificate contains several provisions  that will make difficult
an acquisition of control  of Billing by  means of a  tender offer, open  market
purchase,  proxy fight  or otherwise, that  is not approved  by Billing's Board.
Billing's Bylaws  also  contain  provisions that  could  have  an  anti-takeover
effect.
 
    The  purpose of the relevant provisions  of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws
are to  discourage certain  types of  transactions, described  below, which  may
involve  an actual or threatened  change of control of  Billing and to encourage
persons seeking to acquire control of Billing to consult first with the Board of
Directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business combination or  offer.
The  provisions  are  designed to  reduce  the  vulnerability of  Billing  to an
unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of
all outstanding shares or is otherwise  unfair to stockholders of Billing or  an
unsolicited  proposal for the restructuring  or sale of all  or part of Billing.
USLD and Billing believe that, as a general rule, such proposals would not be in
the best interests of Billing and its stockholders.
 
    Certain provisions of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws, in the view of  USLD
and  Billing, will help ensure that Billing's Board, if confronted by a surprise
proposal from  a third  party that  has acquired  a block  of stock,  will  have
sufficient  time  to review  the proposal  and  appropriate alternatives  to the
proposal and  to act  in  what it  believes  to be  the  best interests  of  the
stockholders.
 
    These provisions, individually and collectively, will make difficult and may
discourage  a merger, tender offer  or proxy fight, even  if such transaction or
occurrence may be favorable to the interests of the stockholders, and may  delay
or frustrate the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of Billing's
Common Stock and the removal of incumbent management, even if such removal might
be
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
beneficial to the stockholders. Furthermore, these provisions may deter or could
be  utilized to frustrate a future takeover  attempt that is not approved by the
incumbent Billing Board, but which the holders  of a majority of the shares  may
deem  to  be in  their best  interests or  in which  stockholders may  receive a
substantial premium for their  stock over the then  prevailing market prices  of
such  stock. By discouraging takeover attempts,  these provisions might have the
incidental effect of inhibiting  certain changes in management  (some or all  of
the members of which might be replaced in the course of a change of control) and
also  the temporary fluctuations  in the market  price of the  stock which often
result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
 
    Set forth below is a description of such provisions in Billing's Certificate
and Bylaws. Such description is intended as  a summary only and is qualified  in
its  entirety by  reference to  Billing's Certificate  and Bylaws,  the forms of
which  are  attached  to  this  Information  Statement  as  Annexes  IV  and  V,
respectively.
 
    CLASSIFIED  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS.   Billing's Certificate  and Bylaws provide
that, subject  to  any rights  of  holders of  preferred  stock, the  number  of
directors  shall  be  fixed by  the  Board but  shall  not be  less  than three.
Billing's Certificate provides for  its Board to be  divided into three  classes
serving  staggered terms so that directors'  initial terms will expire either at
the 1997, 1998 or  1999 annual meeting of  stockholders. Starting with the  1997
annual meeting of Billing's stockholders, one class of directors will be elected
each  year  for three-year  terms.  See "Management  --  Board of  Directors and
Committees of the Board."
 
    The classification  of directors  will have  the effect  of making  it  more
difficult  for stockholders  to change the  composition of Billing's  Board in a
relatively short period of time. At  least two annual meetings of  stockholders,
instead  of one, generally will be required to  effect a change in a majority of
Billing's Board. Such a delay may help ensure that its Board, if confronted by a
holder attempting to force a stock repurchase at a premium above market  prices,
a  proxy contest or an extraordinary corporate transaction, will have sufficient
time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives to the proposal and  to
act in what it believes are the best interests of the stockholders.
 
    The classified board provision could have the effect of discouraging a third
party  from making a tender  offer or otherwise attempting  to obtain control of
Billing, even though  such an  attempt might be  beneficial to  Billing and  its
stockholders.  The classified board provision thus could increase the likelihood
that incumbent directors will retain  their positions. In addition, because  the
classified  board  provision is  designed to  discourage accumulations  of large
blocks of Billing's stock  by purchasers whose objective  is to have such  stock
repurchased  by Billing at a  premium or intend to use  such block to initiate a
proxy contest, the classified board provision could tend to reduce the temporary
fluctuations in the  market price  of Billing's stock  that could  be caused  by
accumulations  of large blocks of such stock. Accordingly, stockholders could be
deprived of certain opportunities  to sell their stock  at a temporarily  higher
market price.
 
    Billing  believes that a  classified board of directors  will help to assure
the  continuity  and  stability  of  Billing's  Board  and  Billing's   business
strategies  and policies as determined by the Billing Board, because generally a
majority of the directors at  any given time will  have had prior experience  as
directors  of Billing. The classified board provision also will help assure that
the Billing Board, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal from a third party
that has acquired a block of the  voting stock of Billing, will have  sufficient
time  to review the proposal  and appropriate alternatives and  to seek the best
available result for all stockholders.
 
    REMOVAL; FILLING VACANCIES.  Billing's Certificate provides that, subject to
any rights of the holders of preferred stock, only a majority of the Board  then
in  office shall have the authority to  fill any vacancies of the Billing Board,
including vacancies  created by  an  increase in  the  number of  directors.  In
addition,  Billing's Certificate provides that a  new director elected to fill a
vacancy on the Billing Board  will serve for the remainder  of the full term  of
his  or her class and that no decrease  in the number of directors shall shorten
the  term  of  an  incumbent.  Moreover,  Billing's  Certificate  provides  that
directors  may be removed with or without  cause only by the affirmative vote of
holders of at least
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
66 2/3% of the voting  power of the shares entitled  to vote at the election  of
directors,  voting  together as  a single  class.  These provisions  relating to
removal and filling of vacancies on the Billing Board will preclude stockholders
from enlarging the Billing Board or removing incumbent directors and filling the
vacancies with their own nominees.
 
    LIMITATIONS   ON   STOCKHOLDER   ACTION   BY   WRITTEN   CONSENT;    SPECIAL
MEETINGS.   Billing's Certificate and Bylaws provide that stockholder action can
be taken  only at  an annual  or special  meeting of  stockholders and  prohibit
stockholder  action  by  written  consent  in lieu  of  a  meeting  (except that
Billing's name may be changed by written consent of the stockholders in lieu  of
a meeting). Billing's Certificate and Bylaws provide that, subject to the rights
of  holders of any  series of preferred stock,  special meetings of stockholders
can be called only by a majority  of the entire Billing Board. Stockholders  are
not  permitted to call a special meeting or to require that Billing's Board call
a special  meeting  of stockholders.  Moreover,  the business  permitted  to  be
conducted  at any  special meeting  of stockholders  is limited  to the business
brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Billing Board.
 
    The provisions of Billing's  Certificate and Bylaws restricting  stockholder
action  by written consent  may have the  effect of delaying  consideration of a
stockholder proposal until the next annual  meeting unless a special meeting  is
called  by a majority of  the entire Billing Board.  These provisions also would
prevent the holders of a majority of  the voting power of the voting stock  from
using  the written consent procedure to  take stockholder action and from taking
action by consent  without giving all  the stockholders of  Billing entitled  to
vote  on a  proposed action the  opportunity to participate  in determining such
proposed  action.   Moreover,  a   stockholder  could   not  force   stockholder
consideration  of a proposal over the opposition of the Billing Board by calling
a special meeting of stockholders prior  to the time the Billing Board  believed
such consideration to be appropriate.
 
    USLD  and Billing believe  that such limitations  on stockholder action will
help to assure the continuity and  stability of the Billing Board and  Billing's
business  strategies and  policies as  determined by  the Billing  Board, to the
benefit  of  all  of  Billing's  stockholders.  These  provisions  increase  the
likelihood  that the Billing  Board, if confronted  with an unsolicited proposal
from stockholders, will have sufficient time to review such proposal and to seek
the best available result for all stockholders, before such proposal is approved
by such  stockholders by  written consent  in lieu  of a  meeting or  through  a
special meeting of stockholders.
 
    NOMINATION  OF  DIRECTORS  AND  STOCKHOLDER  PROPOSALS.    Billing's  Bylaws
establish an advance notice procedure with  regard to the nomination other  than
by  or  at the  direction of  the Billing  Board of  candidates for  election as
directors (the "Nomination Procedure") and with regard to stockholder  proposals
to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders (the "Business
Procedure").
 
    The  Nomination Procedure provides that only persons who are nominated by or
at the direction of the Billing Board, or by a stockholder who has given  timely
prior  written notice to the Secretary of  Billing prior to the meeting at which
directors are to  be elected, will  be eligible for  election as directors.  The
Business  Procedure  provides that  stockholder proposals  must be  submitted in
writing in a timely manner  in order to be considered  at any annual or  special
meeting.  To be timely, notice must be received by Billing (i) in the case of an
annual meeting, not less than 90 days prior to the annual meeting for a director
nomination, and not less than 120 days prior to the date established for release
by Billing of proxy materials for  the previous year's annual meeting  whichever
is  earlier for a stockholder proposal or (ii)  in the case of a special meeting
not later than the seventh day following the day on which notice of such meeting
is first given to stockholders for both a director nomination and a  stockholder
proposal.
 
    Under  the Nomination  Procedure, notice to  Billing from  a stockholder who
proposes to nominate  a person  at a  meeting for  election as  a director  must
contain  certain information about that person, including business and residence
addresses, a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of  stock
of  Billing entitled to vote at such meeting  and intends to appear in person or
by  proxy  to  nominate  the  person,  a  description  of  all  arrangements  or
understandings between the stockholder
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
and  each nominee and any other person pursuant to which the nomination is to be
made, such  other  information  regarding  each nominee  as  would  be  required
pursuant  to the proxy rules  of the Securities and  Exchange Commission had the
nominee been nominated by the Billing Board,  the consent of such nominee to  be
nominated  and such other information  as would be required  to be included in a
proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of the proposed nominee, and
certain information about  the stockholder  proposing to  nominate that  person.
Under  the Business Procedures,  notice relating to  a stockholder proposal must
contain certain information about  such proposal and  about the stockholder  who
proposes  to  bring the  proposal before  the meeting,  including the  class and
number of shares of Billing Common Stock beneficially owned by such stockholder.
If the Chairman or other officer presiding at a meeting determines that a person
was not nominated in accordance with the Nomination Procedure, such person  will
not  be  eligible for  election  as a  director, or  if  he determines  that the
stockholder proposal was not properly brought before such meeting, such proposal
will not be introduced at such  meeting. Nothing in the Nomination Procedure  or
the  Business  Procedure  will preclude  discussion  by any  stockholder  of any
nomination or proposal  properly made  or brought  before an  annual or  special
meeting in accordance with the above-mentioned procedures.
 
    The  purpose of the Nomination Procedure  is, by requiring advance notice of
nomination by stockholders, to afford the Billing Board a meaningful opportunity
to consider  the qualifications  of the  proposed nominees  and, to  the  extent
deemed  necessary and desirable by the  Board, to inform stockholders about such
qualifications. The purpose of the  Business Procedure is, by requiring  advance
notice  of  stockholder  proposals,  to provide  a  more  orderly  procedure for
conducting annual meetings of stockholders  and, to the extent deemed  necessary
or  desirable  by  the  Billing  Board, to  provide  the  Billing  Board  with a
meaningful opportunity to inform  stockholders, prior to  such meetings, of  any
proposal  to be introduced at such meetings, together with any recommendation as
to the Board's position or belief as to action to be taken with respect to  such
proposal,  so as to enable stockholders  better to determine whether they desire
to attend such meeting or grant a proxy to Billing's Board as to the disposition
of any such proposal. Although Billing's Bylaws do not give the Board any  power
to  approve or disapprove stockholder nominations  for the election of directors
or of any other  proposal submitted by stockholders,  Billing's Bylaws may  have
the  effect  of  precluding  a  nomination  for  the  election  of  directors or
precluding the conducting of business at a particular stockholder meeting if the
proper procedures are not  followed, and may discourage  or deter a third  party
from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or
otherwise  attempting to obtain control of Billing,  even if the conduct of such
solicitation  or  such  attempt   might  be  beneficial   to  Billing  and   its
stockholders.
 
    The  provisions of the Nomination Procedure  and the Business Procedure will
be subject to rules of the  Commission with respect to stockholder proposals  so
long as the Billing Common Stock remains quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or
is  listed on  a national  securities exchange  or is  otherwise required  to be
registered under the Exchange Act. Any stockholder proposal that is submitted in
compliance with such rules and is required by such rules to be set forth in  the
proxy  statement of the Company will be so set forth despite the requirements of
the Bylaws of the Company with respect to the timing and form of notice for such
proposals.
 
    AMENDMENT OF  BILLING'S  CERTIFICATE  AND  BYLAWS.    Billing's  Certificate
contains  provisions requiring the  affirmative vote of the  holders of at least
66-2/3% of the  voting power  of the  stock entitled  to vote  generally in  the
election  of directors to amend certain  provisions of Billing's Certificate and
Bylaws (including the provisions discussed above). These provisions will make it
more difficult  for stockholders  to make  changes in  Billing's Certificate  or
Bylaws,  including changes  designed to  facilitate the  exercise of  control of
Billing. In  addition,  the requirement  for  approval by  at  least a  66  2/3%
stockholder  vote will  enable the  holders of  a minority  of Billing's capital
stock to  prevent holders  of less  than  66 2/3%  majority from  amending  such
provisions of Billing's Certificate or Bylaws.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
 
    The  Billing Board  will adopt  a stockholder  rights plan  and cause  to be
issued, with each share of Billing Common Stock issued to Billing's stockholders
in the  Distribution,  one  Right. The  Rights  will  be governed  by  a  rights
agreement  (the "Rights Agreement") to be  entered into between Billing and U.S.
Trust Company of Texas, N.A., as rights agent. The following is a summary of the
anticipated terms of the Rights Agreement.
 
    Each Right entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase from  Billing
one  ten-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
par value $.01  per share  (the "Series  A Preferred  Stock"), at  a price  (the
"Purchase  Price") of $130. As discussed below, initially the Rights will not be
exercisable, certificates for the Rights will not be issued and the Rights  will
automatically trade with the Billing Common Stock.
 
    The  Billing Common  Stock will  contain a  legend incorporating  the Rights
Agreement by reference. The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Occurrence
Date as defined below (or the  earlier redemption or expiration of the  Rights),
the  Rights will  be represented  by and  transferred with,  and only  with, the
Billing Common Stock. Until  the Occurrence Date (or  the earlier redemption  or
expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any of Billing's Common
Stock  certificates,  with  or without  such  legend, also  will  constitute the
surrender for transfer of  the Rights associated with  the Billing Common  Stock
evidenced  by such certificates. The Occurrence Date  will be the earlier of (i)
the tenth  day following  the public  announcement  that a  person or  group  of
affiliated  or associated persons ("Acquiring Person") other than USLD, Billing,
any subsidiary of Billing or any employee benefit plan or employee stock plan of
Billing or  of any  subsidiary of  Billing ("Exempt  Person") has  acquired,  or
obtained  the  right to  acquire, beneficial  ownership  of 15%  or more  of the
outstanding Billing  Common Stock  (the "Stock  Acquisition Date")  or (ii)  the
tenth  business  day following  the commencement  by any  person (other  than an
Exempt Person) of, or the announcement of the intention to commence, a tender or
exchange offer  that  would result  in  the ownership  of  15% or  more  of  the
outstanding   Billing  Common  Stock.  As  soon  as  practicable  following  the
Occurrence Date, separate right Certificates will be mailed to holders of record
of Billing Common Stock  at the close  of business on  the Occurrence Date,  and
thereafter  the Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights and the Rights
will be transferable separate and apart from the Billing Common Stock.
 
    The Rights are not  exercisable until the Occurrence  Date. The Rights  will
expire  at the close of business on  July 10, 2006, unless redeemed or exchanged
earlier as described below.
 
    The Series A Preferred  Stock will not be  redeemable and, unless  otherwise
provided  in connection  with the creation  of a subsequent  series of preferred
stock, will be  subordinate to all  other series of  Billing's preferred  stock.
Each  share of  Series A  Preferred Stock will  represent the  right to receive,
when, as and if declared,  a quarterly dividend at an  annual rate equal to  the
greater  of  $1.00  per share  or  10,000  times the  quarterly  per  share cash
dividends declared on  Billing's Common Stock  during the immediately  preceding
fiscal  year. In addition, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will represent
the right to receive  10,000 times any noncash  dividends (other than  dividends
payable  in Billing Common Stock) declared on  the Billing Common Stock, in like
kind. In the  event of the  liquidation, dissolution or  winding up of  Billing,
each  share of Series  A Preferred Stock  will represent the  right to receive a
liquidation payment in  an amount equal  to the  greater of $1.00  per share  or
10,000  times the  liquidation payment made  per share of  Billing Common Stock.
Each share of Series A Preferred  Stock will have 10,000 votes, voting  together
with  the Billing  Common Stock.  In the event  of any  merger, consolidation or
other transaction in which common shares  are exchanged, each share of Series  A
Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 10,000 times the amount received per
share  of Billing Common Stock. The rights of the Series A Preferred Stock as to
dividends, liquidation, voting rights and merger participation are protected  by
anti-dilution provisions.
 
    The  Purchase Price payable and  the number of shares  of Series A Preferred
Stock or other securities or property  issuable upon exercise of the Rights  are
subject to adjustment from time to time
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
to  prevent dilution (i) in the event of  a stock dividend on, or a subdivision,
combination or reclassification of, the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) upon  the
grant  to holders of the Series A  Preferred Stock of certain rights or warrants
to subscribe for Series A Preferred Stock or convertible securities at less than
the current market  price of  the Series  A Preferred  Stock or  (iii) upon  the
distribution  to  holders  of  the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  of  evidences of
indebtedness or assets (excluding regular  cash dividends and dividends  payable
in Series A Preferred Stock) or of subscription rights or warrants.
 
    If  any Person (other than an Exempt Person) becomes the beneficial owner of
15% or more of the then outstanding shares of Billing Common Stock, each  holder
of  a Right, other  than the Acquiring  Person, will have  the right to receive,
upon payment of  the Purchase  Price, in  lieu of  Series A  Preferred Stock,  a
number  of shares of Billing  Common Stock having a  market value equal to twice
the Purchase Price.  In the  event that  insufficient shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  are available for the  exercise in full of  the Rights, Billing shall, in
lieu of issuing shares of Billing Common  Stock upon exercise of Rights, to  the
extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to
which  Billing  is a  party, issue  shares  of Series  A Preferred  Stock, cash,
property or other securities of Billing (which may be accompanied by a reduction
in the  Purchase Price),  in  proportions determined  by  Billing, so  that  the
aggregate  value of such cash, property or other securities received is equal to
twice the Purchase  Price. After  the acquisition  of shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  by an Acquiring  Person as described  in this paragraph,  Rights that are
(or, under certain  circumstances, Rights  that were) beneficially  owned by  an
Acquiring Person will be void.
 
    The  Board  of Directors  may, at  its option,  at any  time after  a person
becomes an Acquiring Person,  authorize Billing to exchange  all or part of  the
then  outstanding and exercisable  Rights for shares of  Billing Common Stock or
Series A Preferred Stock  at an exchange  ratio of one  share of Billing  Common
Stock  for one ten-thousandth of a share  of Series A Preferred Stock per Right,
provided that the Board of Directors may not effect such exchange after the time
that any Person (other  than an Exempt Person)  becomes the beneficial owner  of
50%  or more  of the Billing  Common Stock  then outstanding. In  the event that
insufficient shares of Billing Common Stock are available for such exchange, the
Board of Directors may substitute, in lieu thereof, shares of Series A Preferred
Stock or equivalent preferred stock of equal value.
 
    Unless the  Rights are  earlier redeemed,  if, after  the Stock  Acquisition
Date,  Billing is acquired in  a merger or other  business combination (in which
any shares of the Billing Common Stock  are changed into or exchanged for  other
securities or assets) or more than 50% of the assets or earning power of Billing
and  its subsidiaries (taken as  a whole) is sold or  transferred in one or more
transactions, other than a transfer to a lender (or an assignee of a lender)  of
Billing  pursuant to material  agreements then in  effect to which  Billing is a
party, the Rights Agreement provides that proper provision shall be made so that
each holder of record of a Right will from and after that time have the right to
receive, upon payment  of the Purchase  Price, that number  of shares of  common
stock  of the acquiring company which has a  current market price at the time of
such transaction equal to twice the Purchase Price.
 
    Interests in fractions  of shares of  Series A Preferred  Stock may, at  the
election of Billing, be evidenced by depository receipts. Billing also may issue
cash  in lieu  of fractional  shares of  Series A  Preferred Stock  that are not
integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a share.
 
    At any  time  until a  person  becomes an  Acquiring  Person, the  Board  of
Directors may cause Billing to redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a
price  of $.001 per Right, subject to adjustment. Immediately upon the effective
time of  the redemption  authorized by  the  Board of  Directors, the  right  to
exercise  the  Rights will  terminate, and  the  holders of  the Rights  will be
entitled to receive only the redemption price without any interest thereon.
 
    As long as the  Rights are redeemable, Billing  may, except with respect  to
the  redemption price or  the number of  shares of Series  A Preferred Stock for
which a Right is exercisable, amend the  Rights in any manner. At any time  when
the  Rights are not redeemable, Billing may  amend the Rights in any manner that
does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights as such.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
    Until a Right is exercised,  the holder, as such, will  have no rights as  a
stockholder  of Billing,  including without limitation  the right to  vote or to
receive dividends.
 
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Section  203  of  the  DGCL   prohibits  transactions  between  a   Delaware
corporation  and  an "interested  stockholder," which  is  defined therein  as a
person who,  together with  any  affiliates and/or  associates of  such  person,
beneficially  owns, directly or directly, 15%  or more of the outstanding voting
stock of  a  Delaware corporation.  This  provision prohibits  certain  business
combinations (defined broadly to include mergers, consolidations, sales or other
dispositions  of  assets having  an  aggregate value  in  excess of  10%  of the
consolidated assets  of the  corporation, and  certain transactions  that  would
increase  the  interested  stockholder's proportionate  stock  ownership  in the
corporation) between an interested stockholder and a corporation for a period of
three years after the date the interested stockholder acquired its stock  unless
(i) the business combination is approved by the corporation's board of directors
prior to the date the interested stockholder acquired stock, (ii) the interested
stockholder  acquired at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation in the
transaction in which it becomes an interested stockholder, or (iii) the business
combination is approved  by a  majority of  the board  of directors  and by  the
affirmative  vote of 66 2/3%  of the votes entitled  to be cast by disinterested
stockholders at an annual or special meeting.
 
    Billing has  not  opted  out  of  being  governed  by  the  above  described
provisions  of Delaware law. Consequently, business combinations between Billing
and an interested stockholder would be subject to its provisions.
 
                         LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
                           OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    Articles XI  and XV  of the  Billing  Certificate and  Article VIII  of  the
Billing  Bylaws (the "Director Liability  and Indemnification Provisions") limit
the personal liability of Billing's directors to Billing or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.
 
    The Director Liability and Indemnification Provisions define and clarify the
rights of certain  individuals, including Billing's  directors and officers,  to
indemnification  by  Billing  in the  event  of personal  liability  or expenses
incurred by them as a result of certain litigation against them. Such provisions
are consistent with  Section 102(b)(7)  of the  DGCL, which  is designed,  among
other  things,  to  encourage qualified  individuals  to serve  as  directors of
Delaware corporations by  permitting Delaware corporations  to include in  their
certificates  of incorporation  a provision  limiting or  eliminating directors'
liability  for  monetary  damages  and  with  other  existing  DGCL   provisions
permitting  indemnification  of  certain  individuals,  including  directors and
officers.  The  limitations  of  liability   in  the  Directors  Liability   and
Indemnification  Provisions  may not  affect  claims arising  under  the federal
securities laws.
 
    In  performing  their  duties,  directors  of  a  Delaware  corporation  are
obligated  as fiduciaries  to exercise their  business judgment and  act in what
they reasonably determine in good faith, after appropriate consideration, to  be
the  best interests of  the corporation and its  stockholders. Decisions made on
that basis are protected by the "business judgment rule." The business  judgment
rule is designed to protect directors from personal liability to the corporation
or  its  stockholders  when  business  decisions  are  subsequently  challenged.
However, the expense of defending lawsuits, the frequency with which unwarranted
litigation is brought  against directors and  the inevitable uncertainties  with
respect  to the  outcome of  applying the  business judgment  rule to particular
facts and circumstances mean that, as a practical matter, directors and officers
of a  corporation  rely  on  indemnity from,  and  insurance  procured  by,  the
corporation  they serve as a financial backstop in the event of such expenses or
unforeseen liability.  The Delaware  legislature  has recognized  that  adequate
insurance  and indemnity  provisions are  often a  condition of  an individual's
willingness to serve  as director of  a Delaware corporation.  The DGCL has  for
some  time specifically permitted corporations  to provide indemnity and procure
insurance for its directors and officers.
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
    The Director  Liability and  Indemnification  Provisions will  be  approved,
along  with the rest of the Billing Certificate and the Billing Bylaws, by USLD,
as sole stockholder of Billing prior to the Distribution Date.
 
    Set  forth  below   is  a   description  of  the   Director  Liability   and
Indemnification  Provisions. Such description is intended  as a summary only and
is qualified in  its entirety by  reference to the  Billing Certificate and  the
Billing Bylaws.
 
    ELIMINATION  OF  LIABILITY  IN CERTAIN  CIRCUMSTANCES.   Article  XV  of the
Billing Certificate  of Incorporation  ("Article  XV") eliminates  the  personal
liability  of Billing's  directors to Billing  or its  stockholders for monetary
damages for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  except  under  certain  circumstances.
Directors  remain liable for (i) any breach of the duty of loyalty to Billing or
its stockholders, (ii) any act or omission  not in good faith or which  involves
intentional  misconduct or  a knowing violation  of law, (iii)  any violation of
Section 174 of  the DGCL, which  proscribes the payment  of dividends and  stock
purchases  or redemptions under certain  circumstances, and (iv) any transaction
from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
    Article XV further  provides that future  repeal or amendment  of its  terms
will  not  adversely affect  any rights  of  directors existing  thereunder with
respect to  acts or  omissions  occurring prior  to  such repeal  or  amendment.
Article XV also incorporates any future amendments to Delaware law which further
eliminate or limit the liability of directors.
 
    INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.  Under Section 145 of the DGCL, directors and
officers  as well as other employees  and individuals may be indemnified against
expenses (including  attorneys'  fees), judgments,  fines  and amounts  paid  in
settlement  in connection with specified  actions, suits or proceedings, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or  in
the  right of the corporation  -- a "derivative action"),  if they acted in good
faith and in a manner  they reasonably believed to be  in or not opposed to  the
best  interests  of  Billing,  and  with  respect  to  any  criminal  action  or
proceeding, had no  reasonable cause to  believe their conduct  was unlawful.  A
similar standard of care is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except
that  indemnification  extends  only  to  expenses  (including  attorneys' fees)
incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such an action and the DGCL
requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person
seeking indemnification has been found liable to Billing.
 
    Article VIII of the Billing Bylaws provides that Billing shall indemnify any
person to whom, and  to the extent, indemnification  may be granted pursuant  to
Section 145 of the DGCL.
 
    Article  XI of the Billing Certificate provides  that each person who was or
is made a party to, or is involved  in any action, suit or proceeding by  reason
of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of Billing will be
indemnified   by  Billing  against  all   expenses  and  liabilities,  including
attorneys' fees, reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him, except in such case
where  the  director,  officer  or  employee  is  adjudged  guilty  of   willful
misfeasance  or malfeasance  in the performance  of his duties.  Article XI also
provides that  the right  of indemnification  shall be  in addition  to and  not
exclusive  of all other rights, to which  such director, officer or employee may
be entitled.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be permitted to directors and  officers and controlling persons pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, Billing has been  advised that, in the opinion of  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission, such  indemnification  is  against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    The Board of Directors of Billing will select before the end of fiscal  1996
an  independent accounting firm to audit  Billing's financial statements for the
year ending September 30,  1996. Arthur Andersen LLP  has served as  independent
accountants  of USLD  through the  periods covered  by the  financial statements
included in this Information Statement.
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    Billing has filed with  the Commission a Registration  Statement on Form  10
under  the Exchange Act with respect to  the Billing Common Stock being received
by USLD stockholders in  the Distribution. This  Information Statement does  not
contain  all of the information set forth  in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto,  to which reference  is hereby made.  Statements
made in this Information Statement as to the contents of any contract, agreement
or  other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete. With respect
to each  contract,  agreement or  other  document filed  as  an exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement, reference is  made to such exhibit  for a more complete
description of the  matter involved,  and each  such statement  shall be  deemed
qualified  in its entirety by such reference. The Registration Statement and the
exhibits thereto filed by  Billing with the Commission  may be inspected at  the
public reference facilities of the Commission listed below.
 
    USLD  is and Billing  will be subject  to the reporting  requirements of the
Exchange Act, and  in accordance  therewith, USLD  files and  Billing will  file
periodic  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  relating  to its
business, financial and other matters. Such reports, proxy statements and  other
information filed by Billing can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities  maintained by the  Commission at Room 1024,  450 Fifth Avenue, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the Commission:
New York Regional Office, 7 World Trade  Center, Suite 1300, New York, New  York
10048, and Chicago Regional Office, Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison
Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies of such  materials can be
obtained from the Public Reference  Section of the Commission, Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Billing  intends  to furnish  holders of  Billing  Common Stock  with annual
reports containing consolidated financial  statements audited by an  independent
public  accounting firm  and quarterly reports  for the first  three quarters of
each fiscal year containing unaudited financial statements.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
 
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1994 and September 30, 1995...................................        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, September 30, 1994 and September
 30, 1995..................................................................................................        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, September 30, 1994
 and September 30, 1995....................................................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, September 30, 1994 and
 September 30, 1995........................................................................................        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..................       F-17
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996
 (unaudited)...............................................................................................       F-18
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996
 (unaudited)...............................................................................................       F-19
 
Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)...................................       F-20
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Billing Information Concepts Corp.:
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of Billing
Information Concepts  Corp.  (a Delaware  corporation)  and subsidiaries  as  of
September  30, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows  for each of the  three years in the  period
ended  September 30, 1995. These financial  statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on  these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts  and disclosures  in financial  statements. An  audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Billing Information Concepts
Corp. and subsidiaries as  of September 30,  1994 and 1995,  and the results  of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September  30,  1995, in  conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.
 
    As  explained in Note 2 to  the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective
October 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.
 
                                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Antonio, Texas
May 13, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                           ----------------------
                                                                                             1994        1995
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................  $  20,742  $    26,770
  Accounts receivable....................................................................     12,668       18,113
  Purchased receivables..................................................................     53,347       55,228
  Prepaids and other.....................................................................         74          624
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total current assets...............................................................     86,831      100,735
Property and equipment...................................................................      3,281        5,563
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................................     (1,788)      (2,334)
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Net property and equipment.........................................................      1,493        3,229
Equipment held under capital leases, net of accumulated amortization of $108 (1994) and
 $305 (1995).............................................................................        504        1,556
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,806 (1994) and $2,105 (1995).........        882        1,375
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total assets.......................................................................  $  89,710  $   106,895
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable:
    Trade................................................................................  $   7,748  $    12,604
    Billing customers....................................................................     36,995       34,756
  Accrued liabilities....................................................................      5,463       12,362
  Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables.....................................     25,235       23,030
  Current portion of long-term debt......................................................        124          285
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases....................................        134          398
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total current liabilities..........................................................     75,699       83,435
Long-term debt, less current portion.....................................................        440        1,048
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion...................................        413        1,168
Other liabilities........................................................................         56           21
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities..................................................................     76,608       85,672
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 8)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred shares, $10.00 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and
   outstanding...........................................................................        100          100
  Common shares, no par value, 102,000 shares authorized, 102,000 shares issued and
   outstanding...........................................................................          1            1
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing.........................     13,001       21,122
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity.........................................................     13,102       21,223
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.........................................  $  89,710  $   106,895
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                   1993       1994       1995
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues.............................................................  $  46,451  $  57,746  $  80,847
Cost of services...............................................................     29,993     37,588     51,337
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit...................................................................     16,458     20,158     29,510
Selling, general and administrative expenses...................................      5,883      7,421      9,272
Advance funding program income.................................................     (3,299)    (3,467)    (4,384)
Advance funding program expense................................................      2,581      1,858      1,351
Depreciation and amortization expense..........................................        877        954      1,216
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from operations.........................................................     10,416     13,392     22,055
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..............................................................        179        346      1,081
  Interest expense.............................................................       (466)      (103)      (188)
  Other, net...................................................................         59        (32)      (169)
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total other income (expense)...............................................       (228)       211        724
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before provision for income taxes.......................................     10,188     13,603     22,779
Provision for income taxes.....................................................     (3,747)    (5,038)    (8,661)
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.....................................................................  $   6,441  $   8,565  $  14,118
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    U.S. LONG
                                                                                                                    DISTANCE
                                                                                                                     CORP.'S
                                                                   COMMON STOCK            PREFERRED STOCK        INVESTMENT IN
                                                             ------------------------  ------------------------  AND ADVANCES TO
                                                               SHARES       AMOUNT       SHARES       AMOUNT         BILLING
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balances at September 30, 1992.............................         102    $       1           10    $     100     $     4,480
  Transfers to affiliates..................................           0            0            0            0          (5,990)
  Net income...............................................           0            0            0            0           6,441
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
Balances at September 30, 1993.............................         102            1           10          100           4,931
  Transfers to affiliates..................................           0            0            0            0            (495)
  Net income...............................................           0            0            0            0           8,565
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
Balances at September 30, 1994.............................         102            1           10          100          13,001
  Transfers to affiliates..................................           0            0            0            0          (5,997)
  Net income...............................................           0            0            0            0          14,118
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
Balances at September 30, 1995.............................         102    $       1           10    $     100     $    21,122
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                --------------------------------
                                                                                  1993        1994       1995
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..................................................................  $   6,441  $    8,565  $  14,118
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.............................................        877         954      1,216
    Deferred compensation.....................................................         33          24         18
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Increase in accounts receivable.........................................     (1,857)     (4,437)    (5,445)
      (Increase) decrease in prepaids and other...............................       (203)        129       (550)
      Increase in trade accounts payable......................................      2,580       2,321      4,856
      Increase in accrued liabilities.........................................      1,101       1,963      6,899
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities................................          0          56        (35)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities.....................................      8,972       9,575     21,077
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment.........................................       (557)       (684)    (1,922)
  Payments for purchased receivables, net.....................................     (6,384)     (6,078)    (1,881)
  Collections of proceeds due (payments made) to customers, net...............      2,203      13,046     (2,239)
  Other investing activities..................................................        (37)       (573)      (792)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities...........................     (4,775)      5,711     (6,834)
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Draws (payments) on revolving line of credit for purchased receivables,
   net........................................................................      4,637     (10,826)    (2,205)
  Proceeds from issuance of debt..............................................        197         365        917
  Payments on debt............................................................        (13)        (44)      (148)
  Payments on capital leases..................................................       (329)       (227)      (230)
  Transfers to affiliates.....................................................     (5,894)     (1,007)    (6,549)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
Net cash used in financing activities.........................................     (1,402)    (11,739)    (8,215)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................................      2,795       3,547      6,028
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..................................     14,400      17,195     20,742
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year........................................  $  17,195  $   20,742  $  26,770
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
NOTE 1. BUSINESS ACTIVITY
    Billing  Information  Concepts Corp.,  a Delaware  corporation, is  a wholly
owned subsidiary  of U.S.  Long  Distance Corp.  ("USLD")  that will,  upon  the
effectiveness of the Distribution, be an independent, publicly held company that
will  own and operate all of  the assets of, and will  be responsible for all of
the liabilities  associated  with,  the  commercial  billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management services business currently owned by USLD. This business
is currently conducted primarily through USLD's subsidiaries Zero Plus  Dialing,
Inc.  ("ZPDI")  and  Enhanced  Services Billing,  Inc.  ("ESBI").  Prior  to the
Distribution, these subsidiaries will be merged with U.S. Billing Corp. ("USBC")
and U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), which will become wholly owned subsidiaries  of
Billing (collectively referred to as "Billing" or the "Company").
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  accompanying consolidated financial statements  include the accounts of
Billing and  USLD's subsidiaries  ZPDI,  ESBI, USBI  and USBC.  All  significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    On  May  13,  1996,  the Board  of  Directors  of USLD  approved  a  plan to
distribute all of the Common Stock of  Billing, pro rata to the stockholders  of
USLD  (the  "Distribution")  with the  result  being  that Billing  would  be an
independent, publicly held company that would own and operate all of the  assets
of,  and will  be responsible  for all of  the liabilities  associated with, the
billing clearinghouse  and information  management services  business  currently
owned  by USLD. The accompanying financial  statements include the operations of
Billing which,  until  the date  of  Distribution,  will be  combined  with  and
reported  as part of  the consolidated financial statements  of USLD. The assets
and liabilities of Billing are reflected at the historical book values  included
in  the  USLD  consolidated  financial  statements.  Immediately  prior  to  the
Distribution, Billing  will  cancel all  of  USLD's intercompany  debt  owed  to
Billing. In recognition of this, the balance of the intercompany receivable from
USLD  has been combined with and included  in the balance sheet caption entitled
"U.S. Long  Distance  Corp.'s  investment  in  and  advances  to  Billing."  All
stockholder  equity account balances, except for the par value of Billing common
stock, have also been reported as "U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in  and
advances to Billing."
 
    Certain  assets  and  liabilities and  selling,  general  and administrative
expenses of USLD were historically accounted for on a consolidated basis with no
allocation to individual subsidiaries. The historical statements of Billing have
been adjusted  to include  all  of the  assets,  liabilities and  expenses  that
appropriately  and fairly  could have been  allocated to Billing  except for the
following items:
 
        (a) Cash --  Cash has historically  been managed by  a centralized  cash
    management department in Billing. Consequently, cash was not allocated among
    USLD's  subsidiaries and was recorded on the balance sheet of Billing. There
    is no reasonable means by which to allocate cash to the historical financial
    statements of USLD's  subsidiaries. Immediately prior  to the  Distribution,
    Billing will make a transfer of cash to USLD in an amount necessary to cause
    USLD's  working capital  to be  approximately $21,500,000  after taking into
    account the  payment  by  USLD  of the  direct  costs  of  the  Distribution
    estimated  to  be  approximately  $10,000,000 and  the  receipt  by  USLD of
    $8,785,000 in connection with the dissolution of Mega Plus Dialing, Inc.,  a
    wholly  owned subsidiary. Had  the Distribution occurred  on March 31, 1996,
    approximately $23,561,000 of cash would have been required to be transferred
    by Billing to USLD, including a cash transfer of $10,000,000 for payment  of
    the direct costs of the Distribution.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
        (b)  Income taxes -- USLD's federal  income taxes have historically been
    determined on a consolidated  basis. For purposes  of preparing the  Billing
    historical   consolidated  financial  statements,  income  taxes  have  been
    determined on a separate company basis. Deferred taxes have been recorded on
    Billing's consolidated financial statements, as appropriate. Accrued  income
    taxes payable are reflected in the balance sheet caption "U.S. Long Distance
    Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing" as such amounts payable would
    have  been  payable  to USLD.  Tax  liabilities  are reflected  in  a manner
    consistent with the Tax Sharing Agreement between USLD and Billing.
 
    For purposes  of  preparing  Billing's  consolidated  financial  statements,
certain  amounts  that  have previously  been  classified as  revenue,  costs of
service,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  and  other   income
(expense)  have been  reclassified. Certain  intercompany transactions  that had
been eliminated  in  consolidation  are properly  reflected  in  the  historical
consolidated  financial statements  of Billing at  amounts that  are believed by
management to reflect an arm's length relationship.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION POLICIES
 
    The Company recognizes revenue from  its billing services upon  transmission
of  billable records to the  local telephone companies, which  records are to be
billed and collected by the Company.
 
BILLING SERVICES
 
    The Company provides  billing services  to operator  services providers  and
direct  dial long distance  companies through billing  agreements with the local
telephone companies, which maintain the critical database of end-user names  and
addresses  of the  billed parties.  Bills are  generated by  the local telephone
companies and the  collected funds are  remitted to the  Company, which in  turn
remits these funds, net of fees, to its billing customers. The Company records a
trade accounts receivable and revenue for fees charged for its billing services.
When  the customer's  receivables are  collected by  the Company  from the local
telephone companies, the Company's trade  receivables are reduced by the  amount
corresponding  to  the Company's  processing fees  and  the remaining  funds are
recorded as an accounts payable to billing customers. Because collection of  the
Company's  trade receivables is made prior to the Company remitting funds to its
customers, there is virtually no risk of collection, thus, no bad debt allowance
is recorded.
 
    The Company offers participation in an advance funding program to qualifying
customers through its  Advance Payment  Agreement. The service  fees charged  to
customers  by the Company are,  generally, computed at a  rate of prime plus 4%.
Under the terms of this agreement, the Company purchases the customer's accounts
receivable for  an  amount equal  to  the face  amount  of the  billing  records
submitted  to  the local  telephone  companies by  the  Company for  billing and
collection less:
 
    - all local telephone  company charges,  rejects, unbillables  and bad  debt
      deductions;
 
    - all credits and adjustments granted to end-users;
 
    - all of the Company's processing fees and sales taxes, if appropriate;
 
    - all financing service charges assessed by the Company; and
 
    - any  and  all  losses,  costs  or  expenses  incurred  by  the  Company in
      processing or collecting the customer accounts from all previously  billed
      records.
 
    The  purchase  price is  remitted by  the  Company to  its customers  in two
payments. Within  five days  from  receiving a  customer's records,  an  initial
payment  is made to the customer based on a percentage of the face amount of the
customer's call  records  submitted  by  the  Company  to  the  local  telephone
companies.  The Company pays the remaining balance  of the purchase price to the
customer
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
upon collection of funds from the  local telephone companies. The purchase  date
is  the date  the initial payment  is made.  In connection with  its purchase of
billing records,  the Company,  generally, draws  down on  its revolving  credit
facility for purchased receivables.
 
    Any  accounts receivable purchased by the  Company are recorded as purchased
receivables from billing customers in an amount equal to the face amount of  the
billing  records submitted to  the local telephone companies  by the Company for
billing and collection. Concurrently,  an equal amount  is recorded as  accounts
payable  to billing  customers. The  amount of the  initial payment  made to the
customer reduces accounts payable to billing customers. The balance, reported as
accounts payable to billing customers ($36,995,000 and $34,756,000 at  September
30, 1994 and 1995, respectively), consists of:
 
    - an  amount equal to  the face value of  all purchased receivables, reduced
      for  any  amounts  paid  as   initial  payments  under  Advanced   Payment
      Agreements, and
 
    - an  amount equal to  collections from local  telephone companies that have
      not yet been remitted to customers.
 
    The purchased  receivables balance  is  relieved at  the time  the  customer
receivables  are collected from  the local telephone  companies. Any differences
between the amount initially recorded as  a purchased receivable and the  amount
ultimately collected from the local telephone companies, resulting from the fees
and deductions detailed above, are recorded as a reduction of both the purchased
receivable  and accounts  payable to billing  customers in an  equal amount. The
funds are remitted  to the customer  after the Company  deducts finance  service
charges earned under the Advance Payment Agreement.
 
    Finance service charges are assessed to customers and are computed at a rate
above  the prime interest rate based on the amounts funded to customers. Finance
service charges are recorded as advance funding program income during the period
from the date of initial  payment until the Company  recoups the full amount  of
the  initial  payment from  receipts from  local  telephone companies.  No other
revenues  or  income  are  recorded  in  connection  with  the  Advance  Payment
Agreement.
 
    The  following  receivables  purchased  and  financed  by  the  Company were
outstanding at:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                   1994       1995
                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>
Purchased receivables from billing customers...................................  $  53,347  $  55,228
Purchase money borrowings under revolving credit facility for purchased
 receivables...................................................................     25,235     23,030
</TABLE>
 
    The Company  has  virtually no  collection  risk related  to  its  purchased
accounts  receivable and thus does not record an allowance for doubtful accounts
related to such receivables. While the Company does not have the legal right  of
recourse  against its billing  customers with respect  to purchased receivables,
the Company does have the right of offset against all funds held for the account
of such customers and may  hold a first lien  security interest in such  billing
customers'  accounts, generally including those not acquired by the Company. The
Company does, however, have some risk  with regard to adjustments charged to  it
by the local telephone companies related to customers who are no longer serviced
by  the Company to the extent that  these adjustments exceed funds withheld from
such customers. Therefore, the Company has recorded an accrual for the estimated
liability associated with such charges.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are
computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related
assets, which range from  three to seven years.  Upon disposition, the cost  and
related  accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts
and the resulting gain or loss is  reflected in other income (expense) for  that
period.  Expenditures  for maintenance  and repairs  are  charged to  expense as
incurred and major improvements are capitalized.
 
OTHER ASSETS
 
    Other assets include costs incurred to acquire billing agreements with local
telephone companies for  billing and collection  services and other  agreements.
These  costs are being  amortized over five to  seven-year periods. Other assets
also include financing costs  related to the issuance  of debt, which have  been
deferred and are amortized over the life of each respective financing agreement.
In  addition,  a  certificate  of  deposit held  as  security  for  an equipment
financing facility and long-term deposits have been included in other assets.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Cash and cash equivalents  are valued at their  carrying amounts, which  are
reasonable  estimates  of fair  value.  The fair  value  of all  other financial
instruments approximates cost as stated.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of  Financial  Accounting Standards  ("SFAS")  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes," which the Company adopted effective October 1, 1993. Under SFAS No. 109,
deferred tax liabilities  and assets are  recorded based on  enacted income  tax
rates  that are expected to be in effect in the period in which the deferred tax
liability or asset is expected  to be settled or realized.  A change in the  tax
laws  or rates results in adjustments to the deferred tax liabilities or assets.
The effects of such  adjustments are required  to be included  in income in  the
period  in which the tax laws or rates are changed. The adoption of SFAS No. 109
did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of
operations. Prior to October 1, 1993, the Company accounted for income taxes  in
accordance  with the provisions  of Accounting Principles  Board Opinion No. 11,
"Accounting for Income Taxes."
 
    Billing and USLD will  enter into a Tax  Sharing Agreement that defines  the
parties'  respective  rights and  obligations with  respect to  deficiencies and
refunds of  federal, state  and  other income  or  franchise taxes  relating  to
Billing's  business for tax years prior to  the Distribution and with respect to
certain tax  attributes of  Billing  after the  Distribution. In  general,  with
respect  to periods ending  on or before the  last day of the  year in which the
Distribution occurs,  USLD  is  responsible for  (i)  filing  both  consolidated
federal  tax returns for the USLD  affiliated group and combined or consolidated
state tax returns for any  group that includes a  member of the USLD  affiliated
group,  including in  each case  Billing and  its subsidiaries  for the relevant
periods of time  that such companies  were members of  the applicable group  and
(ii)  paying  the  taxes  related  to  such  returns  (including  any subsequent
adjustments resulting from the  redetermination of such  tax liabilities by  the
applicable  taxing authorities).  Billing will reimburse  USLD for  a portion of
such taxes and the cost of preparation of the associated tax returns related  to
the  Billing affiliated  group. Billing  is responsible  for filing  returns and
paying taxes related  to the  Billing affiliated group  for subsequent  periods.
Billing  and  USLD  have  agreed  to cooperate  with  each  other  and  to share
information in preparing such tax returns and in dealing with other tax matters.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
    In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of   Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.   123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation," which provides  for a fair-value-based  method of accounting  for
stock-based  compensation plans with employees and  others. The Company will not
adopt the  recognition and  measurement provisions  of SFAS  No. 123,  but  will
continue  to account for  stock-based compensation plans  in accordance with APB
Opinion 25. However, the Company will be required to comply with the  disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123 beginning in fiscal 1997.
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
    Cash  payments and non-cash activities during  the periods indicated were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash payments for interest...............................................  $   2,789  $   1,847  $   1,564
Cash payments for income taxes...........................................      3,677      4,954      8,859
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
  Capital lease obligations incurred.....................................        229        327      1,249
  Tax benefit recognized in connection with stock option exercises.......         99         93         94
</TABLE>
 
    For purposes of determining cash flows, the Company considers all  temporary
cash  investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to
be cash equivalents.
 
NOTE 3. DEBT
    Long-term debt is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                   --------------------
                                                                                     1994       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables, with a company, 9.25% at
 September 30, 1995 (prime rate (8.75%) plus .5%), due in varying amounts through
 December 1996...................................................................  $  25,235  $  23,030
Fixed interest rate term notes...................................................        564      1,333
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
Total debt.......................................................................     25,799     24,363
Less -- Current portion..........................................................     25,359     23,315
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   $     440  $   1,048
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has a  $45 million revolving  line of credit  with a company  to
finance  the  purchase of  certain eligible  accounts  receivable. This  line of
credit matures December 31, 1996.  Any amounts borrowed to purchase  receivables
under  this revolving credit  facility are due upon  the Company's collection of
the related receivables. At  September 30, 1995,  the Company had  approximately
$22.0  million available for borrowing under this facility. Any borrowings under
this facility  bear  interest at  the  prime rate  plus  .5%. This  facility  is
collateralized  by the related  accounts receivable and by  virtually all of the
assets of  the  Company not  otherwise  pledged  as security  under  other  debt
agreements.  Performance under the revolving credit facility has been guaranteed
by the Company.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3. DEBT (CONTINUED)
    The Company has various  fixed rate notes with  rates ranging from 6.75%  to
11%, due in varying amounts through October 2000. The proceeds from the issuance
of  these  notes were  used  to acquire  certain  computer equipment  and office
furniture. The loans are guaranteed by the Company and are secured by the assets
acquired with the proceeds of such notes.
 
    The credit  facilities  discussed  above contain  various  restrictions  and
financial  ratio maintenance requirements.  Under the most  restrictive terms of
its credit facilities, the Company is required to maintain a quarterly ratio  of
consolidated  operating income,  as defined  in the  agreements, to consolidated
fixed charges of at least 1.5 to 1.0 and is prohibited from paying dividends  on
its  common stock. The Company also may be subject to certain limitations on its
annual capital expenditures and on the issuance of additional secured debt,  but
can  issue subordinated unsecured debt provided  the ratio of total consolidated
debt to  total capitalization  does  not exceed  85%.  Further, the  Company  is
required  to maintain a ratio of funded  debt, as defined in the applicable loan
agreement,  to  total  capitalization   not  greater  than  60%.   Cross-default
provisions  of the  Company's most significant  credit facilities  may place the
Company in default of  such facilities should it  fail to satisfy provisions  of
certain  other  loan agreements.  Under  the Company's  most  significant credit
facilities, the Company has guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiaries.  The
Company  was in compliance with all required covenants at September 30, 1994 and
1995.
 
    Historically, the Company  has obtained financing  for capital  expenditures
through  term debt agreements  that were guaranteed  and cross-collateralized by
USLD. These  debt  agreements were  negotiated  based  on the  strength  of  the
consolidated   financial  statements,  earnings  and   cash  flow  of  the  USLD
consolidated group. Most of these debt agreements were secured by the assets  of
all  the  subsidiaries within  the consolidated  group.  The Company  expects to
receive  from  certain  lenders  loan  agreement  amendments  or  separate  loan
agreements  whereby the  indebtedness will be  secured by only  the Company's or
USLD's assets. In other  cases, the Company expects  to obtain waivers from  its
lenders,  provided that the cross  guarantees and existing security arrangements
remain in place for the  duration of the facility.  In other cases, Billing  and
USLD  intend to payoff existing indebtedness releasing applicable guarantees and
security arrangements.
 
    Scheduled maturities for the  years ending September  30, 1996 through  2000
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          --------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Year Ending September 30,
  1996..................................................................................    $   23,315
  1997..................................................................................           307
  1998..................................................................................           296
  1999..................................................................................           258
  2000..................................................................................           184
  Thereafter............................................................................             3
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                            $   24,363
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                          --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4. LEASES
    The Company leases equipment and office space under operating leases. Rental
expense  for fiscal  1993, 1994 and  1995 was $284,000,  $304,000, and $555,000,
respectively. Future minimum lease
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4. LEASES (CONTINUED)
payments under  non-cancelable leases  at September  30, 1995  are shown  below.
These  amounts do not include  any future payments relating  to office space for
the Company's administrative support functions as the Company currently has  not
executed any agreements to lease such space.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          ---------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Year Ending September 30,
  1996..................................................................................     $     367
  1997..................................................................................           388
  1998..................................................................................           169
                                                                                                 -----
    Total minimum lease payments........................................................     $     924
                                                                                                 -----
                                                                                                 -----
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company  also leases  various  computer equipment  under  capital lease
arrangements. Future minimum lease payments under these capital leases, together
with the present value of the net minimum lease payments at September 30,  1995,
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          --------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Year Ending September 30,
  1996..................................................................................    $      524
  1997..................................................................................           533
  1998..................................................................................           498
  1999..................................................................................           308
                                                                                               -------
  Total minimum lease payments..........................................................         1,863
  Less: Amount representing interest....................................................          (297)
                                                                                               -------
  Present value of net minimum lease payments...........................................    $    1,566
                                                                                               -------
                                                                                               -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5. SHARE CAPITAL
    Billing  has, historically,  operated as  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of USLD
and, consequently, had no publicly owned common shares.
 
NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES
    The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current..................................................................  $   3,777  $   5,034  $   8,927
Deferred.................................................................        (30)         4       (266)
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           $   3,747  $   5,038  $   8,661
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The provision for income taxes for  fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995 differs  from
the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% for
fiscal  1993  and 1994,  and 35%  for fiscal  1995 to  income before  taxes. The
reasons for these differences were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Computed income tax provision at statutory rate..........................  $   3,464  $   4,625  $   7,973
Increases (reductions) in taxes resulting from:
  State income taxes.....................................................        370        558        970
  Amortization of asset valuations in excess of tax......................         77         51        (97)
  Other, net.............................................................       (164)      (196)      (185)
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Provision for income taxes...............................................  $   3,747  $   5,038  $   8,661
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The tax  effect of  significant temporary  differences, which  comprise  the
deferred tax assets and liabilities, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                        --------------------
                                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Expense provisions..................................................................  $     118  $     530
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax depreciation and amortization in excess of book.................................        (61)      (325)
  Prepaid expenses....................................................................        (86)       (21)
  Other...............................................................................         (3)         0
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities..................................................       (150)      (346)
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)....................................................  $     (32) $     184
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has been notified by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that a
fiscal  1992 transaction between a wholly owned foreign subsidiary of USLD (Mega
Plus Dialing, Inc.) and the Company is proposed to be treated differently by the
IRS than originally characterized by  the Company. The Company understands  that
the  IRS will issue a  report that will propose an  assessment of income tax and
related excise taxes, interest  and penalties. The Company  and its tax  counsel
disagree  with the IRS's position, and, therefore, no accrual for this potential
liability or any associated taxes, interest or penalties has been made. However,
should the  IRS  prevail  in  its assertion  of  this  assessment,  the  Company
estimates  that the potential  liability for income  taxes, penalty and interest
could range between $3,700,000 and $5,300,000.
 
NOTE 7. BENEFIT PLANS
    The Company did not have a stock option plan in effect for fiscal 1993, 1994
or 1995. Employees and directors of  the Company are eligible to participate  in
certain compensation and benefit plans provided by USLD.
 
    Participation  in  the  U.S.  Long  Distance  Corp.  401(k)  Retirement Plan
("Retirement Plan") is offered to eligible employees of the Company.  Generally,
all  employees of  the Company who  are 21  years of age  or older  and who have
completed one year of service during which they worked at least 1,000 hours were
eligible for participation  in the  Retirement Plan.  The Retirement  Plan is  a
defined  contribution plan which  provides that participants  generally may make
voluntary salary deferral contributions,  on a pretax basis,  of between 2%  and
15% of their compensation in the form of
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
voluntary   payroll  deductions   up  to  a   maximum  amount   as  indexed  for
cost-of-living adjustments.  The  Company  makes  matching  contributions  as  a
percentage  determined annually of the first  6% of a participant's compensation
contributed as salary  deferral. The Company  may make additional  discretionary
contributions. During fiscal 1994, a discretionary contribution in the amount of
$8,000  was made.  No discretionary  contributions were  made in  fiscal 1993 or
1995. During fiscal  1993, 1994  and 1995, the  Company's contributions  totaled
approximately $14,000, $31,000 and $27,000, respectively.
 
    Participation  in  the  U.S.  Long  Distance  Corp.  Executive  Compensation
Deferral Plan  ("Executive Plan")  is offered  to selected  employees  occupying
management  positions who are determined by  USLD's board of directors from time
to time to be  eligible to participate in  the Executive Plan. Participation  in
the  U.S.  Long Distance  Corp. Director  Compensation Deferral  Plan ("Director
Plan") is offered to  individuals occupying a position  as an outside  director.
The  Executive and Director  Plans are defined  contribution plans which provide
that participants  could  make voluntary  salary  deferral contributions,  on  a
pretax  basis, of between 1% and 100%  of their eligible compensation. Under the
Executive Plan, the Company made matching  contributions equal to the lesser  of
100% of a participant's contributions or an amount determined based on a formula
established by the plan. Matching contributions under the Director Plan were 33%
of  the participant's contributions. The Company  has the right to make matching
contributions of a different amount or no contributions under both plans. During
fiscal 1994  and  1995,  the  Company contributed  $7,000  and  $12,000  to  the
Executive Plan, respectively.
 
    Additionally,  the U.S.  Long Distance Corp.  Executive Qualified Disability
Plan ("Disability Plan") is provided  to certain employees occupying  management
positions.  The Disability  Plan provides long-term  disability benefits through
disability insurance  coverage  purchased by  the  Company and  through  Company
funded payments. Benefits under the Disability Plan are provided directly by the
Company based on definitions contained in the applicable insurance policies.
 
    The  U.S. Long  Distance Corp.  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan  (the "ESPP"),
which was established  under the  requirements of  Section 423  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code  of 1986,  as amended,  is  offered to  eligible employees  of the
Company. The ESPP enables  employees who have completed  at least six months  of
continuous service with the Company to purchase shares of USLD's common stock at
a 15% discount through voluntary payroll deductions.
 
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The  Company is  involved in  various claims,  legal actions  and regulatory
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes  it
is  unlikely that the final outcome of any of the claims or proceedings to which
the Company is  a party will  have a  material adverse effect  on the  Company's
financial  position  or  results of  operations;  however, due  to  the inherent
uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of  any
particular  claim or proceeding would not have  a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations for the  fiscal period in which such  resolution
occurred.
 
   
    The Company is obligated to pay certain local telephone companies a total of
approximately  $10,654,000 during  fiscal 1996  for minimum  usage charges under
billing  and  collection  agreements.   However,  the  billing  and   collection
agreements do not provide for any penalties other than payment of the obligation
should  the  usage  levels not  be  met. The  Company  has met  all  such volume
commitments in the past and anticipates exceeding the minimum usage volumes with
these vendors.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The Distribution plan provides the Company will only assume liabilities  and
obligations for claims and litigation that arose from the ordinary course of the
Company's business. The Company will not assume any liabilities arising prior to
the  date  of Distribution  that relate  to  the direct  dial long  distance and
operator service businesses of USLD.
 
NOTE 9. RELATED PARTIES
    The Company provides  billing and information  management services for  USLD
and  purchases long distance and 800  services from USLD. Transactions under the
agreements  for  these  services  have   been  reflected  in  the   accompanying
consolidated  financial statements  at market  prices. Transactions  between the
Company and USLD are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales to USLD............................................................  $   4,485  $   5,308  $   5,322
Purchases from USLD......................................................        610        916      1,729
</TABLE>
 
    In addition, the Company's accounts receivable balance at September 30, 1994
and 1995 includes  $1,053,000 and $1,127,000,  respectively, related to  billing
services performed for USLD.
 
NOTE 10. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1994         1995        1995         1995
                                                    ------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues..........................................   $   17,010    $  17,932   $  21,367   $    24,538
Income from operations............................        4,529        4,873       6,109         6,544
Net income........................................        2,911        3,102       3,921         4,184
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1993         1994        1994         1994
                                                    ------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues..........................................   $   11,842    $  13,342   $  15,622   $    16,940
Income from operations............................        1,537        2,983       3,990         4,882
Net income........................................        1,022        1,846       2,547         3,150
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                            1995
                                                                                        -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................   $    26,770    $  32,582
  Accounts receivable.................................................................        18,113       20,368
  Purchased receivables...............................................................        55,228       62,381
  Prepaids and other..................................................................           624          731
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total current assets............................................................       100,735      116,062
Property and equipment................................................................         5,563        6,826
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................................        (2,334)      (2,747)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Net property and equipment......................................................         3,229        4,079
Equipment held under capital leases, net of accumulated amortization of $305 (1995)
 and $492 (1996)......................................................................         1,556        1,369
Other Assets:
  Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $2,105 (1995) and $2,272 (1996)....         1,375          785
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total assets....................................................................   $   106,895    $ 122,295
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable:
    Trade.............................................................................   $    12,604    $  10,922
    Billing customers.................................................................        34,756       32,730
  Accrued liabilities.................................................................        12,362       17,921
  Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables..................................        23,030       23,686
  Current portion of long-term debt...................................................           285          298
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases.................................           398          421
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total current liabilities.......................................................        83,435       85,978
Long-term debt, less current portion..................................................         1,048          880
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion................................         1,168          925
Other liabilities.....................................................................            21           56
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total liabilities...............................................................        85,672       87,839
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 3)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred shares, $10.00 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued
   and outstanding....................................................................           100          100
  Common shares, no par value, 102,000 shares authorized, 102,000 shares issued and
   outstanding........................................................................             1            1
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing......................        21,122       34,355
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity......................................................        21,223       34,456
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................................   $   106,895    $ 122,295
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                                                               ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1995       1996
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Operating revenues.........................................................................  $  34,942  $  50,301
Cost of services...........................................................................     21,976     32,145
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Gross profit...............................................................................     12,966     18,156
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............................................      4,319      5,356
Advance funding program income.............................................................     (1,898)    (2,968)
Advance funding program expense............................................................        624        598
Depreciation and amortization expense......................................................        519        940
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Income from operations.....................................................................      9,402     14,230
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..........................................................................        441        486
  Interest expense.........................................................................        (72)      (154)
  Other, net...............................................................................        (68)       (96)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total other income (expense)...........................................................        301        236
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Income before provision for income taxes...................................................      9,703     14,466
Provision for income taxes.................................................................     (3,690)    (5,497)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net income.................................................................................  $   6,013  $   8,969
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                                                             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                           --------------------
                                                                                             1995       1996
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.............................................................................  $   6,013  $   8,969
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization........................................................        519        940
    Deferred compensation................................................................          9          7
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable.........................................      5,478     (2,255)
      Increase in prepaids and other.....................................................       (135)      (107)
      Decrease in trade accounts payable.................................................       (163)    (1,682)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities.........................................       (632)     5,559
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities...........................................        (26)        35
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities................................................     11,063     11,466
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.....................................................       (398)    (1,196)
  Payments for purchased receivables, net................................................     (1,118)    (7,153)
  Payments made to customers, net........................................................     (6,949)    (2,026)
  Other investing activities.............................................................       (588)       424
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net cash used in investing activities....................................................     (9,053)    (9,951)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Draws on revolving line of credit for purchased receivables, net.......................      1,083        656
  Proceeds from issuance of debt.........................................................        182          0
  Payments on long-term debt.............................................................        (59)      (155)
  Payments on capital leases.............................................................        (78)      (220)
  Transfers from (to) affiliates.........................................................     (1,802)     4,016
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities......................................       (674)     4,297
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................................................      1,336      5,812
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...........................................     20,742     26,770
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.................................................  $  22,078  $  32,582
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
          NOTES TO INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    The interim condensed consolidated financial statements included herein have
been  prepared  by Billing  and subsidiaries  (collectively  referred to  as the
"Company"), without  audit,  pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission  ("SEC"). All adjustments  have been made to
the accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements which  are,
in the opinion of the Company's management, necessary for a fair presentation of
the  Company's  operating results.  All adjustments  are  of a  normal recurring
nature. Certain  information  and  footnote  disclosures  normally  included  in
financial  statements prepared in accordance  with generally accepted accounting
principles  have  been  condensed  or   omitted  pursuant  to  such  rules   and
regulations.  It  is  recommended  that  these  interim  condensed  consolidated
financial statements  be read  in conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial
statements  and the notes thereto included in this Information Statement for the
year  ended  September  30,  1995.  Certain  prior  period  amounts  have   been
reclassified for comparative purposes.
 
NOTE 2. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    Cash  payments and non-cash activities during  the periods indicated were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                 1995       1996
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Cash payments for income taxes...............................................  $   2,887  $   4,999
Cash payments for interest...................................................        697        775
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company  is involved  in various  claims, legal  actions and  regulatory
proceedings  arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it
is unlikely that the final outcome of any of the claims or proceedings to  which
the  Company is a  party would have  a material adverse  effect on the Company's
financial position  or  results of  operations;  however, due  to  the  inherent
uncertainty  of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any
particular claim or proceeding would not  have a material adverse effect on  the
Company's  results of operations for the  fiscal period in which such resolution
occurred.
 
NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    The Company provides  billing and information  management services for  USLD
and  purchases long distance and 800  services from USLD. Transactions under the
agreements for these services have been reflected in the accompanying  financial
statements  at  market prices.  Transactions between  the  Company and  USLD are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                             1995       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Sales to USLD............................................................  $   2,476  $   2,594
Purchases from USLD......................................................        662      1,544
</TABLE>
 
In addition, the Company's accounts receivable balance at September 30, 1995 and
March 31,  1996  includes  $1,127,000 and  $885,000,  respectively,  related  to
billing services performed for USLD.
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    In  connection  with  a plan  of  Distribution  adopted by  USLD's  Board of
Directors on May 13,  1996, the final  terms of which  were determined July  10,
1996,  USLD intends to  distribute shares of  the Company's common  stock to the
existing   stockholders   of    USLD.   At   the    Distribution   Date,    USLD
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
    NOTES TO INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
stockholders  on the record date for the  Distribution will receive one share of
the Company's common  stock for each  share of  USLD common stock  held. If  the
Distribution  had  taken place  on March  31,  1996, approximately  15.0 million
shares of the Company's stock would have been issued to USLD stockholders.
 
    For purposes of governing certain ongoing relationships between the  Company
and  USLD  after the  Distribution  and to  provide  for an  orderly transition,
Billing and USLD have entered into  certain agreements, all effective as of  the
Distribution  Date.  Such agreements  include:  (i) the  Distribution Agreement,
providing for, among other things, the Distribution and the division between the
Company and USLD of certain assets and liabilities and material  indemnification
provisions;  (ii) the Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement,
providing for certain  allocations of responsibilities  with respect to  benefit
plans,  employee compensation, and  labor and employment  matters; (iii) the Tax
Sharing Agreement pursuant to which the  Company and USLD agree to allocate  tax
liabilities  that relate  to periods prior  to and after  the Distribution Date;
(iv) the Transitional  Services and  Sublease Agreement pursuant  to which  USLD
will  provide certain services on a  temporary basis and sublease certain office
space to the  Company and Billing  will provide  certain services to  USLD on  a
temporary  basis;  (v)  the Zero  Plus  --  Zero Minus  Billing  and Information
Management Services Agreement  and One Plus  Billing and Information  Management
Services   Agreement  pursuant  to  which   the  Company  will  provide  billing
clearinghouse and information management services to USLD for an initial  period
of  three years;  (vi) the Telecommunications  Agreement pursuant  to which USLD
will provide long  distance telecommunications  services to the  Company for  an
initial  period of  three years; and  (vii) the Leasing  Agreement, whereby USLD
will have the right to lease an  airplane owned by Billing in consideration  for
certain usage charges and expenses. It is the intention of USLD and Billing that
the  Transitional Services and  Sublease Agreement, the Zero  Plus -- Zero Minus
Billing and Information Management Services Agreement, the One Plus Billing  and
Information  Management Services Agreement, the Telecommunications Agreement and
the Leasing Agreement reflect terms and  conditions similar to those that  would
have been arrived at by independent parties bargaining at arm's length.
 
    The  Benefit Plans  and Employment  Matters Allocation  Agreement ("Benefits
Agreement") provides for the allocation of certain responsibilities with respect
to  employee  compensation  benefit  and   labor  matters.  The  allocation   of
responsibility  and adjustments  to be made  pursuant to  the Benefits Agreement
will be substantially  consistent with  the existing benefits  provided to  USLD
employees  under  USLD's various  compensation  plans. Among  other  things, the
Benefits Agreement will  provide that,  effective as of  the Distribution  Date,
Billing will or will cause one or more of its subsidiaries to, assume or retain,
as  the case may  be, all liabilities  of USLD, to  the extent unpaid  as of the
Distribution  Date,  under  employee  benefit  plans,  policies,   arrangements,
contracts  and  agreements,  with respect  to  employees  who, on  or  after the
Distribution Date,  will  be  employees  of Billing  or  its  subsidiaries.  The
Benefits  Agreement also provides  that, effective as  of the Distribution Date,
USLD will, or will cause one or more of its subsidiaries to assume or retain, as
the case  may be,  all liabilities  of  USLD, to  the extent  unpaid as  of  the
Distribution   Date,  under  employee  benefit  plans,  policies,  arrangements,
contracts and  agreements,  with  respect  to employees  who  on  or  after  the
Distribution Date will be employees of USLD or its subsidiaries.
 
    In addition, Billing will assume, with respect to employees who, on or after
the  Distribution Date, will be employees of Billing or any of its subsidiaries,
all responsibility for liabilities and  obligations as of the Distribution  Date
for  medical and dental plan  coverage and for vacation  and welfare plans. USLD
will assume, with  respect to the  employees who, on  or after the  Distribution
Date, will be employees of USLD or any of its subsidiaries, all responsibilities
for  all liabilities and obligations as of the Distribution Date for medical and
dental plan coverage and for vacation and welfare plans.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
    NOTES TO INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
    USLD currently provides additional compensation to its employees  (including
Billing  employees) under one  or more of the  following employee benefit plans:
USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan, the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan, the  1993
Non-Employee  Director Plan  of USLD,  the USLD  Executive Compensation Deferral
Plan, the USLD Director Compensation Deferral Plan, the USLD Executive Qualified
Disability Plan, the USLD Employee Stock Option Purchase Plan and the USLD  1995
Employee  Restricted Stock Plan. Pursuant to  the Benefits Agreement, subject to
certain conditions set forth  in the Benefits Agreement  in connection with  the
Distribution,  USLD will  adjust each  existing USLD  employee benefit  plan and
award outstanding  thereunder in  the  manner described  in "Benefit  Plans  and
Employment Matters Allocation Agreement" in this Information Statement.
 
    Billing  has adopted the Billing 1996  Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and
Billing 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan under which officers and employees,  and
non-employee  directors,  respectively, of  Billing and  its affiliates  will be
eligible to receive stock option grants. Immediately prior to the  Distribution,
Billing intends to grant, under the Billing Comprehensive Stock Plan and Billing
Director  Plan, respectively, options  to purchase Billing  Common Stock to each
holder of an outstanding  option to purchase shares  of USLD common stock  under
the  USLD  Employee  Stock  Option Plan  and  USLD  Non-Employee  Director Plan,
respectively. The Billing options will  be exercisable for Billing common  stock
on  the basis of one share  of Billing common stock for  every one share of USLD
common stock subject  to the outstanding  USLD options. Based  on the number  of
USLD  options  outstanding on  March 31,  1996, it  is anticipated  that Billing
options to purchase a total of 1,686,000 shares of Billing common stock will  be
granted  in connection with the grant to USLD option holders. In connection with
the grant of the Billing options, the exercise price of the USLD options will be
adjusted to preserve the economic value of the USLD options existing immediately
prior to  the Distribution  after giving  effect  to the  grant of  the  Billing
options  (see  "Benefits  Plans  and  Employment  Matters  Allocation Agreement"
included elsewhere in this Information Statement). The Billing options will have
vesting schedules mirroring the vesting  schedules of the related USLD  options.
Each  Billing option granted in  connection with the Distribution  and held by a
USLD employee after the Distribution Date will terminate in accordance with  the
original  USLD option grant. Each Billing  option granted in connection with the
Distribution and held by  a Billing employee will  terminate in accordance  with
the original USLD option grant.
 
    In  addition, Billing has  adopted the Billing  Employee Stock Purchase Plan
and the Billing 401(k)  Retirement Plan. USLD, as  sole stockholder of  Billing,
approved the adoption of the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan, the
Billing Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan and the
Billing 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan on July 10, 1996.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX I
 
   
May 13, 1996
The Board of Directors
U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro Avenue
Suite 100
San Antonio, TX 78216
    
 
Gentlemen:
 
    We  have acted as financial advisor to  U.S. Long Distance Corp., a Delaware
corporation  ("USLD"),  in  connection  with  the  proposed  distribution   (the
"Distribution")  to the holders of  USLD common stock, par  value $.01 per share
(the "USLD Common Stock"), of 100% of the common stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Billing Common Stock") of  Billing Information Concepts Corp., a  Delaware
corporation  ("Billing"). Billing  is a wholly  owned subsidiary  of USLD which,
upon completion of the "Preliminary Transactions", as defined in the Information
Statement,  will  own  the  billing  clearinghouse  and  information  management
services  businesses  currently owned  by USLD.  We have  been advised  that the
purposes of  the Distribution  are as  set forth  in the  Information  Statement
proposed  to be sent to stockholders of USLD, a copy of which has been furnished
to us. The Distribution is described  more fully in such Information  Statement.
You  have requested our  opinion as to  whether the Distribution  is in the best
interests of the holders of USLD Common Stock from a financial point of view  in
comparison  to  other alternatives  that would  be  available to  USLD regarding
Billing. We have assumed that the Distribution will not be a taxable transaction
to USLD or  to stockholders  of USLD. We  have not  been asked to,  and do  not,
express  any  opinion  as  to the  valuation,  future  performance  or long-term
viability of Billing  or USLD  as an  independent public  company following  the
Distribution.  This opinion does not opine on or give assurance of the prices at
which the shares  of USLD  Common Stock or  Billing Common  Stock will  actually
trade after the Distribution.
 
    In  connection with our review  of the Distribution, and  in arriving at our
opinion, we have, among other things:
 
    (i) reviewed the  publicly available  consolidated financial  statements  of
        USLD  for recent  years and  interim periods  to date  and certain other
        relevant financial and operating data of USLD made available to us  from
        published sources and by officers of USLD;
 
    (ii) reviewed   the  financial  statements  of   Billing  contained  in  the
         Information Statement;
 
   (iii) reviewed  certain   internal  financial   and  operating   information,
         including certain projections, relating to USLD and Billing prepared by
         the managements of USLD and Billing, respectively;
 
   (iv) discussed  the business, financial condition  and prospects of USLD with
        certain officers of USLD;
 
    (v) discussed the  business, financial  condition and  prospects of  Billing
        with certain officers of USLD and Billing;
 
   (vi) reviewed the financial terms of the Distribution;
 
   (vii) reviewed  the  financial terms,  to the  extent publicly  available, of
         certain transactions we deemed relevant;
 
  (viii) reviewed certain  publicly available  information relating  to  certain
         companies we deemed appropriate in analyzing USLD and Billing;
 
                                      I-1
<PAGE>
   (ix) reviewed the trading history of USLD Common Stock;
 
    (x) reviewed   the  Information  Statement   included  in  the  Registration
        Statement on  Form  10 for  the  Billing  Common Stock  filed  with  the
        Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 1996;
 
   
   (xi) reviewed  the tax opinion of Arter  & Hadden, Special Tax Counsel, that,
        among other things,  the transaction will  be tax-free to  USLD and  its
        stockholders; and
    
 
   
   (xii) reviewed  the  solvency  and sufficient  surplus  opinions  provided by
         Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin.
    
 
   
    We have not independently verified any of the information concerning USLD or
Billing considered in connection  with our review of  the Distribution and,  for
purposes  of the opinion set  forth herein, we have  assumed and relied upon the
accuracy and completeness of all such information. With respect to the financial
forecasts and projections made available to us and used in our analysis, we have
assumed that they  have been reasonably  prepared on bases  reflecting the  best
currently  available  estimates and  judgments of  the  managements of  USLD and
Billing as  to the  expected future  financial performance  of their  respective
companies.  In  our  analysis we  considered  the financial  aspects  of certain
alternatives available to USLD, including selling certain of USLD's subsidiaries
to an unaffiliated purchaser, selling all or a portion of Billing to the  public
through   an  initial  public  offering,  and  maintaining  Billing  as  a  USLD
subsidiary. Our opinion  is necessarily based  upon market, economic,  financial
and  other conditions as they exist and can  be evaluated as of the date of this
letter. Any  change in  such conditions  would require  a reevaluation  of  this
opinion.
    
 
    The  Chicago Corporation,  as part  of its  investment banking  services, is
regularly engaged  in  the  valuation  of businesses  and  their  securities  in
connection  with mergers  and acquisitions,  corporate restructurings, strategic
alliances, negotiated  underwritings,  secondary  distributions  of  listed  and
unlisted  securities, private placements and  valuations for corporate and other
purposes. We have acted as financial advisor  to the Board of Directors of  USLD
in  connection with the  Distribution and will  receive a fee  for our services,
part of which is  contingent upon the consummation  of the Distribution. In  the
past,  we have provided investment banking and other financial advisory services
to USLD and  have received fees  for rendering these  services. In the  ordinary
course of business, The Chicago Corporation acts as a market maker and broker in
the  USLD  Common  Stock  and  receives  customary  compensation  in  connection
therewith. The Chicago Corporation expects to  act as a market maker and  broker
in the Billing Common Stock following the Distribution.
 
    This  letter and the opinion stated herein  are solely for the use of USLD's
Board of Directors  and may  not be  reproduced, summarized,  excerpted from  or
otherwise publicly referred to in any manner without our prior written consent.
 
    Based  upon and  subject to the  foregoing and after  considering such other
matters as we deem relevant, we are of  the opinion that as of the date  hereof,
in  comparison to other  alternatives that would be  available to USLD regarding
Billing, the Distribution is in the best interests of the holders of USLD Common
Stock from a financial point of view.
 
    We hereby consent to the inclusion of  the full extent of our opinion and  a
summary  thereof in the  Registration Statement on  Form 10 for  Billing and the
Schedule 14C of USLD and to references to our name therein.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          THE CHICAGO CORPORATION
 
                                      I-2
<PAGE>
                                                                        ANNEX II
 
May 13, 1996
 
To The Board of Directors
U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX 78216
 
Dear Directors:
 
    We  understand  that  U.S. Long  Distance  Corp. ("USLD")  is  considering a
restructuring, including the distribution,  on a tax-free  basis, of the  issued
and  outstanding  shares  of  a  to-be-formed  wholly-owned  subsidiary, Billing
Information Concepts Corp. ("Billing")  to holders of  USLD's common stock  (the
"Distribution").  Billing  will  be  a  newly  formed  corporation  which,  upon
completion of the Distribution,  will be an  independent, publicly held  company
that  will own and operate  substantially all of the  assets of, and will assume
substantially  all   of  the   liabilities  associated   with,  USLD's   billing
clearinghouse  and information  management services  business. This  business is
currently conducted  through  USLD's  subsidiaries,  Zero  Plus  Dialing,  Inc.,
Enhanced   Services  Billing,  Inc.   and  U.S.  Billing,   Inc.  Prior  to  the
Distribution, USLD will contribute the capital  stock of U.S. Billing, Inc.  and
U.S.  Billing  Management  Corp.,  another subsidiary  of  USLD,  to  Billing in
exchange for the capital stock of  Billing. Enhanced Services Billing, Inc.  and
Zero  Plus Dialing, Inc. will be merged with U.S. Billing, Inc. and U.S. Billing
Management Corp., respectively.  Enhanced Services Billing,  Inc. and Zero  Plus
Dialing,  Inc. will be the surviving corporations in the mergers and will become
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  Billing.  The  Distribution  and  other  related
transactions  disclosed to Houlihan Lokey are referred to collectively herein as
the "Transaction."
 
    You have requested our written opinion (the "Opinion") as to the matters set
forth below.  This Opinion  values  each of  USLD  and Billing  (each  sometimes
referred to hereinafter singularly as a "Company") as a going concern (including
goodwill),  on a  pro forma  basis, immediately after  and giving  effect to the
Distribution. Nothing  has  come to  our  attention  during the  course  of  our
investigation  which would  lead us  to believe that  each of  USLD and Billing,
after giving effect to the Distribution, is not a going concern. For purposes of
this Opinion, "fair value" shall be defined  as the amount at which the  Company
would  change hands between  a willing buyer  and a willing  seller, each having
reasonable knowledge of the relevant  facts, neither being under any  compulsion
to  act, with equity to both; and "present fair saleable value" shall be defined
as the amount that may be realized if the Company's aggregate assets  (including
goodwill)  are sold as an entirety with reasonable promptness in an arm's length
transaction under  present  conditions  for  the  sale  of  comparable  business
enterprises,  as such conditions can be  reasonably evaluated by Houlihan Lokey.
We have used  the same  valuation methodologies  in determining  fair value  and
present  fair saleable  value for purposes  of rendering this  Opinion. The term
"identified contingent liabilities" shall mean  the stated amount of  contingent
liabilities  identified to us and valued by responsible officers of the Company,
upon whom  we  have  relied  upon without  independent  verification;  no  other
contingent   liabilities  will   be  considered.   During  the   course  of  our
investigation, nothing has come to our attention which would cause us to believe
our reliance on such identified amounts and the value thereof to be unreasonable
or that use of only such amounts was unreasonable. Being "able to pay its  debts
as  they  become absolute  and  mature or  due"  shall mean  that,  assuming the
Transaction has been consummated as  proposed, the Company's financial  forecast
for  the period September 30, 1996 to  2000 indicate positive cash flow for such
period. It is  Houlihan Lokey's understanding,  upon which it  is relying,  that
USLD's  Board of Directors and  any other recipient of  the Opinion will consult
with and  rely  solely  upon  their  own legal  counsel  with  respect  to  said
definitions.  No representation is made herein, or directly or indirectly by the
Opinion, as to any legal matter or as to the sufficiency of said definitions for
any purpose  other then  setting forth  the scope  of Houlihan  Lokey's  Opinion
hereunder.
 
    Notwithstanding  the use of the defined terms "fair value" and "present fair
saleable value," we have not been engaged to identify prospective purchasers  or
to  ascertain the actual prices  at which and terms  on which either Company can
currently be sold, and we know of no such efforts by others. Because the sale of
any business enterprise involves numerous assumptions and uncertainties, not all
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
of which can be quantified or ascertained prior to engaging in an actual selling
effort, we express  no opinion as  to whether either  Company would actually  be
sold  for the amount we believe to be its respective fair value and present fair
saleable value.
 
    In connection with  this Opinion, we  have made such  reviews, analyses  and
inquiries  as we have deemed necessary  and appropriate under the circumstances.
Among other things, we have:
 
    1.  reviewed USLD's annual reports to shareholders and on Form 10-K for  the
       five  fiscal years ended September 30,  1995 and quarterly report on Form
       10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995, which USLD's management has
       identified as the most current information available;
 
    2.  reviewed Billing's proforma  historical income statements for the  three
       years  ended September 30,  1995 and for  the six months  ended March 31,
       1995 and March 31, 1996  and balance sheets as  of December 31, 1995  and
       March 31, 1996;
 
    3.   reviewed  USLD's proforma  historical income  statements for  the three
       years ended September 30,  1995, and for the  six months ended March  31,
       1995  and March 31, 1996  and balance sheets as  of December 31, 1995 and
       March 31, 1996;
 
    4.  review copies of the following agreements:
 
        a.  Distribution Agreement and exhibits;
 
        b.  Tax Sharing Agreement
 
        c.  Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement;
 
        d.   Zero Plus-Zero  Minus Billing  and Information  Management  Service
           Agreement; and
 
        e.  Telecommunications Agreement.
 
    5.  reviewed drafts of USLD's Schedule 14C and Form 10 filings with the U.S.
       Securities and Exchange Commission, dated May 7, 1996;
 
    6.   met with  certain members of  the senior management  of each Company to
       discuss  the  operations,  financial  condition,  future  prospects   and
       projected  operations and  performance of  the respective  Company and to
       discuss certain other matters;
 
    7.  visited certain facilities and business offices of USLD;
 
    8.  reviewed forecasts and projections prepared by each Company's management
       with respect to the respective Company for the years ended September  30,
       1996 through 2000;
 
    9.   reviewed  the historical  market prices  and trading  volume for USLD's
       publicly traded securities;
 
    10. reviewed other publicly  available financial data  for each Company  and
       certain companies that we deem comparable to each Company;
 
    11.  reviewed drafts of certain documents to  be delivered at the closing of
       the Transaction,  including, but  not  limited to,  the reports  of  each
       Company's  chief  financial  officer  and  of  the  respective  Company's
       independent public accountants; and
 
    12. conducted such  other studies,  analyses and investigations  as we  have
       deemed appropriate.
 
    We  have relied upon and assumed, without independent verification, that the
financial forecasts and projections provided to us have been reasonably prepared
and reflect  the best  currently  available estimates  of the  future  financial
results  and condition  of each  Company, and  that there  has been  no material
adverse change  in the  assets, financial  condition, business  or prospects  of
either  Company  since the  date of  the most  recent financial  statements made
available to us.  Nothing has come  to our  attention during the  course of  our
investigation  which would lead  us to believe that  our acceptance and reliance
upon such financial forecasts and projections was unreasonable.
 
    We have  not independently  verified the  accuracy and  completeness of  the
information  supplied to us with  respect to each Company  and do not assume any
responsibility with respect to it. Nothing has
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
come to our attention during the course of our investigation which would lead us
to believe  that any  information, when  taken as  a whole,  reviewed by  us  or
presented to us in connection with our rendering of the Opinion was unreasonable
in  any material respect or that is was  unreasonable for us to utilize and rely
upon the financial projections or forecasts, financial statements,  assumptions,
estimates, and judgments or statements, as the case may be, of the management of
USLD  and Billing and their outside counsel, accountants and financial advisors.
We have not made any physical inspection or independent appraisal of any of  the
properties  or assets  of either  Company. Our  opinion is  necessarily based on
business, economic,  market  and other  conditions  as  they exist  and  can  be
evaluated by us at the date of this letter.
 
    Based  upon the foregoing, and in reliance  thereon, it is our opinion as of
the date of this letter that:
 
    (i) with respect to USLD before the Distribution and with respect to each of
       USLD and  Billing,  assuming  the Transaction  had  been  consummated  as
       proposed,  immediately after and  giving effect to  the Distribution on a
       pro forma basis;
 
        (a) the fair value  of the Company's aggregate  assets would exceed  the
           Company's total liabilities (including contingent liabilities);
 
        (b)  the present fair saleable value  for the Company's aggregate assets
           would be greater than the Company's probable liabilities on its debts
           (including contingent liabilities) as such debts become absolute  and
           mature or due;
 
    (ii)  with respect to each of USLD and Billing, assuming the Transaction had
       been consummated as proposed, immediately after and giving effect to  the
       Distribution:
 
        (c)  the Company would  be able to  pay its debts  and other liabilities
           (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and mature
           or due; and
 
        (d) the capital remaining  in the Company  after the Distribution  would
           not  be unreasonably small for the  business in which such company is
           engaged, as  management has  indicated it  has now  conducted and  is
           proposed  to be conducted following consummation of the Distribution,
           and
 
    (iii)  the  excess  of  the  value  of  aggregate  assets  of  USLD,  before
       consummation  of the Distribution, over  the total identified liabilities
       (including contingent  liabilities) of  USLD would  equal or  exceed  the
       value of the Distribution to USLD stockholders plus the stated capital of
       USLD.
 
    This Opinion is furnished solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon
by  any other person without our express, prior written consent. This Opinion is
delivered to  each recipient  subject to  the conditions,  scope of  engagement,
limitations  and understandings  set forth  in this  Opinion and  our engagement
letter dated  April  19,  1996,  and  subject  to  the  understanding  that  the
obligations   of  Houlihan  Lokey  in   the  Transaction  are  solely  corporate
obligations,  and  no  officer,   director,  employee,  agent,  shareholder   or
controlling  person  of  Houlihan  Lokey  shall  be  subjected  to  any personal
liability whatsoever to any person, nor will any such claim be asserted by or on
behalf of you or your affiliates.
 
    We hereby ratify and confirm our consent to the inclusion of the full extent
of our opinion and a  summary thereof in the  Registration Statement on Form  10
for  Billing and the Schedule 14C of USLD  and to references to our name therein
which was given in our engagement letter dated April 19, 1996.
 
                                          HOULIHAN, LOKEY, HOWARD & ZUKIN, INC.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                                                       ANNEX III
 
July 10, 1996
 
U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
San Antonio, Texas 78216
 
Billing Information Concepts Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
San Antonio, Texas 78216
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
   
    You have  requested  our  opinion  regarding  (i)  the  federal  income  tax
consequences  of  the distribution  (the "Distribution")  by U.S.  Long Distance
Corp. ("USLD") of 100% of the outstanding capital stock (the "Billing Stock") of
Billing  Information  Concepts   Corp.,  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of   USLD
("Billing"), to the holders of outstanding shares of common stock of USLD ("USLD
Stock"),  (ii) the grant of options to acquire Billing Stock ("Billing Options")
to holders of options to acquire USLD stock ("USLD Options") in connection  with
the  Distribution, and (iii)  the adjustment to  the exercise price  of the USLD
Options  (the  "Formula  Adjustment")  in  connection  with  the   Distribution.
Specifically,  you have  requested our opinions  whether for  federal income tax
purposes any income, gain or  loss will be recognized  by USLD, Billing, or  the
USLD stockholders solely as a result of such Distribution, and whether the grant
of  the Billing Options or the Formula Adjustment will result in the recognition
of taxable income by USLD or Billing or  the holders of the USLD Options or  the
Billing Options.
    
 
    Subject  to the  qualifications and limitations  described below,  it is our
opinion that the Distribution will be a distribution of stock within the meaning
of section 355(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
and, if challenged by the Internal Revenue  Service, it is more likely than  not
that  a court  would so hold.  Accordingly, it  is our opinion  that for federal
income tax purposes:
 
    (1) No gain or loss will be recognized by USLD or by Billing as a result  of
the Distribution;
 
    (2) No gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be required to
be  included in the income of, the USLD  stockholders as a result of the receipt
of the Billing Stock in the Distribution;
 
    (3) The tax basis of the USLD  Stock held by a USLD stockholder  immediately
before the Distribution will be allocated between the USLD Stock and the Billing
Stock  received by such stockholder in  the Distribution based upon the relative
fair market values of the USLD Stock and the Billing Stock as of the date of the
Distribution; and
 
    (4) The  holding  period  of the  Billing  Stock  in the  hands  of  a  USLD
stockholder  will include the period during which such stockholder held the USLD
Stock, provided the USLD Stock is held as a capital asset by such stockholder on
the date of the Distribution.
 
   
    In addition, based on the qualifications and limitations described below, it
is our opinion that  neither the grant  of the Billing  Options nor the  Formula
Adjustment  will result in the recognition of  taxable income to USLD or Billing
or the holders of the USLD Options or the Billing Options.
    
 
    In connection with rendering this opinion, we have examined and are  relying
upon  (without any  independent investigation or  review thereof)  the truth and
accuracy, at all relevant times,  of the statements, covenants,  representations
and warranties contained in the following documents:
 
    1.   The  Registration Statement on  Form 10 of  Billing (including Exhibits
       thereto) dated as of  May 14, 1996 as  thereafter amended and filed  with
       the  United States Securities  and Exchange Commission  ("SEC") ("Form 10
       Registration Statement");
 
    2.  The Information  Statement on Schedule  14C of USLD  filed with the  SEC
       (including the Annexes and Exhibits thereto);
 
    3.  The Distribution Agreement between USLD and Billing;
 
                                     III-1
<PAGE>
   
    4.   The Benefit  Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement between
       USLD and Billing (the "Benefit Plans Allocation Agreement");
    
 
   
    5.  Representations made to us by USLD and Billing as set forth in Officers'
       Certificates from Michael  E. Higgins,  Senior Vice  president and  Chief
       Financial Officer of USLD and Alan W. Saltzman, President of Billing (the
       "Officers' Certificates");
    
 
   
    6.   A "Best Interest of Shareholders"  Opinion to the Board of Directors of
       USLD by Chicago Corporation; and
    
 
   
    7.  Such other instruments and  documents related to the Distribution as  we
       have deemed necessary or appropriate.
    
 
    In  rendering the  opinion, we  have been  advised of  (and are specifically
relying upon) the following representations:
 
    (1) Neither USLD nor Billing is under the jurisdiction of a court in a Title
11 or similar case within the meaning of section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.
 
    (2) Each of USLD and  Billing and the USLD  stockholders will pay their  own
expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the Distribution.
 
    (3)  After the Distribution, the same individuals will not serve as officers
of both USLD and Billing.  The Chairman of the Board  of Directors of USLD  will
not be an officer of USLD, but will be Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer  of Billing(the  position of  Chairman of  the Board  is not  an officer
position in  either corporation).  A majority  of the  members of  the Board  of
Directors  of  each  of  USLD and  Billing  will  not be  members  of  the other
corporation's Board.
 
    (4) Immediately  following  the  Distribution, USLD  and  Billing  or  their
respective  subsidiaries will  continue the  conduct of  their respective active
businesses, independently and with  their own employees  except as described  in
the   Officers'  Certificates.  Each   such  active  business   will  have  been
continuously conducted for at least a five-year period ending on the date of the
Distribution and will not have been  acquired within such five-year period in  a
transaction in which gain or loss was recognized in whole or in part.
 
    (5) Following the Distribution, at least 90% of the fair market value of the
gross assets of each of USLD and Billing will consist of (i) stock in controlled
corporations, which controlled corporations are engaged in the active conduct of
a  trade or business  or (ii) assets  that are used  in the active  conduct of a
trade or business.
 
    (6) There will be no indebtedness between USLD or its affiliates and Billing
or its affiliates immediately after the Distribution except as described in  the
Officers'  Certificates. Any indebtedness between the two corporate groups owned
by USLD and Billing respectively after the Distribution will be incurred only in
the ordinary course of business and on an arm's length basis.
 
   
    (7) (a) Neither USLD nor Billing is registered under the Investment  Company
Act  of 1940, as amended, as a management  company or an investment trust or has
in effect an election under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  to
be treated as a business development company;
    
 
   
        (b)  neither USLD nor Billing have filed  with any federal tax return an
    election to be a regulated investment  company or has made such an  election
    for any taxable year;
    
 
   
        (c) USLD and Billing each derive less than ninety percent (90%) of their
    respective  gross income from dividends,  interest, payments with respect to
    securities loans and gains  from the sale or  other disposition of stock  or
    securities  or foreign currencies or from  other income derived with respect
    to investing in stock, securities or currency;
    
 
   
        (d) less than fifty percent  (50%) of the value  of the total assets  of
    USLD  and less than fifty percent (50%) of  the value of the total assets of
    Billing are stocks  and securities,  provided that for  such purposes  total
    assets  excludes  (1)  cash  and  cash  items  (including  receivables), (2)
    government securities and (3)  assets acquired (A) such  that not more  than
    twenty-five  percent (25%) of the value  of USLD's or Billing's total assets
    is  invested   in   stock   and   securities   of   any   one   (1)   issuer
    
 
                                     III-2
<PAGE>
   
    and  not more than fifty  percent (50%) of the value  of its total assets is
    invested in the stock and securities of five (5) or fewer issuers  (treating
    members  of  a controlled  group as  a  single issuer)  or (B)  to terminate
    classification as an investment company; and
    
 
   
        (e) less than eighty percent (80%) of  the value of the total assets  of
    USLD  and less than eighty percent (80%) of the value of the total assets of
    Billing are  assets held  for investment,  provided that  for such  purposes
    total  assets excludes (1) cash and  cash items (including receivables), (2)
    government securities and (3)  assets acquired (A) such  that not more  than
    twenty-five  percent (25%) of the value  of USLD's or Billing's total assets
    is invested in stock and securities of any one (1) issuer and not more  than
    fifty  percent (50%)  of the value  of its  total assets is  invested in the
    stock and securities  of five (5)  or fewer issuers  (treating members of  a
    controlled  group as a single issuer)  or (B) to terminate classification as
    an investment company.
    
 
    (8) The financial information contained in USLD's most recent Form 10-Q  and
in  the  Form  10 Registration  Statement  is representative  of  the respective
business operations of  USLD and  Billing, and  there have  been no  substantial
operational changes since the dates thereof.
 
    (9) There is no current plan or intention on the part of USLD or Billing, as
applicable,  to (i) liquidate USLD  (or any of its  subsidiaries) or Billing (or
any of its subsidiaries) subsequent to the Distribution, (ii) merge any of these
corporations with another corporation subsequent  to the Distribution, or  (iii)
sell   or  otherwise  dispose  of  their  respective  assets  or  the  stock  or
substantially all of the assets  of their respective subsidiaries subsequent  to
the Distribution, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.
 
   (10)  No  part  of  the  Billing  Stock to  be  distributed  by  USLD  in the
Distribution will be received by a USLD stockholder as a creditor or employee or
in any capacity other than that of a stockholder of USLD.
 
   (11) To the best knowledge of  the management of USLD, the USLD  stockholders
have no current plan or intent to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or otherwise
dispose  of, subsequent to the Distribution, any  of their USLD Stock held as of
the date of the Distribution or any of their Billing Stock to be received in the
Distribution. To the best  knowledge of management of  USLD, there is no  person
who  is directly or indirectly,  or together with related  persons, the owner of
five percent or more of any class of USLD stock and who actively participates in
the management or operations of USLD or Billing.
 
   (12) Payments made  in connection  with all  continuing transactions  between
USLD  (or any of its subsidiaries) and Billing (or any of its subsidiaries) will
be for fair  market value  based upon  terms and  conditions arrived  at by  the
parties bargaining at arm's length.
 
   (13)  Following the Distribution, it is  anticipated that Billing will derive
no more than  five percent  (5%) of  its gross  revenues from  the rendering  of
services to or other transactions with USLD and/or any of USLD's affiliates.
 
   
   (14) Immediately prior to the Distribution, USLD will have a positive federal
income tax basis in excess of $10,000,000 with respect to the Billing Stock that
it  then  holds. In  addition, the  internal  tax accounting  staff of  USLD and
Billing, which staff is responsible for (a) maintaining the tax investment basis
of USLD and its investment  in its subsidiaries and  (b) the preparation of  the
consolidated  federal income  tax returns  for such  consolidated group,  is not
aware of  any transactions  between  or among  USLD,  Billing and/or  the  other
corporate members of such consolidated group which would require the recognition
of income for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Distribution.
    
 
   (15)  The  Board  of  Directors  of USLD  (the  "Board")  has  considered the
Distribution and explored alternatives that might achieve the corporate business
purposes of USLD for undertaking the Distribution, and, after due  consideration
and  in accordance with advice received from third-party advisors, the Board has
determined that the  business purposes  of USLD  cannot be  achieved through  an
alternative  nontaxable  transaction  which is  neither  impractical  nor unduly
expensive and, accordingly, has approved the  Distribution as the best means  of
achieving such corporate business purposes.
 
   
   (16)  None of the USLD Options were designated as incentive stock options, at
the time of their grant.
    
 
                                     III-3
<PAGE>
   
   (17) The USLD Options are not now  and have never been actively traded on  an
established market.
    
 
   
   (18)  None of the USLD Options are  transferable by the holder thereof except
pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution or a domestic relations order.
    
 
   
   (19) None of  the USLD  Options were  immediately exercisable  by the  holder
thereof at the time of its grant.
    
 
    In  addition to  the representations and  assumptions set  forth above, this
opinion is subject to the  exceptions, limitations and qualifications set  forth
below.
 
    To  be tax-free  under the Internal  Revenue Code, the  Distribution must be
motivated by one or  more corporate business purposes  of USLD. This means  that
USLD  must have  identified one  or more  business purposes,  germane to  it (as
opposed to  its  stockholders)  for  the Distribution  and  that  such  business
purposes  create an immediate  need for the Distribution  and cannot be achieved
through any suitable, nontaxable alternative arrangement.
 
    USLD has identified  several business purposes  for the Distribution.  These
include among others described in the Form 10 Registration Statement:
 
    (1)  addressing  concerns  from Billing's  customers  regarding  the current
       relationship between USLD and Billing;
 
    (2) better access to capital markets for Billing; and
 
    (3) enhancing  stockholder  value  for  both  USLD  stockholders  and,  post
       Distribution, Billing stockholders.
 
    Concerns  of key  customers and better  access to capital  markets have been
recognized by the Internal Revenue  Service as legitimate business purposes  but
enhancement  of stockholder value has not been so recognized. However, the Board
of USLD received an opinion from The Chicago Corporation to the effect that  the
Distribution is in the best interest of USLD stockholders from a financial point
of  view.  In light  of this  opinion,  USLD has  identified the  enhancement of
stockholder value  as one  of the  business purposes  for the  Distribution.  We
believe  it is more likely  than not that if  challenged by the Internal Revenue
Service, USLD would  prevail in  its assertion that  enhancement of  stockholder
value  is a legitimate corporate business purpose for the Distribution. In light
of the foregoing, the fact that  the Internal Revenue Service does not  consider
the enhancement of stockholder value a corporate business purpose does not alter
our opinion expressed above concerning the tax consequences of the Distribution.
 
    On  April 21,  1996 the  Internal Revenue  Service issued  Revenue Procedure
96-30 setting forth guidelines for obtaining  an advance ruling that a  spin-off
transaction  meets the standards for tax-free  treatment under Code section 355.
Included in  the  Revenue Procedure  are  detailed requirements  for  supporting
certain  specified corporate business purposes  (including customer concerns and
capital market access) for a spin-off  transaction for purposes of obtaining  an
advance  ruling. Neither USLD nor Billing have sought an advance ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service  and the  requirements set forth  in Revenue  Procedure
96-30  are procedural  guidelines for advance  ruling purposes only  and are not
substantive law requirements to establish a  business purpose where a ruling  is
not  requested. In addition, Appendix A to the Revenue Procedure states that the
failure of a transaction to  meet these guidelines does  not, in and of  itself,
mean there is not a valid business purpose. Therefore, while offering no opinion
on  whether or not any  specific requirements of the  Revenue Procedure would be
met with respect  to the Distribution,  we have concluded  that the issuance  of
Revenue  Procedure 96-30  does not affect  or alter our  opinion expressed above
concerning the tax consequences of the Distribution.
 
    This opinion represents and  is based upon our  best judgment regarding  the
application   of  federal   income  tax   laws,  existing   judicial  decisions,
administrative regulations and published rulings  and procedures as of June  30,
1996.  Our  opinion is  not binding  upon  the Internal  Revenue Service  or the
courts, and  the Internal  Revenue Service  is not  precluded from  successfully
asserting  a contrary position. Only an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service will give a taxpayer assurance as
 
                                     III-4
<PAGE>
to the tax consequences of a transaction such as the Distribution.  Furthermore,
no  assurance can be  given that future  legislative, judicial or administrative
changes, on  either a  prospective  or retroactive  basis, would  not  adversely
affect the accuracy of the conclusions stated herein. Nevertheless, we undertake
no  responsibility to advise you  of any new developments  in the application or
interpretation of the federal income tax laws subsequent to June 30, 1996.
 
   
    This opinion addresses only the  specific tax consequences set forth  above,
and does not address any other federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences
that  may result from  the Distribution or any  other transaction (including any
transaction undertaken in connection with  the Distribution). In particular,  we
express  no opinion  regarding (i) the  survival and/or  availability, after the
Distribution, of any of the federal  income tax attributes or elections of  USLD
or   Billing;  and  (ii)  except  as  specifically  addressed  herein,  the  tax
consequences of any transaction in which an option or other right to (a) acquire
Billing stock was received or adjusted or (b) acquire USLD stock was received or
adjusted.
    
 
   
    No opinion is expressed as to  any transaction other than the  Distribution.
No  opinion  is  expressed  as  to  any  transaction  whatsoever,  including the
Distribution and the grant of the  Billing Options or the Formula Adjustment  to
the  USLD Options, if all the transactions described in the Billing Registration
Statement on Form 10  are not consummated in  accordance with the terms  thereof
and  without departure  from any  material provision  thereof or  if all  of the
representations, warranties,  statements  and  assumptions upon  which  we  have
relied  are not true and accurate at all relevant times. In the event any one of
the statements, representations,  warranties or assumptions  upon which we  have
relied  to  issue this  opinion  is incorrect,  our  opinion might  be adversely
affected and, therefore, may not be relied upon.
    
 
   
    This opinion is intended solely for your benefit. It may not be relied  upon
for  any other purpose  or by any  other person or  entity, and may  not be made
available to any other  person or entity without  our prior written consent.  We
hereby  consent to the  inclusion of this  opinion as an  exhibit in the Billing
Registration Statement on Form 10 and to  the references to our name therein  in
the  discussions entitled  "Summary-Certain Federal  Tax Consequences", "Special
Factors-Uncertainty of Tax Consequences,"  "The Distribution -- Certain  Federal
Income  Tax Consequences of the  Distribution" and "Relationship Between Billing
and USLD  after  the  Distribution  --  Benefit  Plans  and  Employment  Matters
Allocation  Agreement  -- Tax  Effect of  Option Adjustment"  or in  the summary
thereof.
    
 
    We are members of the  Bar of the State of  Texas and, for purposes of  this
opinion,  we do not purport  to be experts on the  law of any jurisdiction other
than Texas and the United States of America. We call your attention to the  fact
that  the opinion  set forth  in this  letter is  an expression  of professional
judgment and not a guarantee of a result.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          ARTER & HADDEN
 
                                     III-5
<PAGE>
                                                                        ANNEX IV
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
   
    This  document  constitutes an  amendment  and restatement  of  the original
Certificate of Incorporation  of BILLING  INFORMATION CONCEPTS  CORP. which  was
filed  with the Secretary of State of Delaware  on April 26, 1996 and amended by
Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  filed  with  the
Secretary  of  State of  Delaware on  May  13, 1996.  This Amended  and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the  provisions
of  Section  245(c) of  the Delaware  General Corporation  Law and  shall become
effective at midnight on July 12, 1996.
    
 
                                   ARTICLE I.
 
                                      NAME
 
    The name  of  the corporation  (the  "corporation") is  BILLING  INFORMATION
CONCEPTS CORP.
 
                                  ARTICLE II.
 
             ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE, NAME OF REGISTERED AGENT
 
    The  address, including street,  number, city and  county, of the registered
office of the corporation in  the State of Delaware  is One Rodney Square,  10th
Floor,  Tenth and King Streets, in the  City of Wilmington, County of New Castle
19801; and the name of the registered  agent of the corporation in the State  of
Delaware at such address is RL&F Service Corp.
 
                                  ARTICLE III.
 
                               PURPOSE AND POWERS
 
    The  purpose of the corporation  is to engage in  any lawful act or activity
for which a  corporation may now  or hereafter be  organized under the  Delaware
General  Corporation Law. It shall have all  powers that may now or hereafter be
lawful for a corporation to exercise under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
                                  ARTICLE IV.
 
                                 CAPITAL STOCK
 
    4.1  TOTAL NUMBER  OF SHARES OF STOCK.   The total number  of shares of  all
classes  of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is seventy
million (70,000,000). Of such  shares, (i) sixty  million (60,000,000) shall  be
common  stock, par value $0.01 per share  ("Common Stock"), and (ii) ten million
(10,000,000) shall be  preferred stock,  par value $0.01  per share  ("Preferred
Stock").
 
    4.2   PREFERRED STOCK.  Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series.
To the fullest extent permitted  by law, the board  of directors shall have  the
authority, by resolution, to create and issue such series of Preferred Stock and
to  fix with respect to any such series  the number of shares of Preferred Stock
comprising such series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights (and
the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof) of the shares, of such
series including, without limitation, the following:
 
        (a) the number of  shares constituting that  series and the  distinctive
    designation of that series;
 
                                      IV-1
<PAGE>
        (b)  the dividend rate  of the shares of  that series, whether dividends
    shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the  relative
    rights  of  priority, if  any, of  payment  of dividends  on shares  of that
    series;
 
        (c) whether that  series shall have  voting rights, in  addition to  the
    voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
 
        (d)  whether that series  shall have conversion  privileges, and, if so,
    the terms  and  conditions  of  such  conversion,  including  provision  for
    adjustment  of the conversion rate in such  events as the board of directors
    shall determine;
 
        (e) whether or not the shares  of such series shall be redeemable,  and,
    if  so, the terms and conditions of  such redemptions, including the date or
    dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share
    payable in  case  of  redemption,  which amount  may  vary  under  different
    conditions and at different redemption dates;
 
        (f)  whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or
    purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of  such
    sinking fund;
 
        (g)  the rights of the  shares of that series  in the event of voluntary
    liquidation, dissolution  or winding  up of  the corporation,  and  relative
    rights of priority, if any, of payments of such shares of that series; and
 
        (h)  any  other relative  rights,  preferences and  limitations  of that
    series.
 
    4.3  COMMON STOCK.  The shares  of Common Stock of the corporation shall  be
identical  in  all respects  and  shall have  equal  rights and  privileges. The
holders of Common Stock  shall have one  vote per share of  Common Stock on  all
matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.
 
    4.4    NO  PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.    No holder  of  stock  of any  class  of the
corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized or issued, shall be entitled as
such, as a matter of right, to subscribe for or purchase any part of any new  or
additional  issue  of  stock  of  any class  whatsoever,  or  of  any securities
convertible into stock of any class, or  any character or to which are  attached
or  with which are issued warrants or rights to purchase any such stock, whether
now or  hereafter authorized,  issued  or sold,  or  whether issued  for  money,
property  or  services, or  by way  of dividend  or otherwise,  or any  right or
subscription to any thereof, other than such, if any, as the board of  directors
in  its  direction may  from  time to  time  fix, pursuant  to  authority hereby
conferred upon  it; and  any shares  of stock  or convertible  obligations  with
warrants  or rights to purchase any such stock, which the board of directors may
determine to offer for subscription, may be sold without being first offered  to
any  of the holders of the  stock of the corporation of  any class or classes or
may, as such board of  directors shall determine, be  offered to holders of  any
class or classes of stock exclusively or to the holders of all classes of stock,
and  if offered to more than one class  of stock, in such proportions as between
such classes  of  stock  as the  board  of  directors, in  its  discretion,  may
determine.
 
                                   ARTICLE V.
 
                          PLACE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS;
                         STOCKHOLDER INSPECTION RIGHTS
 
    5.1   PLACE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The stockholders and directors shall have
power to hold their  meetings and keep  the books, documents  and papers of  the
corporation outside the State of Delaware, at such places as may be from time to
time designated by the Bylaws or by resolution of the stockholders or directors.
 
    5.2   STOCKHOLDER INSPECTION RIGHTS.  The Bylaws shall determine whether and
to what extent the accounts and books of this corporation, or any of them, shall
be open to the inspection of the
 
                                      IV-2
<PAGE>
stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right of inspecting any account,
book, or document of this corporation, except as conferred by law or the Bylaws,
or by resolution of the stockholders or directors.
 
                                  ARTICLE VI.
 
                                   EXISTENCE
 
    The corporation is to have perpetual existence.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII.
 
                       LIMITED LIABILITY OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the payment
of the corporate debts to any extent whatsoever.
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII.
 
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    8.1  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  Except  as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to  the
provisions  of Article IV  hereof relating to  the rights of  the holders of any
class or  series of  stock  having a  preference over  the  Common Stock  as  to
dividends  or  upon liquidation  to elect  additional directors  under specified
circumstances, the number  of the directors  of the corporation  shall be  fixed
from time to time by or pursuant to the Bylaws of the corporation.
 
    8.2  CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The directors, other than those who may
be  elected by the holders  of any class or series  of stock having a preference
over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, shall be  classified,
with  respect  to the  time for  which  they severally  hold office,  into three
classes, as nearly  equal in number  as possible,  as shall be  provided in  the
manner  specified in the Bylaws  of the corporation, one  class to be originally
elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held  in
1997,  another class to be originally elected  for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in  1998, and another class to be  originally
elected  for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 1999, with
each class to hold office until its successor is elected and qualified. At  each
annual  meeting of  the stockholders of  the corporation, the  successors of the
class of directors whose term expires at  that meeting shall be elected to  hold
office  for a term  expiring at the  annual meeting of  stockholders held in the
third year following the year of their election.
 
    8.3    ADVANCE  NOTICE  OF  STOCKHOLDER  NOMINATIONS.    Advance  notice  of
stockholder  nominations for  the election  of directors  shall be  given in the
manner provided in the Bylaws of the corporation.
 
    8.4   INCREASE IN  NUMBER  OF DIRECTORS;  VACANCIES.   Except  as  otherwise
provided  for or  fixed by or  pursuant to  the provisions of  Article IV hereof
relating to the rights of the holders of  any class or series of stock having  a
preference  over the Common Stock  as to dividends or  upon liquidation to elect
directors under specified circumstances,  newly created directorships  resulting
from  any increase in the number of directors  and any vacancies on the board of
directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or  other
cause  shall be filled  by the affirmative  vote of a  majority of the remaining
directors then  in office,  even  though less  than a  quorum  of the  board  of
directors. Any directors elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall
hold  office for  the remainder of  the full term  of the class  of directors in
which the new directorship  was created or the  vacancy occurred and until  such
director's  successor shall have been elected  and qualified. No decrease in the
number of directors constituting the board  of directors shall shorten the  term
of any incumbent director.
 
    8.5   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the rights of any class or series of
stock having  a  preference  over the  Common  Stock  as to  dividends  or  upon
liquidation to elect directors under specified
 
                                      IV-3
<PAGE>
circumstances,  any director may  be removed from office,  with or without cause
and only  by the  affirmative vote  of the  holders of  at least  sixty-six  and
two-thirds  percent (66 2/3%) of the power  of all the shares of the corporation
entitled to vote generally  in the election of  directors, voting together as  a
single class.
 
    8.6   AMENDMENT OF ARTICLE VIII.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  the  contrary,   the
affirmative  vote of  the holders of  at least sixty-six  and two-thirds percent
voting (66  2/3%) of  the voting  power of  all the  shares of  the  corporation
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be  required to alter, amend or adopt any provisions inconsistent with or repeal
this Article VIII.
 
    8.7  WRITTEN BALLOTS.  Election of  directors need not be by written  ballot
unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.
 
                                  ARTICLE IX.
 
                                   COMPROMISE
 
    Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation or
its  creditors or  any class  of them  and/or between  this corporation  and its
stockholders or any class  of them, any court  of equitable jurisdiction  within
the  State  of  Delaware  may, on  the  application  in a  summary  way  of this
corporation or of any creditor or  stockholder thereof or on the application  of
any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of
Section  291 of the  Delaware General Corporation  Law or on  the application of
trustees in  dissolution or  of any  receiver or  receivers appointed  for  this
corporation  under  the  provisions  of  Section  279  of  the  Delaware General
Corporation Law, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors,  and/or
the  stockholders or class of stockholders of  this corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in  such manner as the said  court directs. If a majority  in
number  representing seventy  five percent  (75%) in  value of  the creditors or
class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of  this
corporation,  as the case may be, agrees to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization  of this  corporation as  consequence of  such compromise  or
arrangement,  the  said compromise  or arrangement  and the  said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to  which the said application has been  made,
be  binding  on all  the  creditors or  class of  creditors,  and/or on  all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may  be,
and also on this corporation.
 
                                   ARTICLE X.
 
                    TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  corporation may enter  into contracts or transact  business with one or
more of its officers or directors, or with any firms of which one or more of its
directors is a  member, or may  invest its funds  in the securities  of and  may
enter  into contracts, or transact business  with any corporation or association
in which any one or more of its officers or directors is a stockholder,  officer
or  director, and in the absence of  bad faith, or unfair dealing, such contract
or transaction or investment shall not be invalidated or to any extent  affected
by  the fact that any such officer or officers or any such director or directors
has or may have interests that are or  might be adverse to the interests of  the
corporation,  provided that the remaining directors  are sufficient in number to
ratify and approve the transaction.
 
                                  ARTICLE XI.
 
                                INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Every director, officer or employee of the corporation shall be  indemnified
by the corporation against all expenses and liabilities, including counsel fees,
reasonably  incurred by or imposed upon him in connection with any proceeding to
which he may be made a party, or  in which he may become involved, by reason  of
his  being or having been a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or
any settlement thereof, whether or not he is a director, officer or employee  at
the time such expenses are
 
                                      IV-4
<PAGE>
incurred or liability incurred, except in such cases where the director, officer
or  employee is  adjudged guilty  of willful  misfeasance or  malfeasance in the
performance of  his duties;  provided that  in  the event  of a  settlement  the
indemnification  herein shall  apply only when  the board  of directors approves
such settlement  and  reimbursement as  being  for  the best  interests  of  the
corporation.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to and
not exclusive of all  other rights to which  such director, officer or  employee
may be entitled.
 
                                  ARTICLE XII.
 
                     REQUIRED VOTE FOR CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  affirmative vote  of the holders  of shares representing  not less than
sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of  the  voting  power  of  the
corporation  shall  be  required  for  the  approval  of  any  proposal  for the
corporation to reorganize, merge, or consolidate with any other corporation,  or
sell,  lease,  or exchange  substantially  all of  its  assets or  business. The
amendment, alteration or  repeal of  this Article  XII, or  any portion  hereof,
shall  require  the approval  of  the holders  of  shares representing  at least
sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of  the  voting  power  of  the
corporation.
 
                                 ARTICLE XIII.
 
              LIMITATION ON STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
 
    Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Article XII,  any  action  required or
permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at
a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be  effected
by  any consent  in writing by  such holders,  except that an  amendment to this
Certificate of Incorporation in order to change the name of the corporation  may
be  approved without  a meeting,  by consent  in writing  of the  holders of the
outstanding stock of the corporation having not less than the minimum number  of
votes  that would be necessary  to approve such amendment  at a meeting at which
all shares  entitled to  vote thereon  were present  and voted  pursuant to  the
provisions  of Section  228 of the  Delaware General Corporation  Law. Except as
otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any  class
or  series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or
upon liquidation, special  meetings of  stockholders of the  corporation may  be
called  only by the  board of directors  pursuant to a  resolution approved by a
majority of the entire board of directors. Notwithstanding anything contained in
this Amended  and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation to  the contrary,  the
affirmative  vote of  the holders of  at least sixty-six  and two-thirds percent
entitled to  vote (66  2/3%)  of the  voting  power of  all  the shares  of  the
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be  required to alter, amend or adopt  any provision inconsistent with or repeal
this Article XIII.
 
                                  ARTICLE XIV.
 
                                   AMENDMENTS
 
    14.1  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  This corporation reserves the right  to
amend,  alter,  change or  repeal any  provision contained  in this  Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter set  forth
herein or, in the absence of specific provision herein, in the manner prescribed
in  the statutes of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred on officers,
directors and stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
 
    14.2  AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.  The board of directors shall have power to make,
alter, amend and  repeal the Bylaws  of the corporation  (except insofar as  the
Bylaws  of the corporation adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise provide).
Any Bylaws  made by  the directors  under  the powers  conferred hereby  may  be
altered,   amended  or  repealed  by  the  directors  or  by  the  stockholders.
Notwithstanding the  foregoing  and  anything  contained  in  this  Amended  and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation to the  contrary, the affirmative vote of
the  holders  of  at  least  sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of
 
                                      IV-5
<PAGE>
the voting power of all the shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally
in  the  election of  directors, voting  together  as a  single class,  shall be
required to alter, amend or adopt any provision inconsistent with or repeal this
Article XIV.
 
                                  ARTICLE XV.
 
                      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
 
    No person shall be personally liable to the corporation or its  stockholders
for  monetary  damages for  breach of  fiduciary duty  as a  director; provided,
however, that the  foregoing shall  not eliminate or  limit the  liability of  a
director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or  its stockholders,  (ii) for  acts or  omissions not  in good  faith or which
involve intentional  misconduct  or a  knowing  violation of  law,  (iii)  under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction
from  which the director  derived an improper personal  benefit. If the Delaware
General Corporation  Law  is amended  hereafter  to authorize  corporate  action
further  eliminating or limiting  the personal liability  of directors, then the
liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal  or modification of  this Article XV  shall not  adversely
affect  any  right  or protection  of  a  director of  the  corporation existing
hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment,
repeal or modification.
 
                                  ARTICLE XVI.
 
                                  SEVERABILITY
 
    In the  event  that any  of  the provisions  of  this Amended  and  Restated
Certificate  of Incorporation (including any  provision within a single section,
paragraph or  sentence) is  held by  a  court of  competent jurisdiction  to  be
invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable
and shall remain enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
 
   
    THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being  the Chairman  of  the  Board of  Directors  of the
corporation, for  the  purpose of  amending  and restating  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  of the corporation  pursuant to the  Delaware General Corporation
Law, does make this  Certificate, hereby declaring and  certifying that this  is
the  act and deed of the corporation and  that the facts herein stated are true,
and accordingly have hereunto set my hand as of this 10th day of July, 1996.
    
 
   
                                          /s/ PARRIS H. HOLMES, JR.
    
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Parris H. Holmes, Jr., Chairman
 
                                          ATTEST:
 
   
                                          /s/ KELLY E. SIMMONS
    
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Kelly E. Simmons, Secretary
 
                                      IV-6
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX V
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
                                     BYLAWS
 
                                       OF
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
                                     BYLAWS
 
                                       OF
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   ARTICLE I.
 
                                    OFFICES
 
    1.1  The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New
Castle, State of Delaware.
 
    1.2 The Corporation may also have  offices at such other places both  within
and  without the State  of Delaware as the  board of directors  may from time to
time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
 
                                  ARTICLE II.
 
                              STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS
 
    2.1 The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from
time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be
held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the Corporation,
and each  successive annual  meeting shall  be held  on a  date within  thirteen
months  after the date of the preceding  annual meeting. A special meeting shall
be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.
 
    2.2 All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall  be
held  at such place either  within or without the State  of Delaware as shall be
designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the  notice
of  the meeting. Meetings of  stockholders for any other  purpose may be held at
such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated
in the notice of the meetings or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
 
    2.3 Annual  meetings  may be  called  by the  directors  or by  any  officer
instructed  by the directors to call the meeting. Special meetings may be called
only as provided by Section 10.1 of Article X of these Bylaws.
 
    2.4 Written notice of all meetings  shall be given, stating the place,  date
and  hour  of  the  meeting and  stating  the  place within  the  city  or other
municipality or community at which the  list of stockholders of the  Corporation
may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is
called  for the election of directors and  for the transaction of other business
that may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action  which
could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state
the  purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances
state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any
meeting shall also  include, or  be accompanied by,  any additional  statements,
information,  or documents prescribed  by the Delaware  General Corporation Law.
Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, a copy  of
the  notice of any meeting shall be given,  personally or by mail, not less than
ten days nor more  than sixty days  before the date of  the meeting, unless  the
lapse  of the prescribed period of time  shall have been waived, and directed to
each stockholder at his record address or at such other address that he may have
furnished by request in writing to  the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice  by
mail  shall be deemed to be given  when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid,
in the United States mail. If a  meeting is adjourned to another time, not  more
than  thirty days hence, and/or to another  place, and if an announcement of the
adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to
give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the
 
                                      V-1
<PAGE>
directors, after adjournment, fix a new  record date for the adjourned  meeting.
Notice  need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver signed
by him  or  her  before or  after  the  time stated  therein.  Attendance  of  a
stockholder  at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except when  the stockholder attends the  meeting for the  express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business  because the  meeting is not  lawfully called or  convened. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
 
    2.5 Business  transacted at  any special  meeting of  stockholders shall  be
limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
 
    2.6  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall
prepare and make,  at least  ten days before  every meeting  of stockholders,  a
complete  list of the stockholders, arranged  in alphabetical order, and showing
the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the  name
of  each  stockholder.  Such  list  shall be  open  to  the  examination  of any
stockholder, for any purpose  germane to the  meeting, during ordinary  business
hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place
within  the city or other  municipality or community where  the meeting is to be
held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not  so
specified,  at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at  the time and  place of the meeting  during the whole  time
thereof,  and may  be inspected  by any  stockholder who  is present.  The stock
ledger shall be the  only evidence as  to who are  the stockholders entitled  to
examine  the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
 
    2.7 Meetings  of the  stockholders shall  be  presided over  by one  of  the
following  officers in the  order of seniority  and if present  and acting - the
Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, the
Chief Executive Officer,  the President, a  Vice-President, or, if  none of  the
foregoing  is in office and present and acting, by a chairperson to be chosen by
the stockholders.  The Secretary  of  the Corporation,  or  in his  absence,  an
Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the
Secretary  nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairperson of the meeting
shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.
 
    2.8 Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him
by proxy  in all  matters in  which a  stockholder is  entitled to  participate,
whether  by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting,
or expressing consent or dissent without  a meeting. Every proxy must be  signed
by  the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted
upon after three years  from its date  unless such proxy  provides for a  longer
period.  A  duly executed  proxy shall  be irrevocable  if it  means that  it is
irrevocable and,  if, and  only  as long  as, it  is  coupled with  an  interest
sufficient  in  law  to  support  an irrevocable  power.  A  proxy  may  be made
irrevocable regardless of whether  the interest with which  it is coupled is  an
interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.
 
    2.9 The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one
or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.
If  an inspector or  inspectors are not  appointed, the person  presiding at the
meeting may, but need not,  appoint one or more  inspectors. In case any  person
who  may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be
filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at  the
meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering
upon  the discharge  of his duties,  shall take  and sign an  oath faithfully to
execute the duties of  inspectors at such meeting  with strict impartiality  and
according  to the best of  his ability. The inspectors,  if any, shall determine
the number of  shares of stock  outstanding and  the voting power  of each,  the
shares  of stock  represented at  the meeting,  the existence  of a  quorum, the
validity and effect of  proxies, and shall receive  votes, ballots or  consents,
hear  and determine all challenges and  questions arising in connection with the
right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine  the
result, and do such acts as are proper to
 
                                      V-2
<PAGE>
conduct  the election or vote  with fairness to all  stockholders. On request of
the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any,  shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by him,
her or them and execute a certificate of any fact so found.
 
    2.10   The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled
to vote  at  the meeting,  present  in person  or  represented by  proxy,  shall
constitute  a quorum  at a  meeting of stockholders  for the  transaction of any
business. The stockholders present may  adjourn the meeting despite the  absence
of a quorum.
 
    2.11   When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock  having voting power present  in person or represented  by
proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question
is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision
shall govern and control the decision of such question.
 
                                  ARTICLE III.
 
                                   DIRECTORS
 
    3.1  The  business of  the  Corporation shall  be  managed by  its  board of
directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such
lawful acts  and  things  as  are  not by  statute  or  by  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by
the stockholders. The use of the phrase "whole board of directors" herein refers
to  the total number of directors that  the Corporation would have if there were
no vacancies.
 
    3.2 A director need not be stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a
resident of the State of Delaware. Except  as otherwise fixed by or pursuant  to
the provisions of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the
rights  of the holders of any class or  series of stock having a preference over
the Common  Stock  as to  dividends  or  upon liquidation  to  elect  additional
directors  under specified  circumstances, the  number of  the directors  of the
Corporation shall be  fixed from time  to time  by the board  of directors,  but
shall not be less than three.
 
    The  directors, other than  those who may  be elected by  the holders of any
class or  series of  stock  having a  preference over  the  Common Stock  as  to
dividends or upon liquidation, shall be classified, with respect to the time for
which  they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number
as possible, as  determined by the  board of directors  of the Corporation,  one
class  to be  originally elected for  a term  expiring at the  annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in  1997, another class to  be originally elected for  a
term  expiring at  the annual meeting  of stockholders  to be held  in 1998, and
another class to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting
of stockholders to be  held in 1999,  with each class to  hold office until  its
successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of the stockholders
of  the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires
at that meeting  shall be  elected to  hold office for  a term  expiring at  the
annual  meeting of  stockholders held  in the third  year following  the year of
their election. Advance notice  of stockholder nominations  for the election  of
directors  shall be given in the manner provided in Section 3.13 of this Article
III of these Bylaws.
 
    3.3 Except  as  otherwise  provided for  or  fixed  by or  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of Article  IV of the  Certificate of Incorporation  relating to the
rights of the holders of any class  or series of stock having a preference  over
the  Common Stock as to  dividends or upon liquidation  to elect directors under
specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase
in the number of directors and any vacancies on the board of directors resulting
from death,  resignation,  disqualification, removal  or  other cause  shall  be
filled  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in
office, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors. Any  directors
elected  in accordance  with the  preceding sentence  shall hold  office for the
remainder of  the  full  term  of  the class  of  directors  in  which  the  new
directorship  was  created or  the vacancy  occurred  and until  such director's
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the  number
of directors
 
                                      V-3
<PAGE>
constituting  the board  of directors  shall shorten  the term  of any incumbent
director. Subject  to the  rights  of any  class or  series  of stock  having  a
preference  over the Common Stock  as to dividends or  upon liquidation to elect
directors under  specified  circumstances,  any director  may  be  removed  from
office, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least  sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the
shares of  the  Corporation  entitled  to vote  generally  in  the  election  of
directors, voting together as a single class.
 
    3.4  The  board  of  directors  shall  choose  from  among  the  directors a
Chairperson of the Board and a  Vice-Chairperson of the Board. Unless  otherwise
provided in the resolution choosing him or her, the Chairperson of the Board and
the Vice-Chairperson of the Board shall be chosen for a term that shall continue
until the meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of
stockholders  and  until  his  or  her  successor  shall  have  been  chosen and
qualified.
 
                          THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD
 
    3.5  The  Chairperson  of  the  Board  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of
stockholders and directors.
 
                       THE VICE-CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD
 
    3.6  The  Vice-Chairperson  of  the  Board  shall  preside  at  meetings  of
stockholders and directors if the Chairperson  of the Board is absent or  unable
to serve as chairperson at any such meeting.
 
                             MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS
 
    3.7 Meetings shall be held at such time as the board of directors shall fix,
except  that the first  meeting of a  newly elected board  of directors shall be
held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.
 
    3.8 Meetings shall  be held at  such place  within or without  the State  of
Delaware as shall be fixed by the board of directors.
 
    3.9  No call shall be  required for regular meetings  for which the time and
place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction  of
the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of
the President, or of the Secretary on the written request of any two directors.
 
    3.10   Notice of  special meetings stating  the place, date  and hour of the
meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight
(48) hours before the date  of the meeting, by  telephone or telegraph not  less
than  twenty-four (24) hours notice  before the date of  the meeting, or on such
shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem  necessary
or appropriate in the circumstances.
 
    No  notice shall  be required  for regular meetings  for which  the time and
place have been fixed. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member
of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him
before or after  the time stated  therein. Attendance  of any such  person at  a
meeting  shall constitute  a waiver  of notice of  such meeting,  except when he
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of  the
meeting,  to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened. Neither  the business to be  transacted at, nor the  purpose
of,  any regular or  special meeting of  the directors need  be specified in any
notice or written waiver of notice.
 
    3.11  A majority of the whole  board of directors shall constitute a  quorum
except  when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority
of the  directors in  office  shall constitute  a  quorum, provided,  that  such
majority  shall constitute at least one third of the whole board of directors. A
majority of  the directors  present, whether  or not  a quorum  is present,  may
adjourn  a meeting to  another time and place.  Except as otherwise specifically
provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, and except as  otherwise
provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
 
                                      V-4
<PAGE>
vote  of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is
present shall  be the  act of  the board  of directors.  The quorum  and  voting
provisions  herein  stated  shall  not  be  construed  as  conflicting  with any
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or these Bylaws which  govern
a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in
the board of directors or action of disinterested directors.
 
    Any  member  or members  of  the board  of  directors, or  of  any committee
designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the  board
of  directors, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference
telephone or  similar communications  equipment by  means of  which all  persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 
    3.12   The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall
preside at all meetings.  Otherwise, the Vice-Chairperson of  the Board, if  any
and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other
director chosen by the board of directors, shall preside.
 
                                   COMMITTEES
 
    3.13   Any action  required or permitted to  be taken at  any meeting of the
board of directors or any  committee thereof may be  taken without a meeting  if
all  members of the board  or committee, as the case  may be, consent thereto in
writing, and the writing or writings  are filed with the minutes of  proceedings
of the board or committee.
 
    3.14   The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the
whole board of directors,  designate one or more  committees, each committee  to
consist  of  one or  more  of the  directors of  the  Corporation. The  board of
directors may  designate one  or  more directors  as  alternate members  of  any
committee,  who may replace any absent or  disqualified member at any meeting of
the committee. In  the absence  or disqualification of  any member  of any  such
committee  or committees, the  member or members thereof  present at any meeting
and not disqualified from voting,  whether or not he,  she or they constitute  a
quorum,  may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act
at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any  such
committee,  to the extent provided in the  resolution of the board of directors,
shall have and may exercise the powers  and authority of the board of  directors
in  the  management of  the business  and  affairs of  the Corporation  with the
exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section  141
of  the Delaware  General Corporation  Law, and  may authorize  the seal  of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.
 
                                  COMPENSATION
 
    3.15  The directors  may be paid  their expenses, if  any, of attendance  at
each  meeting  of  the board  of  directors and  may  be  paid a  fixed  sum for
attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and/ or a stated salary  or
other compensation as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from
serving  the  Corporation  in  any  other  capacity  and  receiving compensation
therefor. Members  of  special  or  standing  committees  may  be  allowed  like
compensation for attending committee meetings.
 
                                   NOMINATION
 
    3.16   Subject  to the  rights of holders  of any  class or  series of stock
having a preference over the Common  Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation,
nominations  for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors
or a proxy committee appointed by the  board of directors or by any  stockholder
entitled to vote in the election of directors. However, any stockholder entitled
to  vote in the election of directors at  a meeting may nominate a director only
if written  notice of  such  stockholder's intent  to  make such  nomination  or
nominations  has been  given, either  by personal  delivery or  by United States
mail, postage prepaid, to  the Secretary of the  Corporation not later than  (i)
with  respect to an  election to be  held at an  annual meeting of stockholders,
ninety days in advance of the date established by the Bylaws for the holding  of
such meeting, and (ii) with respect to an election to
 
                                      V-5
<PAGE>
be  held at a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the
close of business on the seventh day following the date on which notice of  such
meeting is first given to stockholders. Each such notice shall set forth (a) the
name  and address of the  stockholder who intends to  make the nomination and of
the person or persons to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder
is a holder  of record  of stock  of the Corporation  entitled to  vote at  each
meeting  and intends to appear in person or  by proxy at the meeting to nominate
the person  or  persons  specified in  the  notice;  (c) a  description  of  all
arrangements  or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any
other person or  person (naming such  person or persons)  pursuant to which  the
nomination  or nominations  are to  be made by  the stockholder;  (d) such other
information regarding  each nominee  proposed by  such stockholder  as would  be
required  to be included in a proxy  statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules
of the Securities  and Exchange Commission,  had the nominee  been nominated  or
intended to be nominated, by the board of directors; and (e) the consent of each
nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected. The chairperson
of  the meeting may refuse to acknowledge  the nomination of any person not made
in compliance with the foregoing procedure.
 
                              STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL
 
    3.17  Any  stockholder entitled  to vote in  the election  of directors  and
who/which  meets  the  requirements  of the  proxy  rules  under  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as  amended, may submit to  the directors proposals to  be
considered for submission to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote.
The introduction of any stockholder proposal that the directors decide should be
voted  on by  the stockholders  of the  Corporation shall  be made  by notice in
writing delivered or mailed by first-class United States mail, postage  prepaid,
to the Secretary of the Corporation, and received by the Secretary not less than
(i)  with  respect to  any proposal  to be  introduced at  an annual  meeting of
stockholders, one  hundred  and  twenty days  in  advance  of the  date  of  the
Corporation's  proxy statement released  to stockholders in  connection with the
previous year's annual  meeting, and  (ii) with respect  to any  proposal to  be
introduced  at a special meeting  of stockholders, the close  of business on the
seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to
stockholders. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of  the
stockholder  who intends to make the proposal and the text of the proposal to be
introduced; (b) the class and  number of shares of  stock held of record,  owned
beneficially  and represented by proxy by such stockholder as of the record date
for the meeting (if such date shall then have been made publicly available)  and
as  of the date  of such notice;  and (c) a  representation that the stockholder
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to introduce the proposal
or proposals, specified in the notice. The Chairperson of the meeting may refuse
to acknowledge  the  introduction  of  any  stockholder  proposal  not  made  in
compliance with the foregoing procedure.
 
                                  ARTICLE IV.
 
                                    NOTICES
 
    4.1  Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director
or stockholder, it  shall not  be construed to  mean personal  notice, but  such
notice  may  be  given  in  writing, by  mail,  addressed  to  such  director or
stockholder, at his  address as it  appears on the  records of the  Corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the
time  when the  same shall  be deposited  in the  United States  mail. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.
 
    4.2 Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of  the
statutes  or of the  Certificate of Incorporation  or of these  Bylaws, a waiver
thereof in writing,  signed by the  person or persons  entitled to said  notice,
whether  before or  after the  time stated  therein, shall  be deemed equivalent
thereto.
 
                                      V-6
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE V.
 
                                    OFFICERS
 
    5.1 The  officers of  the Corporation  shall consist  of a  Chief  Executive
Officer,  a  President,  a Secretary,  a  Treasurer, and,  if  deemed necessary,
expedient, or desirable by the board of directors, an Executive  Vice-President,
one  or more  other Vice-Presidents, one  or more Assistant  Secretaries, one or
more Assistant  Treasurers, and  such other  officers with  such titles  as  the
resolution  of the board of directors  choosing them shall designate. Any number
of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.
 
    5.2 Unless otherwise provided  in the resolution choosing  him or her,  each
officer  shall be chosen for a term that shall continue until the meeting of the
board of directors following the next  annual meeting of stockholders and  until
his or her successor shall have been chosen and qualified.
 
    5.3  All officers of  the Corporation shall have  such authority and perform
such duties  in the  management and  operation of  the Corporation  as shall  be
prescribed in the resolutions of the board of directors designating and choosing
such  officers and prescribing  their authority and duties,  and shall have such
additional authority and duties  as are incident to  their office except to  the
extent  that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the  Corporation shall record all  of the proceedings  of
all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors and committees of
directors,  and  shall  exercise  such  additional  authority  and  perform such
additional duties as  the board of  directors shall  assign to him  or her.  Any
officer  may be removed, with  or without cause, by  the board of directors. Any
vacancy in any office may be filled by the board of directors.
 
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    5.4 The Chief  Executive Officer shall  be the head  of the Corporation  and
shall have general and active supervision of the business of the Corporation and
shall  see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried
into effect and shall be responsible to the board of directors for the execution
of such duties and powers. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence  or
inability  to act of  the Chairperson of  the Board and  Vice-Chairperson of the
Board, assume and carry out all responsibilities set forth with respect to  such
Chairperson of the Board and Vice-Chairperson of the Board.
 
                                 THE PRESIDENT
 
    5.5  The President shall be the  chief operating officer of the Corporation.
The President shall, in the absence or  inability to act of the Chief  Executive
Officer,  assume and  carry out all  responsibilities set forth  with respect to
such Chief Executive Officer.
 
    5.6 The  Chief  Executive Officer  or  the President  shall  execute  bonds,
mortgages,  and  other  contracts  requiring  a  seal,  under  the  seal  of the
Corporation, except where required  or permitted by law  to be otherwise  signed
and  executed  and  except where  the  signing  and execution  thereof  shall be
expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent  of
the Corporation.
 
                              THE VICE PRESIDENTS
 
    5.7  Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, and
Assistant Vice Presidents shall have duties and powers as the board of directors
may designate.
 
                    THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES
 
    5.8 The Secretary shall  attend all meetings of  the board of directors  and
all  meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings
of the Corporation and of the board of  directors in a book to be kept for  that
purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing
 
                                      V-7
<PAGE>
committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of  all  meetings of  the  stockholders and  special  meetings of  the  board of
directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board
of directors or President, under whose  supervision the Secretary shall be.  The
Secretary  shall have custody of  the corporate seal of  the Corporation and the
Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same  to
any  instrument requiring it and  when so affixed, it may  be attested by his or
her signature or by the signature of such assistant. The board of directors  may
give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation
and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.
 
    5.9  The Assistant Secretary,  or if there  be more than  one, the Assistant
Secretaries in the  order determined by  the board of  directors, shall, in  the
absence  or disability  of the  Secretary, perform  the duties  and exercise the
powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such  other
person as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
                     THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER
 
    5.10    The Treasurer  shall have  the  custody of  the corporate  funds and
securities and shall deposit all monies  and other valuable effects in the  name
and  to the credit of the Corporation  in such depositories as may be designated
by the board of directors.
 
    5.11  The Treasurer shall have the  authority to invest the normal funds  of
the Corporation and to sell and otherwise dispose of these investments upon such
terms  as the  Treasurer may  deem desirable  and advantageous,  and shall, upon
request, render to  the President and  the directors an  accounting of all  such
normal investment transactions.
 
    5.12   The Treasurer shall  disburse the funds of  the Corporation as may be
ordered  by  the   board  of   directors,  taking  proper   vouchers  for   such
disbursements,  and shall render to the President and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account  of
all  his  transactions  as  Treasurer  and of  the  financial  condition  of the
Corporation.
 
    5.13  If required by  the board of directors,  the Treasurer shall give  the
Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with
such  surety or sureties as shall be  satisfactory to the board of directors for
the faithful  performance  of the  duties  of his  or  her office  and  for  the
restoration  to the Corporation, in case  of his death, resignation, retirement,
or removal  from  office, of  all  books,  papers, vouchers,  money,  and  other
property  of whatever kind in  his possession or under  his control belonging to
the Corporation.
 
    5.14  The  Assistant Treasurer,  or if  there shall  be more  than one,  the
Assistant  Treasurers in the order determined  by the board of directors, shall,
in the absence or disability of  the Treasurer, perform the duties and  exercise
the  powers of the Treasurer  and shall perform such  other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
    5.15  The  controller shall  keep the Corporation's  accounting records  and
shall  prepare accounting  reports of the  operating results as  required by the
board of directors and governmental authorities. The controller shall  establish
systems  of internal control and accounting procedures for the protection of the
Corporation's assets and funds.
 
                                  ARTICLE VI.
 
                             CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
 
    6.1 Every holder of  stock in the  Corporation shall be  entitled to have  a
certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chief Executive
Officer  or  the President  or  a Vice-President,  and  by the  Secretary  or an
Assistant Secretary,  or by  the  Treasurer or  an  Assistant Treasurer  of  the
Corporation,  certifying the number  of shares owned by  him in the Corporation.
All certificates shall also be signed by a transfer agent and by a registrar.
 
                                      V-8
<PAGE>
    6.2  All  signatures  that  appear  on  the  certificate  may  be  facsimile
including,  without limitation, signatures of officers of the Corporation or the
signatures of  the stock  transfer  agent or  registrar.  In case  any  officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed  upon a certificate shall have ceased  to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar  before  such  certificate is  issued,  it  may be  issued  by  the
Corporation  with the same effect as if  such person were such officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.
 
    6.3 If the Corporation shall be authorized  to issue more than one class  of
stock  or more than one series of  any class, the designations, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and  the qualifications, limitations  or restrictions of  such
preferences  and/or rights shall be set forth  in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate which  the Corporation shall issue to represent  such
class  or series of stock; provided,  however, that except as otherwise provided
in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing
requirements, there may  be set forth  on the  face or back  of the  certificate
which  the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a
statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge, to each  stockholder
who  so requests,  the designations,  preferences, and  relative, participating,
optional or other special rights  of each class of  stock or series thereof  and
the  qualifications,  limitations  or restrictions  of  such  preferences and/or
rights.
 
                               LOST CERTIFICATES
 
    6.4 The board of directors may  direct a new certificate or certificates  to
be  issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
Corporation alleged to have been lost,  stolen or destroyed, upon the making  of
an  affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing  such issue of a new certificate  or
certificates,  the board of directors may, in  its discretion and as a condition
precedent to the  issuance thereof, require  the owner of  such lost, stolen  or
destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise
the  same in such  manner as it shall  require and/or to  give the Corporation a
bond in such sum  as it may direct  as indemnity against any  claim that may  be
made  against the  Corporation with respect  to the certificate  alleged to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed.
 
                               TRANSFERS OF STOCK
 
    6.5 Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by
direction of the  person named  in the  certificate or  such person's  attorney,
lawfully  constituted in writing, and only upon the surrender of the certificate
therefor and  a  written  assignment  of the  shares  evidenced  thereby,  which
certificate shall be cancelled before the new certificate is issued.
 
                               FIXING RECORD DATE
 
    6.6 In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice  of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
or to  express consent  to corporate  action in  writing without  a meeting,  or
entitled  to receive payment of any  dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights,  or entitled to  exercise any  rights in respect  of any  change,
conversion  or exchange of stock or for  the purpose of any other lawful action,
the board of directors  may fix, in  advance, a record  date, which record  date
shall  not precede the date upon which  the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted shall not be less than ten days,  nor more than sixty days prior to  the
date  of the meeting or any other action. If no record date is fixed, the record
date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close  of
business  on  the day  on which  the  board of  directors adopts  the resolution
relating thereto. A determination of  stockholders of record entitled to  notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting;  provided, however, that  the board of  directors may fix  a new record
date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine  the
stockholders  entitled  to  consent to  corporate  action in  writing  without a
meeting, the board of directors may fix  a record date, which record date  shall
not precede the
 
                                      V-9
<PAGE>
date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of
directors,  and which date shall  not be more than ten  days after the date upon
which the  resolution  fixing  the  record  date is  adopted  by  the  board  of
directors.  If no  record date  has been  fixed by  the board  of directors, the
record date for determining  the stockholders entitled  to consent to  corporate
action  in  writing without  a meeting,  when no  prior action  by the  board of
directors is required  by the  Delaware General  Corporation Law,  shall be  the
first  date on which a signed written  consent setting forth the action taken or
proposed to  be  taken  is delivered  to  the  Corporation by  delivery  to  its
registered  office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or
an officer or  agent of  the Corporation  having custody  of the  book in  which
proceedings  of  meetings of  stockholders are  recorded.  Delivery made  to the
corporation's registered office shall be by  hand or by certified or  registered
mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of
directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by the Delaware
General  Corporation Law, the record  date for determining stockholders entitled
to consent to  corporate action in  writing without  a meeting shall  be at  the
close  of  business  on the  day  on which  the  board of  directors  adopts the
resolution taking such prior action.
 
                            REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
 
    6.7 The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of  a
person  registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and
to vote as such  owner, and to  hold liable for calls  and assessments a  person
registered  on its  books as  the owner  of shares,  and shall  not be  bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on
the part of  any other person,  whether or not  it shall have  express or  other
notice  thereof,  except as  otherwise  provided by  the  laws of  the  State of
Delaware.
 
                            MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS
 
    6.8 As  used herein  in respect  of  the right  to notice  of a  meeting  of
stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent
or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term "share"
or  "shares"  or "share  of  stock" or  "shares  of stock"  or  "stockholder" or
"stockholders" refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder
or holders of  record of  outstanding shares of  stock when  the Corporation  is
authorized  to issue only  one class of  shares of stock,  and said reference is
also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder
or holders of record of outstanding shares  of stock of any class upon which  or
upon  whom the Certificate of Incorporation  confers such rights where there are
two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom  the
Delaware  General Corporation Law  confers such rights  notwithstanding that the
Certificate of Incorporation may  provide for more than  one class or series  of
shares  of  stock,  one or  more  of which  are  limited or  denied  such rights
thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of  an
increase  or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class
or series which is  otherwise denied voting rights  under the provisions of  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation, except  as any  provision  of law  may otherwise
require.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII.
 
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
                                   DIVIDENDS
 
    7.1 Dividends upon  the capital  stock of  the Corporation,  subject to  the
provisions  of the Certificate of Incorporation, if  any, may be declared by the
board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends
may be paid in cash, in property or  in shares of the capital stock, subject  to
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
 
    7.2  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds
of the Corporation  available for dividends  such sum or  sums as the  directors
from time to time, in their absolute
 
                                      V-10
<PAGE>
discretion,  think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for
equalizing dividends,  or  for repairing  or  maintaining any  property  of  the
Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to
the  interest of the  Corporation, and the  directors may modify  or abolish any
such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
 
                                ANNUAL STATEMENT
 
    7.3 The board of directors shall present  at each annual meeting and at  any
special  meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders
a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.
 
                                     CHECKS
 
    7.4 All checks or demands  for money and notes  of the Corporation shall  be
signed  by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board
of directors may from time to time designate.
 
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
 
    7.5 The corporate seal shall be in such form as the board of directors shall
prescribe.
 
                                  FISCAL YEAR
 
    7.6 The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on September 30.
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII.
 
                   INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    8.1 The Corporation shall indemnify any person  who was or is a party or  is
threatened  to be made a  party to any threatened,  pending or completed action,
suit or  proceeding, whether  civil, criminal,  administrative or  investigative
(other  than an action by or  in the right of the  Corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is  or was a director, officer,  employee or agent of  the
Corporation,  or  is or  was  serving at  the request  of  the Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,  joint
venture,  trust  or  other enterprise,  against  expenses  (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid in settlement actually and  reasonably
incurred  by such person in  connection with such action,  suit or proceeding if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably  believed
to  be in  or not opposed  to the best  interests of the  Corporation, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
such person's  conduct was  unlawful. The  termination of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding  by judgment,  order, settlement, conviction  or upon a  plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption  that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that such person reasonably
believed  to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and,
with respect  to any  criminal action  or proceeding,  had reasonable  cause  to
believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.
 
    8.2  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who  was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action  or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason  of the fact that such person is  or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee  or agent of another corporation,  partnership,
joint  venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and  reasonably incurred by  such person in  connection with  the
defense  or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith
and in a manner such person reasonably believed  to be in or not opposed to  the
best  interests of the  Corporation and except that  no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that
the Court  of Chancery  of the  State of  Delaware or  the court  in which  such
 
                                      V-11
<PAGE>
action  or suit was  brought shall determine upon  application that, despite the
adjudication of liability,  but in view  of all the  circumstances of the  case,
such  person is  fairly and reasonably  entitled to indemnity  for such expenses
which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
    8.3 To  the  extent that  a  director, officer,  employee  or agent  of  the
Corporation  has been successful  on the merits  or otherwise in  defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to in  Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this  Article
VIII,  or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection therewith. For purposes of determining the
reasonableness of  any such  expenses, a  certification to  such effect  by  any
member  of the Bar  of the State of  Delaware, which member of  the Bar may have
acted as counsel  to any such  director, officer or  employee, shall be  binding
upon  the Corporation unless the  Corporation establishes that the certification
was made in bad faith.
 
    8.4 Any indemnification  under Sections  8.1 and  8.2 of  this Article  VIII
(unless  ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized
in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the  director,
officer,  employee  or agent  is proper  in the  circumstances because  any such
person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1  and
8.2  of this Article VIII. Such determination shall  be made (1) by the board of
directors, by a majority vote of a  quorum consisting of directors who were  not
parties  to such  action, suit  or proceeding, or  (2) if  such a  quorum is not
obtainable, or  even  if obtainable,  a  quorum of  disinterested  directors  so
directs,  by  independent legal  counsel in  a  written opinion,  or (3)  by the
stockholders.
 
    8.5 Expenses (including attorneys' fees)  incurred by an officer,  director,
employee  or  agent  of  the  Corporation  in  defending  any  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, shall be paid by the
Corporation in  advance  of  the  final disposition  of  such  action,  suit  or
proceeding  upon receipt  of an  undertaking by or  on behalf  of such director,
officer, employee  or agent  to repay  such  amount if  it shall  ultimately  be
determined  that  any such  person  is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  by the
Corporation as authorized by this Article VIII.
 
    8.6 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or  granted
pursuant  to,  the other  sections  of this  Article  VIII shall  not  be deemed
exclusive of any  other rights to  which any person  seeking indemnification  or
advancement  of expenses  may be  entitled under  any bylaw,  agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in  such
person's  official capacity and  as to action in  another capacity while holding
such office.
 
    8.7 The Corporation may but shall  not be required to purchase and  maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as  a director, officer, employee or  agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against
such person and incurred by such person in any capacity, or arising out of  such
person's  status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under this Article VIII.
 
    8.8 For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall
include, in addition to the  resulting corporation, any constituent  corporation
(including  any constituent  of a  constituent) absorbed  in a  consolidation or
merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power  and
authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that
any  person  who  is or  was  a director,  officer,  employee or  agent  of such
constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent
corporation as a director,  officer, employee or  agent of another  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture, trust or other  enterprise, shall stand in the same
position under this  Article VIII  with respect  to the  resulting or  surviving
corporation  as  such  person  would  have  with  respect  to  such  constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.
 
    8.9 For purposes  of this  Article VIII, references  to "other  enterprises"
shall  include employee benefit  plans; references to  "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and
references to  "serving  at  the  request  of  the  Corporation"  shall  include
 
                                      V-12
<PAGE>
any  service as a director, officer, employee  or agent of the Corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee  or
agent   with  respect  to   an  employee  benefit   plan,  its  participants  or
beneficiaries, and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such  person
reasonably  believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee  benefit plan  shall be  deemed to have  acted in  a manner  "not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article
VIII.
 
    8.10    The  indemnification and  advancement  of expenses  provided  by, or
granted pursuant to,  this Article  VIII shall, unless  otherwise provided  when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer,  employee  or  agent and  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of  the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.
 
    8.11  This Article VIII shall be  interpreted and construed to accord, as  a
matter  of right, to any  person who is or was  a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the  Corporation
as  a director, officer, employee or  agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or  other enterprise, the  full measure of  indemnification
and  advancement of  expenses permitted by  Section 145 of  the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
 
    8.12   Any person  seeking  indemnification or  advancement of  expenses  by
virtue  of such  person being  or having been  a director,  officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation may seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VIII
by an action in law or equity in any court of the United States or any state  or
political  subdivision  thereof  having  jurisdiction  of  the  parties. Without
limitation of  the  foregoing,  it  is  specifically  recognized  that  remedies
available at law may not be adequate if the effect thereof is to impose delay on
the  immediate realization by  any such person  of the rights  conferred by this
Article VIII. Any costs  incurred by any person  in enforcing the provisions  of
this  Article VIII shall be  an indemnifiable expense in  the same manner and to
the same extent as other indemnifiable expenses under this Article VIII.
 
    8.13  No amendment, modification or  repeal of this Article VIII shall  have
the  effect  of  or be  construed  to limit  or  adversely affect  any  claim to
indemnification or advancement of expenses  made by any person  who is or was  a
director,  officer, employee  or agent  of the  Corporation with  respect to any
statement  of  facts  that  existed  prior  to  the  date  of  such   amendment,
modification  or repeal. Accordingly,  any amendment, modification  or repeal of
this Article VIII shall be deemed to have prospective application only and shall
not be applied retroactively.
 
                                  ARTICLE IX.
 
                                BYLAW AMENDMENTS
 
    9.1 Subject to  the provisions  of the Certificate  of Incorporation,  these
Bylaws  may  be altered,  amended  or repealed  at  any regular  meeting  of the
stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof duly called for that purpose) by
a majority vote of the shares represented and entitled to vote at such  meeting;
provided that in the notice of such special meeting notice of such purpose shall
be  given. Subject  to the  laws of  the State  of Delaware,  the Certificate of
Incorporation and these Bylaws, the board  of directors may by majority vote  of
those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present amend these Bylaws, or
enact such other Bylaws as in their judgment may be advisable for the regulation
of the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, except that Sections 3.1, 3.2,
3.3  and 3.13 of Article III and Articles IX  and X of the Bylaws may be amended
only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66 2/3%)  of the  voting power  of all  the shares  of the  Corporation
entitled  to vote generally in  the election of directors,  voting together as a
single class.
 
                                      V-13
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE X.
 
                               STOCKHOLDER ACTION
 
    10.1  Any action required  or permitted to be  taken by the stockholders  of
the  Corporation must be effected at a  duly called annual or special meeting of
such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such  holders,
except  that an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
in order  to change  the  name of  the Corporation  may  be approved  without  a
meeting,  by consent in writing  of the holders of  the outstanding stock of the
Corporation having  not less  than the  minimum number  of votes  that would  be
necessary to approve such amendment at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted pursuant to the provisions of Section 228 of
the  Delaware General Corporation  Law. Except as otherwise  required by law and
subject to the rights of  the holders of any class  or series of stock having  a
preferences  over the Common Stock as  to dividends or upon liquidation, special
meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may  be called only by the board  of
directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire board of
directors.
 
    I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the
Bylaws  of BILLING  INFORMATION CONCEPTS  CORP., a  Delaware corporation,  as in
effect on the date hereof.
 
    WITNESS my hand and seal of the Corporation.
 
Dated: July 10, 1996                               /s/ KELLY E. SIMMONS
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             SECRETARY OF BILLING INFORMATION
                                                      CONCEPTS CORP.
 
(SEAL)
 
                                      V-14
<PAGE>
                                                                        ANNEX VI
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                     1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN
 
    1.   PURPOSE.   The purpose of  this 1996 Employee  Comprehensive Stock Plan
(the "Plan") is to further the success of Billing Information Concepts Corp.,  a
Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and certain of  its affiliates by making
available Common Stock of the Company  to certain officers and employees of  the
Company  and its affiliates, and thus to provide an additional incentive to such
individuals to continue in the service of  the Company or its affiliates and  to
give  them a  greater interest  as stockholders in  the success  of the Company.
Subject to compliance with  the provisions of the  Plan and the Code,  Incentive
Stock  Options as authorized by Section 422  of the Code and stock options which
do not qualify under Section 422 of  the Code are authorized and may be  granted
under  the Plan.  Further, the  Company may  grant Restricted  Stock, as defined
below.
 
    2.  DEFINITIONS.  As  used in this Plan the  following terms shall have  the
meanings indicated:
 
        (a)  "Award" means an award of  stock options (including Incentive Stock
    Options) or Restricted Stock, on a stand alone, combination or tandem basis,
    as described in or granted under this Plan.
 
        (b) "Award Agreement" means a written agreement setting forth the  terms
    of an Award, in the form prescribed by the Committee.
 
        (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
        (d)  "Cause"  shall  mean,  in  the  context  of  the  termination  of a
    Participant, as determined by  the Board in the  reasonable exercise of  its
    business  judgment,  the  occurrence of  one  of the  following  events: (i)
    conviction of or a plea of NOLO  CONTENDERE to a charge of a felony  (which,
    through  lapse of time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal); (ii) willful
    refusal without  proper  legal cause  to  perform, or  gross  negligence  in
    performing, Participant's duties and responsibilities; (iii) material breach
    of  fiduciary duty  to the Company  through the  misappropriation of Company
    funds or  property  or  otherwise;  or  (iv)  the  unauthorized  absence  of
    Participant from work (other than for sick leave or disability) for a period
    of thirty working days or more during any period of forty-five working days;
    provided,  further, within one  year following a  Change of Control, "Cause"
    shall be limited to the  conviction of or a plea  of NOLO CONTENDERE to  the
    charge  of  a felony  (which, through  lapse  of time  or otherwise,  is not
    subject to an appeal), or a material breach of fiduciary duty to the Company
    through the misappropriation of Company funds or property or otherwise.
 
        (e) "Change of  Control" shall  be deemed to  have occurred  if (i)  any
    "Person"  (as such term is used in  Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
    Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under  the
    Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of  the  Company
    representing more than  30% of the  combined voting power  of the  Company's
    then  outstanding voting securities, or (ii) at any time during the 24-month
    period after  a  tender offer,  merger,  consolidation, sale  of  assets  or
    contested  election, or  any combination  of such  transactions, at  least a
    majority of  the Board  shall  cease to  consist of  "continuing  directors"
    (meaning  directors of the  Company who either were  directors prior to such
    transaction or  who subsequently  became directors  and whose  election,  or
    nomination  for election  by the Company's  stockholders, was  approved by a
    vote of at least two thirds of  the directors then still in office who  were
    directors  prior  to such  transaction), or  (iii)  the stockholders  of the
    Company approve a  merger or  consolidation of  the Company  with any  other
    corporation,  other than a merger or  consolidation that would result in the
    voting securities  of  the  Company outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto
    continuing  to  represent  (either  by  remaining  outstanding  or  by being
    converted into voting securities  of the surviving entity)  at least 70%  of
    the  total voting power represented by  the voting securities of the Company
    or such  surviving  entity  outstanding immediately  after  such  merger  or
    consolidation, or
 
                                      VI-1
<PAGE>
    (iv)  the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation
    of the Company or an agreement of sale or disposition by the Company of  all
    or substantially all of the Company's assets.
 
        (f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
        (g)  "Committee" means the Committee administering the Plan described in
    Section 3 hereof.
 
        (h) "Common Stock" means the Company's common stock, par value $.01  per
    share.
 
        (i)  "Continuous  Status  as  an  Employee"  means  that  the employment
    relationship with any one or more of (i) the Company, (ii) any Parent, (iii)
    any Subsidiary or (iv) USLD has not been terminated or interrupted.
 
        (j)  "Date of Grant" means the  date on which an Award is granted  under
    an Award Agreement executed by the Company and a Participant pursuant to the
    Plan.
 
        (k)  "Disinterested Person" means a  "disinterested person" as such term
    is defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor
    provision.
 
        (l) "Effective Date" means the effective date of this Plan specified  in
    Section 14 hereof.
 
        (m)  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may
    be amended from time to time.
 
        (n) "Good Reason"  shall mean  the occurrence  of any  of the  following
    events: (a) removal from the principal office held by the Participant on the
    date  of the most recent Award, or a material reduction in the Participant's
    authority or  responsibility,  including,  without  limitation,  involuntary
    removal from the Board, but not including termination of the Participant for
    Cause;  or (b) the Company otherwise commits a material breach of this Plan,
    or the Participant's employment agreement, if applicable; provided, however,
    that within one year following a Change of Control, "Good Reason" shall mean
    (i) removal from the principal office held by the Participant on the date of
    the most  recent  Award, (ii)  a  material reduction  in  the  Participant's
    authority  or  responsibility,  including,  without  limitation, involuntary
    removal from the Board, (iii) relocation of the Company's headquarters  from
    the  San Antonio, Texas  metropolitan area but  not including termination of
    the Participant for cause,  (iv) a material  reduction in the  Participant's
    compensation, or (v) the Company otherwise commits a material breach of this
    Plan, or the Participant's employment agreement, if applicable.
 
        (o)  "Incentive Stock Option"  means an option  qualifying under Section
    422 of the Code.
 
        (p) "Parent" means  a parent corporation  of the Company  as defined  in
    Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
        (q)  "Participants" means the employees and officers of the Company, its
    Subsidiaries and its Parent  (including those directors  of the Company  who
    are  also  employees  of the  Company,  its Parent  or  one or  more  of its
    Subsidiaries). "Participants" includes the USLD Participants.
 
        (r)  "Restricted  Period"  shall  mean  the  period  designated  by  the
    Committee   during  which  Restricted  Stock  may  not  be  sold,  assigned,
    transferred, pledged, or  otherwise encumbered,  which period  shall not  be
    less than one year nor more than two years from the Date of Grant.
 
        (s)  "Restricted Stock" shall  mean those shares  of Common Stock issued
    pursuant to an Award that remain subject to the Restricted Period.
 
        (t) "Retained Distributions" shall mean any securities or other property
    (other than cash dividends) distributed by the Company or otherwise received
    by the holder in respect of Restricted Stock during any Restricted Period.
 
                                      VI-2
<PAGE>
        (u) "Retirement" shall mean retirement of a Participant from the  employ
    of the Company, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or USLD, as the case may be, in
    accordance with the then existing employment policies of any such employer.
 
        (v)  "Subsidiary"  means  a  subsidiary corporation  of  the  Company as
    defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
        (w) "USLD" means U.S. Long Distance  Corp. and its Subsidiaries and  any
    Parent of USLD.
 
        (x) "USLD Participants" means the employees and officers of USLD who are
    or  were employees and  officers of USLD prior  to and immediately following
    the distribution of the Company Common Stock by USLD to the stockholders  of
    USLD.
 
    3.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE  PLAN.  The Board  shall appoint a committee (the
"Committee") comprised of  two or more  directors to administer  the Plan.  Only
directors who are Disinterested Persons shall be eligible to serve as members of
the  Committee. The Committee shall report all  action taken by it to the Board,
which shall review and ratify or approve those actions that are by law  required
to  be so reviewed  and ratified or  approved by the  Board. The Committee shall
have full and final  authority in its discretion,  subject to the provisions  of
the   Plan,  to  make  determinations  with  respect  to  the  participation  of
Participants in this Plan, to prescribe  the form of Award Agreements  embodying
Awards  made under the  Plan, and, except  as otherwise required  by law or this
Plan, to  set the  size and  terms of  Awards (which  need not  be identical  or
consistent with respect to each Participant) including vesting schedules, price,
whether  stock  options granted  hereunder shall  constitute an  Incentive Stock
Option, restriction or  option period, post-retirement  and termination  rights,
payment  alternatives such as  cash, stock or other  means of payment consistent
with the purposes  of this  Plan, and  such other  terms and  conditions as  the
Committee  deems appropriate.  Except as  otherwise required  by this  Plan, the
Committee shall have authority to interpret and construe the provisions of  this
Plan  and the Award Agreements, to correct  any defect or supply any omission or
reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the  manner
the  Committee  deems advisable  for  the administration  of  the Plan  and make
determinations pursuant to any Plan provision or Award Agreement, which shall be
final and binding on all persons. The Committee may authorize any one or more of
their number or any officer of the  Company to execute and deliver documents  on
behalf of the Committee.
 
    4.   COMMON  STOCK SUBJECT  TO PROVISIONS  OF THIS  PLAN.   The Common Stock
subject to the provisions of this Plan shall either be shares of authorized  but
unissued  Common  Stock,  shares  of  Common Stock  held  as  treasury  stock or
previously issued shares of  Common Stock reacquired  by the Company,  including
shares  purchased in the  open market. Subject to  adjustment in accordance with
the provisions of  Section 11, the  aggregate number of  shares of Common  Stock
available  for  grant  of  Awards  (including,  without  limitation,  Awards  of
Restricted  Stock)  shall  not  exceed   Three  Millon  Five  Hundred   Thousand
(3,500,000).  If any part  of an Award  under this Plan  shall be forfeited, the
shares of Common  Stock subject  to the forfeited  portion of  such Award  shall
again be available for grant under the Plan.
 
    5.   ELIGIBILITY.  Except as hereinafter  provided, Awards may be granted to
any Participant  as  the  Committee  shall  determine  from  time  to  time.  In
determining  the Participants to whom Awards shall  be granted and the number of
shares to be covered by each such Award, the Committee may take into account the
nature of the services  rendered by the  respective Participants, their  present
and  potential contributions to the Company's  success and such other factors as
the Committee in its sole discretion shall deem relevant. A Participant who  has
been  granted an  Award under  the Plan  may be  granted an  additional Award or
Awards under the Plan, in the Committee's sole discretion.
 
    6.  AWARDS UNDER THIS PLAN.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may make
Awards of stock  options (including  Incentive Stock Options  and stock  options
that do not qualify as Incentive Stock Options) as described in Sections 7 and 8
hereof, and of Restrictive Stock, as described in Section 10 hereof.
 
                                      VI-3
<PAGE>
    7.  OPTIONS AUTHORIZED.  The options subject to Award under this Plan may be
Incentive  Stock Options or stock options that do not qualify as Incentive Stock
Options (sometimes referred to herein as "nonqualified options" or "nonqualified
stock options"). The Committee  shall have the full  power and authority to  (i)
determine  which options shall be nonqualified  stock options and which shall be
Incentive  Stock  Options,   (ii)  grant  only   Incentive  Stock  Options   or,
alternatively,   only  nonqualified  stock  options,   and  (iii)  in  its  sole
discretion, grant to the  holder of an outstanding  option, in exchange for  the
surrender  and cancellation of such option, a new option having a purchase price
lower than  that provided  in the  option so  surrendered and  cancelled  and/or
containing  such other  terms and conditions  as the Committee  may prescribe in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan.  Under  no  circumstances  may
nonqualified  stock options be  granted where the  exercise of such nonqualified
stock options  may  affect  the  exercise of  Incentive  Stock  Options  granted
pursuant  to the  Plan. No options  may be granted  under the Plan  prior to the
Effective Date. In addition  to any other limitations  set forth herein, (1)  no
Participant  shall receive any grant of options, whether Incentive Stock Options
or nonqualified  stock options,  exercisable  for more  than one  hundred  fifty
thousand  (150,000) shares  of Common  Stock during any  one fiscal  year of the
Company, and (2) the aggregate fair market value (determined in accordance  with
Paragraph  8(a) of the Plan as of the  time the option is granted) of the Common
Stock with respect  to which  Incentive Stock  Options are  exercisable for  the
first time by a Participant in any calendar year (under all plans of the Company
and of any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not exceed $100,000.
 
    8.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  The grant of an option under the Plan
shall be  evidenced  by an  Award  Agreement executed  by  the Company  and  the
applicable  Participant and shall contain such terms  and be in such form as the
Committee may from time  to time approve, subject  to the following  limitations
and conditions:
 
        (a)   OPTION PRICE.  The option exercise price per share with respect to
    each option shall be determined by  the Committee, but shall in no  instance
    be less than the par value of the shares subject to the option. In addition,
    the  option exercise price per share with respect to Incentive Stock Options
    granted hereunder shall in no instance be less than the fair market value of
    the shares subject  to the option  as determined by  the Committee. For  the
    purposes  of  this  Paragraph  8(a),  fair  market  value  shall  be,  where
    applicable, the closing price of  the Common Stock on  the Date of Grant  of
    such  option as  reported on any  national securities exchange  on which the
    Common Stock may be listed. If the Common Stock is not listed on a  national
    securities  exchange but  is publicly  traded on  the Nasdaq  Stock Market's
    National Market or on  another automated quotation  system, the fair  market
    value  shall be the closing price of the  Common Stock on the Date of Grant,
    or if traded on the Nasdaq Small Cap or Nasdaq Over-The-Counter market,  the
    fair  market value shall be the mean  between the closing bid and ask prices
    on any such system or market. If the Common Stock was not traded on the Date
    of Grant of such  option, the nearest  preceding date on  which there was  a
    trade  shall be  substituted. Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however, fair
    market value shall be determined  consistent with Code Section 422(b)(4)  or
    any successor provisions. The Committee may permit the option exercise price
    to be payable by transfer to the Company of Common Stock owned by the option
    holder  with a fair  market value at the  time of the  exercise equal to the
    option exercise price.
 
        (b)  PERIOD  OF OPTION.   The expiration  date of each  option shall  be
    fixed by the Committee, but notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
    contrary,  such expiration date shall  not be more than  ten (10) years from
    the Date of Grant of the option.
 
        (c)   VESTING OF  STOCKHOLDER  RIGHTS.   Neither  the optionee  nor  his
    successor  in interest shall have any of  the rights of a stockholder of the
    Company until the shares relating to the option hereunder are issued by  the
    Company and are properly delivered to such optionee, or successor.
 
        (d)   EXERCISE OF OPTION.  Each option shall be exercisable from time to
    time (but not less than  six (6) months after the  Date of Grant) over  such
    period  and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine,
    but  not  at   any  time  as   to  less  than   one  hundred  (100)   shares
 
                                      VI-4
<PAGE>
    unless  the remaining shares  that have become so  purchasable are less than
    twenty-five (25) shares. After the death  of the optionee, an option may  be
    exercised as provided in Section 9(c) hereof.
 
        (e)    DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.   The  Award Agreement  evidencing any
    Incentive Stock Options granted  under this Plan shall  provide that if  the
    optionee  makes a disposition,  within the meaning of  Section 424(c) of the
    Code and  regulations promulgated  thereunder,  of any  share or  shares  of
    Common  Stock issued to  him pursuant to  exercise of the  option within the
    two-year period commencing on the day after the Date of Grant of such option
    or within  the one-year  period commencing  on  the day  after the  date  of
    issuance  of the  share or shares  to him  pursuant to the  exercise of such
    option, he shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition date, notify  the
    Company of the sales price or other value ascribed to or used to measure the
    disposition  of the share  or shares thereof and  immediately deliver to the
    Company any amount of federal income tax withholding required by law.
 
        (f)  LIMITATION ON GRANTS TO  CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS.  An Incentive  Stock
    Option may be granted to a Participant only if such Participant, at the time
    the  option is granted,  does not own, after  application of the attribution
    rules of Code Section 424, stock  possessing more than ten percent (10%)  of
    the  total  combined voting  power of  all  classes of  Common Stock  of the
    Company or of its Parent or Subsidiary. The preceding restrictions shall not
    apply if at the time the option is granted the option price is at least  one
    hundred  ten percent (110%) of the fair  market value (as defined in Section
    8(a) above) of the Common Stock subject to the option and such option by its
    terms is not  exercisable after the  expiration of five  (5) years from  the
    Date of Grant.
 
        (g)   RESTRICTION ON ISSUING SHARES.   The exercise of each option shall
    be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall  determine
    in  its  discretion  that  the  satisfaction  of  withholding  tax  or other
    withholding liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification
    of any shares otherwise deliverable  upon such exercise upon any  securities
    exchange  or under any state or federal law, or that the consent or approval
    of any regulatory body, is necessary or  desirable as a condition of, or  in
    connection  with,  such  exercise  or the  delivery  or  purchase  of shares
    pursuant thereto,  then  in any  such  event,  such exercise  shall  not  be
    effective  unless  such withholding,  listing,  registration, qualification,
    consent or  approval  shall have  been  effected  or obtained  free  of  any
    conditions not acceptable to the Company.
 
        (h)  CONSISTENCY WITH CODE.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this
    Plan  to the  contrary, the provisions  of all Award  Agreements relating to
    Incentive  Stock  Options  pursuant  to  the  Plan  shall  not  violate  the
    requirements   of  the  Code  applicable  to  the  Incentive  Stock  Options
    authorized hereunder.
 
    9.  EXERCISE OF OPTION.
 
    (a) Any option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms
of the Plan and  at such times  and under such conditions  as determined by  the
Committee  and  set forth  in the  Award  Agreement. An  option shall  be deemed
exercised when (i) the Company has  received written notice of such exercise  in
accordance  with the  terms of  the Award  Agreement, (ii)  full payment  of the
aggregate option  exercise  price  of the  shares  as  to which  the  option  is
exercised  has been  made and  (iii) arrangements  that are  satisfactory to the
Committee in its sole discretion have been made for the Participant's payment to
the Company of the amount, if any, that the Committee determines to be necessary
for the  Company to  withhold in  accordance with  applicable federal  or  state
income tax withholding requirements.
 
    (b)  Upon Retirement  or other  termination of  the Participant's Continuous
Status as an Employee, other than (a) a termination that is either (i) for Cause
or (ii) voluntary on the part of  a Participant and without the written  consent
of  the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD or (b) a termination by reason
of death, the Participant may (unless otherwise provided in his Award Agreement)
exercise his option at any time  within three (3) months after such  termination
of the
 
                                      VI-5
<PAGE>
Participant's  Continuous Status  as an Employee  (or within one  (1) year after
termination of  the  Participant's  Continuous  Status as  an  Employee  due  to
permanent  and total disability within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)), or
within such other time as the Committee shall authorize, but in no event may the
Participant exercise his  Option after  ten (10) years  from the  Date of  Grant
thereof  (or such lesser period as may be specified in the Award Agreement), and
only to  the  extent  of  the  number of  shares  for  which  his  options  were
exercisable  by  him  at  the  date  of  the  termination  of  the Participant's
Continuous Status  as  an Employee.  In  the event  of  the termination  of  the
Continuous  Status as an  Employee of a  Participant to whom  an option has been
granted under the Plan  that is either  (i) for Cause or  (ii) voluntary on  the
part  of the  Participant and  without written consent,  any option  held by him
under the  Plan,  to  the  extent  not  previously  exercised,  shall  forthwith
terminate on the date of such termination of the Participant's Continuous Status
as  an Employee.  Options granted under  the Plan  shall not be  affected by any
change of employment so long  as the holder continues to  be an employee of  the
Company,  a Subsidiary or a Parent, or with respect to a USLD Participant, USLD.
The Award Agreement may contain such  provisions as the Committee shall  approve
with respect to the effect of approved leaves of absence.
 
    (c)  In the event a Participant to whom an option has been granted under the
Plan dies  during, or  within three  (3) months  after the  Retirement or  other
termination  of, the Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee, such option
(unless it shall have been previously  terminated pursuant to the provisions  of
the  Plan or unless otherwise provided in  his Award Agreement) may be exercised
(to the extent of the entire number  of shares covered by the option whether  or
not  purchasable by the Participant at the date of his death) by the executor or
administrator of the optionee's estate or by  the person or persons to whom  the
optionee  shall have transferred such  option by will or  by the laws of descent
and distribution, at any time within a  period of one (1) year after his  death,
but  not after  the exercise  termination date set  forth in  the relevant Award
Agreement.
 
    (d) If as of the date of termination of the Participant's Continuous  Status
as  an  Employee  (other  than  as a  result  of  the  Participant's  death) the
Participant is not entitled to exercise his or her entire options, the shares of
Common Stock covered by the unexercisable portion of the option shall revert  to
the  Plan. If the Participant  (or his or her designee  or estate as provided in
Section 9(c)  above)  does not  exercise  his or  her  options within  the  time
specified  in the  Plan and the  Award Agreement, the  unexercised options shall
terminate and the shares of Common Stock covered by such options shall revert to
the Plan.
 
    10.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.
 
    (a)  GENERAL.   The Committee, in  its sole discretion,  may make Awards  of
Restricted Stock to selected Participants, which Awards shall be evidenced by an
Award  Agreement that contains such terms  and conditions, including vesting, as
the Committee may  determine. As a  condition to any  Award of Restricted  Stock
hereunder,  the Committee may  require a Participant  to pay to  the Company the
amount (such as the  par value of  such shares) required to  be received by  the
Company  in order to assure  compliance with applicable state  law. Any Award of
Restricted Stock for which such  requirement is established shall  automatically
expire  if not purchased in accordance  with the Committee's requirements within
sixty (60) days after the Date of Grant.
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions  of the respective Award Agreement,  the
Participant, as the owner of the Common Stock issued as Restricted Stock and any
Retained  Distributions  with  respect  thereto,  shall  have  the  rights  of a
stockholder, including, but  not limited  to, voting  rights as  to such  Common
Stock  and the right to receive cash dividends or distributions thereon when, as
and if paid.
 
    Within the limits set forth in the Plan, an Award of Restricted Stock may be
subject to such vesting requirements as  may be fixed by the Committee.  Vesting
may  be accelerated by a Change of Control. Vesting also may be accelerated upon
death, permanent disability or Retirement.
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event that an Award
of Restricted Stock  is made  to a Participant  whose employment  or service  is
subsequently terminated by reason of
 
                                      VI-6
<PAGE>
death,  permanent  disability or  Retirement  or for  such  other reason  as the
Committee may provide, such Participant (or  his estate or beneficiary) will  be
entitled  to receive  such additional  portion of  his Restricted  Stock and any
Retained Distributions  with respect  thereto that  the Participant  would  have
received  had the Participant remained in the employment of the Company, Parent,
Subsidiary or USLD, as applicable, through the date on which the next portion of
the shares  of unvested  Restricted Stock  subject to  the Award  of  Restricted
Shares would have vested.
 
    Unless  otherwise provided in the Award Agreement,  in the event an Award of
Restricted Stock is  made to a  Participant whose employment  with the  Company,
Parent,  Subsidiary or  USLD, as applicable,  is subsequently  terminated by the
Participant for Good Reason  or by the Company,  Parent, Subsidiary or USLD,  as
applicable,  other than for Cause, then in  any such event, the Participant will
be entitled  to  receive  such  additional  portion of  his  or  her  shares  of
Restricted  Stock and any  Retained Distributions with  respect thereto that the
Participant would have received had  the Participant remained in the  employment
of  the Company, Parent, Subsidiary or USLD,  as applicable, through the date on
which the next portion of the shares of unvested Restricted Stock subject to the
Award of Restricted Stock would have vested.
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event that an Award
of Restricted  Stock  is made  to  a Participant  who  subsequently  voluntarily
resigns  or whose employment  is terminated for Cause,  then all such Restricted
Stock and  any Retained  Distributions  with respect  thereto  as to  which  the
Restricted Period still applies shall be forfeited by such Participant and shall
again become available for grant under the Plan.
 
    (b)   TRANSFERABILITY.  Restricted Stock and any Retained Distributions with
respect thereto may  not be  sold, assigned, transferred,  pledged or  otherwise
encumbered  during  the  Restricted Period,  which  shall be  determined  by the
Committee and shall not be less than one  year nor more than two years from  the
date  such Restricted Stock was awarded. The  Committee may, at any time, reduce
the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding shares of Restricted Stock
and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto awarded under the Plan.
 
    Shares of Restricted  Stock, when  issued, will  be represented  by a  stock
certificate  or certificates registered  in the name of  the Participant to whom
such Restricted  Stock shall  have been  granted and  shall bear  a  restrictive
legend  to the effect that  ownership of such Restricted  Stock (and any related
Retained Distributions) and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto  are
subject  to the restrictions, terms and conditions  provided in the Plan and the
applicable  Award  Agreement.  Each  certificate  shall  be  deposited  by   the
Participant with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of
assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of
all  or  any portion  of the  Restricted Stock  and any  securities constituting
Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited  or that shall not become  vested
in   accordance  with  the  respective   Award  Agreement.  The  certificate  or
certificates issued for the Restricted Stock may bear such legend or legends  as
the  Committee  may,  from  time  to  time,  deem  appropriate  to  reflect  the
restrictions under the Plan for such Restricted Stock.
 
    (c)   STOCK CERTIFICATES;  ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS.   Shares  of  Restricted
Stock  shall constitute  issued and outstanding  shares of Common  Stock for all
corporate purposes. Each Participant will have the right to vote the  Restricted
Stock  held by such  Participant, to receive  and retain all  cash dividends and
distributions thereon and exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of  a
holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Stock, with the exception
that:
 
        (i)  the  Participant will  not  be entitled  to  delivery of  the stock
    certificate or  certificates representing  such Restricted  Stock until  the
    Restricted  Period applicable to  such shares or  portion thereof shall have
    expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall
    have been fulfilled;
 
        (ii) other than cash dividends and distributions and rights to  purchase
    stock which might be distributed to stockholders of the Company, the Company
    will retain custody of all Retained
 
                                      VI-7
<PAGE>
    Distributions  made,  paid, declared  or  otherwise received  by  the holder
    thereof with respect  to Restricted Stock  (and such Retained  Distributions
    will  be  subject to  the  same restrictions,  terms  and conditions  as are
    applicable to the  Restricted Stock with  respect to which  they were  made,
    paid  or  declared)  until such  time,  if  ever, as  the  Restricted Period
    applicable to the shares with  respect to which such Retained  Distributions
    shall  have been  made, paid, declared  or received shall  have expired, and
    such Retained  Distributions shall  not bear  interest or  be segregated  in
    separate accounts; and
 
        (iii)  upon the breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided
    in the Plan or  the respective Award Agreement  or otherwise established  by
    the   Committee   with  respect   to  any   Restricted  Stock   or  Retained
    Distributions, such Restricted Stock and any related Retained  Distributions
    shall thereupon be automatically forfeited.
 
    (d)   MERGERS AND OTHER CORPORATE CHANGES.  Unless otherwise provided in the
Award Agreement, upon the  occurrence of a Change  of Control, all  restrictions
imposed  on the  Participant's Restricted  Stock and  any Retained Distributions
shall  automatically  terminate  and  lapse  and  the  Restricted  Period  shall
automatically terminate; provided, however, that if the Change of Control occurs
within  six (6)  months of  the Date of  Grant, the  restrictions and Restricted
Period shall terminate on the six (6) month anniversary of the Date of Grant.
 
    11.   ADJUSTMENTS.    The  Committee,  in  its  discretion,  may  make  such
adjustments  in  the  option price,  the  number  or kind  of  shares  and other
appropriate provisions  covered  by  outstanding Awards  that  are  required  to
prevent any dilution or enlargement of the rights of the holders of such options
that  would otherwise  result from  any reorganization,  recapitalization, stock
split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, issuance of
rights or  any  other  change in  the  capital  structure of  the  Company.  The
Committee,  in its discretion,  may also make such  adjustments in the aggregate
number and  class  of  shares that  may  be  the subject  of  Awards  which  are
appropriate  to  reflect any  transaction or  event  described in  the preceding
sentence.
 
    12.  AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND  TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.   The Board may  at
any time suspend or terminate the Plan or may amend it from time to time in such
respects  as  the Board  may deem  advisable  in order  that the  Awards granted
thereunder may conform to any  changes in the law or  in any other respect  that
the  Board  may deem  to  be in  the best  interests  of the  Company; provided,
however, that without  approval by the  stockholders of the  Company voting  the
proper  percentage of its voting power, no  such amendment shall make any change
in the Plan for which stockholder approval  is required in order to comply  with
(i) Rule 16b-3, as amended, promulgated under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Code or
regulatory  provisions dealing with Incentive Stock Options, (iii) any rules for
listed companies  promulgated  by  any  national stock  exchange  on  which  the
Company's  Common Stock  is traded  or (iv)  any other  applicable rule  or law.
Unless sooner  terminated hereunder,  the Plan  shall terminate  ten (10)  years
after  the Effective Date.  No amendment, suspension or  termination of the Plan
shall, without a Participant's  consent, impair or negate  any of the rights  or
obligations  under any Award  theretofore granted to  such Participant under the
Plan.
 
    13.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company shall have the right to withhold from any
payments made under  this Plan, or  to collect  as a condition  of payment,  any
taxes required by law to be withheld. At any time when a Participant is required
to  pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable income
tax laws in connection with a distribution of shares of Common Stock pursuant to
this Plan, the Participant may  satisfy this obligation in  whole or in part  by
electing  to have the  Company withhold from such  distribution shares of Common
Stock having a value equal to the  amount required to be withheld. The value  of
the  shares of  Common Stock to  be withheld shall  be based on  the fair market
value, as determined pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, of the Common Stock on the
date that the amount of tax to be withheld shall be determined (the "Tax Date").
Any such election  is subject to  the following restrictions:  (i) the  election
must be made on or prior to the Tax Date; (ii) the election must be irrevocable;
and  (iii) the election must be subject  to the disapproval of the Committee. To
the extent required  to comply with  rules promulgated under  Section 16 of  the
 
                                      VI-8
<PAGE>
Exchange  Act, elections by  Participants who are  subject to Section  16 of the
Exchange Act  are  subject to  the  following additional  restrictions:  (i)  no
election shall be effective for a Tax Date which occurs within six (6) months of
the  grant of the  Award and (ii) the  election must be made  either (a) six (6)
months or more prior to the Tax Date  or (b) during the period beginning on  the
third  business  day  following the  date  of  release for  publication  for the
Company's quarterly  or annual  summary  statements of  sales and  earnings  and
ending on the twelfth business day following such date.
 
    14.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF  THE PLAN.  This Plan  shall become effective on the
date (the "Effective Date") of the last to occur of (i) the adoption of the Plan
by the Board and (ii) the approval, within twelve (12) months of such  adoption,
by  a majority (or such other proportion as may be required by state law) of the
outstanding voting shares of the Company, voted either in person or by proxy, at
a duly held stockholders meeting or  by written stockholder consent, but in  any
event  not  before  the  effectiveness of  the  Company's  Form  10 Registration
Statement filed under the Exchange Act.
 
    15.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS  REGARDING CHANGE  OF CONTROL.   The  Board or  the
Committee  may,  from time  to time,  make  special provisions  for one  or more
Participants  respecting  a  possible  Change  of  Control  of  the  Company,  a
Subsidiary,  Parent or USLD, and, to the extent that any such special provisions
made with  the  consent  of  the  affected  employee  may  have  the  effect  of
accelerating  vesting  of stock  options granted  under the  Plan or  removal of
restrictions on  Restricted Stock  allotted  under the  Plan  or the  effect  of
preventing  a termination or dilution of benefits, such special provisions shall
be controlling over and shall be deemed  to be an amendment of any  inconsistent
terms of the applicable Award Agreement.
 
    16.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
 
    (a)  If approved by the  Board, the Company or  any Parent or Subsidiary may
lend money or guarantee loans by third  parties to an individual to finance  the
exercise  of any option granted under the  Plan to continue to hold Common Stock
thereby acquired. No such  loans to finance the  exercise of an Incentive  Stock
Option  shall have an interest rate or other  terms that would cause any part of
the principal amount to be characterized as interest for purposes of the Code.
 
    (b) This Plan is  intended and has  been drafted to  comply in all  respects
with  Rule 16b-3,  as amended,  under the  Exchange Act  ("Rule 16b-3").  If any
provision of this  Plan does  not comply  with Rule  16b-3, this  Plan shall  be
automatically amended to comply with Rule 16b-3.
 
    (c)  No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the
grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be
retained in the employ of the Company,  a Parent, a Subsidiary or USLD.  Nothing
in  this Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company,
a Parent, any Subsidiary  or USLD to terminate  any Participant's employment  at
any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD.
 
    (d)  To the  extent that  federal laws do  not otherwise  control, this Plan
shall be construed in accordance with and  governed by the laws of the State  of
Delaware or the property laws of any particular state.
 
    (e)  In case any  one or more of  the provisions of this  Plan shall be held
invalid, illegal  or  unenforceable in  any  respect under  applicable  law  and
regulation  (including Rule 16b-3), the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall  not in any way  be affected or impaired  thereby
and  the invalid, illegal  or unenforceable provisions shall  be deemed null and
void; however, to the  extent permissible by law,  any provision which could  be
deemed   null  and  void  shall  first  be  construed,  interpreted  or  revised
retroactively to  permit  this Plan  to  be  construed in  compliance  with  all
applicable  laws (including Rule 16b-3) so as to foster the intent of this Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in  this Plan to  the contrary, the  Committee, in  its
sole  and absolute discretion, may bifurcate this  Plan so as to restrict, limit
or condition the  use of  any provision  of this  Plan to  Participants who  are
subject  to Section 16 of  the Exchange Act without  so restricting, limiting or
conditioning this Plan with respect to other Participants.
 
                                      VI-9
<PAGE>
    (f) None  of a  Participant's rights  or  interests under  the Plan  may  be
assigned  or transferred in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of
law or otherwise (except pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or, in
the event  of  a  Participant's death,  by  will  or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution),  including,  but  not  by  way  of  limitation,  execution, levy,
garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner, and no  such
right  or  interest of  any  Participant in  the Plan  shall  be subject  to any
obligation or liability of such individual.
 
    (g) No  Restricted  Stock or  any  Retained Distributions  shall  be  issued
hereunder  unless counsel for the Company  shall be satisfied that such issuance
will be in compliance with applicable federal, state or other securities laws.
 
    (h) The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
 
    (i) By accepting any Award under  the Plan, each Participant or  beneficiary
claiming under or through him shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his
acceptance  and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan
by the Company, the Committee or the Board.
 
    (j)  Awards granted under  the Plan shall be  binding upon the Company,  its
successors and assigns.
 
    (k)  The appropriate  officers of  the Company shall  cause to  be filed any
reports, returns, or other information regarding Awards hereunder or any  Common
Stock  issued pursuant hereto as  may be required by Section  13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, or any other applicable statute, rule or regulation.
 
    (l) Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board of Directors from
adopting other or additional  compensation arrangements, subject to  stockholder
approval if such approval is required.
 
                                     VI-10
<PAGE>
                                                                       ANNEX VII
 
                       1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN OF
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
    1.   PURPOSE.   The  purpose of  this Plan  is to  advance the  interests of
Billing Information Concepts Corp., a  Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  by
providing  an additional incentive to attract and retain qualified and competent
directors, upon whose efforts and judgment the success of the Company is largely
dependent, through the encouragement of stock  ownership in the Company by  such
persons.
 
    2.    DEFINITIONS.   As  used herein,  the  following terms  shall  have the
meanings indicated:
 
    (a) "Annual Director Fee" shall mean a fee payable annually to each Eligible
Person on the  business day on  or immediately  after December 15  of each  year
("Payment  Date"), at  the election  of the Eligible  Person, in  either cash of
$15,000 or an Option granted pursuant to Section 5 or partly in cash and  partly
in an Option granted pursuant to Section 5.
 
        (b)  "Board" shall  mean the Board  of Directors  of Billing Information
    Concepts Corp.
 
        (c) "Committee" shall mean the committee, if any, appointed by the Board
    pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
 
        (d) "Date of Grant" shall mean the date on which an Option is granted to
    an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 hereof.
 
        (e) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board or a member of the board
    of directors of a Parent on the date of adoption of the Plan.
 
        (f) "Eligible Person(s)" shall mean  those persons who are Directors  of
    the  Company or a Parent other than U.S. Long Distance Corp. and who are not
    employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.
 
        (g) "Fair Market Value" of a Share on any date of reference shall be the
    closing price on the business day immediately preceding such date. For  this
    purpose, the closing price of the Shares on any business day shall be (i) if
    the  Shares are listed or admitted for trading on any United States national
    securities exchange, the  last reported sales  price of the  Shares on  such
    exchange,  as  reported in  any newspaper  of  general circulation,  (ii) if
    actual transactions in the Shares are included in the Nasdaq National Market
    or are reported on a consolidated transaction reporting system, the  closing
    sales  price of  the Shares  on such system,  (iii) if  Shares are otherwise
    quoted  on  the  Nasdaq   system,  or  any   similar  system  of   automated
    dissemination  of quotations  of securities prices  in common  use, the mean
    between the closing high bid  and low asked quotations  for such day of  the
    Shares  on such  system, and (iv)  if none of  clause (i), (ii)  or (iii) is
    applicable, the  mean between  the high  bid and  low asked  quotations  for
    Shares  as reported by the National Daily  Quotation Service if at least two
    securities dealers  have inserted  both  bid and  asked quotations  for  the
    Shares on at least five (5) of the ten (10) preceding trading days.
 
        (h)  "Internal Revenue Code"  or "Code" shall  mean the Internal Revenue
    Code of 1986, as it now exists or may be amended from time to time.
 
        (i) "Nonqualified Stock  Option" shall  mean an  option that  is not  an
    incentive  stock option  as defined in  Section 422 of  the Internal Revenue
    Code.
 
        (j)  "Option" shall mean any option granted under Section 4 or 5 of this
    Plan.
 
        (k) "Optionee" shall mean  a person to whom  an Option is granted  under
    this  Plan or any successor to the rights  of such person under this Plan by
    reason of the death of such person.
 
        (l) "Parent" shall mean a parent  corporation of the Company as  defined
    in Section 424(e) of the Code and U.S. Long Distance Corp.
 
                                     VII-1
<PAGE>
        (m) "Payment Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
 
        (n)  "Plan" shall mean  this 1996 Non-Employee  Director Plan of Billing
    Information Concepts Corp.
 
        (o) "Prior Plan" shall mean the 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan of  U.S.
    Long Distance Corp.
 
        (p)  "Share(s)" shall mean  a share or  shares of the  common stock, par
    value one cent ($0.01) per share, of the Company.
 
        (q) "Subsidiary" shall mean a  subsidiary corporation of the Company  as
    defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
    3.   SHARES AND OPTIONS.  The maximum number of Shares to be issued pursuant
to Options under  this Plan  shall be  FOUR HUNDRED  THOUSAND (400,000)  Shares.
Shares  issued pursuant to  Options granted under  this Plan may  be issued from
Shares held in the Company's treasury or from authorized and unissued Shares. If
any Option granted under  this Plan shall terminate,  expire or be cancelled  or
surrendered  as to  any Shares, new  Options may thereafter  be granted covering
such Shares. Any Option granted hereunder shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option.
 
    4.  AUTOMATIC GRANT OF OPTIONS.  (a) Options shall automatically be  granted
to Directors as provided in this Section 4. Each Option shall be evidenced by an
option agreement (an "Option Agreement") and shall contain such terms as are not
inconsistent with this Plan or any applicable law. Any person who files with the
Committee,  in  a  form  satisfactory  to the  Committee,  a  written  waiver of
eligibility to  receive any  Option under  this Plan  shall not  be eligible  to
receive any Option under this Plan for the duration of such waiver.
 
    (b)  The Options automatically granted to Directors under this Plan shall be
in addition to regular  director's fees and other  benefits with respect to  the
Director's  position with the Company or  its Subsidiaries. Neither the Plan nor
any Option granted  under the Plan  shall confer  upon any person  any right  to
continue to serve as a Director.
 
    (c) Options shall be automatically granted as follows:
 
        (i)  Each Director who  holds one or more  unexercised options under the
    Prior Plan (an  "Unexercised Option") will  automatically receive an  Option
    for  such number of Shares as is equal  to the number of shares of U.S. Long
    Distance Corp. common  stock, $0.01  per share, subject  to his  Unexercised
    Options.  Each such Option will  vest at the same  time that his Unexercised
    Options vest (assuming that his  Unexercised Options remain outstanding  and
    exercisable);
 
        (ii) Each Director who is an Eligible Person shall automatically receive
    an  Option for  FIFTEEN THOUSAND (15,000)  Shares on the  date such Eligible
    Person is initially appointed or elected a Director of the Company, and such
    Option will vest as  to FIVE THOUSAND  (5,000) Shares on  each of the  first
    three anniversaries of the Date of Grant; and
 
       (iii)  Each Director who is an Eligible Person will receive, on the first
    business date after the date of  each annual meeting of stockholders of  the
    Company,  commencing  with the  annual  meeting of  stockholders immediately
    following the  full vesting  of  any Option  previously granted  under  this
    Section  4, an option to purchase FIFTEEN THOUSAND (15,000) Shares, and such
    Option will vest as  to FIVE THOUSAND  (5,000) Shares on  each of the  first
    three anniversaries of the Date of Grant.
 
    For purposes of Section 4(c)(i), a Director's service with a Parent shall be
considered service with the Company.
 
    (d)  Any Option  that may  be granted pursuant  to subparagraph  (c) of this
Section 4 prior to the approval of this Plan by the stockholders of the  Company
may  be exercised on or after the Date  of Grant subject to the approval of this
Plan   by   the    stockholders   of    the   Company    within   twelve    (12)
 
                                     VII-2
<PAGE>
months  after the  effective date  of this  Plan. If  any Optionee  exercises an
Option prior to such stockholder approval, the Optionee must tender the exercise
price at the time of exercise and the Company shall hold the Shares to be issued
pursuant to such exercise until the stockholders approve this Plan. If this Plan
is approved by the stockholders, the Company shall issue and deliver the  Shares
as  to which the Option has been exercised.  If this Plan is not approved by the
stockholders, the Company shall return the exercise price to the Optionee.
 
    (e) Except for  the automatic grants  of Options under  subparagraph (c)  of
this  Section 4 and grants of Options to Eligible Persons under Section 5 below,
no Options shall otherwise be granted  hereunder, and neither the Board nor  the
Committee,  if  any, shall  have any  discretion  with respect  to the  grant of
Options within  the  meaning of  Rule  16b-3 promulgated  under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule.
 
    5.   ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUAL DIRECTOR FEE.  Each Eligible Person may
elect to receive the Annual Director Fee in  cash or in an Option, or partly  in
cash  and partly  in an Option.  Any election to  receive an Option  shall be in
writing and must  be made not  later than June  15, 1996, even  if prior to  the
effective  date of the Plan,  for Options to be granted  for the Payment Date in
1996, and thereafter such election shall be  made not later than December 31  of
each year with respect to the Annual Director Fee to be made on the Payment Date
in  the subsequent year. The election may not  be revoked or changed after it is
made. For purposes of this election and subject to Section 9, in lieu of receipt
of the Annual Director Fee in cash,  as elected by the Eligible Person, each  $2
of  cash  compensation shall  be converted  into  an Option,  granted as  of the
Payment Date, to purchase one (1) share  of Common Stock. If an Eligible  Person
so  elects to  receive an  Option, the  Company shall  promptly deliver  to such
Eligible Person  an Option  Agreement.  To be  eligible  to receive  the  Annual
Director  Fee,  for any  year, the  Eligible Person  must be  a Director  on the
Payment Date  for  that Annual  Director  Fee. Any  person  who files  with  the
Committee,  in  a  form  satisfactory  to the  Committee,  a  written  waiver of
eligibility to  receive any  Option under  this Plan  shall not  be eligible  to
receive any Option under this Plan for the duration of such waiver.
 
    6.   OPTION  PRICE.  (a)  The Option price  per Share of  any Option granted
pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i) of  this Plan shall equal  the product of (1)  the
exercise  price of the related Unexercised Option myltiplied by (2) the ratio of
(A) the average of the closing sales price per share of the Shares on the Nasdaq
National Market for  each of  ten consecutive  trading days  beginning with  and
including  the date  on which Parent  distributes the outstanding  Shares to the
holders of the common stock  of Parent to (B) the  sum of (y) the dollar  amount
determined under clause A above, plus (z) the average of the closing sales price
per  share of the common stock of Parent  on the Nasdaq National Market for each
of ten consecutive trading days beginning  with and including the date on  which
Parent  distributes the outstanding Shares to the holders of the common stock of
Parent. (b) Except as described by subparagraph 6(a) above, the Option price per
Share of any Option granted pursuant to  this Plan shall be one hundred  percent
(100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.
 
    7.   EXERCISE OF  OPTIONS.  Options may  be exercised at  any time after the
date on which the Options, or any  portion thereof, are vested until the  Option
expires  pursuant  to Section  8;  provided, however,  that  no Option  shall be
exercisable prior to six (6) months from  the Date of Grant. An Option shall  be
deemed  exercised  when (i)  the  Company has  received  written notice  of such
exercise in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement, (ii) full payment
of the aggregate Option price of the Shares as to which the Option is  exercised
has  been made and (iii) arrangements that  are satisfactory to the Committee in
its sole discretion have been made for the Optionee's payment to the Company  of
the  amount,  if any,  that the  Committee  determines to  be necessary  for the
Company to withhold in  accordance with applicable federal  or state income  tax
withholding  requirements. Pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, tax
withholding  requirements,  at  the  option  of  an  Optionee,  may  be  met  by
withholding Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee upon the exercise of an
Option.  Unless further  limited by the  Committee in any  Option Agreement, the
Option price of any Shares purchased shall be paid solely in cash, by  certified
or  cashier's  check, by  money  order, with  Shares  (but with  Shares  only if
permitted  by   the   Option   Agreement   or   otherwise   permitted   by   the
 
                                     VII-3
<PAGE>
Committee in its sole discretion at the time of exercise) or by a combination of
the  above; provided,  however, that  the Committee  in its  sole discretion may
accept a  personal check  in  full or  partial payment  of  any Shares.  If  the
exercise  price is paid in whole or in part with Shares, the value of the Shares
surrendered shall be their Fair Market Value on the date the Shares are received
by the Company.
 
    8.  TERMINATION  OF OPTION  PERIOD.  The  unexercised portion  of an  Option
shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at the
time of the earliest to occur of the following:
 
        (a)  with respect to  Options granted automatically  pursuant to Section
    4(c), thirty  (30) days  after the  date that  an Optionee  ceases to  be  a
    Director  (including for this purpose a  Director of a Parent) regardless of
    the reason therefor other than as a  result of such termination by death  of
    the Optionee;
 
        (b)  with respect to  Options granted automatically  pursuant to Section
    4(c), (y)  one (1)  year after  the date  that an  Optionee ceases  to be  a
    Director  (including for this purpose  a Director of a  Parent) by reason of
    death of the Optionee or (z) six (6) months after the Optionee shall die  if
    that  shall occur during the thirty-day period described in Subsection 8(a);
    or
 
        (c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Date of Grant of the Option.
 
    9.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.  (a) If  at any time while this Plan is in  effect
or  unexercised Options are outstanding, there shall be any increase or decrease
in the number  of issued  and outstanding Shares  through the  declaration of  a
stock  dividend or through  any recapitalization resulting  in a stock split-up,
combination or exchange of Shares, then and in such event:
 
        (i) appropriate adjustment shall be made in the maximum number of Shares
    then subject to being optioned under this Plan, so that the same  proportion
    of  the Company's issued and outstanding Shares shall continue to be subject
    to being so optioned; and
 
        (ii) appropriate adjustment shall  be made in the  number of Shares  and
    the exercise price per Share thereof then subject to any outstanding Option,
    so  that the same proportion of  the Company's issued and outstanding Shares
    shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.
 
    In addition, the Committee shall make  such adjustments in the Option  price
and  the number of  shares covered by  outstanding Options that  are required to
prevent dilution or  enlargement of the  rights of the  holders of such  Options
that  would otherwise  result from  any reorganization,  recapitalization, stock
split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, issuance of
rights, spin-off or any other change in capital structure of the Company.
 
    (b) Except  as otherwise  expressly  provided herein,  the issuance  by  the
Company  of shares of its capital stock  of any class, or securities convertible
into shares of capital stock  of any class, either  in connection with a  direct
sale  or upon the exercise of rights  or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon
conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such  shares
or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
be  made with respect to, the number of or exercise price of Shares then subject
to outstanding Options granted under this Plan.
 
    (c) Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing, the  existence  of
outstanding  Options granted under this Plan shall  not affect in any manner the
right or power of the  Company to make, authorize or  consummate (i) any or  all
adjustments,   recapitalizations,  reorganizations  or   other  changes  in  the
Company's capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or consolidation of
the Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt securities, or preferred  or
preference  stock  that  would  rank above  the  Shares  subject  to outstanding
Options; (iv)  the dissolution  or liquidation  of the  Company; (v)  any  sale,
transfer  or assignment  of all  or any part  of the  assets or  business of the
Company; or (vi)  any other corporate  act or proceeding,  whether of a  similar
character or otherwise.
 
                                     VII-4
<PAGE>
    10.   TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.   Each Option Agreement shall provide that
such Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee other than by will or  the
laws  of descent and distribution or  pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order and that, so long as an Optionee lives, only such Optionee or his guardian
or legal representative shall have the right to exercise the related Option.
 
    11.  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  No person  shall be, or have any of the rights  or
privileges  of, a stockholder of  the Company with respect  to any of the Shares
subject to  an Option  unless and  until certificates  representing such  Shares
shall  have been  issued and  delivered to  such person.  As a  condition of any
transfer of the certificate for Shares, the Committee may obtain such agreements
or undertakings,  if  any, as  it  may deem  necessary  or advisable  to  assure
compliance  with any provision of this Plan,  any Option Agreement or any law or
regulation, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
        (i) A  representation, warranty  or  agreement by  the Optionee  to  the
    Company,  at the  time any  Option is  exercised, that  he is  acquiring the
    Shares to be issued to him or her for investment and not with a view to,  or
    for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares; and
 
        (ii)  A representation, warranty or agreement to be bound by any legends
    that are,  in the  opinion of  the Committee,  necessary or  appropriate  to
    comply  with the provisions of any securities law deemed by the Committee to
    be applicable to the issuance of the Shares and are endorsed upon the  Share
    certificates.
 
    Share  certificates issued to an Optionee who  is a party to any stockholder
agreement or  a similar  agreement  shall bear  the  legends contained  in  such
agreements.
 
    12.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  (a)  This Plan shall be administered by a
stock option committee (the  "Committee") consisting of not  fewer than two  (2)
members  of the Board; provided, however, that if no Committee is appointed, the
Board shall  administer  this  Plan and  in  such  case all  references  to  the
Committee  shall be deemed  to be references  to the Board.  The Committee shall
have all of the powers of the Board with respect to this Plan. Any member of the
Committee may be removed at  any time, with or  without cause, by resolution  of
the  Board, and any vacancy occurring in  the membership of the Committee may be
filled by appointment by the Board.
 
    (b) The Committee, from  time to time, may  adopt rules and regulations  for
carrying   out  the   purposes  of  this   Plan.  The   determinations  and  the
interpretation and construction of any provision  of this Plan by the  Committee
shall be final and conclusive.
 
    (c)  Any and all decisions or determinations  of the Committee shall be made
either (i) by a majority  vote of the members of  the Committee at a meeting  or
(ii)  without a meeting by the written approval  of a majority of the members of
the Committee.
 
    (d) This Plan is intended and has been drafted to comply with Rule 16b-3, as
amended, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If any provision
of this Plan does  not comply with  Rule 16b-3, as amended,  this Plan shall  be
automatically amended to comply with Rule 16b-3, as amended.
 
    (e)  This Plan  shall not be  amended more  than once every  six (6) months,
other than to comport with applicable changes to the Internal Revenue Code,  the
Employee  Retirement  Income Security  Act  of 1974,  as  amended, or  the rules
thereunder.
 
    13.  INTERPRETATION.  (a) If any provision of this Plan is held invalid  for
any  reason, such holding shall not  affect the remaining provisions hereof, but
instead this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had never
been included in this Plan.
 
    (b) THIS PLAN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE  EXCEPT
TO  THE EXTENT SUPERSEDED BY THE LAWS OF  THE UNITED STATES OR THE PROPERTY LAWS
OF ANY STATE.
 
    (c) Headings contained in this Plan are for convenience only and shall in no
manner be construed as part of this Plan.
 
                                     VII-5
<PAGE>
    (d) Any reference  to the masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender shall be  a
reference to such other gender as is appropriate.
 
    14.   SECTION  83(B) ELECTION.   If as a  result of exercising  an Option an
Optionee receives Shares that are subject to a "substantial risk of  forfeiture"
and  are not "transferable" as  those terms are defined  for purposes of Section
83(a) of the Code, then such Optionee may elect under Section 83(b) of the  Code
to  include in his  gross income, for his  taxable year in  which the Shares are
transferred to such Optionee, the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Shares
at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than
one which by its terms will never  lapse), over the amount paid for the  Shares.
If  the Optionee makes the Section  83(b) election described above, the Optionee
shall (i) make such election in a manner that is satisfactory to the  Committee,
(ii)  provide the Company with a copy  of such election, (iii) agree to promptly
notify the Company if any Internal Revenue Service or state tax agent, on  audit
or  otherwise, questions the validity or correctness  of such election or of the
amount of income reportable on account of such election, and (iv) agree to  such
withholding  as the  Committee may reasonably  require in its  sole and absolute
discretion.
 
    15.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION DATE.   This Plan is adopted as of  July
10, 1996, but shall become effective upon effectiveness of the Company's Form 10
Registration  Statement  filed under  the Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934, as
amended. The effective date of  any amendment to the Plan  is the date on  which
the  Board  adopted  such amendment;  provided,  however,  if this  Plan  is not
approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after  the
effective  date, then, in such event, this Plan and all Options granted pursuant
to this Plan shall be null and void. This Plan shall terminate on July 10, 2006,
and any Option  outstanding on such  date will remain  outstanding until it  has
either expired or has been exercised.
 
                                     VII-6
<PAGE>
                                                                      ANNEX VIII
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    1.  PURPOSE
 
    The  Billing Information  Concepts Corp.  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan (the
"Plan") is designed to encourage employees of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
("Billing") and its  participating Subsidiaries  (collectively, the  "Company"),
where  permitted  by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  to  acquire  an equity
interest in Billing  through the  purchase of shares  of the  common stock,  par
value $0.01 per share, of Billing ("Common Stock"). These purchases are intended
to  establish  a  closer  identification of  employee,  Company  and stockholder
interests and to provide employees with  a direct means of participating in  the
Company's  growth and earnings.  It is anticipated  that Plan participation will
motivate employees  to remain  in the  employ of  the Company  and give  greater
efforts  on  behalf of  the  Company. This  Plan  is intended  to  constitute an
"employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
 
    2.  DEFINITIONS
 
    The following words  or terms, when  used herein, shall  have the  following
respective meanings:
 
    "Closing Market Price" refers to the reported closing sales price for shares
of the Common Stock as so reported in The Wall Street Journal for that day.
 
    "Committee"  shall refer to the committee  appointed by the Billing Board of
Directors to administer this Plan.
 
    "Designated Broker" refers  to the  securities brokerage  company that  will
assist  Billing in administering the Plan and  which may be designated from time
to time by the Committee. Initially the Designated Broker is Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
    "Effective Date" means August 1, 1996,  the first Enrollment Date under  the
Plan.
 
    "Employee"  refers  to all  full-time and  part-time employees,  employed by
Billing or a Subsidiary on a continuous basis.
 
    "Employee  Contribution  Amounts"  refers  to  the  amounts  contributed  by
employees via payroll deduction.
 
    "Enrollment  Date" refers to August 1, 1996, the first Enrollment Date under
the Plan, the  first day of  the initial six-month  Participation Period  ending
January 31, 1997, and after that latter date, refers to February 1 and August 1,
the  first day of the succeeding  six-month Participation Periods which continue
thereafter.
 
    "Enrollment Period"  refers  to the  designated  period that  precedes  each
Enrollment  Date during which employees eligible to participate are provided the
opportunity to enroll in  the Plan. The Enrollment  Period is approximately  two
weeks  in duration and, generally, will expire approximately 10 to 14 days prior
to the  Enrollment Date.  The exact  dates for  each Enrollment  Period will  be
communicated to all eligible employees prior to the Enrollment Period.
 
    "Exercise  Date" refers  to the  last stock  trading day  in a Participation
Period.
 
    "Fair Market Value" refers to the  Closing Market Price on either the  first
or  last  stock  trading  day  in  the  Participation  Period  as  determined in
accordance with Section 9.
 
    "Participant" refers to  any employee meeting  the eligibility  requirements
specified in Section 5 who has enrolled in the Plan.
 
                                     VIII-1
<PAGE>
    "Participation  Period" refers  to the  six-month period  from the Effective
Date through January 31, 1997, and after  that latter date refers to periods  of
February 1 through July 31 and August 1 through January 31, during which periods
payroll  deductions will be made to purchase stock under the Plan, or such other
period as the Committee may at any time prescribe.
 
    "Plan" shall refer to this Billing Information Concepts Corp. Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
 
    "Prior Plan" refers to the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Stock Purchase Plan, the
stock purchase plan of Billing's former parent.
 
    "Subsidiary"  refers  to  any  present  or  future  corporation  that  is  a
"subsidiary corporation" of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the
Code.
 
    3.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
 
    The Plan shall be administered by the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Committee
(the  "Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors of Billing (the "Board"),
which Committee shall consist  of at least  three (3) persons,  who need not  be
members  of  the  Board.  The  members  of  the  Committee  shall  supervise the
administration and enforcement of the Plan according to its terms and provisions
and shall have all powers necessary  to accomplish these purposes and  discharge
its  duties hereunder including, but not limited  to, the power to interpret the
Plan, to make factual  determinations and resolve  issues of eligibility,  stock
price  determination, or any other issues arising  under the Plan or as a result
of participation of Participants in the Plan.
 
    The Committee may act by  majority decision of its  members at a regular  or
special meeting of the Committee or by decision reduced to writing and signed by
all  members of the Committee without holding a formal meeting. Vacancies in the
membership of the Committee arising  from death, resignation or other  inability
to  serve shall be filled  by appointment by the Board  as soon as possible. All
decisions by the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive and binding upon  all
Participants and the Company.
 
    4.  NATURE AND NUMBER OF SHARES
 
    The  Common Stock subject to  issuance under the terms  of the Plan shall be
shares of  Billing's authorized  but unissued  shares. The  aggregate number  of
shares  that  may  be  issued  under  the  Plan  shall  not  exceed  one million
(1,000,000) shares of Common Stock. If the total number of shares that Employees
elect to purchase  under the Plan  exceeds the shares  available, the  Committee
will allot shares among Employees.
 
    In  the event of any  reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, reverse
stock  split,  stock   dividend,  spin-off,  combination   of  shares,   merger,
consolidation,  offering  of  rights  or other  similar  change  in  the capital
structure of Billing,  the Committee  may make such  adjustment, if  any, as  it
deems appropriate in the number, kind and purchase price of the shares available
for  purchase under the Plan, in the maximum number of shares that may be issued
under the Plan and in the Participation Periods, subject to the approval of  the
Board and in accordance with Section 20 of the Plan.
 
    If  Billing is  acquired in  a transaction whereby  it is  not the surviving
entity or  all  or substantially  all  of  Billing's assets  are  acquired,  the
Committee  shall determine a Plan termination  date. This date shall precede the
expected effective date of  such acquisition by not  more than sixty (60)  days.
Employee  Contribution Amounts  accumulated during  the period  between the most
recent Enrollment  Date and  Plan termination  date shall  be used  to  purchase
shares  for Participants in the manner provided  in Section 9 utilizing the Plan
termination date as  the Exercise Date  for determining the  purchase price  for
shares  of Common Stock. In the event the Plan is terminated and the acquisition
transaction is not consummated, the Plan may be reactivated on a date determined
by the Committee.
 
    5.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
 
    Each Employee, except as  described in the  next following paragraph,  shall
become  eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with this Section 5 on
the first Enrollment Date following employment by the Company. Participation  in
the Plan is voluntary.
 
                                     VIII-2
<PAGE>
    The following Employees are not eligible to Participate in the Plan:
 
         i)  Employees  who  have  not  completed at  least  six  (6)  months of
    continuous service with the Company as of the Enrollment Date; and
 
         ii) Employees who would, immediately  upon enrollment in the Plan,  own
    directly  or indirectly, or hold options  or rights to acquire, an aggregate
    of five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value  of
    all outstanding shares of all classes of Billing or any Subsidiary.
 
    Employees  of  any  corporation  that  may  become  a  Subsidiary  after the
Effective Date shall automatically  be deemed to  be eligible for  participation
under  this Plan effective as of the  Enrollment Date following the date (1) the
corporation became a Subsidiary and  (2) the Employees satisfied the  continuous
service requirements described above.
 
    All service with the former parent corporation of Billing or a subsidiary of
such former parent will be taken into account as continuous service for purposes
of this Section 5.
 
    6.  ENROLLMENT
 
    Each  eligible Employee of the Company as  of the Effective Date will become
an eligible Employee in the Plan on  the Effective Date if immediately prior  to
the Effective Date he or she was eligible to participate in the Prior Plan. Each
other Employee of the Company who thereafter becomes eligible to participate may
enroll in the Plan on the February 1 and August 1 Enrollment Dates following the
date  he or  she first meets  the eligibility  requirements of Section  5 of the
Plan. Any eligible Employee  not enrolling in the  Plan when first eligible  may
enroll  in the  Plan on the  next succeeding  February 1 or  August 1 Enrollment
Date. In order to  enroll, an eligible Employee  must complete, sign and  submit
the  appropriate forms during the Enrollment Period to Billing's Human Resources
Department. Continued enrollment in subsequent periods shall be automatic and no
additional documentation is required, unless a Participant desires to revise the
Employee Contribution Amount for  the subsequent Participation Period.  Employee
Contribution  Amounts shall  remain constant  if not  changed at  the Employee's
request during an Enrollment Period.  In order to terminate Plan  participation,
at  any  time,  or change  Employee  Contribution Amounts  during  an Enrollment
Period, the participant must complete, sign and submit the appropriate forms  to
Billing's Human Resources Department.
 
    7.  GRANT OF RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES ON ENROLLMENT
 
    Enrollment  in the Plan by an Employee on an Enrollment Date will constitute
the grant by  Billing to  the Participant  of the  right to  purchase shares  of
Common  Stock  under  the  Plan.  Re-enrollment  or  continued  enrollment  by a
Participant in the Plan will constitute a grant, on the Enrollment Date on which
such re-enrollment or continued enrollment occurs, by Billing to the Participant
of a new right  to purchase shares  of Common Stock. A  Participant who has  not
terminated  employment shall have shares of Common Stock automatically purchased
for  him  or  her  on  the  applicable  Exercise  Date.  The  participant  shall
automatically be re-enrolled in the Plan for subsequent Participation Periods at
the same Employee Contribution Amount, unless the Participant notifies Billing's
Human Resources Department on the appropriate forms that he or she elects not to
re-enroll  or  desires to  change  his or  her  Employee Contribution  Amount. A
Participant who has suspended payroll deductions during any Participation Period
must re-enroll on the appropriate forms to participate in the Plan in any future
Participation Periods.
 
    Each right to  purchase shares  of Common Stock  under the  Plan during  any
participation Period shall have the following terms:
 
         i)   the  right  to   purchase  shares  of   Common  Stock  during  any
    Participation Period shall expire  on the earlier of  (a) the completion  of
    the  purchase of shares  on the Exercise Date  or (b) the  date on which the
    Participant terminates employment;
 
         ii) in no  event shall  the right to  purchase shares  of Common  Stock
    during  any Participation Period extend beyond twenty-seven (27) months from
    the Enrollment Date;
 
                                     VIII-3
<PAGE>
        iii) payment  for  shares purchased  shall  be made  only  with  amounts
    contributed through payroll deductions;
 
        iv)  purchase of  shares shall be  accomplished only  in accordance with
    Section 9;
 
         v) the price per share shall be determined as provided in Section 9;
 
        vi) the right to  purchase shares of Common  Stock (taken together  with
    all  other such rights then outstanding under  this Plan and under all other
    similar stock purchase plans of Billing or any Subsidiary) will in no  event
    give  the Participant  the right  to purchase a  number of  shares of Common
    Stock during a  Participation Period in  excess of the  number of shares  of
    Common  Stock derived by dividing $12,500.00 by the Fair Market Value of the
    Common Stock  on  the  applicable  Grant Date,  as  defined  in  Section  9,
    determined in accordance with Section 9; and
 
        vii)  the right to purchase shares of Common Stock shall in all respects
    be subject to the terms  and conditions of the  Plan, as interpreted by  the
    Committee from time to time.
 
    8.  METHOD OF PAYMENT
 
    Payment  of  shares of  Common  Stock shall  be  made as  of  the applicable
Exercise Date with amounts contributed through payroll deductions collected over
the Plan's  designated  Participation  Period, with  the  first  such  deduction
commencing  with  the  payroll period  ending  after the  Enrollment  Date. Each
Participant will authorize such  deductions from his or  her pay for each  month
during  the Participation  Period. No changes  in monthly  deduction amounts are
permitted subsequent to the Enrollment Period other than ceasing ongoing payroll
deductions for the  remainder of  the Participation  Period. Payroll  deductions
will  be made in  equal installments on each  of the first  two payrolls of each
month during the Participation Period. No lump sum or prepayments are permitted.
Employees may select  any monthly Employee  Contribution Amount as  long as  the
following requirements are met:
 
         i) at least $10.00 is deducted each month;
 
         ii) amount selected is a multiple of $5.00;
 
        iii)  total amount deducted does not  exceed Employee's net pay of their
    base salary; and
 
        iv)  the  aggregate  of  monthly  deduction  amounts  does  not   exceed
    $10,625.00  in any Participation Period (under this Plan and under all other
    similar stock  purchase plans  of Billing  or any  Subsidiary). If  for  any
    reason  a Participants's contributions to  the Plan exceed $10,625.00 during
    any Participation  Period, such  excess  amounts shall  be refunded  to  the
    Participant  as soon as practicable after such excess has been determined to
    exist.
 
    A  Participant  may  suspend  payroll  deductions  at  any  time  during   a
Participation  Period  by  given  written notice  to  Billing's  Human Resources
Department on the appropriate forms, which  will be processed effective for  the
first  payroll  period  that is  administratively  feasible. In  such  case, the
Participant's account balance shall  still be used to  purchase Common Stock  at
the  end  of  the Participation  Period.  Any Participant  who  suspends payroll
deductions during  any Participation  Period  cannot resume  payroll  deductions
during such period and must re-enroll in the Plan during a subsequent Enrollment
Period in order to participate in any future Participation Periods.
 
    Except   in  the  case  of  termination  of  employment,  the  amount  in  a
Participant's account at the end of any Participation Period shall be applied to
the purchase of shares, as provided in Section 9.
 
    9.  PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
    The right to purchase  shares of Common Stock  granted by the Company  under
the Plan is for the term of a Participation Period. The price to be paid for the
Common  Stock to  be purchased  at the  expiration of  such Participation Period
shall  be   determined   as   the   lower   of:   (a)   85%   of   the   Closing
 
                                     VIII-4
<PAGE>
Market  Price on the first trading day  of the Participation Period (Grant Date)
or (b)  85%  of  the Closing  Market  Price  on  the last  trading  day  in  the
Participation  Period (Exercise Date). These dates  constitute the date of grant
and the date of exercise for valuation purposes under Section 423 of the Code.
 
    The number of shares of Common Stock, including fractional shares, purchased
on behalf of  a Participant  shall be recorded  in the  Designated Broker  stock
trading  account established  for each  Participant as  soon as administratively
feasible, but no later than five  (5) business days following the last  business
day  of the preceding Participation Period. The number of shares purchased shall
be computed by dividing the aggregate Employee Contribution Amount by the  price
for  the  Common  Stock determined  in  the  manner described  in  the preceding
paragraph. Participants shall  be treated as  the record owners  of the  shares,
with all rights of a stockholder, effective as of the date the shares are posted
to the Participant's stock trading account. Any fees associated with maintaining
these stock trading accounts shall be the obligation of the Company.
 
    10.  WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES
 
    The  record of shares  of Common Stock  purchased shall be  maintained in an
individual stock trading account established at the Designated Broker on  behalf
of  the Participant until the shares are either withdrawn or sold. A Participant
may elect to withdraw all shares held in his or her account at any time (without
withdrawing from  the Plan)  by giving  notice to  the Designated  Broker.  Upon
receipt  of such notice, the  Designated Broker will arrange  for either (a) the
issuance and delivery of all shares held in the Participant's account as soon as
administratively feasible or  (b) the sale  of the shares,  as described by  the
Participant.
 
    Certificates shall be issued only in the following situations:
 
         i) if the Participant requests a certificate; or
 
         ii)  if  the Participant  terminates  employment with  the  Company and
    requests a certificate.
 
    In both  of these  cases, the  Participant will  be required  to notify  the
Designated  Broker and pay an issuance fee. The share certificate will be issued
to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible after the receipt by the
Designated Broker of the required form and payment of the issuance fee.
 
    Fractional shares shall be handled  as follows: For share withdrawals,  only
whole  shares will be  certified and issued  to Participants. A  payment will be
made to the Participant for any fractional shares owned by the Participant. This
payment shall be computed using  the Closing Market Price  of a share of  Common
Stock  on the  date the  withdrawal is processed  by the  Designated Broker. For
shares sold,  Participants shall  receive credit  for all  whole and  fractional
shares at the actual price for which the shares were sold.
 
    11.  INCOME TAX OBLIGATIONS
 
    Participants  shall be responsible  for all personal  income tax obligations
associated with selling shares of Common Stock purchased through this Plan.  The
Committee  recommends  that each  Participant  seek competent,  professional tax
advice prior to enrolling in the Plan to ensure he or she fully understands  the
tax consequences resulting from stock sales.
 
    12.  TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION
 
    The  right  to  participate  in  the  Plan  terminates  immediately  when  a
Participant ceases  to  be  employed  by Billing  or  any  Subsidiary.  Employee
Contribution  Amounts collected prior  to the date  of termination of employment
shall be paid in cash. The cash shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as
administratively feasible following the end of the Participation Period in which
the Participant's  employment  terminates.  Employee  Contribution  Amounts  for
Participants who are on a Leave of Absence will be used to purchase Common Stock
at the conclusion of the Participation Period in accordance with Section 9.
 
                                     VIII-5
<PAGE>
    13.  DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT
 
    As  soon as  administratively feasible  after receiving  notification of the
death of a  Participant, Employee  Contribution Amounts collected  prior to  the
date  of termination of  employment shall be  paid in cash  to the Participant's
estate. No additional shares  of Common Stock  may be purchased  on behalf of  a
Participant   after  notification  of  death  is   received.  All  assets  in  a
Participant's stock trading  account will  remain in  the Participant's  account
until  the  person whom  the Participant  has  elected a  joint tenant,  with or
without right of survivorship, or the representative of the Participant's estate
requests  delivery  thereof  from  the   Designated  Broker  and  submits   such
documentation  as the Designated Broker may require to show proof of entitlement
thereto.
 
    14.  ASSIGNMENT
 
    The rights  of a  Participant under  the  Plan shall  not be  assignable  or
otherwise  transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent
and distribution  or pursuant  to  a qualified  domestic  relations order  .  No
purported  assignment or transfer of any rights of a Participant under the Plan,
whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation  of law or otherwise, shall  vest
in   the  purported  assignee  or  transferee  any  interest  or  right  therein
whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer, or any attempt  to
make  the same, such rights shall terminate  and become of no further effect. If
the foregoing  provisions of  this Section  14 are  violated, the  Participant's
election to purchase Common Stock shall terminate and the only obligation of the
Company remaining under the Plan shall be to pay the person entitled thereto the
Employee  Contribution  Amount then  credited to  the Participant's  account. No
Participant may create a lien on any funds, securities, rights or other property
held for the account  of the Participant  under the Plan,  except to the  extent
permitted  by will or the laws of descent and distribution if beneficiaries have
not been designated. A  Participant's right to purchase  shares of Common  Stock
under  the Plan shall be exercisable  only during the Participant's lifetime and
only by him or her.
 
    15.  COSTS
 
    Billing will pay all expenses incident to establishing and administering the
Plan. Expenses to be incurred by Participants shall be limited to brokerage fees
relating to sales of stock from the Participant's account (as described herein),
issuance fees  (as  described  in  Section  10)  and  any  personal  income  tax
obligations.
 
    16.  REPORTS
 
    At least annually, the Company shall provide or cause to be provided to each
Participant  a report of  their Employee Contribution Amounts  and the shares of
Common  Stock  purchased  with  such  Employee  Contribution  Amounts  by   that
Participant on each Exercise Date.
 
    17.  EQUAL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
 
    All  eligible Employees shall have equal  rights and privileges with respect
to the Plan  so that the  Plan qualifies  as an "employee  stock purchase  plan"
within  the meaning of  Section 423 or  any successor provision  of the Code and
related regulations. Any provision of the Plan that is inconsistent with Section
423 or  any  successor  provision of  the  Code  shall without  further  act  or
amendment  by the Company be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section
423. This Section  17 shall  take precedence over  all other  provisions in  the
Plan.
 
    18.  RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER
 
    A  Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder under his or her rights
to purchase  Common  Stock until  he  or she  becomes  a stockholder  as  herein
provided.  A Participant  will become a  stockholder with respect  to shares for
which payment has been completed  as provided in Section  9 effective as of  the
date the shares are posted to the Participant's stock trading account.
 
    19.  MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
 
    The  Board may amend or terminate the Plan  at any time as permitted by law,
with  the  exception  that  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  (including,  without
limitation, the provisions of Sections 8 and 9) that
 
                                     VIII-6
<PAGE>
constitute  a  formula  award for  purposes  of  Rule 16b-3  promulgated  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended ("Rule 16b-3"), may not be amended more than once every six (6)  months,
other  than to  comply with  changes in  the Code,  or the  rules thereunder. No
amendment shall be  effective unless  within one (1)  year after  the change  is
adopted  by the Board it is approved by  the holders of a majority of the voting
power of Billing's outstanding shares:
 
         i) if and to the  extent such amendment is  required to be approved  by
    stockholders  to continue the  exemption provided for in  Rule 16b-3 (or any
    successor provision); or
 
         ii) if such amendment would cause the rights granted under the Plan  to
    purchase  shares of Common Stock to fail to meet the requirements of Section
    423 of the Code (or any successor provision).
 
    20.  BOARD AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL; EFFECTIVE DATE
 
    The Plan was approved by the Board and by the sole stockholder of Billing on
July 10, 1996.  The Plan  will become effective  upon the  effectiveness of  the
Company's Form 10 Registration Statement filed under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.
 
    21.  GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS OR CONSENTS
 
    The  Plan and  any offering  or sale  made to  Employees under  the Plan are
subject to  any  governmental  approvals  or consents  that  may  be  or  become
applicable in connection therewith. Subject to the provisions of Section 19, the
Board  may make such changes in the Plan  and include such terms in any offering
under the Plan as may  be desirable to comply with  the rules or regulations  of
any governmental authority.
 
    22.  USE OF FUNDS
 
    All Employee Contribution Amounts received or held by the Company under this
Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall
not be obligated to segregate such amounts.
 
    23.  NO ADDITIONAL PURCHASE RIGHTS OR EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
 
    Other than for rights to purchase Common Stock under the Plan, the Plan does
not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any Employee or
class  of  Employee to  purchase any  shares under  the Plan,  or create  in any
Employee or  class  of  Employee  any  right  with  respect  to  continuance  of
employment  with the Company, and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any way
with the  Company's right  to  terminate, or  otherwise modify,  any  Employee's
employment at any time.
 
    24.  EFFECT OF PLAN
 
    The  provisions of the Plan shall, in  accordance with its terms, be binding
upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each Employee participating
in the  Plan, including,  without  limitation, such  Employee's estate  and  the
executors,  administrators  or trustees  thereof,  heirs and  legatees,  and any
receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of creditors of such Employee.
 
    25.  GOVERNING LAW
 
    The laws of the State  of Delaware will govern  all matters relating to  the
Plan  except to the  extent superseded by the  laws of the  United States or the
property laws of any particular state.
 
    26.  NO PAYMENT OF INTEREST
 
    No interest will be paid or allowed on any Employee Contribution Amounts  or
amounts credited to the account of any Participant.
 
    27.  OTHER PROVISIONS
 
    The  agreement  to purchase  shares  of Common  Stock  under the  Plan shall
contain such  other  provisions  as  the Committee  and  the  Board  shall  deem
advisable,  provided that no such  provision shall in any  way conflict with the
terms of the Plan.
 
                                     VIII-7


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission